Trincomalee EIA English Volume-I

Environmental Impact Assessment Report
for
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW)

Trincomalee, Sri Lanka
(January, 2015)
Consultant:
Mantec Consultants (Pvt.) Ltd., New Delhi
(An ISO 9001-2008 Certified Company)
Project Proponent:
Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Trincomalee Thermal
Power Project (2x250 MW)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents i
List of Tables ix
List of Figures xiv
List of Annexures xx
List of Abbreviations xxi
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES-1
CHAPTER - 1: INTRODUCTION
Section Title Page
No.
1.1 Background of the Project 1-1
1.2 Objective and Justification of the Project 1-11
1.3 Objective of the EIA Report 1-13
1.4 Extent and Scope of the EIA Study 1-15
1.5 Brief Outline of the Methodologies Adopted in the EIA Report 1-17
1.6 Government Policy regarding related Sectoral Development 1-17
1.7 Compliance with Existing Plans 1-19
1.8 Approvals/ Permits Needed and Any Conditions Already Laid 1-19
Down for the Implementation of the Proposed Project by
State Agencies
1.9 Conformity with International Conventions/ Protocols 1-25
CHAPTER - 2: DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT AND REASONABLE

ALTERNATIVES
Section Title Page
No.
2.1 Description of the Proposed Project 2-1
2.1.1 Power Generating Systems 2-6
2.1.2 Fuel Supply Systems 2-9
2.1.3 Transmission System 2-11
2.1.4 Grid Substations 2-11
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-i

2.1.5 Other Services 2-11

2.1.6 Security Systems 2-14
2.1.7 Fire Protection Facilities 2-14
2.1.8 Any Other Support Facilities Proposed 2-15
2.1.9 Any Offsite Infrastructure Facilities Envisaged 2-16
2.1.10 Details of Phased Development Activities and Time Schedule 2-16
2.2 Construction Activities 2-18
2.2.1 Programme for Construction Phase 2-18
2.2.2 Details of Land Preparation and Drainage Management 2-18
2.2.3 Construction Materials Requirement & Transport of 2-18
Construction Material
2.2.4 Design and Construction Details of Offshore and Onshore 2-18
Installations
2.2.5 Construction of Access Roads 2-23
2.2.6 Design and Construction Details of Other Facilities 2-23
2.2.7 Method of Laying Pipeline 2-24
2.2.8 Method of Construction of Transmission Line(s) 2-24
2.2.9 Waste Generated and their Disposal 2-24
2.3 Operational Activities 2-24
2.3.1 Coal Supply System 2-24
2.3.2 Fresh Water Supply System 2-25
2.3.3 Cooling Water Supply System 2-30
2.3.4 Ash Handling System 2-31
2.3.5 Air Emissions Control System 2-39
2.3.6 Effluent Treatment Systems 2-43
2.3.7 Noise Control Measures 2-44
2.3.8 Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal System 2-44
2.3.9 Transmission Line and Switchyard 2-45
2.4 Work Force 2-52
2.4.1 Labour requirements (during construction & operation) 2-52
2.4.2 Employment of local people during construction and 2-52
operation
2.4.3 Availability of Labour 2-52
2.4.4 Employment of local people 2-53
2.4.5 Migratory workers / Expatriates 2-53
2.4.6 Occupational Health and Safety Facilities Required or 2-53
Provided
2.4.7 Envisaged Human Resource Development 2-55
2.5 Evaluation of Alternatives 2-56
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-ii

CHAPTER - 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE EXISTING ENVIRONMENT

Section Title Page
No.
3.0 Study Area 3-1
3.1 Physical Environment 3-2
3.1.1 Topography 3-2
3.1.2 Climate And Meteorology 3-2
Prevailing Wind Speed and Direction, Precipitation Pattern, 3-2
Relative Humidity, Ambient Temperature
Meteorological observation at Site by Mantec 3-2
3.1.2.1 Prevailing Wind Speed and Direction 3-3
3.1.2.2 Precipitation Pattern 3-4
3.1.2.3 Relative Humidity 3-4
3.1.2.4 Ambient Temperature 3-4
Meteorological Observations by CEB at Sampoor Site 3-5
3.1.2.5 Current Velocities 3-8
3.1.2.6 Wave Heights and Direction 3-8
3.1.2.7 Vulnerability to Extreme Weather Events 3-8
3.1.3 Hydrology 3-8
3.1.3.1 Surface Drainage pattern 3-8
3.1.3.2 Vulnerability to Floods 3-8
3.1.3.3 Surface water quality, availability and Uses 3-10
3.1.3.4 Downstream Uses with respect to the Intake Point and 3-19
Waste Water Disposal Points
3.1.3.5 Ground Water Quality 3-19
3.1.3.6 Ground Water Availability and Safe Extraction Limits 3-23
3.1.3.7 Ground Stratification and Permeability 3-24
3.1.3.8 Highest Ground Water Level & Lower Ground Water Level 3-24
3.1.4 Oceanography 3-27
3.1.4.1 Coastal & offshore topography of the study area with 3-27
special reference attention to sand dunes, coral reefs etc.
3.1.4.2 Tides and Currents 3-28
3.1.4.3 Hydrographic Details at Offshore Facilities and 3-33
3.1.4.4 Hydrographic Details at Pipeline Trace in the Vicinity of the 3-33
Near Shore
3.1.4.5 Sediment transport 3-41
3.1.4.6 Sea Surface Temperature with Special Reference to 3-47
Sensitive Ecosystems in the Study Area
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-iii

3.1.4.7 Water Quality of the Sea and Bay Area 3-48

3.1.5 Geology / Soil 3-51
3.1.5.1 General geology of the area 3-51
3.1.5.2 Soil Types and Distribution 3-52
3.1.5.3 Land Use Capabilities 3-56
3.1.6 Ambient Air Quality 3-56
3.1.6.1 Inventory of existing emission sources 3-56
3.1.6.2 Existing Ambient Air Quality Levels 3-56
3.1.7 Noise 3-68
3.1.7.1 Inventory of existing Noise sources 3-68
3.1.7.2 Existing Ambient Noise levels 3-68
3.2 Ecological Resources 3-71
3.2.1 Existing Natural, Aquatic and Terrestrial Habitats in Study 3-71
Area and Distribution and Density of Fauna (Including
Details of Coral Reefs, Benthic Fauna) and Flora of Them
3.2.1.1 Terrestrial Ecology and Biodiversity: Habitats, Flora, 3-71
Fauna, Rare Threatened and Endemic Species, Proximity
to Protected Areas, Migratory Species & Migratory Routes
3.2.1.2 Marine Ecology and Biodiversity: Status of Marine 3-89
Environment in Koddiyar & Shell Bay, Fisheries in
Koddiyar & Shell Bay, Biodiversity in Koddiyar and Shell
Bay, Rare Threatened and Endemic Species, Corals in
Shell Bay, Proximity to Protected Areas and Migratory
Species and Migratory Routes (Marine Mammals & Turtles)
3.2.2 Fishing Grounds in the Area 3-97
3.3 Socio-Economics Considerations 3-98
3.3.1 Present Land Use Pattern 3-98
3.3.2 Population Characteristics 3-102
3.3.3 Socio-Economic Conditions of the Community Operating in 3-105
the Project Area
3.3.4 Status of Fishery Resources and Present Level of 3-107
Exploitation
3.3.5 Agricultural Activities and Other Income Generation 3-110
Sources
3.3.6 Existing Infrastructural Facilities such as Housing and 3-112
Sanitation, Health Care and Water Supply etc.:
3.3.7 Places OF Archaeological / Cultural Importance 3-114
3.3.8 Other Sensitive Places such as Army Camps, Common 3-115
Places, Tourist Attractive Places
3.3.9 Health Issues in the Area 3-116
3.3.10 Existing and Proposed Development Projects in the Area 3-116
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-iv

CHAPTER - 4: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT

Section Title Page
No.
4.1 Construction Impacts 4-1
4.1.1 Installation of Offshore Structures and Pipelines etc. 4-1
4.1.1.1 Impacts on Costal Stability and Sedimentation of Bay/ 4-2
Harbour
4.1.1.2 Impacts Due to Transport of Construction Material and 4-2
Equipment
4.1.1.3 Impacts on Fishing Ground/ Routes and Interference with 4-3
Existing Fishing Species
4.1.1.4 Impacts on Fauna, Flora and on Sensitive and Fragile Eco- 4-3
Systems due to Turbidity Changes and Re-deposition of
Sediments, etc.
4.1.1.5 Noise, Vibration due to Construction Activities 4-7
4.1.1.6 Impacts on Canals and Other Water Bodies 4-7
4.1.1.7 Impacts on Surface Water Quality 4-7
4.1.1.8 Impacts on other Proposed or Planned Government/ Private 4-7
Sector Development Activities in the Vicinity
4.1.1.9 Public Safety/ Potential Relocation of People and 4-8
Developments due to Security Reasons
4.1.2 Site Construction 4-8
4.1.2.1 Impacts on Hydrological and Drainage Pattern of the Area 4-8
4.1.2.2 Impacts on Network of Drainage Canals and their Capacity 4-8
to Handle Drainage
4.1.2.3 Siltation and Soil Erosion Effects to Waterways and Adjacent 4-8
Areas Including Minor Irrigation Tanks in the Vicinity
4.1.2.4 Changes in surface and ground water quality 4-8
4.1.2.5 Impacts on Existing Habitats due to Changing Land Use 4-10
Pattern
4.1.2.6 Transportation of Material and Equipment 4-10
4.1.2.7 Noise and Vibration Problems due to Construction Activities 4-10
4.1.2.8 Dust Impacts 4-11
4.1.2.9 Impacts due to Increased Traffic 4-11
4.1.2.10 Impacts due to Land Acquisition 4-11
4.1.2.11 Impacts on Archaeological Sites 4-11
4.2 Operational Impacts 4-13
4.2.1 Water Extraction 4-16
4.2.1.1 Impact of Ground Water / Surface Water Extraction (if any) 4-17
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-v

4.2.2 Liquid Effluent Disposal 4-18

4.2.2.1 Impacts of Treated/ Untreated Wastewater Disposal on 4-18
Environment
4.2.2.2 Dispersion Model Inputs, Model Results For Thermal 4-20
Effluents
4.2.2.3 Impacts of Oil Spills/ Coal Pile Leachate and Surface Run 4-44
offs
4.2.3 Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal 4-44
4.2.3.1 Impacts of Sludge from Treatment Plant(s) and Domestic 4-44
Solid Wastes
4.2.3.2 Impacts of Ash Disposal 4-44
4.2.3.3 Impacts due to Hazardous Waste Disposal System 4-45
4.2.4 Air Emissions 4-45
4.2.4.1 Emission Rate of SO2, NOx and SPM 4-46
4.2.4.2 Predicted Pollutant Concentrations due to Emissions and 4-46
Impacts
4.2.4.3 Dispersion Model Input Data and Model Results including 4-50
Determination of Stack Height
Air Dispersion Modelling Study by ITI, Colombo 4-72
Impacts of Firing Lanka Auto Diesel 4-75
Impacts of Trace Elements/ Impurities in Coal 4-75
Impacts of CO2 Emissions and Climate Change 4-76
Impacts on Rainwater Acidity 4-77
4.2.4.4 Fugitive Emissions and impacts 4-78
4.2.4.5 Emissions from Storage and Handling of Coal 4-78
4.2.4.6 Excessive Odour and Impacts 4-78
4.2.5 Noise & Vibration and Odour Problems 4-78
4.2.5.1 Predicted Noise Levels and Impacts 4-80
4.2.6 Ecological Resources 4-81
4.2.6.1 Impacts on Terrestrial Fauna, Flora and Eco-Systems 4-81
4.2.6.2 Impacts on coral reefs in Shell Bay 4-82
4.2.6.3 Impacts on Marine Organisms including Marine Mammals 4-82
4.2.6.4 Impact on Fisheries 4-83
4.2.7 Socio-Economic Impacts 4-83
4.2.7.1 Impacts on Local Population and Communities 4-84
4.2.7.2 Impacts on Fishing Activities Existing in the Area 4-86
4.2.7.3 Impacts on Land Use and Land Use Planning 4-87
4.2.7.4 Access Roads and Transportation 4-87
4.2.7.5 Industrial Development 4-88
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-vi

4.2.7.6 Employment and Income 4-88

4.2.7.7 Health 4-89
4.2.7.8 Tourism 4-90
4.2.7.9 Religious / Archaeological Sites 4-90
CHAPTER - 5: MITIGATION ACTIONS

Section Title Page
No.
5.1 Drainage Management Plan 5-1
5.2 Waste Water Treatment and Discharge Systems 5-2
5.3 Recycling Methods 5-3
5.4 Handling of Cooling Water 5-3
5.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal Method 5-5
5.6 Air Emission Control Systems 5-6
5.7 Noise, Vibration and Odour Control Systems 5-6
5.8 Waste Minimization Techniques 5-7
5.9 Measures Proposed to Mitigate Impacts on Archaeological 5-7
Sites
5.10 Compensation to be Provided to Affected Parties 5-7
5.11 Mitigation Actions for Terrestrial Ecology 5-7
5.12 Proposed Mitigation Actions for the Impacts Identified in 5-8
Chapter-4
CHAPTER - 6: CONTINGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN

Section Title Page
No.
6.1 Contingency or Disasters 6-1
6.2 Identification of Major Hazard Potential 6-1
6.3 On-Site Disaster Management Plan 6-2
6.3.1 Identification of Responsibilities 6-2
6.3.2 Essential Staff 6-5
6.3.3 First Information 6-5
6.3.4 Evaluation of Functioning of Disaster Plan 6-5
6.3.5 Full Mock Drill 6-5
6.3.6 Disaster Management Efficacy Drill 6-6
6.4 Disaster Management Capabilities 6-6
6.4.1 Fire Fighting Capability 6-7
6.4.2 Medical Assistance Capabilities 6-7
6.4.3 Communication System 6-7
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-vii

6.4.4 Emergency Power Supply 6-7

6.4.5 Emergency Safety Equipment 6-7
6.4.6 Alarm 6-7
6.4.7 Emergency Control Center 6-8
6.4.8 Evacuation And Assembly Points 6-9
6.4.9 Mutual Aid 6-9
6.4.10 Preparedness for Tsunami 6-9
6.4.11 Preparedness for Cyclonic Winds 6-9
6.5 Off Site Disaster Management Plan 6-10
6.6 Post Emergency Relief to the Victims 6-10
6.7 Disaster Prevention and Reduction 6-10
6.7.1 Company’s Responsibility 6-10
6.7.2 Responsibilities of the Employees 6-11
6.7.3 Responsibility for Implementation 6-12
6.7.4 Reporting of Accidents and Dangerous Occurrences 6-12
6.8 General Preventive Measures 6-13
CHAPTER - 7: MONITORING PROGRAMME

Section Title Page
No.
7.1 General 7-1
7.1.1 Types of Monitoring 7-1
7.1.1.1 Compliance Monitoring 7-1
7.1.1.2 Impact Confirmation Monitoring 7-1
7.2 Institutional Arrangements for Compliance Monitoring and 7-2
Impact Confirmation Monitoring
7.3 Environmental Management Plan 7-3
7.3.1 Purpose of an Environmental Management Plan 7-3
7.3.2 Implementation of Mitigation Measures 7-3
7.3.3 Implementation of Monitoring Procedures 7-3
7.4 Monitoring Programme 7-4
7.5 Allocation of Funds 7-4
CHAPTER - 8: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

Section Title Page
No.
8.1 Acceptability of the Project 8-1
8.2 Findings of the EIA Study 8-2
8.3 Recommendations 8-4
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-viii

List of Tables
Table Title Page

No. No.
1.1 Comparison of Alternate Sites by Central Environmental 1-3
Authority (SEA, 2008)
1.2 Statistics of Power Generation in Sri Lanka for 2012 and 1-12
2013
1.3 Electricity Generation Targets envisaged in National Energy 1-18
Policy & Strategies of Sri Lanka with NRE and Coal Resources
1.4 List of Approvals required for Commissioning of a Thermal 1-20
Power Project
2.1 Tentative Characteristics of Coal Proposed to be used at 2-9
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project
2.2 Typical Characteristics of Coal used at Lakvijaya Power 2-10
Station
2.3 Typical Analysis of Ash Generated at Lakvijaya Power Station 2-31
Using Imported Coal
2.4 Estimated Stack Emission Characteristics of Trincomalee TPP 2-39
2.5 Effluent Generation in Trincomalee Thermal Power Project 2-43
2.6 List of Production and Waste Treatment Processes for 2x250 2-44
MW Plant
2.7 Technologies and Efficiency Summary 2-59
3.1 Instruments, Parameters and Frequency of Meteorological 3-3
Monitoring at Site
3.2 Meteorological Data Recorded at Site 3-3
3.3 Meteorological Data Recorded at Sampoor Site (2012-13) 3-6
3.4 Location of Surface Water Quality Stations 3-10
3.5 Surface Water Quality in Study Area 3-12
3.7 10-Daily Average Discharge of Mahaweli Ganga Observed at 3-15
Manampitiya in Cumecs (Oct. 2003 to Sep. 2009)
3.7 10-Daily Average Discharge of Mahaweli Ganga Observed at 3-16
Manampitiya in MCM (Oct. 2003 to Sep. 2009)
3.8 Minimum Daily Discharge of Mahaweli Ganga in 10-Day 3-18
(Cumecs) Block Observed at Manampitiya (Oct. 2003 to Sep.
2009)
3.9 Location of Ground Water Quality Stations 3-19
3.10 Ground Water Quality in Study Area 3-21
3.11 Depth of Ground Water Level in the Study Area 3-24
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-ix

Table Title Page

No. No.
3.12 Ground water levels observed by LHI (2012) 3-25
3.13 Summary of Measured Currents 3-29
3.14 Distribution of Swell Waves in January 2010 (Hs Vs Tz) 3-30
3.15 Distributions of Sea Waves in January 2010 (Hs Vs Tz) 3-31
3.16 Distributions of Swell Waves in February 2010 3-31
3.17 Distributions of Sea Waves in February 2010 3-32
3.18 Distributions of Swell Waves in March 2010 3-32
3.19 Distributions of Sea Waves in March 2010 3-33
3.20 Hydrodynamic modeling – model scenarios 3-36
3.21 Model scenarios for long-term modeling 3-37
3.22 Summary – Analysis of Sea Bed Sediment Samples 3-42
3.23 Suspended sediment concentrations at river mouths 3-43
3.24 Sea water quality in close proximity to proposed Intake and 3-47
Outfall structures
3.25 Location of Sea Water Sampling Stations 3-49
3.26 Sea Water Quality Results 3-50
3.27 Soil Sampling Location of the Study Area 3-53
3.28 Physical Characteristics of the Soil in the Study Area 3-53
3.29 Chemical Characteristics of Soil in the Study Area 3-55
3.30 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-57
3.31 Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3-60
3.32 Ambient Air Quality Standards 3-60
3.33 Ambient Air Quality data at Sampoor 3-62
3.34 Ambient Air Quality data at Santoshpuram 3-63
3.35 Ambient Air Quality data at Mutur Town 3-64
3.36 Ambient Air Quality data at Toppur 3-65
3.37 Ambient Air Quality data at Trincomalee 3-66
3.38 Summary of Ambient Air Quality in Study Area (28.09.11 to 3-67
18.10.2011)
3.39 Noise Level Monitoring Stations in the Study Area 3-69
3.40 Permissible Noise Levels in Accordance with Noise Control 3-69
Regulations (Schedule-I of Notification 924/12
3.41 Noise Levels in the Study Area (October, 2011) 3-71
3.42 The coordinates of the sampling locations, the type of 3-74
habitat present and the season during which sampling was
carried out at the location. Shaded rows indicate sites that
are outside the direct impact zone. Locations 16 and 17 are
at the intake and pipe line path. Locations 18 and 19 are at
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-x

Table Title Page

No. No.
the out fall and pipeline path.
3.43 Summary of the plant species recorded during the study 3-82
3.44 Summary of the fauna observed during the study 3-83
3.45 Endemic, rare, threatened and near threatened plant species 3-83
observed in and around the proposed project site
3.46 Endemic, rare, threatened and near threatened animal 3-85
species observed in and around the proposed project sit
3.47 Land use Pattern (in %) in GNDs in 2 km Radius 3-102
3.48 Population in 2 km Radius of the Project Land Boundary 3-103
3.49 Gender Diversity of the Population 3-103
3.50 Age Diversity of the Population 3-103
3.51 Families receiving subsidies and number of widows 3-104
3.52 Education Level of Population 3-105
3.53 Employment Status of Population 3-106
3.54 Income Levels of Families in the Study Areas 3-106
3.55 Information about Fishermen Families and the Fishermen 3-108
Population
3.56 Abandoned paddy lands 3-110
3.57 Tanks Available in 3 GN divisions 3-110
3.58 Availability of Electricity 3-113
3.59 Availability of Latrines at Households 3-113
3.60 Information on Schools in the 2 km Radius of the Project 3-114
3.61 Centers of Religious, Cultural and Historical Significance 3-115
3.62 Other Sensitive Locations/Institutions 3-115
3.63 Commonly Observed Diseases in Sampoor 3-116
4.1 Details of Intake and Outfall Locations 4-14
4.2 Effluent Characteristics for Trincomalee Thermal Power 4-19
Project
4.3 Summary of modeling results (far field modeling) 4-24
4.4 MIKE 21 – Modeling Scenarios 4-33
4.5 Emission Characteristics of Trincomalee Thermal Power 4-46
Project
4.6 Predicted Maximum Incremental Ground Level 4-47
Concentrations
4.7 Predicted Maximum Incremental Ground Level 4-48
Concentrations With Seasonal Variations in Air Quality
Modeling
4.8 Resultant Maximum Ground Level Concentrations 4-49
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xi

Table Title Page

No. No.
4.9 Predicted GLC at Ambient Air Quality stations during the 4-50
Plume Fumigation
4.10 Modeling Scenarios 4-72
4.11 Source Data 4-73
4.12 Summary of the Results Predicted by the Air Dispersion 4-74
Modelling Study by ITI
4.13(a) Typical analysis of heavy metals in coal, fly ash and bottom 4-76
ash samples of Lakvijaya Power Station
4.13(b) Typical analysis of heavy metals in sea water (at intake and 4-76
outlet) of Lakvijaya Power Station
4.14 Comparison of CO2 Emissions from Fuel Combustion 4-77
4.15 Likely Noise Levels at Trincomalee TPP (2x250 MW) 4-80
4.16 Predicted Noise Levels 4-80
4.17 Comparison of species richness within and outside the 4-81
project impacted area
4.18 Impacts on General Community in the Area during 4-84
Construction Phase
4.19 Impacts on General Community in the Area during Operation 4-85
Phase
4.20 Perceived impacts of fishing community during construction 4-86
phase
4.21 Fishing community perceived impacts during operation 4-86
phase
4.22 Potential impacts on access road and transportation during 4-87
construction and operation phases
4.23 Positive and negative impact on employment opportunities 4-88
5.1 List of recommended plant species for the establishment of 5-9
green belt around Trincomalee Thermal Power Project
5.2 Summaries of Impacts and Mitigation Measures 5-11
6.1 Hazards with the Probable Areas 6-2
6.2 Support Teams for Chief Incident Controller and Works 6-3
Incident Controller
6.3 Functional Area Teams for Disaster Management 6-3
6.4 Mock Drills 6-5
6.5 Responsibilities of the Employees 6-12
7.1 (a) Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme 7-5
(Construction Phase) for Physical Environment
7.1 (b) Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme (Operational 7-7
Phase) for Physical Environment
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xii

Table Title Page

No. No.
7.2 Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme 7-9
(Construction and Operation Phases) for Terrestrial, Coastal
and Marine Environments
7.3 Proposed Monitoring Programme for Construction and 7-11
Operation Phases for Socio-economic Environment
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xiii

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Title Page

No. No.
1.1 Alternate Sites Identified by CEA for Thermal Power Project 1-4
in Trincomalee Region (SEA, 2008)
1.2 Vicinity Map of Trincomalee Power Project 1-5
1.3 Layout Plan of Trincomalee TPP on Topographical Map 1-6
1.4 Google Map of 20 Km. Radius from Proposed Site for 1-7
1.8 Coastal Zones of Sri Lanka 1-13
1.9 Study Area Map for Trincomalee TPP For EIA Study 1-16
2.1 General Layout Plan for Trincomalee Thermal Power Project 2-2
2.2 Tentative Main Plant Equipment Layout at 0.0 m 2-3
2.3 Tentative Cross Section of Main Plant 2-4
2.4 Proposed Project Site 2-5
2.5 General Landscape around Project Site 2-5
2.6 Process Diagram for Coal Based Thermal Power Station 2-7
2.7 Energy Balance Sheet and Mass Balance Sheet 2-8
2.8 Phase-wise Implementation Schedule of Trincomalee 2-17
Thermal Power Project
2.9 Typical Arrangement of Off-shore Intake Well and CW Pump 2-20
House
2.10 Typical Arrangement of On-shore Intake Well and CW Pump 2-21
House (Option-I)
2.11 Typical Arrangement of On-shore Intake Well and CW Pump 2-22
House (Option-II)
2.12 Water Balance Diagram for Trincomalee Thermal Power 2-29
Project
2.13 Typical Layout and Typical Section of Ash Dyke 2-38
2.14 Sea Water Based Flue Gas Desulphurisation System 2-41
3.1 Wind rose at Mutur (28th September to 28th October, 2011) 3-4
3.2 Meteorological Station Set-up by CEB at Sampoor Site 3-5
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xiv

3.3 Annual wind rose diagram at Sampoor site based on data 3-7
recorded by CEB
3.4 Surface Water Sampling Location 3-11
3.5 Ground Water Sampling Location 3-20
3.6 Locations for Ground Water Sampling by LHI (2012) 3-25
3.7 Areas covered under the LHI bathymetric surveys 3-27
3.8 Bathymetry of the project area 3-28
3.9 Locations for water level and current measurements 3-29
3.10 Seasonal Wave Rose Diagrams (2007 - 2012) _ Offshore _ 3-34
Overall Waves(a) SW Monsoon (May to Sep) (b) NE
Monsoon (Dec to Feb)
3.11 Vector Plot for Current Flow around Proposed Plant Area: NE 3-38
Monsoon, Spring Tide & Peak Conditions (Wind & Wave) a)
Existing Environment (b) With Proposed Inflow and Outflow
3.12 Vector Plot for Current Flow around Proposed Plant Area: SW 3-39
Monsoon, Spring Tide & Peak Conditions (Wind & Wave) (a)
Existing Environment (b) With Proposed Inflow and Outflow
3.13 Vector Plot for Current Flow around Proposed Plant Area SW 3-40
Monsoon, Spring Tide & Peak Conditions (Wind & Wave) (a)
With Proposed Intake Structure (Option 1) and outfall (b)
With Proposed Intake Structure (Option 2) and outfall
3.14 Locations of sea bed sampling 3-41
3.15 Locations of sampling for suspended sediment 3-42
concentrations
3.16 Vector Plot for Sediment Transport Field around Proposed 3-44
Plant Area: NE Monsoon, Spring Tide & Peak Conditions
(Wind & Wave) (a) Existing Environment (b) With Proposed
Inflow and Outflow
Plant Area: SW Monsoon, Spring Tide & Peak Conditions
(Wind & Wave) (a) Existing Environment (b) With Proposed
Inflow and Outflow
Plant Area: SW Monsoon, Spring Tide & Peak Conditions
(Wind & Wave) (a) With Proposed Intake Structure (Option
1) and outfall (b) With Proposed Intake Structure (Option 2)
and outfall
3.19 Sea Water Quality Sampling Locations 3-49
3.20 Geology of Trincomalee (Modified after Cooray, 1982) 3-52
3.21 Soil Sampling Location in study area 3-54
3.22 Air monitoring Location 3-58
3.23 Noise Level Monitoring Stations in the Study Area 3-70
3.24 Habitat Map of the Study Area 3-73
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xv

3.25 Thick scrublands 3-75

3.26 Open scrublands 3-76
3.27 Typical sand dune vegetation that can be seen in the study 3-76
area
3.28 Rock outcrop present within the land selcted for the 3-77
establishment of the proposed coal power plant
3.29 Rock outcrop present in outside the project area showing the 3-78
vegetation associated with the rock outcrop habitat
3.30 Typical mangrove vegetation observed along the edges of 3-78
lagoons and estuaries
3.31 An aerial view of the project area showing mangrove 3-79
vegetation present on the edges of lagoons and estuaries
outside the direct impact zone of the proposed project
3.32 The two main flood-plain wetlands observed outside the 3-80
direct impact zone of the proposed project site
3.33 Flood-plain wetlands 3-81
3.34 Protected areas and forest reserves found in the vicinity of 3-88
the project area
3.35 Ghost Crab observed in Koddiyar Bay 3-89
3.36 Kraal fishery in Koddiyar Bay 3-89
3.37 Representative pictures of the Koddiyar bay bottom 3-90
substrate
3.38 Unidentified sponge – Koddiyar Bay 3-90
3.39 Holothuria spp 3-90
3.40 Location of Sub Sites 3-91
3.41 Crab trap set on the bottom to catch crab 3-94
3.42 Some Species Observed in Koddiyar Bay 3-94
3.43 Some Species Observed in Shell Bay 3-95
3.44 Coral Species Observed in Shell Bay 3-96
3.45 Trincomalee Thermal Power Project and Important Places in 3-99
the Surrounding Area
3.46 GN Divisions located in the 2 KM radius of the Trincomalee 3-100
Thermal Power Project
3.47 Some Infrastructure Facilities in the Surrounding Area of 3-101
4.1 Typical example of a temporary pile jetty constructed 4-2
alongside an intake channel
4.2 Construction of an intake channel in the shore area 4-2
4.3 Fisheries Zone Identified in Trincomalee Region (SEA, 2008) 4-4
4.4 Environmentally Sensitive Areas around Trincomalee 4-5
Thermal Power Project (SEA, 2008)
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xvi

4.5 Location of Archaeologically Important Sites Near 4-12

Trincomalee TPP (SEA, 2008)
4.6 Study Areas for Water Drawl System and Thermal 4-13
Dispersion
4.7(a) Proposed Intake and Discharge Locations in Koddiyar Bay 4-15
4.7(b) Proposed Discharge Locations in Shell Bay 4-15
4.8 Vector plot for Current Flow around Proposed Intake (P0) 4-16
4.9 Velocity Distribution with distance (LHI) 4-17
4.10 Cross sectional view of near field dispersion 4-21
4.11 Variation of dilution with downstream distance – near field 4-22
region (6m depth)
4.12 Variation of excess temperature with downstream distance 4-22
– near field region (6m depth)
4.13 Thermal Plume Dispersion – Outfall Location L8 in Koddiyar
Bay
(a) North East Monsoon – Average Condition 4-25
(b) North East Monsoon – Peak Condition 4-25
(c) South West Monsoon – Average Condition 4-26
(d) South West Monsoon – Peak Condition 4-26
4.14 Thermal Plume Dispersion - Outfall location L9 in Koddiyar 4-27
Bay
4.15 Variation of dilution with downstream distance – far field 4-28
region (6m depth)
4.16 Variation of excess temperature with downstream distance 4-28
– far field region (6m depth)
4.17 Original (L8) and New (L0) outfall locations together with 4-30
Ecological survey sites
4.18 Cross sectional view of near field dispersion (SW Monsoon – 4-31
Average condition)
4.19 Plan view of the temperature iso-lines of near field 4-31
dispersion (SW Monsoon – Average condition)
4.20 Cross sectional view of far field dispersion (SW Monsoon – 4-32
Average condition)
4.21 Plan view of the temperature iso-lines of far field dispersion 4-32
(SW Monsoon – Average condition)
4.22 Vector Plot for Current Flow around the Outfall (L0) 4-34
SW Monsoon _ Spring Tide _ Peak Condition
4.23 Vector Plot for Current Flow around the Outfall (L0) 4-35
NE Monsoon _ Spring Tide _ Peak Condition
4.24 Thermal Plume Dispersion _ SW Monsoon _ Spring Tide _
Average Condition
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xvii

(a) Overall view – 37 hours after initiation 4-35

(b) Close-up view – 37 hours after initiation 4-36
(c) Close-up view – 71 hours after initiation 4-36
(d) Close-up view – 88:45 hours after initiation 4-37
Peak Condition:
(a) Overall view – 32 hours after initiation 4-37
(b) Close-up view – 32 hours after initiation 4-38
(c) Close-up view – 27 hours after initiation 4-38
(d) Close-up view – 40:45 hours after initiation 4-39
4.26 Thermal Plume Dispersion _ NE Monsoon _ Spring Tide _
Average Condition
(a) overall view 4-39
(b) close-up view 4-40
Peak Condition
(a) overall view 4-40
(b) close-up view 4-41
4.28 Shoreline behaviour in the project area 4-42
4.29 A typical coal unloading jetty (Lakvijaya Power Station) 4-43
4.30 Shoreline behaviour in the vicinity of Lakvijaya Power 4-43
Station
4.31 Isopleths for Maximum Incremental Concentration of NOx 4-52
(µg/m3) due to Operation of Trincomalee Thermal Power
Project (2x250 MW) for Northeast Monsoon
4.32 Isopleths for Maximum Incremental Concentration of SO2 4-53
Project (2x250 MW) without FGD for Northeast Monsoon
Project (2x250 MW) with FGD for Northeast Monsoon
4.34 Isopleths for Maximum Incremental Concentration of 4-55
Particulate Matter (µg/m3) due to Operation of Trincomalee
Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for Northeast Monsoon
Project (2x250 MW) for First Inter-monsoon Monsoon
Project (2x250 MW) without FGD for First Inter-Monsoon
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xviii

Project (2x250 MW) with FGD for First Inter-Monsoon

Season
Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for First Inter-Monsoon
Project (2x250 MW) for South West Monsoon Season
Project (2x250 MW) without FGD for Southwest Monsoon
Project (2x250 MW) with FGD for Southwest Monsoon
Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for Southwest Monsoon
Project (2x250 MW) for Second Inter-monsoon Season
Project (2x250 MW) without FGD for Second Inter-monsoon
Season
Project (2x250 MW) with FGD for Second Inter-monsoon
Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for Second Inter-
monsoon Season
4.47 Isopleths for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of 4-68
NOx (µg/m3) due to Operation of Trincomalee Thermal
SO2 (µg/m3) due to Operation of Trincomalee Thermal Power
Project (2x250 MW) without FGD
SO2 (µg/m3) due to Operation of Trincomalee Thermal
Power Project (2x250 MW) with FGD
Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW)
5.1 Flow Diagram for Waste Water System 5-4
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xix

LIST OF ANNEXURES (Volume-II of EIA Report)
Annexure No. Title

Annexure - I Terms of Reference
Annexure - II Sources of data and Information
Annexure - III References
Annexure -IV List of EIA preparers including their work allocation
Annexure - V List of Persons/ Organisations contacted
Annexure - VI Complete set of relevant maps, charts, tables, layout plans and other details
Approvals / Consent Letters received from Government Agencies
 Approval of the Department of Archaeology
Annexure - VII
 Approval under Civil Aviation Act No 14 of 2010
 Generation License
Annexure - VIII Report on Ash Utilisation
Applicable Environmental Regulations
 National Standards for Ambient Air Quality (Gazette No. 1562/22-2008 dated
15.08.2008 published under National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980) of Sri Lanka.
 Interim National Environmental (Stationary Sources Emission Control) Regulations
(2011)
 Tolerance Limit for Discharge of Industrial and Domestic Waste into Marine Coastal
Areas (List-III of Schedule-I of Gazette No. 1534/8 dated 01.02.2008 published under
Annexure - IX National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980)
 Tolerance Limit for Discharge of Industrial and Domestic Waste into Inland Surface
Waters (List-I of Schedule-I of Gazette No. 1534/8 dated 01.02.2008 published under
National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980)
 National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations No.1 of 1996 [924/12, Part I:
Section (1) General; Government Notifications]
 Interim Ambient Water Quality Standards for Inland Waters (2001) Proposed by CEA
 Interim Ambient Water Quality Standards for Marine Waters (2001) Proposed by CEA
Annexure-X Topographical Maps
Annexure-XI Summary of Reports by LHI on Sediment Transport
Annexure-XII Detailed Tables of Survey on Terrestrial Ecology (2014)
Annexure-XIII Detailed Tables of Survey on Marine Ecology (2014)
Annexure-XIV Detailed Tables of Survey on Social Impact Assessment (2014)
Annexure- -XV Summary of LHI Report on Thermal Dispersion Modelling
Annexure - XVI Model Output for Air Quality Modelling by Mantec
Annexure - XVII Report for Air Quality Modelling by ITI, Colombo
Annexure-XVIII Vulnerability of Site to Extreme Weather Events
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xx

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
a/c, ac Air Conditioned

AAQ Ambient Air Quality
AB Abandoned land
Ac Acres
ADCP Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler
ADP Air Drying Plants
AHU Air Handling Unit
AP Abandoned Paddy
APH Air Pre Heater
Approx. Approximately
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BMCR Boiler Maximum Continuous Rating
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
BOI Board of Investment
BOO Build, Own and Operate
BS British Standards
C Carbon
C Climber
C6H8O7 Citric Acid
CBD Convention on Biological Diversity
CBR California Bearing Ratio
CC & CRM Coast Conservation and Coastal Recourse Management
Department, Sri Lanka
CCA Coast Conservation Act
CEA Central Environmental Authority, Sri Lanka
CEB Ceylon Electricity Board, Sri Lanka
CEC Cation Exchange Capacity
CFC Chlorofluorocarbon
CH4 Methane
CHP Coal Handling Plant
CIC Chief Incident Controller
CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of
Wild Fauna and Flora
Cl Chlorine
CMB Central Monitoring basin
CMS Conservation of Migratory Species
CO Carbon monoxide
CO2 Carbon di-oxide
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
COD Commercial Operation Date
CORMIX Cornell Mixing Zone Expert System
CPU Condensate Polishing Unit
CR Critically Endangered
CR(PE) Critically Endangered (Possibly Extinct)
CSA Coal Supply Agreement
CTB Ceylon Transport Board
Cumecs Cubic Meter Per Second
CW Cooling Water / Circulating Water
DAES Dry fly Ash Evacuation and Storage
dB(A) decibel (A-weighted)
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xxi

DD Data Deficient
DE/DS Dust Extraction and Dust Suppression
Deg C/ oC Degree Celsius
DFC Department of Forest Conservation
DG Diesel Generator, Director General
DHI Danish Hydraulic Institute
DM Plant De-mineralization Plant
DMP Disaster Management Plan
DO Dissolved Oxygen
DS Divisional Secretariat
DSD Divisional Secretariat Division
DWLC Department of Wildlife Conservation
E Endemic
ECC Emergency Control Centre
EIA Environment Impact Assessment
EMC Environmental Monitoring Committee
EMP Environment Management Plan
EN Endangered
EOI Expression of Interest
Ep Epiphyte
EPC Engineering, Procurement, Construction
EPL Environmental Protection License
ESP Electrostatic Precipitator
FBC Fluidized bed combustion
FGD Flue Gas Desulphurization
FM Flexible Mesh
FTMA Fly Ash and Technology Management Associates, Noida
(India)
FW Fresh Water
G&D Gauge and Discharge
g/s, g/sec Gram per second
GCE A/L General Certificate of Education- Advance Level
GCE O/L General Certificate of Education- Ordinary Level
GCV Gross Calorific Value
GD Group Discussion
GGH Gas-Gas Heater
GHG Greenhouse Gas
GIS Gas Insulated System
GJ Giga Joules
GLC Ground Level Concentration
GN Grama Niladari
GNDs Grama Niladari Divisions
GoSL, GOSL Government of Sri Lanka
GPS Global Positioning System
GRP Glass Reinforced Plastic
GW Ground Water
GWh Giga Watt Hour
H Hydrogen
H Herbaceous
H2S Hydrogen Sulphide
Ha Hectare
HA Habit
HBFC Hydro-bromo-fluoro-carbon
HCFC Hydro-chloro-fluoro-carbon
HCSD High Concentration Slurry Disposal
HDPE High Density Poly Ethylene
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xxii
HFC Hydro-Fluoro-Carbon
HFL High Flood Level
HNB Hatton National Bank
HRSG Heat Recovery Steam Generator
HT High Tension
HVAC Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
ID Fan Induced Draft Fan
IDCT Induced Draft Cooling Towers
IEA International Energy Agency
IEC International Electro-Technical Commission
IEE Initial Environmental Examination
IGCC Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle
ISCST3 Industrial Source Complex Simple Terrain Rev. 3
ITI Industrial Technology Institute
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
JV Joint Venture
JVC Joint Venture Company
JVSHA Joint Venture and Share Holding Agreement
Kcal/kg Kilo Calorie per Kilogram
Kcal/kWh Kilocalorie per kilowatt hour
kg/cm2 Kilogram per Square Centimeter
kg/h, kg/hr Kilogram per Hour
Kl, KL Kilolitre
Km Kilometre
Km/h, km/hr Kilometre per hour
kPa Kilo Pascal
kTOE kilo Tonne of Oil Equivalent
kV Kilo Volt
kWh Kilo Watt Hour
LA Local Authority
LAD Lanka Auto Diesel
LC Least Concern
LCCL Lanka Coal Company (Private) Limited, Sri Lanka
Ld Daytime Leq that has computed from 6.00 am to 18.00 pm
Leq 24 hourly equivalent continuous noise level
LHI Lanka Hydraulic Institute Limited, Sri Lanka
LIT Line Intercept Transect
Ln Night time Leq that is computed from 18.00 pm to 6.00 am
LNG Liquefied Natural Gas
LOI Loss on Ignition
LPCD Liters per capita per day
LSI Langelier Saturation Index
LT Low Tension
LTGEP Long Term Generation Expansion Plan
LUCF Land-use Change and Forestry
m Meter
m/s, m/sec Meter per second
m3/day Cubic Meter per Day
m3/h, m3/hr Cubic Meter per Hour
Mantec Mantec Consultants (Pvt.) Limited
Max. Maximum
MB Mixed Bed
mbar milli Bar
MCC Motor Control Centre
MCM Million Cubic Meter
MEA Multilateral Environmental Agreements
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xxiii
MEPA Marine Environment Protection Authority, Sri Lanka

meq Milli equivalent
MG Mangrove
mg/l Milligrams per litre
mg/Nm3 Milligram per Normal Cubic Meter
mg/Nm3 Milligrams per Normal cubic meter
mhos/cm Mhos per Centimetre
Min. Minimum
Mkcal/h Million kilo calorie per hour
ml/kWh Milli liter per Kilowatt Hour
MLD Million Litres per Day
mm Millimetre
MOA Memorandum of Agreement
MOH Medical Office of Health
MoU Memorandum of Understanding
MPN Maximum Probable Number
MPPA Marine Pollution Prevention Authority, Sri Lanka
MSL Mean Sea Level
MTPA Million Tonnes Per Annum
MVA Mega Volt Ampere
MW Mega Watt
N Nitrogen
N Native
NA Below level causing algae bloom
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards, Sri Lanka
NCRE / NRE Non Conventional Renewable Energy
NCS National Conservation Status
ND Not Detected
NDCT Natural Draft Cooling Towers
NDIR Non-dispersive Infrared Spectrometer
NE Not Evaluated
NEA National Environment Act
NEDA Naphthyl ethylene diamine dihydrochloride
NFPA National Fire Protection Agency
NGL Natural Ground Level
NGO Non-Governmental Organization
Nm3/hr Normal meter cube per hour
Nm3/s Normal meter cube per second
NO Not Objectionable
No., Nos. Number, Numbers
NO2 Nitrous oxide
NOx Oxides of Nitrogen
NT Near Threatened
NTPC NTPC Limited
NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
O Oxygen
O&M Operation and Maintenance
O3 Ozone
OD Optical Density
ODS Ozone depleting substances
OPC Ordinary Pozzolana Cement
OSCMP Oil Spill Contingency Management Plan
PA Fan Primary Air Fan
PAA Project Approving Authority
PFC Per-Fluoro-Carbon
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xxiv

P-G Stability Pasquill-Gifford Stability Classes

PLF Plant Load Factor
PM Particulate Matter
PM10 Particulate Matter less than 10 micrometer in size
PM2.5 Particulate Matter less than 2.5 micrometer in size
POPs Persistence Organic Pollutants
PPA Power Purchase Agreement
PPC Portland Pozzolana Cement
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
ppm Parts per Million
PRDA Provincial Road Development Authority
PT Pre-Treatment
PTFE Poly Tetra Fluoro Ethylene
PUCSL Public Utilities Commission of Sri Lanka
Pvt. Private
QB Quartzoid Bulb
R&D Research and Development
RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete
RDA Road Development Authority
RDB Regional Development Bank
RDS Respirable Dust Sampler
RH Relative Humidity
RL Reduced Level
RMC Ready Mix Concrete
RO Reverse Osmosis
RPM Respirable Particulate Matter
RR masonry Random Rubble masonry
S Sulphur
S Shrub
S & DSI Stiff & Davis Stability Index
SC Scrub Forests, Scrub Land
SD Sand Dunes
SDI Silt Density Index
SDM Shoreline Dispersion Model
SEA Strategic Environmental Assessment
SF6 Sulphur hexa-Fluoride
SHMP Sodium-hexa-meta-phosphate
SIA Social Impact Assessment
SLEPL Sri Lanka Energies Private Ltd
SLS Sri Lanka Standards
SMBS Sodium-meta-bi-sulphite
SO2 Sulphur dioxide
SO4 Sulphate
SOx Oxides of Sulphur
SPL Sound Pressure Level
SPM Suspended Particulate Matter
SQ Soil Quality
sq.m Square meter / meter square
ST Sediment Transport
STP Sewage Treatment Plant
SW Spectral Wave
SWRO Sea Water Reverse Osmosis
SWTP Sea Water Treatment Plant
T Tree
t/h, tph, TPH Tonnes per Hour
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xxv
TIBL Thermal Internal Boundary Layer

TMCR Turbine Maximum Continuous Rating
TMDP Trincomalee Metropolitan Development Plan
TOR Terms of Reference
TPCL Trincomalee Power Company Limited
TPD Tonnes per Day
TPP Thermal Power Project
TS Taxonomic Status
TSS Total Suspended Solids
TTPP Trincomalee Thermal Power Project
TWS Traveling water screen
UCB Unit Control Board
UDA Urban Development Authority
UKMO United Kingdom Meteorological Office
UNCCD United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification
UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
UOM University of Moratuwa
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
USA United States of America
USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
VU Vulnerable
w.r.t. with respect to
WA Wetland
WIC Work Incident Controller
WTG Wave and Tide Gauge
µg/m3 Micrograms per cubic meter
µS/cm Micro Siemens per centimetre
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xxvi

Executive Summary
Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Trincomalee
Executive Summary
1. Introduction
1.1 Trincomalee Thermal Power Plant (TTPP) (2x250 Mega Watts (MW)) will be
implemented by Trincomalee Power Company Limited (TPCL), a Joint Venture
Company (JVC) of Ceylon Electricity Board (CEB) and NTPC Limited (NTPC) with
equal (50:50) partnership. The proposed site for the project is located near
Sampoor village in Koddiyar Pattu of the Divisional Secretariat (DS) Division of
Mutur, in District Trincomalee in Eastern Province of Sri Lanka was identified for
the project. The site is bounded by villages named Soodaikuda, Sampukkali,
Kadatkaraichenai and Koonithivu and situated at 08°29′10″N Latitude and
81°18′00″E Longitude at about 35 km from the Trincomalee by road. Vicinity map
of the project is presented at Figure-1.1. The project site can be approached from
Trincomalee –Batticaloa state highway.
1.2 Implementation of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project is in line with the National
Energy Policy and Strategies of Sri Lanka, Trincomalee Metro Urban Area
Development Plan (2007) prepared by Urban Development Authority of the Govt.
of Sri Lanka as well as Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) Study (2008)
undertaken by Central Environmental Authority (CEA).
1.3 The present Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared
by M/s Mantec Consultants (Pvt.) Limited, New Delhi with inputs from local
experts in the areas of oceanography, terrestrial ecology, marine ecology and
social environment, Lanka Hydraulic Institute and Industrial Technology Institute
as per the Terms of Reference (TOR) approved by CEA of Sri Lanka.
1.4 The geographical extent of the study area for the purpose of EIA Study has been
defined by CEA as: 20km for the air quality assessment and 2 km for all other
aspects; 500m from the boundaries of offshore/onshore structures or area of
maximum risk; 100m on either side of proposed pipeline routes or area of
maximum risk.
2. Description of Proposed Project & Reasonable Alternatives

2.1 Trincomalee TPP shall be spread over an area of about 505 acres. The power
generation process shall be based on pulverised coal fired technology, in which
the chemical energy of the fuel (coal) is first converted into thermal energy
(during combustion), which is then converted into mechanical energy (through a
turbine) and finally into electrical energy (through a generator).
2.2 Coal imported by Lanka Coal Company Limited (LCCL) through sea route from
countries such as Indonesia, South Africa, Australia etc. will be the main fuel for
the project while Lanka Auto Diesel (LAD) shall be used for initial startup of the
boiler and part load operations. The daily coal requirement for 2 x 250 MW units
shall be about 5149 metric tonnes based on average Gross Calorific Value (GCV)
of 5500 Kilocalories/ Kilogram (Kcal/kg) and 100% Plant Load Factor (PLF). The
coal shall have a GCV in the range of 5100-6100 Kcal/Kg, maximum ash content
of 16% and a maximum sulphur content of 1.2%. LAD is proposed to be
transported to the power plant by road tankers. LAD shall have a minimum gross
calorific value of 10,500 kcal/kg and a maximum sulphur content of 0.25%. The
average oil requirement is estimated at 2 ml/kWh. However, it is pertinent to
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Executive Summary, Page-1

mention here that this requirement is not on a continuous basis, but for short
durations of initial start-up and flame stabilization.
2.3 During operation phase, the entire water requirement of the project shall be met
from the sea water to be drawn from Koddiyar Bay (at a location 700 m from
shore and at a depth of 7 m). The total water requirement for the Project is
estimated to be 93,120 m3/hr. Sea water shall be used for cooling and flue gas
desulphurization. A desalination plant shall be established to meet the sweet
water requirement of the project. However, during construction phase of the
project, ground water is proposed to be extracted to meet the water requirement
of the project (peak requirement 350 m3/day).
2.4 Major components of the power project are Coal Handling and Storage Plant, Fuel
Oil Handling and Storage Plant, Water Intake and Treatment Systems, Steam
Generator and its auxiliaries, Steam Turbine and its auxiliaries, Condenser and
auxiliary cooling system, ash handling plant, Electrical Generators, Transformers
and Switchyard, various control and instrumentation systems etc. Construction of
project shall involve various site development activities such as site clearance,
leveling and fencing, boundary wall and approach roads/ internal roads, storm
water drains & sewer lines, domestic water supply system, sewage treatment
plant, development of green belt, afforestation and landscaping activities etc. A
township with various residential and non-residential facilities is proposed to be
constructed adjacent to the project to house the staff of TPCL, Security Forces.
2.5 Trincomalee Thermal Power Project shall be provided with the following facilities:
a. Well equipped security system.
b. Facilities for fire fighting, communication, emergency power supply,
emergency safety equipment, alarms etc.
c. Comprehensive fire detection and protection system.
d. A township comprising of various residential buildings for Staff of TPCL and
Security Persons and non-residential buildings (such as Field Hostel, Guest
House, Hospital, Commercial facilities, School, Security related facilities etc.)
as well as infrastructural facilities.
2.6 The Transmission (Power evacuation) system for the project shall be provided by
CEB, for which environmental clearance has already been accorded. The
construction power and startup power for the project shall also be provided by
CEB.
3. Description of the Existing Environment, Probable Impacts

and Mitigation Actions Proposed
Physical Environment
3.1 The general topography of the project area is undulating with levels of the natural
ground vary between Reduced Levels (RL) (+) 3M to RL (+) 18M. The rock
outcrops are abundantly seen in the project site and surrounding area. The study
area has a number of water tanks and lagoons. Main Plant Area, Township and
Ash Disposal areas of Trincomalee TPP shall be located on land. The only
components of the power project to be installed offshore are the cooling water
intake and outfall systems.
3.2 The study area experiences four seasons - First Inter-monsoon Season - March –
April; Southwest monsoon season - May – September; Second Inter-monsoon
season - October – November and Northeast Monsoon season - December –

February. The winds are generally light to moderate. The predominant wind
direction is from South West followed by South East, West, West South West,
North West and East.
3.3 Mahaweli Ganga is the main river in the region, which falls in Koddiyar Bay at a
distance of about 7 km. from the project. Besides Koddiyar bay on the north-west
and Indian ocean on the east, there are lagoons and numerous kulam in the
study area. The biggest lagoon is Ullacklie located on the south-east of the study
area followed by Kaddaiparichan lagoon. Ilakkantai, Ullai and Kayiavandan are
the major kulam in the study area.
3.4 Surface and ground water quality monitoring indicate that the physio-chemical
characteristics of Ilakkantai kulam and Mahaweli are very good, conforming to
drinking water standards of Sri Lanka. However, bacteriological contamination
has been observed in the water samples taken from the Villu kulam and
Ilakkantai kulam. The physio-chemical characteristics of ground water from all
the four locations monitored are found to be well within the prescribed limits. No
bacterial contamination has been found.
3.5 The construction and operation activities of the project will generate various types
of effluents, which may alter the water quality and ecology of the receiving water
body, if not managed properly. In order to control the quality of the effluent and
minimize the impacts on water bodies, the following are proposed
3.5.1 During construction phase, the effluents from construction site and
labour colonies shall be treated separately in settling tanks and package
type sewage treatment plants respectively and treated effluents shall be
used for horticulture, dust suppression etc. Unutilised part of the
treated effluents shall be discharged in Koddiyar Bay. The effluents shall
conform to the ‘Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial and
Domestic Waste Water into Inland Surface Waters’ published under
National Environmental Act of Sri Lanka
3.5.2 During operation phase, the warm cooling water along with the effluents
from flue gas desulphurization and other treated effluents, conforming
to the ‘Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial and Domestic Waste
Water into Marine Coastal Areas’ published under National
Environmental Act of Sri Lanka shall be discharged into Shell Bay
through a well designed outfall structure. The combined effect of
vertical rise and mixing due to buoyancy and lateral dispersion and
movements due to currents shall minimize the impacts of disposal of
waste water on the temperature and water quality of sea. It has already
been established through detailed thermal dispersion modeling studies
undertaken through Lanka Hydraulic Institute. Results of modeling are
discussed in detail in the Para 3.40 and 3.41.
3.5.3 Coal pile areas and Oil storage areas shall be provided with
impermeable surface and garland drains/ dykes to collect and treat the
effluents from these areas, so that these effluents do not contaminate
the surface/ ground water. Treated supernatant shall be recycled back
into the system.
3.6 The area consists of non-lateritic loamy soils. Among the other important soil
types are the alluvial that occur along the lower courses of rivers and the regosols
(sandy soils) of the coastal tracts. The soil is sandy loam in texture at most of the
locations.

3.7 Ambient air quality was monitored at five locations around the project. The area
observes Particulate Matter less than 10 micrometer in size (PM10) in the range of
56- 88µg/m3; Particulate Matter less than 2.5 micrometer in size (PM2.5) in the
range of 20- 38µg/m3; Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) in the range of 6-13 µg/m3;
Nitrogen Oxide (NO2) in the range of 10-24 µg/m3; Ozone (O3) in the range of
20-39.0 µg/m3; and Carbon Mono-oxide (CO) in the range of 100-900 µg/m3. All
the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS) of Sri Lanka.
3.8 The construction and operation activities of the project will generate various types
of air emissions, which may alter the air quality of the surrounding, if not
controlled properly. In order to control the air emissions and minimize the
impacts on environment, the following are proposed
3.8.1 During construction phase, there will be increased vehicular movement
for transportation of various construction materials to the project site
and disposal of construction waste at the dumping site. The movement
of vehicles may lead to dust emissions and marginal increase in
Hydrocarbons, SO2 and NOx levels. However, the ground level
emissions do not travel for long distances and hence these impacts shall
be localized and temporary in nature. Suitable mitigation measures shall
be taken to prevent the dust emissions due to vehicular movement;
transport, handling and storage of construction materials like sand, fine
aggregate and transport, handling and storage of excavated earth and
construction wastes. The measures include water sprinkling in
vulnerable areas, transportation of construction material in covered
trucks, wherever possible, proper maintenance of vehicles and haulage
roads etc.
3.8.2 During operation phase, the emission of flue gas from stack generated
due to combustion of coal shall be the main source of pollution. Air
pollution control measures such as high efficiency Electro Static
Precipitators (ESPs) to limit the particulate emission in flue gas to 100
mg/Nm3, Design of furnace to control the formation of oxides of
nitrogen, Sea water Flue Gas Desulphurisation system to limit the
emission of SO2 in the flue gases, 135 m high twin flue stack to
facilitate wider dispersion of flue gases are proposed to be installed.
3.9 The impacts of flue gas emission on the ambient air quality were predicted using
computer based mathematical models and meteorological data. The results of the
analysis indicate that the resultant maximum 24 hourly average ground level
concentrations of SO2 and NOx after operation of the project shall be about 35
and 50 µg/m3, against National Ambient Air Quality Standards of 80 and 100
µg/m3 for SO2 and NOx respectively. Thus there will be enough margins for future
development of industries in the area. The results of the predictions were
validated by Industrial Technology Institute (ITI), Colombo using a different
model and it was confirmed that the proposed power plant, operating with the
designed parameters and pollution control systems, shall conform to the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards.
3.10 Handling of coal and ash during operation phase of the project may result in
emission of fugitive dust. Dust extraction/ dust suppression (DE/ DS) systems
shall be provided in coal handling plant (CHP) and coal stock yard for control of
fugitive dust emissions. Ash handling and storage areas shall also be provided
with suitable measures for control of fugitive emissions. The provision of green
belt around the project shall further help in controlling the fugitive emissions.

3.11 A Plan has been prepared to utilize the entire ash generated in the project due to
combustion of coal. Fly ash (fine ash) is proposed to be used for manufacture of
cement and ready mix concrete while bottom ash (coarse ash) is proposed to be
used in construction of roads and embankments. Market surveys and call for
expression of interest indicate that the potential for ash utilization is very high in
Sri Lanka. The systems for supply of ash, such as dry extraction, storage silos
and unloading system have already been included in the project.
3.12 Unutilised quantity of ash during short periods of interruptions in demand/ supply
shall be disposed off in a well designed ash dyke located adjacent to the project
area using High Concentration Slurry Disposal (HCSD) system. In HCSD system,
a thick slurry (concentration 50-65% by weight) of ash with water is made, which
will be pumped into the dyke, where it will get solidified within 1-2 days leaving
no free water as supernatant or leachate. The ash disposal area shall be provided
with an earthen dyke all around and impermeable High Density Poly-Ethylene
(HDPE) liner. The water collected from the ash dyke area shall be recycled back
to the ash handling system for re-use. Further, the ash stored in the ash dyke
shall also be used at later stage.
3.13 The workers shall be provided with proper facilities including housing, drinking
water supply and sanitation. In addition, the construction activity will also benefit
the local population through tertiary sector employment and provision of goods
and services for daily needs including transport.
3.14 A noise survey was undertaken at 10 locations during the month of October,
2011. The noise level varied between 45.3 to 54.3 decibel A-weightage (dB (A))
during daytime and 40.1 to 52.7 dB(A) during night time. Typical noise levels
from construction activities and equipment vary from 75-90 dB(A) while
occasionally it may go up to 100 dB(A) during very short periods of time.
Therefore, there could be increase in noise levels during construction phase.
Drilling and blasting operations during construction phase may result in
vibrations. This impact shall be mitigated by adopting controlled blasting and
strict surveillance regime. Noise from the turbines, compressors, pumps, fans,
coal handling plant etc. shall be controlled through the design of the machines,
provision of acoustic enclosures over the sources of noise and provision of
barriers in the form of buildings. Further, provision of green belts around the
plant area shall also help in absorbing the noise generated. Wherever required,
the workers shall be provided with protective equipments such as ear plugs and
ear muffs. Noise levels at the boundary of the project and beyond shall be
maintained within the national standards.
3.15 Access routes to construction sites as well as stretches of roads shall be widened/
strengthened. Necessary manpower and equipment shall be deployed for traffic
management at the identified sites as well as parking space for vehicles. The
vehicles and construction equipment shall be maintained so that their noise and
exhaust emissions do not cause nuisance to the workers and general public.
3.16 Natural drains carrying the storm water runoff from the project area as well as
the surrounding area shall be diverted/ strengthened to mitigate the adverse
impacts.
Terrestrial Environment
3.17 Biogeographically, the proposed project area lies within the low country Dry Zone.
Floristically it is classified under the Dry and Arid Lowlands Floristic Zone and
Coastal and Marine Belt Floristic Zone. Tropical Dry Mixed Evergreen Forests
{Manilkara Community, Mixed community (Chloroxylon-Vitex-Berrya-Schleichera

series)}, Tropical Thorn Forests (Manilkara-Chloroxylon-Salvadora-Randia series),

Damana and Villu Grasslands, Flood-plain Wetlands, Riverine and Gallery Forests
are the typical natural vegetation formations present in the Dry and Arid
Lowlands Floristic Zone. The typical natural vegetation formations present in the
Coastal and Marine Belt Floristic Zone includes Mangroves, Salt Marshes, Sand
Dunes and Strand Vegetation.
3.18 Main habitat types observed within the project and surrounding area include
scrublands, abandoned paddy fields, minor tanks, grasslands, rock outcrops, sand
dunes and strand vegetation associated with the beach. The area surrounding the
direct impact zone comprised of scrublands, lagoons, estuaries, flood-plain
wetlands, seasonal streams, tanks, abandoned lands, abandoned paddy lands,
agricultural lands and home gardens.
3.19 A total number of 243 plant species including 5 endemic, 16 nationally
threatened, 16 nationally near threatened (NT) and 1 data deficient (DD) plant
species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area.
Majority of the plant species recorded are tree species (92) followed by
herbaceous species (70), climbers (44), shrubs (33) and epiphytes (4). About 88
% of the recorded floras are natives and about 10 % of the recoded flora species
are exotic to the country.
3.20 Total number of 285 faunal species was recorded in the project area representing
snails, butterflies, dragonflies, inland fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds and
mammals. This included 14 species that are endemic to Sri Lanka. Further, the
faunal assemblage included 13 species that are listed as Nationally Threatened
species (three Nationally Critically Endangered species, four Nationally
Endangered species and six Nationally Vulnerable species). A further nine species
that are listed as Nationally Near Threatened was also observed in the study area.
The faunal assemblage also included six species that are listed as Globally
Threatened (one Critically Endangered species, one Endangered species and four
Vulnerable species) and three species that are listed as Globally Near Threatened.
The faunal assemblage recorded in the project area also included two exotic fish
species and 20 species of migrant birds that inhabit forest habitats.
3.21 The project area does not come within any protected areas declared by the
Department of Wildlife Conservation or Forest department. However there are
number of protected areas in the proximity of the proposed project area. These
protected areas will not be impacted by the proposed project.
3.22 Altogether, 20 migratory bird species were recorded in the study area. Out of
these 20 species 13 are waders that occupy aquatic habitats such as mud flats,
mangroves, tanks etc. The remaining seven species are inhabiting terrestrial
habitats, both natural and manmade. As the project site did not have any
wetlands the aquatic migrants were not observed in the site. Only three species
of common terrestrial migrant birds that can occupy scrublands were recorded
within the project affected area.
3.23 The site selected for the proposed project has an extent of 505 acres (200 ha)
and about 75% of the land comprises of scrubland that has been highly modified
due to human activity. The remaining 25% comprises of abandoned paddy lands,
rock outcrop associated vegetation and seasonal small tanks. Since habitat
diversity is low in the site selected for the proposed project, the overall species
richness was found to be low compared to habitats that are found outside the
project site. Likewise, the habitats within the project site supported few endemic
and threatened species compared to the habitats outside the project area.

3.24 The site selected for the project is under high human influence even at present.
During the sampling period it was observed that people in the area are engaged
in fuel wood extraction at the site on a commercial scale. Further, there is illegal
quarrying of the rock outcrops within the project site for extraction of metal.
Further, those who are involved in these activities also hunt animals as was
indicated by the presence of remains of such hunted animals throughout the
project site.
3.25 The construction of the project will result in the loss of approximately 375 acres
(150 ha) scrubland. Based on the species observed at the site, it can be
concluded that the site does not function as a critical habitat or habitat of any
critical species. Further it will not result in fragmentation of habitat or obstruction
of a known migratory pathway of terrestrial species. Therefore, even though the
project will result in the loss of habitat of terrestrial species, it will not have a
significant impact on habitats or species present in the project area.
3.26 As the project will not result in a significant impact on the terrestrial habitats, no
major mitigation measures are recommended. It is recommended that project
proponent establish a green belt around the project (50-100 m in width
depending on the lay out of the project site with an estimated extent of 100
acres) except around the switchyard. The balance empty areas should also be
vegetated with native species.
3.27 Project proponent shall take all steps not to cause any disturbance to the
adjacent wetland (Sampu Kulam) to the project site or carry out any activities
around Foul Point which supports an unique vegetation.
Marine Environment
Koddiyar Bay
3.28 Water for the project (93,120 m3/hour) is proposed to be drawn from Koddiyar
Bay through an Intake Well, Pump House and two pipelines of diameter 2.6 m
each. Construction of these facilities and continuous drawl of water may affect the
ecology of the Koddiyar Bay. Therefore, the ecology of the Koddiyar Bay was
studied in detail.
3.29 Koddiyar Bay comprises of sandy beaches, mangrove patches and estuaries. The
shoreline is fringed with numerous coastal plants and the sandy shore is dwelt by
various burrowing forms of organisms. Squilla, bivalves, ghost crabs and hermit
crabs are the major types of organisms observed in this environment. Part of the
coastline is prone to some erosion/accretion during monsoon periods. The bay is
connected to two main estuaries namely; Mahaweli and Kaddaiparichan Aru.
3.30 Coastal waters of the Koddiyar Bay are extremely turbid throughout the year.
Therefore the bottom of the bay does not get enough sunlight to create a well-
diversified ecosystem. As a result the bottom is covered with very fine clay-sand
mixture with intermittent clumps of unidentified sponges and rare sightings of
worm species. Ray species, demersal fish species, and some molluscs were found
very rarely during the underwater survey. Turbidity is extremely high to the
extent that one cannot see its palm when the hand is fully extended in the water.
Almost all the fish species observed in the Koddiyar bay were small pelagic
species, rare catches of bottom dwelling elasmobranch species and few crab
species.
3.31 Koddiyar bay near Kaddaiparichan is occupied by traditional fishermen and
fiberglass boat fishermen and they engage in gill net fishery. In addition to that,
some parts of the shallow area are occupied by kraal fishing gears. However the

bay is not used for high ended traditional fishing activities, but very much
primitive fishing activities aiming small pelagic fish species.
3.32 During construction activities for pipeline and intake well, temporary increase of
turbidity, re-suspension fine sediments is expected in Koddiyar Bay. Considering
the naturally high turbidity levels prevailing in the Koddiyar Bay, the induced
sedimentation conditions do not cause a significant change in the sediment load
in the water column. Release of trapped toxicants such as H2S can be expected
until the pipe laying process is completed. These conditions may cause some
impacts on biota living in the area of development and in the vicinity. Larger
vertebrates such as fishes are less impacted due to their movability from
hazardous environments. The sustainability of corals in Koddiyar bay seems to be
extremely low due to the high sedimentation regime and salinity changes. Under
water survey and observations confirmed that the coral diversity is very low in
Koddiyar bay, except some coral colonies in remote isolates corners. Therefore,
no impacts on corals are anticipated.
3.33 Koddiyar Bay will be used only for the intake and hence no impacts are envisaged
during operation phase. However, there could be changes in the current patterns
around the intake. Detailed modelling studies carried out by Lanka Hydraulic
Institute indicate that the increase in current velocities drops below 0.1 m/s
within the 10m from the intake. Hence the impacts are local and there will not be
any changes to the macro faunal diversity. Microfaunal diversity may affect
slightly as they are sucked with the inlet current. However the damage seems
minimal due to the low microfaunal (plankton) abundance and diversity in the
water column.
Shell Bay
3.34 Warm cooling water from the project along with effluents from flue gas
desulphurization system and other treated effluents (92,710 m3/hour) is proposed
to be discharged into Shell Bay through a pipeline and an Outfall Structure.
Construction of these facilities and continuous discharge of warm water may
affect the ecology of the Shell Bay. Therefore, the ecology of the Shell Bay was
studied in detail.
3.35 Shell Bay area is covered by a sandy beach that fringes to a dense coastal shrub
and woody vegetation. The sandy beach is relatively less diverse with some
hermit crabs and ghost crabs. Sea bed shows a gradual slope from the coast up
to 15 m and then the slope increases and finally reaches areas deeper than
500m. The bottom surface of the shallow coastal water is covered with scattered
rocks and sandstone boulders. The upper intertidal surfaces of these rocky
boulders are found covered with barnacles (Balanus sp.) and algae species such
as Ulva, Jania, Caulerpa and some filamentous green algae. In addition to that
Littorina, Nodilittorina, Trochus and Chiton sp were found. Sea cucumber species,
Holothuria atra, Holothuria scabra, Unidentified heart urchin and broken thallus of
red algae were found on the sandy substrate where the sand particle sizes
changed from fine to course. Annelid worms, giant clams (Tridacna), pen shell
(Pinna), Spider shell (Lambis lambis) and cushion stars (Culcita sp.) were found
rarely within the bay area.
3.36 Very few fishermen fish in the Shell bay use Hook and line method and crab trap
methods. They use FRP boats during these fishing activities from Soodaikuda
landing site. Crab pots are laid closer to rocky/coral outcrops and leave it
overnight until it trap crab species (including lobsters). Fishermen fix a half rotten
clump of fish at the center of the trap in order to attract fish. However the
damage caused to the environment from these two fishing methods are very low.

3.37 The coral and substrate cover in the Shell bay has not showed even distribution
and the sea bottom of the bays covered by rocky and limestone outcrops. Some
areas were densely populated with corals and some areas were not covered with
corals and other marine invertebrate life even though the bottom is hard. The
average height of these protrusions ranges 0.5 to 1 meters with occasional
boulders that extends up to 3 meters. These surfaces are covered with coralline
algae and red, brown and green encrusting and filamentous algae. Main sticking
feature of the area is the abundance of soft corals of different densities. In these
areas higher sedimentation evidence was shown. Some parts of the bay were
covered with sandy bottom where the size of the sand particles was fine. Number
of organic and solid debris was found accumulated in these sandy patches.
3.38 Corals located in the surrounding areas of the construction sites may undergo
several impacts, such as temporary increase in turbidity, re-suspension of fine
sediments, release of any trapped toxicants such as H2S. These conditions may
cause some impacts on coral and soft coral species. In view of the coral density
and coral cover in the location originally envisaged for outfall in Shell Bay, six
alternate locations were surveyed and the location with lowest coral diversity and
cover was finally selected.
3.39 During the laying of the pipeline in Shell Bay, the bottom substrate along the pipe
line corridors will be impacted. It is expected that a maximum width of 50m along
pipe line traces will be disturbed for actual pipe laying and as a working area.
Corals and marine biodiversity along pipe line traces will be subjected to dredging
and on either side of the trace in the working area may be exposed to some
damages. However the area impacted will be comparatively very small and
mitigation measures are proposed to be taken to reduce these impacts. Further,
animals such as fish, turtles and crabs sp. can disperse to safer areas when they
got stressed. Therefore the impact can be considered extremely small. Effects of
sound pollution could be expected in the vicinity of the construction site. Soft
bodied marine invertebrates, marine algae and eggs may expose partially to
these conditions. However the damage is considered to be very low.
3.40 All larger adult coral boulders of the proposed area, if any, will be transplanted to
a suitable location before commencement of construction. The species will be
selected for this initial transplant from the area where the outlet pipes will be
located, 50 m either sides of the outlet pipe lines and a 50 meter radius at the
outlet structure.
3.41 The impact of construction of pipeline and outfall structure on corals was a major
area of concern. Therefore, the final location of outfall was decided after a series
of thermal modeling by Lanka Hydraulic Institute (LHI) and underwater survey of
a series of locations in Shell Bay. The final location recommended for outfall has a
low coral diversity and low cover. By moving the outfall to the new location
possible impact during the construction has been minimized and could be
considered as extremely low.
3.42 During operation phase, the temperature of the discharged water at the outlet
point will be 70 C higher as compared to the ambient sea water temperature. Due
to the lesser density of the warm water, the discharged water will naturally flow
towards the surface directly from the outlet point. The resulting stratification of
the density and temperature driven water masses are expected to be higher
sustaining the warmer water masses on the surface of the water column at most
of the times. Therefore the bathing of corals and benthic organisms from the
warmer water becomes very low.

3.43 Thermal dispersion was studies in detail by Lanka Hydraulic Institute (LHI). The
results of near field modeling indicate that near field influence zone with excess
temperatures +7oC (at point of discharge) to +2 oC to +4oC (at outer boundary
of influence zone) above ambient is limited to 20m radius from the discharge
point. The results of far field modeling indicate that the far field influence zone
with excess temperature of +2oC is limited to 100m of radius (about 3.14 Ha) for
most of the time. However, an excess temperature of +2oC may exist up to the
180m in one direction (in South West (SW) monsoon considered as worst case) at
one instance from outfall. Influence zone for an excess temperature of +1oC is
limited to 300m-400m of radius (about 50 Ha) for most of the time. However, an
excess temperature of +1oC may exist up to around 500m in one direction (in SW
monsoon considered as worst case) at one instance from outfall. These conditions
would not overlap with whale territories and in any case would not cause any
physiological or behavioral changes even if they migrate into these marginally
warm waters.
3.44 Surface dispersion may not affect corals in sea bottom. There may be positive
and negative impacts on coral sperm, eggs and larvae and their distribution
pattern. However these impacts (either positive or negative) are considered to be
minimal due to the low temperature increase.
3.45 On the other hand, these upward water movements may bring bottom nutrients
to the surface by locally and artificially created upwelling system and the warmer
waters may influence the productivity of the area coupled with higher nutrient
levels. This may induce some positive impacts to the area by increasing the
primary productivity followed by the diversification of the food chains and food
webs in the area.
3.46 Increase of sea water temperature may cause minor impacts to plankton, fish,
molluscs, crustaceans, reptiles and mammals which can tolerate much wider
fluctuations. Further, Tropical members of the latter groups can tolerate
temperatures of about 35° C, without showing sub-lethal symptoms. Therefore it
is expected that this temperature increase do not cause any significant damage to
benthic organisms and even the pelagic organisms are slightly affected from this
less warm water mass due to their ability to move from unfavorable waters only if
the warmer water cause any impact on them.
3.47 Electro chlorination will be used (Hypochlorite) to reduce bio fouling in pipelines
and other surfaces. A de-chlorination plant shall be provided. However, a slightly
elevated residual chlorine levels could be expected in discharged waters. Chlorine
concentration of the discharged water will be maximum 0.2 ppm higher than the
intake water. However, these excess concentrations are well within the standards
given under World Bank guidelines and hence, the impacts are considered to be
low.
3.48 SO4 is added to the discharged water as a result of using Flue Gas
Desulphurisation (FGD) process. In normal sea water, SO4 concentration ranges
from 2300-3000 mg/l. The increase in SO4 concentration of sea water due to FGD
process is expected to be around 33–40 mg/l. The increase in SO4 concentrations
is within the natural range of SO4 concentrations in ambient sea water. Therefore,
the impacts are considered to be low and no mitigation actions are proposed for
SO4 in the effluents.
3.49 There were no rare or threatened species found in the sampling sites. However in
some places, 20-30% of the bottom surface and the species found were Sinularia,
Sarcophyton, and Lobophytum sp. Occasionalcushion stars, Sea cucumbers,

Euphillia corals, Giant clams were recorded but are not considered to be
rare/threatened and endemic.
3.50 The intake and outfall locations are located approximately 25km from the Pigeon
Islands Marine National Park in Sri Lanka with its unique terrestrial and marine
ecosystems. The island is important breeding ground for Rock Pigeon, which is
assigned as critically endangered under International Union for Conservation of
Nature (IUCN) nationally threatened bird list. However the distance to the outlet
and the inlet point are such that they do not have any chance of a negative
impact on its marine bio diversity.
3.51 Trincomalee area is known for Dolphins, whales, especially Blue whale and sperm
whales. However, almost all these sightings are well away from the beaches and
beyond 100m depth contour line. The main areas popular among whale watchers
are closer to Swami Rock area and deeper sites in front of the harbor mouth.
However, research findings indicates that more whales are roaming in area north
of Trincomalee closer to Mulathivu than the southern areas of Trincomalee. The
influence zones of thermal dispersion (as described in Para 3.38 above) would not
overlap with whale territories and in any case would not cause any physiological
or behavioral changes even if they migrate into these marginally warm waters.
3.52 Five species of turtles, namely; Loggerhead (Caretta caretta), Green turtle
(Chelonia mydas), Olive Ridley (Lepidochelys olivacea), Leatherback
(Dermochelys coriacea) and Hawksbill turtle (Eretmochelys imbricata) are
reported to nest along the beaches of Trincomalee. However there are no
published data on the presence and nesting of turtles in Koddiyar and Shell bay
areas.
3.53 In both Koddiyar Bay and Shell Bay some disturbances to the movement of
fishing vessels and fishing activities will occur in areas in close proximity to the
construction sites. However once the construction phase is over, there will not be
any disturbance to the fisheries activities except declaration of a small restricted
areas around intake and outfall structures due to security and safety reasons.
However, no commercial fishery activities have been observed in the vicinity of
intake and outfall of Koddiyar and Shell Bay.
3.54 Proper maintenance and operation of construction equipment are needed to avoid
any possible oil leakages into the waters.
Socio-economic Environment
3.55 The land for the project has already been transferred on lease to TPCL by Govt. of
Sri Lanka. The land is free from human settlements or any other livelihood related
activities except 10 families living beyond 250m distance from the boundary.
There are no other socio economic infrastructure facilities established in the
vicinity of the land. Fisheries and agriculture are the main livelihood activities in
the area. The agriculture is mainly concentrated on shifting cultivation (chena)
and paddy cultivation during Maha seasons under small tanks. The fishing
activities are performed beyond the project facilities in the Koddiyar Bay & Shell
Bay. The main boat landing sites (Kaddaiparichan in Koddiyar Bay and
Soodaikuda in Shell Bay) are located little more than 1 km distance from the
intake and outfall points of the sea.
3.56 The project land is located far from urban centers and also other public and
private institutions in Mutur divisional secretariat. Only a junior school, Sivasakthi
is found in an area within 250m radius from the boundary of project. This place
may have some disturbances during construction and operation phases.

3.57 Even though possible social impacts are not significant, the stakeholders
(communities as well as other agency personnel) perceived different positive and
negative impacts on communities and their livelihood activities. The consultants
observed most of these perceived negative impacts may not be obvious but, need
attention of the project proponent and use modern technology and other
management measures to ensure project implementation without creating
negative impacts on the communities. There will be significant job opportunities
and other indirect sources for income generations for local people. The project
developer will explore all the possible efforts to improve the skill of the local
community and provide job opportunities to the local communities depending on
their suitability.
3.58 The proposed project will be the first large scale development project in Mutur
Divisional secretariat division and it will significantly influence the existing
condition of local economy. The present small urban centers in the vicinity of the
project boundary will get improved. The local community members may explore
possibilities to invest in small and medium scale income generation activities
and even some families may attempt at providing higher education to their
children expecting to reap the opportunities created by the project.
3.59 Significant impacts and their mitigation measures for construction and operation
phases are summarized in Table 1. Adequate financial provisions have been made
in the Project for implementation of various mitigation measures.
Table 1: Summary of Significant Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Abbreviations: H-High, M-Medium and L-Low; (-)-Negative Impact, (+)-Positive
Impact; ESP-Electrostatic Precipitators, FGD- Flue Gas Desulphurisation, DE/DS-Dust
Extraction/ Suppression, PPE-Personal Protective Equipment
Severity of
Impacts
Discipline Impacts Mitigation
Before
Mitigation
Pollution due to Dust and M(-) Sprinkling of water,
vehicular exhausts during Maintenance of Roads and
construction phase Vehicles
Change in air quality due H(-) Selection of coal, Efficiency of
Air Quality
to stack emissions plant, Furnace Design, ESP,
FGD, Tall Stack
Change in air quality due L(-) DE/DS systems, wind
to Fugitive emissions barriers, water sprinkling
Increase in Noise due to M(-) Maintenance of Vehicles and
construction activities Equipment, Regulating
activities, Use of PPE
Noise and Vibrations due to L(-) Control and Surveillance,
Vibrations construction activities Regulating activities
Increase in Noise due to L(-) Design of equipment and
operation activities acoustic covers, PPE, Design
of Buildings, Green Belt
Coastal Change in coast line due to L(-) Proper design of structures
Stability and construction
Sedimen- Change in coast line due to L(-) Proper design of structures
tation operation
Coastal and Destruction of habitats due M(-) Proper location and design of
Marine to offshore structure structures
Environment Local increase in turbidity H(-) Silt screens

Severity of
Impacts
Discipline Impacts Mitigation
Before
Mitigation
Loss of Fauna, Flora and L(-) Proper location of structures
Sensitive Eco-Systems
Impacts of water L(-) Proper location and design of
extraction (current/ structures with screens
impingement)
Impacts of warm water M(-) Proper location and design of
discharge structures
Impacts of Discharge of L(-) Treatment, Dilution with
effluents Cooling water
Impacts of Oil spills/ coal L(-) Containment and Treatment
pile run-off
Overall Impacts on coral L(-) Proper location and design of
reefs, marine organisms structures
and marine mammals
Loss of Habitat L(-) Retention of scrub land to the
extent possible, Development
of Green Belt and
Terrestrial
Afforestation within and
Ecosystems
around project area
Loss of Fauna, Flora and L(-) Plantation of vulnerable plant
Sensitive Eco-Systems species in green belt
Obstructions to drainage/ L(-) Improvement in drainage
Flooding channel from Sampukkali to
Hydrological
Kaddaiparichan lagoon
& drainage
Change in Surface and L(-) Treatment, recycle and reuse
pattern,
Ground Water Quality of effluents, Disposal in sea
Water
along with warm water
Bodies
Soil erosion and Siltation M(-) Peripheral drains with settling
during construction basins
Loss of land/ home/ L(-) Preference to local people in
livelihood employment
Public safety/ security M(-) Traffic management,
Deployment of security
agencies/ systems, Disaster
Management
Impacts on fishing due to L(-) Cordoning off the area,
construction activities Proper signage (No fishing
activity in construction
areas).
Impacts on fishing due to L(-) Cordoning off the area,
operation activities Proper signage (No fishing
Social activity in construction
Environment areas).
Employment and Income H(+) Preference to local people in
employment, Capacity
Building
Conflicts between locals L(-) Engagement of local persons
and migrant population in project activities and
social-cultural programmes,
Awareness about the project
activities, Deployment of
security systems
Health L(-) Extension of health care to
locals through dispensary and
health camps

After the successful implementation of mitigation, it is expected that all the impacts
will reduce to acceptable limits.
4. Contingency Plans
4.1 As per the requirements of Sri Lanka Disaster Management Act (Act No. 13 of
2005), a generic On-site Disaster Management Plan (DMP) for Trincomalee Thermal
Power Project has been prepared. At the time of commissioning of the project, a
detailed and site specific Disaster Management Plan shall be prepared and
submitted to National Council for Disaster Management for approval and the same
shall be implemented at site. Being a coastal project, Trincomalee Thermal Power
Project also needs to be geared up for any occurrence of tsunami. The project shall
have linkage with the Indian Ocean Tsunami Warning System and other tsunami
warning systems of Sri Lanka. The risks of tsunami shall be kept in consideration
during detailed design and construction of the project and systems for emergency
preparedness in case of tsunami shall be provided.
4.2 The responsibility for establishing and maintaining a safe working environment for
all its employees and people in the surrounding area rests with TPCL, which will
take all such steps which are reasonably practicable to ensure best possible
conditions of work.
5. Monitoring Programme
5.1 There are two principal types of monitoring, namely:
 Compliance Monitoring to confirm the effective implementation of
mitigation measures and
 Impact Confirmation Monitoring to confirm the assumptions made in the
EIA process.
5.2 A well structured monitoring programme has been proposed to ensure both
Compliance and Impact Confirmation Monitoring to high degree of efficiency.
However, the programme shall be further strengthened after accord on
environmental clearance to the project, to include project specific stipulations, if
any and also, during the course of construction and operation of the project,
based on actual experience/ impacts.
5.3 It is recommended that an Environmental Monitoring Committee (EMC) be
appointed to oversee the implementation of the Monitoring Plan. The EMC shall be
chaired by a representative from the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) or
the Coast Conservation and Coastal Resource Management Department
(CC&CRMD), in view of the fact the project’s interaction with the coastal zone.
Appointees to the EMC shall be approved by the Central Environmental Authority
and include representatives from key stakeholders.
5.4 The EMC will have regular meetings, once in every three months during
construction phase and once in very six months during operation phase, in order
to review the monitoring. In areas of potential conflict, the EMC will have
responsibility to resolve such issues.
5.5 The EMC in consultation with the Project Proponent shall develop a mechanism to
manage, investigate, respond and act upon, any issues raised by the public
during construction.

5.6 Prior to start of the construction, a detailed Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) shall be prepared in consultation with the EMC, which shall become a part
of the relevant contracts. EMP will set out the mechanisms for the implementation
of mitigation measures for which prior agreement has been reached between
TPCL and the EMC. As the EMP will form part of the contract, there will be
provisions to ensure that the TPCL and its Contractors fulfils his obligations
regarding the implementation mitigation measures.
5.7 The plant shall be equipped with necessary equipment and manpower for
ensuring effective monitoring. However, the services of external laboratories/
agencies/ experts approved by CEA shall be taken wherever required.
5.8 Adequate financial provisions have been made for establishment of environmental
laboratory and equipment including continuous online stack emission monitoring
system and automatic ambient air quality monitoring stations. During operation
phase of the project, the cost of monitoring shall be met from the operation and
maintenance budget of the project.
6. Conclusions and Recommendations

The site for proposed Trincomalee Thermal Power Plant near Sampoor site is
ideally suited from techno-economic, environmental as well as socio-economic
considerations. Implementation of the project will initiate a new era of economic
development in Trincomalee region and will have five distinct benefits
 Improvement in Power Supply
 Improvement in Infrastructure
 Improvement in Industries and Economy
 Improvement in Employment Potential
 Improvement in Socio-economic Condition of the Area
 Institutional Capacity Building
With the implementation of environmental measures envisaged in the EIA Report,
the environmental impacts of construction and operation of Trincomalee Thermal
Power Project can be minimized to the acceptable levels and the project can be
implemented safely for the overall economic growth of the country.

Sri Lanka
Location of Trincomalee TPP
Figure 1.1: Vicinity Map of Trincomalee Power Project

1. Introduction
1. Introduction
1.1 Background of the Project

Government of Sri Lanka (GoSL), Ceylon Electricity Board (CEB) and NTPC
Limited (NTPC) entered into Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) on 29.12.2006
for the establishment of the Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) to
be commissioned by a Joint Venture (JV) Company formed/promoted by CEB and
NTPC with equal (50:50) partnership to produce power and sell the same to CEB.
Accordingly, a Joint Venture and Share Holding Agreement (JVSHA) was entered
by CEB and NTPC on 06.09.2011 and a JV company named Trincomalee Power
Company Limited (TPCL) was formed on 26.09.2011. Subsequently, the following
major agreements were entered:-
(i) Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) between TPCL and CEB,
(ii) Implementation Agreement between TPCL and GOSL,
(iii) Coal Supply Agreement between TPCL and Lanka Coal Company Limited
(LCCL),
(iv) Consultancy agreement between TPCL and NTPC for provision of
consultancy for overall development and implementation of the project
etc.
Trincomalee Power Company Limited (TPCL) has to implement the Project on
Build, Own and Operate (BOO) basis including its development, implementation,
operation and maintenance of the project and sale of power to CEB.
In order to successfully implement the project, Govt. of Sri Lanka (GOSL) has
agreed to extend the following assistance, through Implementation Agreement:
 facilitate and provide all assistance to TPCL to obtain, and to the extent
under its power and control secure, visas and work permits for all foreign
personnel directly and necessarily related to the Project for the period they
are so engaged;
 facilitate and provide all assistance to TPCL, in a timely manner, to obtain
and to the extent under its power and control grant to TPCL, subject to
TPCL complying with the conditions for the grant of the Generation Licence
and the Environmental Requirements:
 the Generation Licence;
 the Environmental Licence; and
 all other licences, permits or consents required by TPCL from any
Competent Authority to build, own, operate and maintain the Power
Purchase Agreement and, if required, under the Coal Supply
Agreement.
 facilitate and provide all assistance to TPCL to obtain and to the extent
under its power and control grant to TPCL, customs clearances and
approvals for the importation of all equipment, materials and spare parts
necessary for the Project;
 facilitate and provide all assistance to TPCL to obtain and to the extent
under its power and control grant to TPCL, to import, purchase, store and
MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Chapter-1, Page-1

transport to the Power Plant, through suppliers, any lubrication oils,

coal/fuel to be consumed for the purposes of the Power Plant;
 support and assist TPCL to procure the services of the Competent
Authority, in relation to the Project;
 facilitate Financial Closure for the Project by TPCL.
 assist and support TPCL at Company’s cost as agreed between the Parties,
in accessing the data available with its Competent Authorities or to be
collected by Competent Authorities, relating to the land, surveys, site and
other technical aspects, required for the Project.
In order for TPCL to obtain required licences and/or clearances in relation to
development and operation of the Project, GOSL shall make every effort with
relevant authorities to facilitate TPCL in obtaining such licences and clearances in
a timely manner.
Further, regarding the development of the facilities, the following have been
agreed:
 GoSL agrees and acknowledges that the development, construction,
operation and maintenance of the Power Plant at the Site is dependent
upon the development and provision of the Facilities, including without
limitation, the Port Facilities, Access Facilities, Evacuation Facilities, and
jetty, by the Government in accordance with the terms of Agreement.
 GoSL shall make available the infrastructure Facilities at Government’s
cost, risk and expense, so as to:
 provide, develop and perform all necessary design, engineering,
procurement, supplies, installation, erection, construction, of the
Facilities in accordance with the requirements set forth in the
agreement; and
 provide all necessary and sufficient equipment, materials, items,
supplies, utilities, power and fuel and experienced personnel having
the requisite expertise for the above purposes.
 GoSL further agrees that the Facilities to be developed pursuant to the
Agreement shall comply with the minimum technical requirements set
forth in the feasibility report for the Project provided to the Government by
TPCL.
 GoSL shall maintain the facilities for continued availability of such Facilities
to TPCL during the term of this Agreement.
 GoSL shall execute the Lease with TPCL for grant of lease by Government
to TPCL, of the Site and adequate land not less than 25 acres, required for
development of township (as set out in the feasibility report for the
Project) for the Project, for a nominal lease rent of Rs. 1000 per acre per
annum, for an initial period of thirty (30) years from the effective date of
such lease agreement, with a provision of automatic extension at the
option of TPCL, for an additional period of ten (10) years.
 GoSL shall facilitate TPCL in drawing water from sea, river and/or ground
water, for cooling of Power Plant and for other consumptive purpose.

Selection of Site
CEB and NTPC jointly explored several sites for setting up the proposed power
project in Trincomalee region and a site near Sampoor village in Trincomalee
district was identified for Feasibility Study. This site is one of the sites identified
and assessed by the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) during Strategic
Environmental Assessment undertaken by them through University of Moratuwa
(UOM) in 2008 (SEA, 2008). Alternate sites identified in the SEA Report for
Thermal Power Project are presented in Figure 1.1. Based on various techno-
economical and environmental considerations, two alternatives - Sampoor and
Sampalthive areas were selected for detailed analysis. These alternatives were
also included in Trincomalee Metro Urban Area Development Plan (2007)
prepared by Urban Development Authority of the Govt. of Sri Lanka and their
relative merits and demerits were studied under SEA (2008).
SEA (2008) recommends Sampoor area for power development over Sampalthive
area, because of inherent advantages of Sampoor Site including the fact that
deep water of Koddiyar Bay will be an asset when considering the transport of
coal and minimizing the adverse impacts caused by thermal stress and damage to
marine environment. A comparison of the two sites, as covered in SEA (2008) is
presented in Table 1.1.
Table 1.1: Comparison of Alternate Sites by Central Environmental
Authority (SEA, 2008)
Factor Sampoor Site Sampalthive Site
Land area available Large space available Restricted space, limited
room for expansion
Need for Already evacuated and Resettlement plans needed
resettlement of resettlement in progress
people
Access for coal Conventional sea access No suitable site for jetty
unloading with appropriate depths for nearby, as the sea is
coal imports. Site for jetty shallow and the marine
already identified ecosystem is vulnerable.
Environmental Risk Protection for any hazards Limited area would be a
Management could be included due to the constraint
relatively large land area
available.
Discharge of The site does not contain Site is very close to the
Cooling Water large coral reefs. However, Pigeon Island National Park.
discharge of cooling water Discharge of cooling water
has to be done after careful will be a major problem, as
planning. The added this area contains extensive
advantage of this site will reef habitats. Migration of
be the deep water trench, species and requirement of
where the cooling water organisms to maintain
outfall can be placed to viable population for
achieve a much higher breeding colonies may be
initial dilution, thus affected if shallow water
minimizing the impacts on reef habitats are destroyed
marine ecosystem. due to temperature changes
caused by cooling water
discharge

The final site for the proposed power plant is situated at 08°29′10″N Latitude
and 81°18′00″E Longitude near Sampoor village of Trincomalee district of Eastern
Province of Sri Lanka. The site is about 35 km from the Trincomalee by road. The
vicinity map is placed as Figure - 1.2.
Alternate Sites
Figure 1.1: Alternate sites identified by CEA for Thermal Power

Project in Trincomalee Region (SEA, 2008)

Figure 1.2: Vicinity Map of Trincomalee Power Project
The lay-out of proposed Trincomalee Thermal Power Project superimposed on the

topographical map is presented in Figure 1.3 and Figures 1.4 to 1.7 show the
Google map of the area around proposed project over the radius of 20 km., 10
km., 5 km. and 2 km. respectively.

Figure 1.3: Layout Plan of Trincomalee TPP on Topographical Map





1.2 Objective and Justification of the Project

The Ceylon Electricity Board (CEB), a statutory body established by an Act of
Parliament of Sri Lanka in 1969 is the national utility, responsible for the
transmission and most of the generation and distribution of electrical power in Sri
Lanka. In addition to its own hydro and thermal electricity generation, CEB
purchases power from private producers as well.
CEB has to develop and maintain an efficient and coordinated economical system
of electricity supply to the country as well as to generate or acquire supplies of
electricity. Generation expansion planning is a part of the process of achieving the
above objectives. In order to meet the increasing demand for electrical energy
and to replace the thermal plants due for retirement, new generating stations
need to be installed as and when necessary.
CEB has prepared a Long Term Generation Expansion Plan (2013-2032) in year
2013 with the following objectives:
 To investigate the feasibility of new generating plants for addition to the
system in terms of plant and system characteristics.
 To specifically investigate the future operations of the hydro-thermal system
in order to determine the most economical operating policy for reservoirs,
hydro and thermal plant.
 To conduct system simulation studies to determine the economically optimum
mix of generating plants to meet the forecast demand and the acceptable
reliability levels in the 20 year period ahead.
 To investigate the robustness of the economically optimum plan by analyzing
its sensitivity to changes in the key input parameters.
The major findings of the Long Term Generation Expansion Plan can be
summarized as follows:
 Biomass or fuel wood, petroleum and hydro are the major primary energy
supply sources, which cater to the energy demand of Sri Lanka.
 Biomass or fuel wood, which is mainly a non-commercial fuel provides close to
46 percent of the country’s total energy requirement.
 Petroleum is the major source of commercial energy, which covers more than
42 percent of the energy demand.
 Hydropower is the main indigenous source of primary commercial electrical
energy in Sri Lanka with an estimated potential of about 2000 MW, of which
more than half has already been harnessed. Further exploitation of hydro
resources is becoming increasingly difficult owing to social and/or
environmental impacts associated with large-scale developments as well as
the cost factor.
 As at present, Sri Lanka has no proven resources of fossil fuels and the total
fossil fuel requirement of the country is imported either as crude oil or as
refined products. A small quantity of Peat has been located in the extent of
marshy lands to the North of Colombo. However, the quality and extent of the
reserve would not prove to be commercially viable for extraction and use as a
source in power generation.
 Apart from these, there is a possibility of developing wind resources to some
extent for power generation.

 By the end of 2012, about 93% of the population had access to electricity
from the national electricity grid. When the planned electrification schemes
are implemented it is expected to increase further.
 The average per capita electricity consumption in Sri Lanka was 480 Kilo Watt
Hour (kWh)/ person in 2011 and generally it has been rising steadily with an
average growth rate of 6.9% during 2001-07. However, during 2007-08, with
the slowing of electricity growth, the per capita consumption stagnated but
the increase was observed again during 2009-11.
 In early stages, the electricity demand of the country was mainly supplied by
the hydro generation and the contribution from thermal power generation was
minimal. However, at present the thermal generation is much higher than that
of hydro.
 The statistics of power generation in Sri Lanka for 2012 and 2013 is
summarized in Table 1.2:
Table 1.2: Statistics of Power Generation in Sri Lanka for 2012 and 2013
OWNERSHIP & NO. OF INSTALLED Gross
SOURCE POWER CAPACITY IN Generation
STATIONS MW in Giga Watt
Hour (GWh)
2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013
CEB Total 25 25 2214 2228 6162 8808
Hydro 17 17 1357 1361 2727 6010
Thermal 7 7 854 864 3433 2795
Wind 1 1 3 3 2 2
PPP Total 134 155 1098 1134 5640 3154
Hydro-Small 109 131 227 267 565 916
Thermal 8 7 784 771 4906 1977
NCRE 17 17 87 96 169 260
Total 159 180 3312 3362 11801 11962
(Source: Statistical Digest (2013) of Ceylon Electricity Board)
 CEB considered hydro power, fossil fuel based thermal power and nuclear
based thermal power generation options as primary energy options to meet
the future electricity demand. A large no. of factors including cost of
development, operation and maintenance costs and environmental effects
were evaluated in order to consider the suitability of the primary options.
 Due to high specific cost and low plant load factors, the hydro projects were
not found to be competitive with coal based thermal power plants. It was
recommended that hydro power projects will have to perform peaking duty
and Sri Lankan power system will have to gradually transform into thermal
based system in future.
 The screening of thermal power generation options (coal fired steam plants,
oil fired steam plants, oil fired gas turbine plants and oil fired combined cycle
power plants) establishes coal as an economically attractive fuel option for
power generation for higher plant factor operation.
In view of above, establishing 2x250MW Trincomalee coal based power project at
Sampoor, scheduled to be commissioned in 2018 is justified. The main objective
of Trincomalee Power Project is to meet the growing electricity demand of the Sri
Lanka, to improve system reliability, to reduce load shedding and to provide
economical power.

1.3 Objective of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report

EIA Process in Sri Lanka
National Environmental (Amendment) Act No. 56 of 1988 of Sri Lanka stipulates
EIA as a mandatory requirement for establishment of various large scale
developmental projects in Sri Lanka and assigns regulatory functions to Central
Environmental Authority (CEA).
According to Part IV C of the above mentioned amendment act, all "prescribed"
development projects are required to be subjected to Environmental Impact
Assessment. Thermal power plants with generation capacity exceeding 25
Megawatts at a single location or capacity addition exceeding 25 Megawatts to
existing plants are included in the list of prescribed projects.
The National Environmental Act further stipulates that approval for all prescribed
projects shall have to be obtained from the appropriate project approving
agencies (PAA) concerned or connected with such prescribed project. Central
Environmental Authority (CEA) is the PAA in present case.
EIA provisions are also included in the Fauna and Flora (Amended) Act No. 49 of
1993. According to this Act, any development activity of any description what so
ever proposed to be established within one mile from the boundary of any
National Reserve, is required to be subject to EIA, and written approval should be
obtained from the Director General, Department of Wild Life Conservation prior to
implementation of such projects. Although the EIA is applicable for the project as
mentioned above, the provisions of Fauna and Flora (Amended) Act No. 49 are
not applicable as there are no National Reserves within one mile from the project
boundary.
The Coast Conservation Act
No. 57 of 1981 together with
the Coast Conservation
(Amendment) Act, No. 64 of
1988 and Coast Conservation
(Amendment) Act, No. 49 of
2011 governs the Coastal
Zone. This Zone comprises
mainly “the area lying within
a limit of three hundred
meters landwards of the Mean
High Water line and a limit of
two kilometers seawards of
the Mean Low Water line”
(Figure 1.8). Any person
desiring to engage in a
Figure 1.8: Coastal Zones of Sri Lanka
development activity within
the Coastal Zone will be required to obtain a permit issued by the Department
prior to commencing the activity.
The EIA process is part of the permit procedure mandated in Part II of the Coast
Conservation Act (CCA). Section 16 of the Coast Conservation Act (CCA) confers
on the Director General of Coast Conservation and Coastal Recourse Management
Department (CC&CRM), the discretion to request a developer applying for a
permit (to engage in a development activity within the Coastal Zone) to furnish
an Initial Environmental Examination, Environmental Impact Assessment or both
relating to the proposed development activity. The CCA does not however specify
how and when this discretion should be exercised. The Coast Conservation and

Coastal Recourse Management Department (CC&CRM) interprets this provision as

requiring an EIA when the impacts of the project are likely to be significant.
However, the list of “prescribed projects” published in the Gazette Notification No.
772/22 dated 24.06.1993 under the National Environmental Act states that the
CCA applies to those prescribed projects only if they are located wholly within the
Coastal Zone. Since, major portion (except cooling water intake and discharge
facility) of the TCPP lies outside the Coastal Zone, the EIA process under the NEA
applies to this project.
Nevertheless, as the Coast Conservation Act states that it is established to
regulate and control development activities within the Coastal Zone, the Coast
Conservation and Coastal Recourse Management Department is the final authority
to determine whether to permit a development activity in terms of the CCA, even
though such activity may be required go through the approval process laid down
in the NEA.
The EIA Process in Sri Lanka involves the following steps:
(a) Environmental Scoping and Approval of Terms of Reference (TOR) for EIA
Study
(b) Preparation of EIA Report
(c) Checking the Adequacy of EIA Report
(d) Public Participation
(e) Technical Evaluation of the Report
(f) Approval of EIA Report
(g) Implementation of Conditions
(h) Monitoring
CEA, the Project Approving Authority in present case Issued the Terms of
Reference (TOR) for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study for
Trincomalee TPP, a copy of which is enclosed at Annexure-I.
The EIA Report has been prepared by M/s Mantec Consultants (Pvt.) Limited, New
Delhi.
Objectives of EIA Study

The basic objective of an EIA Study is to identify the environmental impacts due
to the construction and operation of the project and its associated facilities, and
suggest suitable mitigation measures for adverse impacts, if any. The above
objectives are achieved through the following steps:
 Establish the existing environmental conditions
 Establish project features/ activities that could have impacts on
environmental conditions
 Identify/ assess/ predict the impacts on various attributes of the
environment
 Identify mitigation measures to control the impacts within the acceptable
limits
 Develop an environmental monitoring plan for effective monitoring of the
residual impacts and efficacies of mitigation measures adopted.

1.4 Extent and Scope of the Study

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project shall be a pulverized coal fired thermal power
project. The present EIA Study covers the main components of the proposed
plant such as Steam Generator, Turbine Generator and their Auxiliaries, Coal
Handling System including Dust Extraction and Suppression System, sea water
intake and discharge system, Once Through Cooling System, Water treatment
system including desalination, Effluent Treatment, recycle, reuse and disposal
System, Fire Protection System, Air Conditioning & Ventilation System, air
pollution control systems like Electrostatic Precipitators, Flue Gas
Desulphurization and Chimney; Ash Handling System with Dry Ash Extraction,
Storage and High Concentration Slurry Disposal System; Electrical Systems such
as Generator Bus Duct, Transformers, Switchgears, Switch Yard, township and
other off site facilities etc.
However, the EIA does not cover the following:
Facilities for Import and Supply of Coal: Trincomalee Thermal Power Project
shall be based on imported coal likely to be to be sourced from Australia, South
Africa, Indonesia etc. The coal shall be transported through sea route and
imported and supplied by LCCL. The location for developing port/jetty for coal /
equipment unloading has been finalized by GoSL near Sampoor from where it
shall be conveyed to the TPCL. The facilities for import and supply of coal are not
part of this project, hence not covered in the scope of present EIA Report.
Power Evacuation System: Power generated shall be evacuated through a
transmission line from Sampoor to Habrana, to be commissioned by CEB. CEB
has already obtained environmental clearance for this transmission line.
The extent and scope of EIA study has been defined in detail in the Terms of
Reference (TOR) for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study approved by
CEA (Annexure-I).
The geographical extent of the study area for the purpose of EIA Study has been
defined as:
 Project site and 20 km from the boundary of project site for the air quality
assessment and 2 km from the boundary of project site for all other
studies or the area of maximum risk;
 The locations of the offshore/ onshore structures and 500m from the
boundaries of these structures or area of maximum risk;
 Pipeline routes and 100m on either side of proposed pipeline routes or
area of maximum risk;
These study areas marked on the vicinity map of the project are presented at
Figure 1.9.

20 km. Radius for Air Quality

Studies
10 km. Radius
2 km. Radius for Other

Studies
Figure 1.9: Study Area Map for Trincomalee TPP for

EIA Study

1.5 Brief Outline of the Methodologies Adopted in the EIA Report:

Establishment of Baseline Environmental Scenario
The baseline environmental scenario has been established through primary data
generated within the study area exclusively for the present study and data
available with various agencies/ published in literature. The methodologies
adopted under various disciplines of EIA Study are described in respective
sections.
Establishment of Project Features
Project features, i.e. a brief description of thermal power generation process and
environmentally significant features of the project have been established based
on the Feasibility Report of the project.
Impact Assessment
The impacts on relevant discipline of environment during the construction and
operation phases of the project have been identified and assessed qualitatively as
well as quantitatively. Wherever, a quantitative prediction/ assessment was not
possible, the impacts have been described qualitatively, based on experiences at
other thermal power project sites.
Quantitative predictions have been made for assessing the impacts on ambient
air quality, impacts of hot water discharge into the sea and propagation of noise
around the project.
Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan
Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plans for construction and operation
phases of the project have been developed based on regulatory requirements in
Sri Lanka, recommendations of experts in individual disciplines and current best
practices in the world in thermal power generation.
The sources of data and information used in EIA Report have been listed in
Annexure-II. The list of Reference is provided in Annexure-III. List of EIA
Preparers along with their work allocations is described in Annexure-IV and list
of organizations/ persons contacted is presented in Annexure-V. As per TOR,
Annexure-VI needs to contain a set of maps/ charts/ tables/ layout plans etc.
However, these are already included in Main Report (Volume-I) and Annexures
(Volume-II) of the EIA Report at respective places.
1.6 Government Policy Regarding Related Sectoral Development:

National Energy Policy & Strategies of Sri Lanka (Gazette No. 1553/10 dated June
10, 2008, published by Ministry of Power and Energy, Government of Sri Lanka)
spells out the Energy Policy Elements, Implementing Strategies and Specific
Targets, Milestones and Institutional Responsibilities through which the
Government of Sri Lanka and its people would endeavor to develop and manage
the energy sector in the coming years in order to facilitate achieving its
millennium development goals.
Till 2011, the energy supply in Sri Lanka is mainly based on three primary
resources, namely, biomass, petroleum and hydroelectricity. The use of non-
conventional energy resources in Sri Lanka is of a relatively smaller scale and
therefore its contribution is presently of low significance in the macro energy
picture. With the increasing demand for energy to provide for the country’s
economic and social development, total primary energy demand is expected to
increase to about 15,000 kTOE (kilo Tonne of Oil Equivalent) by the year 2020 at
an average annual growth rate of about 3%. Electricity and petroleum sub-

sectors are likely to record higher annual growth rates of about 7-8%. Hydro
electricity production and biomass-based energy supplies, which are the only
large-scale indigenous primary energy resources available in Sri Lanka, are
expected to increase only marginally in the near future. This is mainly due to
limitations in further hydropower development owing to lower economic viability
of exploiting the remaining large hydropower sites and limited use of biomass
with gradually increasing standard of living of the population. This means that the
country’s incremental primary energy requirements need to be supplied mainly by
imported fossil fuels in the medium term. In the longer term, possible
development of indigenous petroleum resources and accelerated development of
non-conventional renewable energy are likely to make a significant change in Sri
Lanka’s mix of primary energy resources.
One of the Energy Policy Elements states that the energy resources used in the
country will be diversified and the future energy mix will be rationalized,
considering important factors such as the economic cost, environmental impacts
(including those on existing hydropower project catchment areas), reliability of
supplies, convenience to consumers and strategic independence.
Ensuring the fuel diversity in electricity generation through diversifying into
generation technologies that do not use oil or fuels of which the price is indexed
to oil prices is one of the key implementation strategies.
Under Fuel Diversity and Security section of the Specific Targets, Milestones and
Institutional Responsibilities, it is stated that the electricity sub-sector shall
rapidly move from the present two-energy resource (hydropower and oil) status
to a multiple resource status. The Government shall not initiate or entertain any
proposal either by the electricity utilities or private developers to build power
plants that will use oil, oil-based products or fuels of which the price is indexed to
the oil price, unless they are required to be included in the generation expansion
plan due to technical limitations in other plant types. This moratorium on oil-
based power plants shall be factored into the Long Term Generation Expansion
Plan (LTGEP) and shall remain in force until 80% of Sri Lanka’s electrical energy
supplied to the national grid is from non-oil based fuels.
The strategy of the Government shall be immediately diversified into a third fuel.
To ensure maximum possible security against price and supply fluctuations, and
to ensure the growing demand is reliably met, this third fuel shall be coal. The
LTGEP studies confirm the viability of this strategy. Non-conventional Renewable
Energy (NRE) shall be the fourth resource in this diversification and security
strategy. The electricity generation targets envisaged with NRE and coal
resources are presented in Table 1.3.
Table 1.3: Electricity Generation Targets envisaged in National Energy
Policy & Strategies of Sri Lanka with NRE and Coal Resources
Electrical Energy Supplied to the Grid ad a
Share of the Total
Year Minimum Comments
Conventional Maximum
Coal from
Hydroelectric from oil
NRE
1995 94% 6% 0% Actual
2000 45% 54% 0% 1% Actual
2005 36% 61% 0% 3% Actual. Moratorium on
power plants burning oil or
similarly priced oil/gas
products becomes

effective in 2006.
2010 42% 31% 20% 7% Progressive diversification
into coal and NRE.
Moratorium remains in
place.
2015 28% 8% 54% 10% Moratorium on power
plants burning oil or
similarly priced oil/ gas
products may be lifted.
(Source: National Energy Policy & Strategies of Sri Lanka (Gazette No. 1553/10
dated 10.06.2008, published by Ministry of Power and Energy, Govt. of Sri Lanka)
Another important element of implementation strategy is the protection from
adverse environmental impacts of energy facilities.
o Energy sector utilities will be compelled to comply with safety standards
issued by Public Utilities Commission of Sri Lanka (PUCSL) as well as
environmental standards stipulated by the state.
o A scheme of compensation to victims of accidents and hazards attributed to
energy sector utilities will be established with the participation of all
stakeholders.
o Every energy sector utility will establish an environmental division with staff
qualified to conduct environmental safety audits of existing and new facilities
to comply with the standards and regulations under the National Environment
Act.
In view of the above, development of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project with
appropriate environmental pollution control measures and environment division is
in line with National Energy Policy & Strategies of Sri Lanka
1.7 Compliance with Existing Plans:

Trincomalee Metro Urban Area Development Plan (2007) prepared by Urban
Development Authority of the Govt. of Sri Lanka focuses on the fast economic
growth of Trincomalee region encouraging industrial, tourism, fisheries and
agricultural development. The Plan identifies Sampoor and Sampalthive areas as
a potential zone for establishing coal based thermal power project. Strategic
Environmental Assessment Study undertaken by Central Environmental Authority
for Trincomalee Metro Urban Area Development Plan recommends that Siting of
coal power plant at Sampoor will minimize the adverse impacts caused by
thermal stress and damage to the marine environment. The deep water of
Koddiyar Bay will be an asset when considering the transport of coal to the power
plant. The establishment of Trincomalee Thermal Power Plant at Sampoor site is
in line with Trincomalee Metro Urban Area Development Plan (2007) prepared by
Urban Development Authority of the Govt. of Sri Lanka as well as Strategic
Environmental Assessment Study undertaken by Central Environmental Authority.
1.8 Approvals/ Permits Needed and Any Conditions Already Laid Down
for the Implementation of the Proposed Project by State Agencies
The list of approvals required for commissioning of a thermal Power Project is
presented in Table 1.4.
TPCL with assistance from CEB or the construction contractor as appropriate shall
obtain all necessary clearances for the operation of the power project.

Table 1.4: List of Approvals required for Commissioning of a Thermal Power Project
Permit/ Clearance/ Approval Description/ Salient Features Required for the Remarks
Approval Required Authority Project?
Environmental Approval CEA or The requirement for environmental Trincomalee TPP falls This EIA report fulfills
under Part IVC of National appropriate assessment is established by the within the Projects and the requirement
Environment Act No. 47 of PAA. National Environment Act and the Undertakings for which
1980 and its amendments procedures are defined in the approval under the EIA
after carrying out an Environmental Impact Assessment regulations are
Environmental Impact Regulations (1993). The regulations required.
Assessment (EIA) or Initial specify activities for which
Environmental Examination environmental assessment is
(IEE) mandatory.
Environmental Approval CEA If any alterations are being made to As decided by the PAA. TPCL shall inform
under Section 23EE of NEA any prescribed project for which CEA of the
for alteration of approved approval had been granted alternations (If any)
prescribed project. Under part IVC of NEA, the project made to the
proponent shall inform the approved project.
appropriate project approving
agency of such alterations and
where necessary obtain fresh
approval in respect of any
alterations that are made to the
prescribed project for which approval
had already been granted.
Environmental Protection CEA or Local Applicable for industries /activities Applicable to certain Construction
License (EPL) from Central Authority (LA) potential to discharge effluents, activities of Contractor shall
Environmental Authority or deposit wastes, emit smoke /gases Trincomalee TPP obtain EPL from CEA
Local Authority under the /fumes /vapor or excessive noise during construction. or LA as appropriate.
National Environment Act No. /vibration into the environment.
47 of 1980 and its Gazette Notification No: 1533/16 TPCL to apply one
amendments; Gazette dated January 25, 2008 prescribes Applicable to operate month prior to
Notification No: 1533/16 the industries /activities required to the coal power plant. commencement of
dated January 25, 2008. obtain an Environmental Protection operations of the
License (EPL). power plant

Clearance under the Fauna Department of Five categories of protected areas The project Not required
and Flora Protection Wildlife are established: (i) strict nature components are not
Ordinance Act No. 49 of 1993 Conservation reserves, (ii) national parks, (iii) located within a
and its amendments (DWLC) nature reserves, (iv) jungle national reserve or
corridors, and (v) intermediate within one mile from
zones including sanctuaries. Any the boundary of any
development activity within one mile national reserve
from the boundary of any national
reserve is required to be subjected Not required.
to EIA/IEE, and written approval
shall be obtained from the Director
General, Department of Wildlife
Conservation prior to project
implementation.
Permit under the Mines and Geological Mining and exploitation for minerals, Required. Construction
Mineral Act No. 33 of 1992 Survey and including sand and aggregate must contractors are
Mines Bureau be licensed under the act by the required to obtain
Geological Survey and Mines Bureau. permit from the
Permit is required for earth and Geological Survey and
quarry material extraction for Mines Bureau and/or
construction of buildings etc either procure materials from
directly or through contractors. licensed
Alternatively, project contractors can sources/traders.
procure the material from open
market but they will have to make
sure that such sources/traders are
operating with valid licenses.
Approval under Gazette No. Permit from the Written permission from the Required. The Construction
1152/14 dated October 04, department of Department of Archaeology must be Approval of the Contractor shall
2000 to be read with the Archaeology obtained before commencement of Department of inform the
Section 43(b) of the excavations for: generation and Archaeology is granted Consultant and the
Antiquities (Amendment) Act transmission of electricity; Re- with conditions (see Director General of
No. 24 of 1998. settlement of families; Reclamation Annexure-VII). Department of

of lands and wetland; Clearing of all Archaeology of any
These orders are called lands exceeding 2 hectares on Chance found
procedural orders No. 01 extent so that such lands and wet Archaeological
Projects of 2000 lands will be inundated with water property.
etc.
Approval for Felling of Jack, From the To control removal of certain types Jack and Bread Fruit The Construction
Bread Fruit and female Divisional of trees. Permits should be obtained trees are not found Contractor shall
Palmyra trees under the Secretary For for falling of Jack, Bread Fruit and within the project obtain the approval
Felling of Trees Control Act falling up to 03 female Palmyra trees because yield footprint. But felling of from the relevant
No 1 of 2000 trees; (nuts) of those trees are used as female Palmyrah trees authority.
the District daily food of human being. if required) need the
Secretary to fall approval
3 to 15 of those
trees;
If the numbers
of those trees
are above 15
the Secretary of
the Ministry of
Agriculture.
Permit under the Coast Department of Carrying out an EIA is not Required to obtain This EIA report fulfills
Conservation Act No. 57 of Coast mandatory. The Director General permit from CC&CRM the requirement.
1981 and its amendments; Conservation (DG) of CC&CRM has the decretory to construct sea water
Coast Conservation and Coastal power to request a developer intake, cooling water
(Amendment) Act, No. 64 of Recourse applying for a permit (to engage in a discharge and other
1988 and Coast Conservation Management development activity within the ancillary facilities
(Amendment) Act, No. 49 of (CC&CRM) Coastal Zone) to furnish an Initial within the coastal
2011 is required. Environmental Examination, zone.
Environmental Impact Assessment
or both relating to the proposed
development activity.

Approval under Marine Marine Pollution Discharge any material which can Permit is required from
Pollution Prevention Act, No. Prevention pollute the territorial waters of Sri MPPA to discharge
35 of 2008. Authority Lanka or any other maritime zone, cooling water and any
(MPPA) its fore shore and the coastal zone of other material into the
Sri Lanka, is prohibited except under sea.
the authority of permit issued by the
MPPA under the Marine
Environmental Protection (issuance
of permits for dumping at sea)
Regulations published in the
Government gazette Notification No.
1816/37 dated June 28, 2013
Approval under Civil Aviation Civil Aviation Approval under the regulations Already obtained.
Act No 14 of 2010 for the Authority published under section 23 of the (copy attached
construction or alternation of act. Annexure-VII)
buildings or other structures
(section 23 -4) within
declared protected areas
Public Utilities Commission of Public Utilities Generation License Already obtained –
Sri Lanka Act No 35 of 2002. Commission of copy attached see
Sri Lanka Annexure-VII)
(PUCSL)
Construction of houses and LA Permission from the LA is required Required.
other infrastructure facilities. for any physical construction activity TPCL to submit the
within the LA area. application along with
drawings of the
facilities to be
constructed.
Widening, rehabilitation or Road Permission from the RDA/ PRDA/ LA TPCL to submit the
construction of roads for the Development as appropriate is required. application along with
construction sites. Authority (RDA) drawings of the roads
/ Provincial to be Widened,
Road rehabilitee or

Development constructed.
Authority
(PRDA)/LA
Transportation of heavy RDA/ PRDA/LA Permission from the RDA/ PRDA as TPCL to submit the
equipment by road appropriate is required application along with
details of the heavy
equipment to be
transported.

1.9 Conformity with International Conventions/ Protocols

Sri Lanka has acceded or ratified around 40 Multilateral Environmental
Agreements (MEA); Conventions/ Protocols. The relevant MEAs are listed in this
section.
Atmosphere
 Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer (1985)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: December 15, 1989.
Protection of the Ozone Layer through international cooperation in the areas
of scientific research, monitoring and of information exchange.
 Montreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete the Ozone Layer
(1987)
Reduction and the eventual elimination of consumption and production of Un-
anthropogenic Ozone Depleting Substances.
Ozone depleting substances (ODS) are those substances which deplete the
ozone layer and are widely used in refrigerators, air-conditioners, fire
extinguishers, in dry cleaning, as solvents for cleaning, electronic equipment
and as agricultural fumigants. Ozone depleting substances include:
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), Halon, Carbon tetrachloride, Methyl chloroform,
Hydro-bromo-fluoro-carbons (HBFCs), hydro-chloro-fluoro-carbons (HCFCs),
Methyl bromide & Bromo-chloro-methane.
 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC-
1992)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: November 23, 1993.
Stabilization of greenhouse gas (GHG) (Carbon dioxide-CO2, Methane-CH4,
Nitrous Oxide-NO2, Per-Fluoro-Carbon (PFCs), Hydro-Fluoro-Carbons (HFCs),
Sulphur hexa-Fluoride (SF6) concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that
would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climatic
systems.
Greenhouse Gases are components of the atmosphere that contribute to the
greenhouse effects. Greenhouse gases include water vapour, Carbon dioxide,
Methane, Nitrous oxide, Per-fluro-carbon (PFCs), Hydro-fluoro-carbon (HFCs)
and Sulphur hexafluoride.
 Kyoto Protocol (1997)
Ratification by Sri Lanka: October 03, 2002.
The Annex 1 parties (Developed Countries) to reduce their collective
emissions of greenhouse gases by at least 5% of the 1990 level by the period
2008 –2012.
Bio Diversity
 International Plant Protection Convention (1951)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: February 12, 1952.

To maintain and increase international co-operation in controlling pests and

diseases of plants and plant products, and in preventing their introduction and
spread across national boundaries.
It recognizes the necessity for international cooperation in controlling pests of
plants and plant products and in preventing their international spread, and
especially their introduction into endangered areas.
It recognizes that phyto-sanitary measures should be technically justified,
transparent and should not be applied in such a way as to constitute either a
mean of arbitrary or unjustified discrimination or a disguised restriction,
particularly on international trade.
It desires to ensure close coordination of measures directed to these ends.
It desires to provide a framework for the development and application of
harmonized phyto-sanitary measures and the elaboration of international
standard to that effect taking into account internationally approved principles
governing the protection of plant, human and animal health, and the
environment.
 Plant Protection Agreement for Asia and Pacific Region (1956)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: February 27, 1956.
To prevent the introduction into and spread within the region of destructive
plants
 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild
Fauna and Flora (CITES -1973)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: May 04, 1979.
To protect certain endangered species from being over-exploited by adopting
a system of import/export permits, for regarding the procedure.
 Convention on the conservation of Migratory Species (CMS-1979)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: June 06, 1990.
To protect those species of wild animals which migrate across or outside
national boundaries.
 Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD-1992)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: March 23, 1994.
The conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of its components
and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilization
of genetic resources, including appropriate access to genetic resources and by
appropriate transfer of relevant technologies and appropriate funding
 Cartagena Protocol on Bio Safety (2000)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: April 28, 2004.
To contribute to ensuring an adequate level of protection in the field of the
safe transfer, handling and use of living modified organisms resulting from
modern biotechnology that may have adverse effects on the conservation and
sustainable use of biological diversity, taking also into account risks to human
health, and specially focusing on trans-boundary movements.

Land
 United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD- 1994)
To combat desertification and to mitigate the effects of drought in countries
experiencing serious droughts and/ or desertification with the final aim being
to prevent land degradation in the hyper arid, arid, and semi arid, dry sub
humid areas in the countries that are parties of the Convention.
Chemical
 Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary Movements of
Hazardous Wastes and Their Disposal (1989)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: August 28, 1992.
To reduce trans-boundary movements of hazardous waste and other waste,
subject to the Basel Convention to a minimum consistent with their
environmentally sound management; To ensure strict control over the
movements of hazardous waste across the boarders as well; as the prevention
of illegal traffic; To dispose of the hazardous waste and other waste
generated, as close as possible to their source of generation; To minimize the
generation of hazardous waste in terms of quality and hazardousness; To
prohibit shipments of hazardous waste to countries lacking the legal,
administrative and technical capacity to manage and dispose of them in an
environmentally sound manner; To assist developing countries and countries
with economies in transition in environmentally sound management of the
hazardous waste they generate.
 Rotterdam Convention (1998)
Date of Ratification by Sri Lanka: January 19, 2006.
To promote shared responsibility and cooperative efforts among Parties in the
international trade of certain hazardous chemicals in order to protect human
health and the environment from potential harm; to contribute to the
environmentally sound use of those hazardous chemicals, by facilitating
information exchange about their characteristics, by providing for a national
decision-making process on their import and export and by disseminating
these decisions to Parties.
 Stockholm Convention on Persistence Organic Pollutants (POPs -
2001)
To protect human health and the environment from persistent organic
pollutants (POPs).
TPCL will comply with the national directives/ policies/ standards related to the
relevant conventions/ protocols.

2. Description of the
Proposed Project and
Reasonable Alternatives
2. Description of the Proposed Project and

Reasonable Alternatives
2.1 Description of the Proposed Project
Trincomalee Thermal Power Plant (Trincomalee TPP) is proposed to be located in

Koddiyar Pattu Gram Niladhari in the Divisional Secretariat Division of Mutur, in
the District of Trincomalee in the Eastern Province of Sri Lanka. The site is
bounded by village/town named Soodaikuda, Sampukkali, Kadatkaraichenai and
Koonithivu at a Latitude 08°29′10″N and Longitude 81°18′00″E. The proposed
site is located south east of Trincomalee town at a distance of about 35 km. The
vicinity map of the project is presented at Figure 1.2, which is covered under
Toposheet No.28. The Google maps of the surrounding area within 20, 10, 5 and
2 km radius are presented at Figures 1.4 to 1.7. The project site can be
approached from Trincomalee – Batticaloa national highway.
The project shall be spread over an area of about 505 acres, consisting of Main
Plant Area (310 Acres, including a green belt covering 100 acres), Township (25
Acres), Temporary Construction Facilities (75 Acres), Ash disposal (85 Acres) and
Intake Location (10 Acres). The site is a part of 1700 acres of land already in
possession of the government of Sri Lanka in Sampoor area for industrial
development.
The General Layout Plan for Trincomalee Thermal Power Project is presented at
Figure-2.1, which shows the locations of intake, alignment of pipe line for
cooling water system and switch yard for the project.
Main plant equipment layout at 0.0 m is shown in Figure 2.2 and a cross section
of main plant is shown in Figure 2.3.
General Layout Plan has been developed taking into consideration various aspects
like available land & its shape, ground features & terrain, corridor for outgoing
transmission lines, road approaches, prevailing wind direction, the water drawl
system and the associated pipe corridor.
The switchyard orientation has been planned taking into consideration the
requirement of power evacuation and location of proposed sub-station by Ceylon
Electricity Board. The main power house is expanding from north-west to south-
east direction, with permanent facilities like workshop, Operation and
Maintenance (O&M) stores etc. located close to the main plant. The chimney is
towards south-west of main plant. High Concentration Slurry Disposal (HCSD)
system for ash disposal is proposed for the project and its pumping facilities are
kept towards north-west of chimney. Sea water cooling system has been
proposed for this project. Cooling Water (CW) pump house is proposed to be
located close to sea. The intake ducts have been routed in the corridor identified.
The intake and discharge ducts shall be buried Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP)
pipes with sand cushion all around, minimum 2 m below the natural ground level
(NGL). CW ducts near main plant shall be routed between transformer yard and
switchyard. The Flue Gas Desulphurization (FGD) system shall be provided for the
plant. The water desalination plant is located close to main plant. The coal
handling plant and the coal stockyard are located towards south-west of the main
plant considering the location proposed for coal jetty.

Figure 2.1: General Layout Plan for Trincomalee Thermal Power Project

Figure 2.2: Tentative Main Plant Equipment Layout at 0.0 m

Figure 2.3: Tentative Cross Section of Main Plant

The photographs of the project and surrounding area are presented in Figures
2.4 and 2.5.
Figure 2.4: Proposed Project Site
Figure 2.5: General Landscape around Project Site

2.1.1 Power Generating Systems

In a thermal power plant, the chemical energy of the fuel (coal) is first converted
into thermal energy (during combustion), which is then converted into mechanical
energy (through a turbine) and finally into electrical energy (through a
generator). The schematic diagram of the process of power generation for
Trincomalee Thermal Power Plant is shown in Figure 2.6 and described in the
following paragraphs. The energy balance and mass balance of the project is
presented in Figure 2.7.
(1) The coal is transferred from the coal handling plant by conveyor belt to the
coal bunkers, from where it is fed to the pulverizing mills, which grind it to
fine powder. The finely powdered coal, mixed with air is then blown into the
boiler by a fan where it burns like a gas.
(2) The process of combustion releases thermal energy from coal. The boiler walls
are lined with boiler tubes containing high quality de-mineralized water
(known as boiler feed water). The combustion heat is absorbed by the boiler
tubes and the heat converts the boiler feed water into steam at high pressure
and temperature. The steam, discharged through nozzles on the turbine
blades, makes the turbine to rotate, which in turn rotates the generator
coupled to the end of the turbine. Rotation of generator produces electricity,
which is passed to the step-up transformer to increase its voltage so that it
can be transmitted efficiently. The power is evacuated via switchyard through
a Transmission System.
(3) The combustion of coal oxidizes the combustible matter present in coal and
the flue gases contain the oxides of carbon, sulphur and nitrogen apart from
the fine ash particles. The formation of oxides of nitrogen shall be controlled
through the design of furnace. The flue gases after heat recovery shall be first
passed through the electrostatic precipitators (ESP), where the fine ash
particles shall be removed. Thereafter it shall pass through a flue gas
desulphurization system where the SO2 in flue gases shall be absorbed. The
clean flue gases after ESP and FGD systems shall be discharged through a tall
chimney for wider dispersal of remaining pollutants.
(4) During combustion, the non-combustible part of coal is converted into ash.
Major part of the ash (about 80%) is in fine powder form, known as Fly Ash,
and is carried out of the boiler along with the flue gas. The fly ash is removed
through electrostatic precipitators and the ash collected in the ESP hoppers is
extracted in dry form and conveyed to dry ash storage silos from where it is
supplied to user industries or taken to ash dyke for controlled storage using
High Concentration Slurry Disposal (HCSD) system till the ash is supplied to
the end users. A small part of ash (about 20%) binds together to form lumps,
which fall into the ash pits at the bottom of the furnace. This part of ash is
known as bottom ash.
(5) The steam, after passing through the turbines, is condensed back into water
in condensers and the same is re-used as a boiler feed water for making
steam. The reasons for condensing and reusing the steam are following:
 The cost of boiler feed water is very high as it is very pure de-mineralized
water hence reuse is economical.
 The condenser serves as the thermodynamically essential sink, rejecting
the heat to atmosphere and condensing the steam to saturated water.

Raw Water Water Treatment Effluent

Stack Emissions
Plant Treatment To Sea
1. Coal Handling 2. Pulverizing
Plant Mills Boiler Feed
Water
8. Electrostatic
9. FGD Plant
Precipitators
Cooling Water Bottom Fly

Condensate 3. Boiler Ash Ash
Steam 10. Dry Ash Storage
12. Cooling
Steam Silos
System
4. Turbine
Ash Utilization
11. Ash pond Area

5. Generator
Blow down
6. Transformer
Warm Water
7. Transmission
Towers
Figure 2.6: Process Diagram for Coal Based Thermal

Power Station

Steam Flow: 810 t/h

Energy: 487 Mkcal/h
Flue Gas: 1,254,667 m3/h

Energy: 68.76 Mkcal/h
Coal: 113 t/h

Energy: 572 Mkcal/h Steam Generator
Air: 812,198 m3/h

at ambient
temperature
Radiation loss and
other losses: 15.8
Mkcal/h
Fly Ash: 16 t/h Bottom Ash: 2.8 t/h

Energy: 0.026 Mkcal/h Energy: 0.42 Mkcal/h
Figure 2.7: Energy Balance Sheet and Mass Balance Sheet

(6) The condenser contains tubes through which cold water is constantly pumped.
The steam passing around the tubes of condenser looses heat and condenses
as water. During this process, the steam gets cooled while cooling water gets
heated up. This warm water can be discharged into a natural water body for
cooling (Once Through Cooling System) or it may be cooled in a cooling tower
and recycled for cooling (Closed Cycle Cooling System).
(7) In case of Trincomalee Thermal Power project, once through cooling system is
proposed to be adopted. The cooling water shall be drawn from Koddiyar Bay
and discharged into the sea (Shell Bay) where it shall get cooled through the
natural processes of mixing and heat dissipation.
2.1.2 Fuel Supply Systems

Coal will be the main fuel for the project while Lanka Auto Diesel (LAD) shall be
used for cold startup and part load operation of the steam generator while firing
coal.
Coal:
Coal imported from countries like Indonesia, Australia, South Africa etc. and
supplied by M/s Lanka Coal Company (Private) Limited (LCCL) through a Coal
Supply Agreement (CSA) signed between Trincomalee Power Company Limited
(TPCL) and LCCL shall be used in Trincomalee TPP. The daily coal requirement for
2 x 250 MW units shall be about 5149 metric tonnes based on average gross
calorific value of 5500 Kcal/kg and 100% plant load factor. The coal shall have a
maximum ash content of 16% and a maximum sulphur content of 1.2%.
The boundary limits of the coal characteristics for coal proposed to be used in
Trincomalee TPP are given in Table 2.1.
Table 2.1: Tentative Characteristics of Coal Proposed to be used at

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project.
S. No. Parameters Unit Basis Value
1. Moisture Content % As received Not to Exceed
25%
2. Gross Calorific Value Kcal/kg As received 5100-6100
3. Ash Content % Air dried Not to Exceed
16%
4. Sulphur Content % Air dried Not to Exceed
1.2%
5. Volatile Matter % Air dried 25-45%
6. Fixed Carbon % Air dried 30-50%
(Source: Coal Supply Agreement signed between TPCL and LCCL)
The typical characteristics of coal being imported and used at Lakvijaya Power
Station are given in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: Typical Characteristics of Coal used at Lakvijaya Power Station

Fuel Data Unit Seller’s Range Typical Analysis, CEB Reject
Minimum Maximum As Received Basis Values
(2014)
PROXIMATE ANALYSIS
Gross Calorific Kcal/kg 5800 6400 6206 <5800
Value (GCV)
Total Moisture % wt 6 12 9.76 >16
Ash Content % wt 7 16 11.89 >16
Fixed Carbon % wt 38 42 38.04
Volatile Matter % wt 38 44 40.31 <22
Sulphur % wt 0.80 1.2 0.90 >1.2
Content
ULTIMATE ANALYSIS (dry basis)
Carbon (C) % wt 67.66
Hydrogen (H) % wt 5.35
Nitrogen (N) % wt 1.28
Sulphur (S) % wt 1.00
Oxygen (O) % wt 11.54
Chlorine (Cl) % wt <0.01
(Source: Seller’s Range and CEB’s Reject Values Provided by CEB, Typical
Analysis by ITI, Colombo on Coal Sample provided by CEB)
Coal shall be imported, transported through sea route and supplied by M/s Lanka
Coal Company (Private) Limited (LCCL) through a Coal Supply Agreement (CSA)
between Trincomalee Power Company Limited (TPCL) and LCCL. The location for
developing port/jetty for coal / equipment unloading has been finalized by GOSL
near Sampoor from where it shall be conveyed to the TPCL. LCCL shall arrange
for shipment and unloading of Coal at the Jetty near Sampoor site (Project Site),
from where it shall be conveyed to the terminal point of TPCL. LCCL shall make
arrangements for loading of Coal on to their stream conveyor on which suitable
systems will be installed by Supplier to segregate foreign material like stones,
iron, odd sized Coal lump etc. Supplier shall make available Coal through
conveyor at Delivery Point, Surge hopper(s). As received, coal shall be of less
than 50mm size and hence no crushers have been envisaged in Trincomalee TPP.
At Trincomalee TPP, an independent coal handling plant with 500 tonnes per hour
(TPH) capacity is proposed to be provided to cater to the peak daily requirement
of coal for all units in two bunker filling cycles in 12 hrs effective operation. The
coal may be conveyed directly to the bunkers through belt conveyors of capacity
500 TPH each or to the stock yard through single yard conveyor. As the plant will
be receiving coal straight from port and in order to evacuate coal from ship, coal
conveyor from plant boundary (terminal point) to stacking including yard
conveyor shall be of 2000 TPH. Accordingly, the stacker shall be able to stack coal
at 2000 TPH and the reclaiming path shall be of 500 TPH. Belt conveyor feeding
coal to the main plant shall have belt weighers, metal detectors. Coal sampling
shall be provided at main plant transfer point to sample coal as “As fired basis”.
The overall operating hours of the coal handling plant shall be 16 hours spread
over two shifts per day leaving third shift exclusively for routine inspection and
maintenance.
Proposed Coal stockyards shall have coal storage capacity equivalent to two (2)
months coal consumption for 2 x 250 MW units.

Dust suppression, potable water, cooling water (if any) and service water system
shall be provided throughout the coal handling plant for which Pump House shall
be provided. The effluents from the coal handling plant including coal stock yard
shall be led to a coal settling pond, where the suspended coal particles shall be
removed and the decanted water shall be recycled for further use in dust
suppression. Wind barrier of adequate height shall be provided on outside of
stockpile to prevent dust emission.
A centralized main Coal Handling Plant (CHP) control room shall be provided to
control and monitor the operations of the entire coal handling system.
Fuel Oil (Lanka Auto Diesel):

Lanka Auto Diesel (LAD) shall be used for initial startup of the boiler and at part
load operation for coal flame stabilization. LAD shall have a minimum gross
calorific value of 10500 kcal/kg and a maximum sulphur content of 0.25%. The
average oil requirement is estimated at 2 ml/kWh. However, it is pertinent to
mention here that this requirement is not on a continuous basis, but for short
durations of initial start-up and flame stabilization.
It is proposed to transport LAD to the power plant by road tankers. The oil will be
unloaded from road tankers by gravity into the unloading header. From there it
will be transferred to oil storage tanks through a set of positive displacement
pumps. Provision shall be kept to unload five (5) nos. road tankers for LAD.
For storage of LAD, Two (2) tank of capacity 700 kl shall be provided. The
auxiliary boiler shall be designed for firing LAD. A separate day oil tank of 100KL
capacity for auxiliary boiler shall be provided. Oil shall be drawn from the main
LAD storage tanks for feeding to day oil tank.
The fuel oil storage area shall have safety arrangements for fire detection and
protection, as per regulatory requirements in Sri Lanka. In addition, the fuel oil
storage area shall be provided with a dyke all around to contain effluents/ run off.
The effluents from fuel oil storage area shall be treated in oil water separator and
then sent to service water system for further treatment and recycle.
2.1.3 Transmission System and

2.1.4 Grid Substations
The Transmission (Power evacuation) studies for the proposed project have been
carried out by Ceylon Electricity Board (CEB). The power shall be evacuated
through 220 kV Gas Insulated System (GIS) Generating switchyard. This
generating switchyard will be interconnected to adjoining CEB 220kV GIS
Switchyard with the help of 2 nos. overhead 220 kV lines, each line shall be
designed to carry full generated power of 500 MW.
2.1.5 Other Services

Apart from the above, the other major services envisaged in the project are Plant
& Instrument Air System, Air Conditioning System, Ventilation System and
Hydrogen Generation Plant. These services are described in brief in the following
paragraphs.

Plant & Instrument Air System

For instrument air requirement of main plant and auxiliaries, required numbers of
air compressors & Air Drying Plants (ADP) shall be provided, the capacity of which
shall be decided based on the requirements of main plant supplier (especially
Steam Generator vendor) and other auxiliary plant. The discharge pressure of the
compressors shall be such that a delivery pressure of 7.5 kg/cm2 (g) is available
at the outlet of ADP. The compressors shall be of oil free screw type and shall
provide moisture and oil free air. These compressors shall be provided with all the
accessories such as suction filters, inter coolers, after coolers, air receivers etc.
The air drying plants shall be capable of achieving a dew point of (-) 40oC at
atmospheric pressure. Individual air receiver shall be provided near each air
compressor and further unit air receivers shall be provided near main plant of
each unit.
Service air requirements for various systems shall be obtained before project
implementation stage to identify the number & capacity of plant air compressors.
However for feasibility purpose, it is proposed to provide four (4) numbers of oil
injected rotary screw service air compressors.
Air Conditioning System

Air conditioning system shall be provided for all those areas which require close
control of environment conditions and shall cover the following areas.
a) Control tower areas including Control Rooms, Control Equipment
Rooms, Computer and Programmers Rooms, Uninterrupted Power
Supply (UPS) /Battery Charger Rooms, Conference Room, Shift Charge
Engineer's Room, Steam & Water Analysis Rooms, etc.,
b) Switchyard Control Room.
c) Electro Static Precipitator (ESP) control rooms.
d) Service Building.
e) Administration Building.
f) Water System Control Rooms.
g) Demineralization plant Lab building.
h) Auditorium
i) Excitation Control Rooms
j) Control rooms of various auxiliary buildings
k) Any other area which contains control and instrumentation equipment
requiring air conditioning or otherwise requires being air conditioned.
A central chilled water type air conditioning plant shall be provided for air -
conditioning in main plant area and ESP control rooms of all the units. Chilled
water shall be pumped to each area and each area shall be air-conditioned
through dedicated air handling units located locally. All air conditioned space shall
be maintained at 24°C +/- (plus or minus) 1° C and 50% +/- (plus or minus)
5% Relative Humidity (RH). All air conditioned areas shall be supplied with
filtered air. Both re-circulated and fresh air shall be filtered separately.
Further critical areas like Control room, Programmer room, etc. which are
required to be air conditioned even during failure of normal power supply shall be

air conditioned whose drives along with applicable fresh air fans, chilled water
pumps, condenser water pumps, cooling tower and Air Handling Unit (AHU) shall
operate on emergency Diesel Generator (DG) sets.
Ventilation System
The ventilation system for various buildings/rooms shall be designed to effectively
remove the internal heat generated, fumes/gas, etc. from plant and equipment
and provide a comfortable working environment in various areas of the plant.
The areas, which will require ventilation, are as follows:
a) The turbine generator hall for each unit including cable galleries, switchgear
rooms etc.
b) ESP control room (non a/c areas) for each unit
c) Battery rooms in main plant area
d) C.W. pump house.
e) Work shop and store areas.
f) Fuel oil unloading and forwarding pump house
g) Fuel oil-pressurizing house
h) Toilets, pantry, canteen etc.
i) Compressor house
j) Fire water pump house
k) Non-ac areas of Service and Administrative Building.
l) Ash handling Plant buildings
m) Stores
n) Any other area which may require ventilation.
Mechanically ventilated areas shall be designed to 20 air change rate per hour
(for general area) and 30 air changes rate per hour for Motor Control Center
(MCC)/switchgear rooms, battery room, etc. All ventilation system shall work on
100% fresh filtered air.
Turbine hall and electrical switchgear / MCC rooms/Cable Galleries, etc. shall be
designed for positive pressure ventilation, which shall be achieved by sizing the
exhausters to extract 60-70% of total air delivered by supply air fans. All fuel oil
pump houses, battery rooms, kitchens; toilets shall be designed for negative
pressure ventilation.
For battery rooms, fuel oil rooms/pump houses, spark proof fan with flame proof
motor shall be used.
Hydrogen Generation Plant

Hydrogen gas generated by water electrolysis process is proposed to be used for
generator rotor cooling. Hydrogen generation plant has been envisaged in order
to fill up high pressure (~ 150 bars) hydrogen cylinders which are required for
the Generator initial fill up and regular make up required for Generator cooling.
Hydrogen generation is accomplished by water electrolysis process by breaking of
water into Hydrogen and Oxygen.
The plant shall be designed with all the required safety aspects, instrumentation
control, including on-line hydrogen purity analyzer system and control panel.
2.1.6 Security Systems

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project shall be provided with a well-equipped
security system to be manned in three shifts round the clock. The security system
shall have gate control systems for the movement of man, machines and
materials and the facilities for firefighting, communication systems, emergency
power supply, emergency safety equipment, alarms etc.
2.1.7 Fire Protection Facilities

A comprehensive fire detection and protection system shall be provided covering
the various areas of Power Plant including Employer's facilities/ systems as
specified in the contract. The fire protection system shall consist of fire water
storage tanks, fire water pumping system, fire water hydrant and spray system
serving the whole station including Employer's plant/ facilities/ buildings.
All appropriate fire detection and protection system and equipment shall be
designed, manufactured, installed, inspected, and tested in accordance with
National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) Standard 850 of USA, “Fire Protection for
Electric Generating Facilities”, relevant NFPA standards covered therein and the
relevant standards of Sri Lanka. The fire protection system shall be subject to
final approval by the fire insurance underwriters and the Fire Protection
authorities of Sri Lanka.
The salient features of the system are as follows:
i. Hydrant system for complete power plant covering main plant building,
boiler area, turbine and its auxiliaries, coal handling plant, all pump
houses and miscellaneous buildings of the plant. The system shall be
complete with piping, valves, instrumentation, hoses, nozzles, hose
boxes/stations etc.
ii. Automatic high velocity water spray system for all transformers located in
transformer yard and transformers having oil capacity 2000 Liters and
above located within the boundary limits of plant, Main and unit turbine oil
tanks and purifier, Oil canal, generator seal oil system, lube oil system for
turbine driven boiler feed pumps, boiler burner fronts, fuel oil station in
boiler, etc. This system shall consist of Quartzoid Bulb (QB) detectors,
deluge valves, projectors, valves, piping & instrumentation. Other
transformers within the plant boundary shall be as per Sri Lankan
regulations requirement.
iii. Automatic medium velocity water spray system for cable vaults and cable
galleries of main plant, switchyard control room and ESP control room
consisting of multi-sensor detectors, linear heat sensing cable detectors,
deluge valves, isolation valves, piping, instrumentation, etc.
iv. Automatic medium velocity water spray system for coal conveyors and
transfer points within plant boundary , consisting of QB detectors, linear
heat sensing cables, deluge valves, nozzles, piping, instrumentation, etc.
v. Automatic medium velocity water spray system for un-insulated fuel oil
tanks storing fuel oil having flash point 65o C and below consisting of QB
detectors, deluge valves, nozzles, piping, instrumentation, etc.
vi. Automatic Foam injection system for fuel oil / storage tanks consisting of
foam concentrate tanks, foam pumps, in-line inductors, valves, piping &
instrumentation etc.

vii. For protection of Central control room, Control equipment room,

Programmer room, UPS room, etc. Inert Gas extinguishing system as per
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)-2001 would be opted.
viii. Fire detection and alarm system - A computerized analogue, addressable
type Fire detection and Alarm system shall be provided to cover the
complete power plant. Following types of fire detection shall be employed.
a) Multi-sensor type smoke detection system
b) Linear heat sensing cable detector.
c) Quartzoid bulb heat detection system.
d) Infra-red type heat detectors (for selected coal conveyors)
ix. Portable and mobile extinguishers, such as pressurized water type,
carbon-dioxide type, foam type, dry chemical powder type, will be located
at strategic locations throughout the plant.
x. Stage-I Reverse Osmosis (RO) permeate water line from outlet of
Desalination plant shall be used for supply of fire water. It is proposed to
provide two numbers of Steel tanks for storage of fire water system. Fire
water pumps shall be located in the fire water pump house and horizontal
centrifugal pumps shall be installed in the pump house for hydrant and
spray system and the same shall be driven by electric motor and diesel
engines. The water for foam system shall be tapped off from the hydrant
system network.
xi. For the above fire water pumping station, automatic pressurization system
consisting of jockey pumps shall be provided.
xii. Complete Instrumentation and Control System for the entire fire detection
and protection system shall be provided for safe operation of the complete
system.
2.1.8 Any Other Support Facilities Proposed

The project will have a township spread over an area of 25 acres with various
residential and non-residential buildings as well as infrastructural facilities. The
township is proposed to be located along the South Eastern boundary of the main
plant area. Various buildings/ facilities to be provided are listed as follows:
Residential Buildings for Staff of Trincomalee Power Company

1. Residential Type-I Quarters (with Head of Project Residence on Top Floor):
51 Units with a total Built-up Area of 11,000 sq.m. (approx.).
2. Residential Type-II Quarters: 50 Units with a total Built-up Area of 7,000
sq.m. (approx.).
3. Residential Type-III Quarters: 150 Units with a total Built-up Area of 16,000
sq.m. (approx.).
4. Field Hostel: 16 single rooms and 32 family suits with a total Built-up Area of
4,000 sq.m. (approx.).
5. Security Force Accommodation: 80 Units with a total Built-up Area of 2,500
sq.m. (approx.).

Non-Residential Buildings
1. Auditorium (Seating Capacity 500) with a Built-up Area 1800 sq.m.
2. Utility Complex (11 Shops, Bank, Post Office, Township Maintenance Office,
Telephone Exchange and Cafeteria) with a Built-up Area 1700 sq.m.
3. Hospital (Ten Beds) with a Built-up Area 3000 sq.m.
4. Club, Multipurpose Hall and Swimming Pool with a Built-up Area 1500 sq.m.
5. Community Center with a Built-up Area 1000 sq.m.
6. Guest House with a Built-up Area 1000 sq.m.
7. Common Facilities like Nursery School, Creche (day care), Ladies Club etc.
8. Sewage Treatment Plant
2.1.9 Any Offsite Infrastructure Facilities Envisaged

Various off-site infrastructural facilities envisaged within the plant boundary for
the project are as follows:
1. Service Buildings
2. Construction office
3. Construction stores (2 Nos.)
4. Gate complex
5. Watch Towers (10 Nos.)
6. Workshop Building
7. Operation & Maintenance Store
8. Dozer Shed
9. Canteen
10. Administrative Building
11. Auditorium
12. Coal Handling Plant Office
In addition to the above, Intake Structure / Intake Water Pump House at
Koddiyar Bay and Outfall Structure in Shell Bay shall also be constructed.
2.1.10Details of Phased Development Activities and Time Schedule

The Commissioning and Commercial Operation Date of first unit of 250MW of
Trincomalee Power Project will be 38 months from the date of Investment
approval. The second unit is expected to be commissioned after an interval of 4
months after the commissioning of Unit-I. The implementation schedule with
major milestones is indicated in Figure 2.8.
The major phases of the project implementation activities may be classified as-
 Design and engineering phase
 Tendering and award phase
 Manufacturing
 Inspection and expediting
 Construction/erection phase, and
 Commissioning phase

Figure 2.8: Phase-wise Implementation Schedule of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project

2.2 Construction Activities
2.2.1 Programme for Construction Phase:

The programme for construction phase with major milestones has already been
indicated in Figure 2.8.
2.2.2 Details of Land Preparation and Drainage Management

The topographical survey of the site indicates that the site is undulating, with
natural ground levels varying between Reduced Level of RL (+) 3M to RL (+)
18M. Site leveling is proposed to be done by cutting the high grounds and filling
in lower grounds. In order to optimize the earthwork quantity, following levels are
proposed for the project:
(a) Main Plant Area, Coal Handling Plant Area and Lay-down/Pre-assembly
Areas – RL (+) 9.5M.
(b) Switchyard Area – RL (+) 14.0M.
Various site development activities are identified as follows:
(a) Site clearance, leveling and fencing,
(b) Construction of Boundary wall around Main Plant and Township areas,
(c) Provision of High Tension (HT) substation equipment, Low Tension (LT)
distribution system, Transformers, DG sets, substation and switchgear
buildings,
(d) Provision of Street lighting,
(e) Provision of Storm Water Drains (2 Km. Rectangular Reinforced Cement
Concrete (RCC) Trunk drains and 35 Km Rectangular RCC Catch drains
(Inside Plant),
(f) Provision of Domestic water supply (Distribution lines and Peripheral grid)
including construction of Overhead RCC tank and Underground Tank,
(g) Provision of Sewer Lines and Sewage Treatment Plant,
(h) Development of Green Belt and Afforestation Activities,
(i) Landscaping and Horticulture activities.
2.2.3 Construction Materials Requirement & Transport of Construction Material

The quantum, source and mode of procurement of construction materials, route
of transportation of construction materials shall be decided during detailed
engineering. Site leveling is proposed to be done by cutting the high grounds and
filling in lower grounds with an optimization of the earthwork quantity in such a
manner that material requirement for filling is not significant. Cement and Steel
are proposed to be procured by Engineering-Procurement-Construction (EPC)
contractor from well established industries in Sri Lanka/ foreign countries while
sand and aggregates are proposed to be procured locally. EPC contractor shall
obtain the necessary permissions from the concerned authorities before starting
the work.
2.2.4 Design and Construction Details of Offshore and Onshore Installations

Main Plant Area, Township and Ash Disposal areas of Trincomalee Thermal Power
Project shall be located on land. The only components of the power project to be
installed offshore are the cooling water intake and outfall systems. The proposed

locations of these structures are shown in Figure 1.3. The intake and outfall
locations as well as corridors are already marked in Layout Plan.
It is proposed to draw water from a depth of 7 m below the surface of sea at a
location 700 m from the shore in Koddiyar Bay and discharge the warm water
into Shell Bay (at a location 480 m from shore, at a depth of 7 m).
The length of intake water corridor is about 3 km. Two routes have been
identified for discharge water corridor, as shown in Figure 1.3 - Alternate-I (3.7
km) and Alternate-II (6.5 km). Baseline environmental surveys including
Terrestrial Ecology were carried out for both the routes. Alternate-I is preferred,
as it is the shortest route. It is proposed to use Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester
(GRP) Pipes of diameter 2600 mm with 300 mm sand casing all around for intake
and discharge ducts. Ducts outside plant boundary shall be laid below ground
level.
The water drawl system shall be either Off-shore Intake well and CW pump house
or On-shore CW Pump House. The final choice of options shall be made after
detailed studies of the site specific conditions. However impact of any of these
options will not be significantly different (under construction)
In case of Off-shore Intake well, CW pump house in RCC construction shall be
provided at the intake well itself. Opening of requisite size at suitable level (-7.0
m from MSL) shall be made in the well for water intake and subsequent drawl
through pumps. Opening in the well are proposed to restrict the flow velocity of
about 0.5 m/sec. Suitable wire mesh / travelling water screen & vertical trash
rack shall be provided in the opening to stop entering of any logs/ big fishes into
the well. Water shall be transported through GRP pipes up to plant. Jetty/bridge
in RCC construction with suitable pile or open foundation shall be constructed for
carrying water pipes and for approach to pump house for operation and
maintenance purposes. From shore to plant the GRP pipes shall be buried under
ground with earth/sand cover of minimum two meters. The size, location and
structural details of well, platform for pumps, jetty / bridge, piers of jetty and
associated foundation details etc. shall be as per detailed analysis and design of
intake system to be carried out by an expert agency. Sketch showing the
arrangement is enclosed at Figure 2.9.
In case of On-shore CW pump house, the water shall be drawn from drawl
location to the shore either through RCC Pre-cast Duct or Pipes of suitable
material and laid under the sea bed. At the point of drawl, RCC Pre-cast Duct or
Pipe shall be provided with an intake structure and suitable openings shall be
provided at desired level (-7.0 m from MSL). RCC intake structure shall be
provided at the drawl point to provide support/ stability to the RCC Pre-cast Duct
or Pipe and to restrict the flow velocity of about 0.5 m/sec by providing suitable
openings. A platform over the structure shall be provided for maintenance
purposes. Suitable wire mesh / travelling water screen & vertical trash rack shall
be provided in the openings to stop entering of any logs/ big fishes into the duct/
pipe. A sump/fore-bay shall be provided on shore with CW pump house in RCC
construction. From on-shore CW pump house to plant water shall flow through
GRP pipes buried under ground with earth/sand cover of minimum two meters.
The size, location and details of under sea bed pipes/RCC pre-cast ducts and
construction methodology shall be as per detailed analysis and design of intake
system to be carried out by an expert agency. Sketch showing the both the
arrangements is enclosed at Figure 2.10 and 2.11.
Individual intake ducts from the C.W. pumps to the condenser and from
condenser to downstream of sea shall be provided for each of 250 MW units.
However, the ducts of all 250 MW units shall be interconnected so that in the
event of one pump being out for maintenance, the discharge of remaining pumps
will be equally distributed to both the units.

Figure 2.9: Typical Arrangement of Off-shore Intake Well and CW Pump House

Figure 2.10: Typical Arrangement of On-shore Intake Well and CW Pump House
(Option-I)

Figure 2.11: Typical Arrangement of On-shore Intake Well and CW Pump House
(Option-II)

The pump house bay shall be designed for a flow of 93120 m3/hr. The pump
house shall have five (5) C.W. pump bays. Each bay shall be designed for a flow
of 23280 m3/hr. The hydraulic structure in general is designed in accordance with
the recommendations of the Hydraulic Institute of U.S.A. Traveling water screen
(TWS) with Vertical trash racks on the upstream shall be provided at the inlet to
the pump suction chamber to prevent entrance of large sized debris. This shall be
followed by a stop log arrangement for pump bay isolation.
Discharge of return warm water shall be through GRP pipes buried under ground
up to the sea shore. On the shore a sump / seal pit shall be provided. From sump
to discharge location in the sea, water shall flow through two or more pipes. As
per Lanka Hydraulic Institute report, point of discharge (L0) is about 480 m from
the sea coast at a depth of about 7 m in the Shell Bay area.
2.2.5 Construction of Access Roads

A good network of roads is required for transportation of large quantities of
building materials, equipment, machines, etc., and to have an easy and effective
access to different areas of the plant. Road facilities are required from the start of
construction activities. Roads for the plant area shall be designed to cater to the
need of construction and operation phases of the Power House.
Main approach road for the plant up to service building shall be a four lane road.
Unless otherwise specified, all roads (excluding access roads to all buildings /
facilities / structures, patrol road along boundary wall and road inside the
switchyard) shall be double lane roads. All access roads to all
buildings/facilities/structures, road approaches /connections, access roads to
liquid fuel storage areas and other equipment areas where access is necessary
from inspection, operation and maintenance point of view and all roads inside the
switchyard shall be single lane. All patrol roads along the boundary wall shall be
single lane roads.
2.2.6 Design and Construction Details of Other Facilities

The startup power of the plant has been envisaged to be drawn from the planned
transmission system i.e. 220 kV Double circuit line from Habrana to CEB Sampoor
sub Station. Necessary tie up with CEB would be made for availability of above
line matching with the startup power schedule of the project.
Construction power at 33 KV shall be availed from Trincomalee. Necessary ring
main of suitable voltage level shall be provided for distribution of construction
power. The start up power of the plant has been envisaged to be drawn from the
planned transmission system i.e. 220 kV Double circuit line from Habrana to CEB
Sampoor sub Station. Necessary tie up with CEB would be made for availability of
above line matching with the start up power schedule of the project.
The requirement of construction water for the project (350 m3/day) would be met
by constructing deep tube wells. In order to study the availability of ground water
in the area, a separate study was undertaken through Lanka Hydraulic Institute
(LHI) with an objective of identifying shallow and deep aquifer systems in the
project area, their drawing capacity and quality of water. The study included an
intensive geophysical investigation including deep vertical geo-electrical resistivity
soundings, water quality surveys and pump tests. The study revealed that there
are two major types of aquifers in the study area – western coastal shallow sandy
& coral aquifer system and fractured hard rock aquifer system. A considerable
amount of water could be extracted throughout the year from the existing
aquifers.

2.2.7 Method of Laying Pipeline

Cooling Water (CW) Pipeline shall be made of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) and
the pipes shall be buried under ground with earth/sand cover. Pipes shall be laid
on firm soil/ duly compacted bed. Buried pipe line shall be checked against
buoyancy. Uplift shall be checked for pipe empty condition also. Whenever
floating of the pipeline is to be reckoned with, anti-buoyancy measures shall be
provided as per design either by concrete encasing or providing saddle weight.
Thrust block/ anchor block shall be provided at bends or as required wherever.
RCC encasement shall be provided at road / rail crossing and shall be suitably
designed.
It is proposed to use Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester (GRP) Pipes of diameter
2600 mm with 300 mm sand casing all around for intake and discharge ducts.
Ducts outside plant boundary shall be laid below ground level.
Trenching, bedding and backfilling shall conform to British Standards (BS) 8010-
2.5:1989.
Surplus earth from excavations can be used, if found suitable, otherwise suitable
soil for backfilling shall be arranged from borrow areas. In case of surplus earth,
the same will be disposed with the permission of relevant authorities. After laying
the pipeline, the trenches shall be backfilled, compacted and covered with turfing.
2.2.8 Method of Construction of Transmission Line(s)

As Power Evacuation System is to be commissioned by CEB and CEB has already
obtained environmental clearance for the transmission line from Sampoor to
Habrana, the same has not been included under the Scope of EIA for Trincomalee
TPP. However, two nos. 220 kV tie line connecting from generating switchyard to
adjoining CEB 220 kV substation shall be constructed on gantry as per corridor
marked in the General Layout Plan.
2.2.9 Waste Generated and their Disposal

The construction waste generated from the project activities shall be suitably
recycled/ reused/ disposed off through appropriate methods meeting Sri Lankan
Standards.
2.3 Operational Activities

2.3.1 Coal Supply System
2.3.1.1 Source, quantity and consumption of coal to be used
Coal imported from countries like Indonesia, Australia, South Africa etc. and
supplied by M/s Lanka Coal Company (Private) Limited (LCCL) through a Coal
Supply Agreement (CSA) signed between Trincomalee Power Company Limited
(TPCL) and LCCL shall be used in Trincomalee TPP.
The daily coal requirement for 2 x 250 MW units shall be about 5149 metric
tonnes based on average gross calorific value of 5500 Kcal/kg and 100% plant
load factor. The coal shall have a maximum ash content of 16% and a maximum
sulphur content of 1.2%.
As the project envisages using imported coal, variations in the coal quality are
expected. However, for design purposes, the coal characteristics given in Table
2.1 have been considered.

2.3.1.2 Method of transportation including unloading operations

LCCL shall arrange for shipment and unloading of Coal at the Jetty near Sampoor
site (Project Site), from where it shall be conveyed to the Terminal Point of TPCL.
Further, LCCL shall also make arrangements for loading of Coal on to their stream
conveyor on which suitable systems will be installed by Supplier to segregate
foreign material like stones, iron, odd sized Coal lump etc. Supplier shall make
available Coal through conveyor at Delivery Point, Surge hopper(s). Belt Weighers
shall be installed on the conveyors to weigh the coal before delivery to Plant. As
received, coal shall be of less than 50mm size and hence no crushers have been
envisaged in Trincomalee TPP.
2.3.1.3 Storage and processing of coal

Details of coal handling plant has been presented in Section 2.1.2.
Proposed Coal stockyards shall have coal storage capacity equivalent to two (2)
months coal consumption for 2 x 250 MW units at 100% Plant Load Factor (PLF).
There will be two numbers of stock piles with approximate dimensions of 600 m
(L) x 50 m (W) x 10 m (H) each with stacker/ reclaimer machines. Further, wind
barrier of adequate height will be provided on outside of stockpile to prevent dust
emission. Part of Stock pile(s) having storage capacity of 7 days will be provided
with necessary coverage to avoid ingress of rain water.
2.3.1.4 Stock pile run-off control measures

In order to control the run-off and effluents from the coal handling plant and coal
stock yard, garland drains leading to coal settling pond shall be provided.
The drainage arrangements in coal handling plant shall be so planned so as to
ensure quick disposal of drainage water /coal slurry to a pit (of 2 cum capacity) to
allow settling of coal. The water from the pit shall overflow into a drain which will
lead the discharge finally to the main coal slurry setting tank. For drainage of coal
stockyard area, a network of drains shall be provided which will finally discharge
into the coal slurry settling tank. The network of drains will generally consist of
RCC drains routed along the edges of the coal stock piles which will be suitably
interconnected and finally routed to the coal settling tank. In the settling pond,
the suspended coal particles will settle and the decanted water shall be recycled
for further use in dust suppression.
2.3.2 Fresh Water Supply System

The entire water system for Trincomalee Thermal Power Project shall be based on
sea water. Sea water shall be used for cooling and flue gas desulphurization and
fresh water produced by desalination of sea water shall be used for the various
systems requiring fresh water such as Makeup to Heating Ventilation and Air
Conditioning (HVAC) System, Makeup to the fire water storage tanks, Sealing
water for vacuum pumps of ash handling plant, Service Water System, Dust
suppression system in Coal Handling Plant Potable water supply for plant & colony
and Generation of Demineralized (DM) Water for make-up to the boiler.
Sweet water will be used for the following purposes. The requirements for the
same are as follows:
1. Total potable water requirement for plant 50 m3/hr
and colony
2. Water required for the production of De- 60 m3/hr
mineralized water

3. Water required for Vacuum pump sealing 55 m3/hr

4. Service Water Requirement 120 m3/hr
5. Water required for Coal Handling Plant 35 m3/hr
6. Water Required for Ash Handling 60 m3/hr
7. Makeup Water for HVAC System 60 m3/hr
Total Sweet water (Permeate) requirement 440 m3/hr
2.3.2.1 Sources, intake points, quality and quantity to be used by the project
Sea water shall be drawn from Koddiyar Bay through an intake well, proposed to
be located at 700 m inside the Bay from a drawl level of 7 meters below mean
sea level (MSL). The intake location is shown in Figure 1.3.
The total sea water requirement is estimated to be about 93,120 m3/hr, out of
which 92,000 m3/hr shall be used for condenser and auxiliary cooling and flue gas
desulphurization while 1120 m3/hr shall be used in desalination plant for
generation of fresh water. The total fresh water requirement is estimated to be
440 m3/hr.
Water quality parameters for various water streams are as follows:
Point of Reference Desired Quality Parameters

After Pre-Treatment (PT)  Silt Density Index (SDI) shall be limited to 3
plant of Sea Water Reverse  Turbidity (NTU) shall be limited to 1
Osmosis (SWRO)  Langelier Saturation Index (LSI) shall be limited
to 0.5
 Stiff & Davis Stability Index (S & DSI) shall be
limited to 0.5
 pH shall be in the range of 6.5 to 7.0
 Chlorine (parts per million, ppm) shall be limited
to Nil.
Permeate Water quality at  pH 7.5 to 8.5
the outlet of SWRO plant  Conductivity micro Siemens/cm 550 -650
 TDS ppm Less than 400
Reverse Osmosis (2nd Stage  Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) of permeate from
RO) Plant RO (2nd Stage) Plant shall be limited to 25 ppm.
De-mineralized Water  Reactive Silica -not to exceed 0.01 ppm as SiO2
 Iron as Fe -Not detectable as per ASTM-D-1068
methods.
 Total Hardness -Not detectable
 pH Value -6.8 -7.0
 Conductivity -Not more than 0.1 micro mhos/cm
at 25oC.
2.3.2.2 Description of the Treatment Including Desalination Plant

A Desalination system consisting of Water pretreatment units (such as
clarification, chemical dosing and filtration) and Sea Water Reverse Osmosis
(SWRO) Plant shall be provided to meet the fresh water requirement for various
fresh water systems.
Desalination System shall be broadly classified as:
a) Pre-treatment (PT) System: The purpose of PT system is to supply filtered sea
water suitable for SWRO plant. The plant shall remove and/ or limit constituents
such as suspended solids, colloidal matter, scale, micro-organisms and any other
chemicals that may foul RO membranes.

b) First Stage Sea Water Reverse Osmosis (SWRO) System: The purpose of
SWRO System is to remove the dissolved solids from the filtered sea water and to
produce specified quantity of sweet water for plant use and as well to supply feed
water for second stage RO units. Chemicals shall be dosed in SWRO plant for
effective treatment as described in Chemical Storage and Dosing System.
c) Post treatment and Treated Water Storage system: Permeate from the SWRO
trains shall be treated to correct pH by chemical dosing. For removal of dissolved
Carbon di-Oxide (CO2), a set of Degassers shall be provided. Water delivered out
of Degassers shall be led to Degassed water storage tanks. Re-mineralization of
permeate water shall be achieved by pH (alkali dosing) correction, increase of
alkalinity (by dosing food grade CO2 gas), passing through lime beds before being
pumped to a set of Sweet (Permeate) water storage tanks for plant use. Portion
of Sweet (Permeate) water (from degassed water storage tanks) shall be pumped
for treatment to produce water suitable for potable water system. Potable water
quality shall be achieved by pH (alkali dosing) correction, increase of alkalinity
(by dosing food grade CO2 gas), passing through a lime bed and blending of
required quantity of permeate from second stage RO unit. From degassed water
storage tanks, RO feed pumps shall pump water to 2nd stage RO System.
d) Reverse Osmosis (RO) & Mixed Bed Ion exchangers for DM water System: The
purpose of second stage RO System and associated Polisher Ion exchanger units
is to remove dissolved solids from raw water produced from SWRO Plant to
produce De-mineralized water. Ion exchange resins i.e. Cation and Anion resins
shall be regenerated with Hydrochloric acid and Sodium hydroxide respectively.
Regeneration facility shall comprise of DM Regeneration pumps (which shall draw
water from DM water storage tanks), Alkali & Acid Storage facility, Chemical
unloading pumps, Alkali & Acid preparation/measuring tanks, Chemical Dosing
system etc.
2.3.2.3 Details of any Chemicals Added to the System

Chemical dosing system shall include dosing of Coagulant, Coagulant aid, Acid,
Anti-scalant, Anti-oxidant, Alkali, chlorine etc. for the purpose of enhanced
sedimentation-flocculation, elimination of scaling, control of pH, control of bio-
fouling, regeneration of Mixed Bed (MB) ion-exchangers etc.
A chemical house building and chemical storage (for Coagulant, Acid & Alkali)
system shall be provided to accommodate all the equipments and adequate
storage area. Vehicular approach from plant roads shall be provided for easy
unloading and handling of chemicals delivered to the plant. This facility shall be
located such a way that chemical dosing pipelines to PT plant, SWRO plant, RO
plant and MB exchanger units are minimum.
 Ferric Chloride is proposed to be used as coagulant in PT System. This
shall be dosed in the flash mixer chamber at the upstream of the clarifier.
It shall be stored in atmospheric bulk storage tanks.
 Polyelectrolyte shall be used as coagulant-aid in PT System to improve the
coagulation process and as a filter aid in filtration process. This shall be
dosed in the flocculation chamber of clarifier. Type of polyelectrolyte shall
be such that the same shall be non-toxic and easily available in market.
 Sodium-meta-bi-sulphite (SMBS) shall be used anti-oxidant in PT System
of RO process. SMBS shall be dosed on the upstream of Cartridge filters.
 Sodium-hexa-meta-phosphate (SHMP) shall be used anti-scalant in PT
System of RO process and shall be dosed on the upstream of Cartridge
filters.

 Hydrochloric acid shall be used for pH control of RO feed water and Citric
acid (C6H8O7) for preparation of cleaning solution of RO modules.
Hydrochloric acid shall also be used for regeneration of cation resin of
Mixed Bed ion exchanger vessels.
 Sodium hydroxide shall be used for pH control of permeate water of
SWRO/RO plant and for regeneration of anion resin of Mixed Bed ion
exchanger vessels.
 Electro-chlorination shall be envisaged along with all accessories.
Dechlorination facilities shall also be provided at the disposal point to meet
the statutory norms. Emergency safety showers with eye wash units shall
be provided in the Chemical Storage Handling facility at strategic locations
such as Acid/Alkali Storage area, outdoor Chemical storage area,
Chlorination plant area and Chemical preparation & dosing equipment
area.
Chemical storage facilities described above for various systems shall generally be
designed to hold one (1) month requirements, chemical dosing tanks to hold one
(1) day requirement (at least two (2) tanks). Various chemical dosage rates shall
be as per the system design requirement.
2.3.2.4 A Schematic Diagram Showing Plant Water Balance

A schematic water balance diagram for the project is presented at Figure 2.12.

Figure 2.12: Water Balance Diagram for Trincomalee Thermal Power Project

2.3.3 Cooling Water Supply System

2.3.3.1 Cooling Water Intake, Distribution Line and Outlet System
Once Through type Cooling Water System without Cooling Towers is proposed to
be adopted in Trincomalee Power Project, as the plant is located near the sea.
It is proposed to draw sea water for cooling and other requirements from
Koddiyar Bay near Trincomalee. The location of intake point (P0) is shown in
Figure 1.3. Intake is proposed to be located at about 700 m from the shore in
the Koddiyar bay, considering the drawl level of 7 meters below mean sea level.
Traveling water screen (TWS) with Vertical trash racks on the upstream shall be
provided at the inlet to the pump suction chamber to prevent entrance of large
sized debris. This shall be followed by a stop log arrangement for pump bay
isolation.
TWS shall be of self-cleaning, central flow traveling band type. One TWS with a
rated capacity equivalent to the design capacity of each pump shall be provided
for each pump sump. Each traveling screen unit shall consist of a series of
overlapping inclined screen baskets fastened to two parallel vertical strands of
chains. The screen shall have a maximum clear opening of 5 square mm and the
maximum velocity through the screen shall be 0.5 m/sec.
The screen basket shall carry debris and refuse above the operating floor where
the screen shall be cleaned by a water jet spray. The wash water, debris and
refuse shall be collected in a concrete trough provided on the front (ascending)
side of the screen and sluiced to discharge point. Flushing water shall be taken
from the discharge of pump and the Horizontal type booster pumps shall be
provided to raise the pressure of water so as to meet the requirements of the
flushing operation. These pumps shall be provided with a suitable interlock so
that the flushing operating starts as and when required.
TWS spray wash system for TWS will run automatically whenever there will be
certain amount of blockage in the screen wire mesh of TWS. Timing of operation
of screens shall be adjustable from control panel. Differential pressure indicator
cum switch across strainer shall be adjustable locally. Whenever the difference in
water level across TWS exceeds to 300mm, the control panel shall give command
to run the TWS along with screen wash pumps. The command to stop shall be
given when the difference in level comes below 300mm.
2.3.3.2 Quantity and Quality of Cooling Water to be Used and Rate of Use Under
all Modes of Plant Operation and Capacity
The water requirement for the condenser & auxiliary cooling is estimated to be
92,000 m3/hr (for 2X250 MW units) and the maximum temperature rise across
the condenser shall be 7oC. An additional 1120 m3/hr is required for desalination
plant.
2.3.3.3 Details of Any Chemicals Added to the System

Electro-chlorination system is envisaged with 1.5 to 2 ppm dosage rate for
chlorine dosing in the CW system to avoid the growth of algae and bacteria. CW
chlorination system would consist of three (3) numbers of electro-chlorinator sets
each of 50 Kg/hr capacity. Complete chlorination plant shall be located indoor.
The residual chlorine in the discharge of condenser shall not exceed 0.2 ppm. De-
chlorination shall be done to restrict the residual chlorine to an acceptable limit
before discharging into the sea. The type of chemical for de-chlorination shall be
selected considering its effect on marine life.

2.3.4 Ash Handling System

2.3.4.1 Points of Generation of Ash
During the process of combustion of coal, the non-combustible part of coal is
converted into ash, as a by-product. The ash is collected as bottom ash (about
20% of the total ash, as coarse particles collected at bottom of the furnace) and
fly ash (about 80% of the total ash, as fine particles collected at hoppers of
ESPs).
2.3.4.2 Estimated Quantities, Size Distribution, Chemical Composition and Other

Relevant Characteristics of the Ashes
It is estimated that about 0.3 million tonne ash would be produced annually
consisting of about 80% as Fly Ash and 20% as Bottom Ash. Typical
Characteristics of ash generated at Lakvijaya Power Station using imported coal is
presented in the following Table 2.3.
Table 2.3: Typical Analysis of Ash Generated at Lakvijaya Power Station Using
Imported Coal
Parameter Unit Value
(Dry Basis)
SiO2 % wt 56.0
Al 2O3 % wt 29.1
Fe2O3 % wt 7.0
CaO % wt 2.18
MgO % wt 0.58
Na2O % wt 0.59
K2O % wt 0.70
TiO2 % wt 2.12
SO3 % wt 1.35
P2O5 % wt 0.091
Mn3O4 % wt 0.015
(Source: Analysis by ITI, Colombo on Ash Sample Provided by CEB)
2.3.4.3 Method to be employed for the Collection, Transportation and Disposal

of Fly Ashes
Ash Handling System: Bottom Ash
The boiler shall be of dry bottom type and bottom ash shall be extracted using a
continuously operating dry bottom ash evacuation system. After extraction, it
shall be crushed in primary and secondary crusher and collected in intermediate
silos, from where it can be supplied to the users. In case of non-utilization, the
bottom from intermediate silos shall be pneumatically transported to a Bottom
Ash silo near HCSD pump house.
Ash Handling System: Fly Ash

The fly ash shall be extracted in dry form from the electrostatic precipitator,
Economizer and Air Pre Heater (APH) hoppers. Pneumatic conveying system
(either vacuum system or pressure system) shall be employed for conveying of
fly ash from the electrostatic precipitator hoppers and APH hoppers in dry form.
This dry ash will be taken to buffer hoppers for its onward transportation in dry
form to silos near Chimney for utilization. The user industries shall take the dry
fly ash from these storage silos in tankers. In case of non-utilization, fly ash shall
be taken to HCSD system, where in it shall be mixed with water in the agitator
tanks for disposal in ash disposal area using high concentration slurry disposal
system.

2.3.4.4 Reuse of Ash

Although the ash is a combustion residue and by-product of the power generation
process, its engineering characteristics make it an excellent engineering material
with versatile uses, such as
1. Manufacture of Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC)
2. Manufacture of fly ash bricks/ concrete building blocks/tiles/ aggregates etc.
3. Filling material for low lying areas
4. Construction of roads and embankments
Market survey regarding Fly Ash utilization:

A detailed market survey was undertaken separately to assess ash utilization
potential in various application areas of ash uses in the vicinity of the proposed
Trincomalee Thermal Power Plant in accordance with Sri Lankan regulations/
guidelines, if any, and to develop realistic road map for 100% utilization of ash
from Trincomalee TPP. The survey was conducted by Fly Ash and Technology
Management Associates (FTMA), Noida through structured questionnaires / site
visits/ personal contacts/ meetings etc. during 2012-13. A copy of the report is
enclosed at Annexure-VIII. The major findings of the survey are as follows:
The awareness in Sri Lanka about the fly ash and its use is increasing with the
availability of ash in the country. At present, very small quantity of ash (about
400 tonne/day, 80% fly ash and 20% bottom ash) is being generated from the
Lakvijaya Power Station at Puttalam and all the dry fly ash is being used by 2
cement plants for production of Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) and two more
offtakes for other purposes. Bottom ash is stored in slurry form in ash pond
Sri Lanka Standards Institution has issued one standard, i.e. SLS 1247: 2008,
‘Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements’ which provides a standard for use
of fly ash in production of Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC). As per the standard
SLS 1247 : 2008, fly ash to the extent of 35% can be used as a part substitute of
clinker/ Ordinary Pozzolana Cement (OPC) for production of PPC. Such fly ashes
should contain at least 25% reactive silicon dioxide and have loss on ignition
(LOI) less than 5%. There is no other standard / specification / guideline in Sri
Lanka for use of fly ash in construction of Road / embankment, brick/ block
making, irrigations projects, ash dyke raising, land-filling, etc.
Interactions with various cement plants, ready mix concrete (RMC) units,
builders/ developers, fly ash brick/ block manufacturing units etc. in Sri Lanka
have shown interest to set-up such units in the vicinity of proposed Trincomalee
Thermal Power Plant.
Cement Manufacturing Plants in Sri Lanka, their capacity, source of fly ash,
distance from proposed TPP and willingness to lift fly ash are summarized below:

Cement Company Production facility/ Source of Distanc Willingness

Office/ Plant Production in fly ash e from to lift fly
address/ Installed Million Tonnes Per propose ash/
Capacity Annum (MTPA) d TPP quantity/
price
Holcim (Lanka) Bagging unit/ Bulk Lakvijaya 218 km Yes./
Limited terminal at Colombo; Power 600 Tonnes
413, R A De Mel Grinding units at Station, per Day
Mawatha Galle (0.4 MTPA) and Puttalam (TPD)/
Colombo-03, Sri Puttalam (1.1 MTPA) Negotiable
Lanka Units in
Puttalam, Galle &
Trincomalee/
1.8 MTPA
Tokyo Cement Group Bagging unit at Lakvijaya 49 km Yes/
Cyntex Building, 4th Colombo; Grinding Power 1000 TPD/
Floor, 467, Galle Road, unit at Trincomalee Station, Negotiable
Colombo-03 (1.8 MTPA) Puttalam
Unit at Trincomalee
(Cod Bay, China Bay)/
2.4 MTPA
Lafarge Mahaweli Bagging unit at Nil 300 km Yes/
Cement (Pvt.) Ltd, Colombo port/ Upto 1000
69, New Kelani Bridge 0.5 MTPA TPD/
Road, Orugodawatte, Negotiable
Colombo-14, Sri
Lanka/
0.6 MTPA
Ultratech Cement Bagging unit at Nil 300 km Yes/
Lanka (P) Ltd., Colombo port/ Upto 1000
No.81/11/1, New 0.6 MTPA TPD/
Nuge Road, Negotiable
Peliyagoda, Kelaniya,
Sri Lanka/
1.2 MTPA
Singha Cement (Pvt) Bagging unit at Nil 300 km No/
Limited, NO. 44/1, Colombo port/ NA
New Nuge Road, 0.5 MTPA
Peliyagoda,
Colombo, Sri Lanka/
0.6 MTPA
(Source: Market Survey for Ash Utilisation, 2012)
a) The following four companies have provided their Expression of Interest (EOI)
for lifting of fly ash from the upcoming Trincomalee TPP. The quantum of fly ash
required by each of the cement company is summarized below:
Cement company Fly ash requirement
Holcim Lanka Ltd 0.20 MTPA
Ultratech Cement Lanka (P) Ltd 0.30 MTPA
Tokyo Lanka Ltd 0.30 MTPA
Lafarge Mahaweli Cement (P) Ltd 0.30 MTPA
Total 1.10 MTPA
b) Presently, there is no Ready Mix Concrete (RMC) unit in Trincomalee region.

It is estimated that lot of construction activities in Trincomalee region may

take place in the coming years (over 5-10 years) and hence about 8-10 RMC
units may be set-up in the next 2-3 years. As such, there may be a
requirement of about 50,000 tonne fly ash per year.
c) At present, there is no unit in Sri Lanka to manufacture fly ash brick/ block,
as fly ash generation in Sri Lanka has started recently in April 2011.
Moreover, all the dry fly ash being generated by the Lakvijaya Power Station
is being used by the cement units for production of PPC. Ceylon Electricity
Board (CEB) has floated a subsidiary company namely ‘Sri Lanka Energies
Private Ltd’ (SLEPL) with an objective of managing fly ash (especially
bricks/blocks, etc.) and explore options of Non-conventional energy sources
in Sri Lanka. The subsidiary has tied-up with another company namely
‘Amtrad Limited’ for making Light weight cement concrete blocks and fly ash
bricks / blocks using fly ash. Amtrad Limited, Sri Lanka is a manufacturer of
concrete blocks and pavers since 1980.
d) Considering the present scenario of brick making in Sri Lanka and also the
efforts being made by CEB/ Sri Lanka Energies Private Ltd., it is estimated
that many entrepreneurs (about 20) may come up in Trincomalee region in
near future to set-up fly ash brick/ block manufacturing units with a capacity
of 10,000 – 12,000 bricks per day. The annual requirement of fly ash in this
sector is expected to be about 60,000 tonne per year.
e) As the fly ash/ bottom ash has not been available in Sri Lanka, it has not
been used in construction of road and embankment so far and no code of
practice is available in Sri Lanka. However, Road Development Authority
(RDA) may undertake some Research and Development (R&D) project in Sri
Lanka on use of fly ash/ bottom ash as a part substitute of soil and as a part
substitute of cement for construction of concrete roads and develop suitable
code of practice in this regard. The Director (Planning), RDA showed keen
interest to have a collaborative project for preparation of manual/guidelines/
code of practice.
f) Based on the market survey carried out by Fly Ash and Technology
Management Associates (FTMA), Noida, the fly ash to be generated from
Trincomalee TPP can be gainfully utilized in following areas on sustainable
basis:
i. Use of fly ash in production of PPC and cement-concrete works/ RMC
ii. Use of fly ash/ bottom ash in fly ash bricks/ blocks making
iii. Use of fly ash / pond ash in construction of roads and
embankments
g) Based on the various inputs received from various sectors of industry /
agencies, the estimates on the use/ requirement of fly ash and bottom in
Trincomalee region are summarized below:
Fly Ash (Estimated Quantity of Generation: 0.24 MTPA):

Sector Estimated Potential of Fly
Ash Utilisation
Cement 1.10 MTPA
Cement concrete works (RMC, etc.) 0.05 MTPA
Bricks/ blocks 0.06 MTPA
Total 1.21 MTPA

Bottom Ash (Estimated Quantity of Generation: 0.06 MTPA):

Sector Estimated Potential of Bottom
Ash Utilisation
Roads and embankments 0.14 MTPA
Total 0.14 MTPA
h) In line with the above estimates, the total ash (0.30 MTPA) to be generated
from the Trincomalee TPP, is proposed to be utilized (100%) since the start/
commissioning of its first unit. The fly ash and the bottom ash utilization
plan are summarized below:
Fly Ash Utilization Plan:
The fly ash (0.26 MTPA) to be generated from Trincomalee TPP will
be utilized 100% by the cement industry in Sri Lanka every year.
The demand of fly ash for cement manufacture is expected to be
much more (1.10 MTPA) than the generation for years to come.
Trincomalee Power Company Limited shall take necessary action for
signing of Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the cement
company(ies).
Bottom Ash Utilization Plan:
The bottom ash (0.06 MTPA) to be generated from the Trincomalee
TPP can be utilized 100% in construction of road & embankment,
subject to the formulation of suitable standards / guidelines / codes
of practice for its use in this area. Bottom ash being coarser than
fly ash has better drainage properties, better shear strength and
better CBR (California Bearing Ratio) as compared to fly ash and
conforms to the characteristics specified by Indian Road Congress
for construction of road embankments. It is being used in India for
construction of roads and embankments. It is also being used as a
substitute for sand in sand chimney/ sand blanket of ash dykes,
stowing of mines and part replacement of sand/ stone dust in
cement concrete and fly ash bricks. Based on the market survey,
the potential of use of bottom ash in construction of road and
embankment is 0.14 MTPA, which is much more than the annual
generation of bottom ash (0.06 MTPA).
The results of survey are summarized as follows:

 In Sri Lanka, market size of the cement industry is about 4.2 million
tonnes per annum with average growth rate of 15%.
 The maximum quantity of the fly ash can be used in manufacture of
Cement and Ready Mix Concrete.
 Few cement companies like Holcim (Lanka) Ltd. and Tokyo Cement
Company (Lanka) Ltd. and Construction Company like R. N Readymix (P)
Ltd. are already utilizing fly ash for various purposes.
 Holcim is the only company which has two manufacturing units, out of
which one is located at Palavi, at a distance of about 175 km from the
project site. The company is taking fly ash from CEB but this does not
suffice its requirement. It also intends to start a new cement
manufacturing unit, for which it has shown keen interest in taking the fly
ash.

 Another manufacturing plant of Tokyo Cement Company, with a capacity

of 1.5 million MT per annum, is located at a distance of about 40 km from
the project site.
Considering that the fly ash can be used as admixture in the manufacture of
cement in a ratio up to 30% of weight of cement, there are ample opportunities
for complete utilization of ash generated in Trincomalee Power Project (0.3 million
Tonnes per annum).
In order to ensure maximum utilization of ash in various application areas
following actions are proposed to be taken by TPCL:
1. Provision of Dry fly Ash Evacuation and Storage (DAES) system to
facilitate availability of dry fly ash for manufacture of Portland Pozzolana
Cement (PPC), cement concrete building blocks etc.
2. Space provision near storage silos for installation of dry fly ash
classification system in future, if required by the users.
3. Long term tie ups with cement and other interest agencies.
4. Efforts to motivate and encourage entrepreneurs to set up ash based
building products such as fly ash bricks/ blocks/ tiles etc.
5. Setting up in-house fly ash brick / block manufacturing plant at
Trincomalee Project and use of bricks/ blocks to meet in–house
construction requirement.
6. Use of ash filling purposes for in-house construction works and ash dyke
raising work.
The modalities for supply of ash shall be decided after all the approvals for the
project are accorded.
Ash Disposal system

Unutilized quantity of ash during short periods of interruptions in demand/ supply
shall be disposed off in a well designed ash dyke located adjacent to the project
area using High Concentration Slurry Disposal (HCSD) system. In HCSD system,
thick slurry (concentration 50-65% by weight) of ash with water is made, which
will be pumped into the dyke, where it will get solidified within 1-2 days leaving
no free water as supernatant or leachate. The ash disposal area shall be provided
with an earthen dyke all around to prevent spreading of ash as well as collect
excess water, especially in rainy season. The bottom of the dyke shall be
provided with the impervious liner. The water collected from the ash dyke area
shall be recycled back to the ash handling system for re-use. Further, the ash
stored in the ash dyke shall also be used at later stage.
In order to develop the required storage capacity for the ash pond, dyke will be
constructed along the periphery of the lagoons, with varying height depending
upon the ground topography along the alignment of dyke. An initial containment
dyke of smaller height would be required around the periphery of the disposal
area. There will be 2 storage lagoons. When the ash is filled in the storage
lagoons up to 1.5 m below the dyke top level, the dyke will be raised in 4m
intervals, on the upstream side of the dyke using the ash excavated from the
lagoons. For the raising of dyke with ash, a thin earth cover 500 mm thick shall
be provided over ash embankment. The dyke shall have a minimum top width of
6 meters and a minimum free board of 1.5 metre. Higher free board shall be
given if the wave height is likely to be more than 0.5 metre, within the ash
lagoon.

On the downstream slope of starter dyke 300 mm thick rip rap with 300 mm thick
aggregate and 300 mm thick sand filters shall be provided below High Flood Level
(HFL). Above HFL, the d/s slope shall be protected by turfing. During the raisings
also, the outer slopes shall be protected with turfing. On the upstream slope, the
slope protection shall be confined within brick / Random Rubble (RR) masonry
panel walls. For the starter dyke, the protection shall be for top 3 M height and
for entire height of raisings. At the location of slurry discharge points, lining with
RR masonry or any other suitable energy dissipating arrangements shall be
provided to protect the slopes of dyke from erosion due to falling jets of slurry or
alternatively the pipe discharge ends shall be extended to be clear of the toe of
dyke.
The decanted water as well as the rain water collected within the storage pond
shall be spilled out through the periphery of water escape tower into the over flow
lagoon and re-circulated back to the main plant for reuse in ash handling. The
level of water escape tower shall be at 1.5 metre below the dyke top in each
phase. However provisions shall be made for lowering the water level during
emergencies. Shaft like structures are proposed for decanted water escape. The
diameter and number of wells in each lagoon are fixed in such a way that the
velocity of spilling water shall always be maintained very low so that the
carryover of solids will be limited (less than 0.5 m/sec during normal conditions).
During heavy rains these wells shall be capable of discharging flood water also
without heading up-to more than 0.5 metre. The shaft shall be made of RCC.
Access dykes/bridges shall be provided to the decant tower from the top of dykes
in various phases.
The requirement of Wind barriers shall be worked out at detailed engineering
stage and the same shall be provided for prevention of fugitive dust.
Inspection road all along the periphery of dyke and along the ash pipe corridor
from plant boundary to ash pond shall be provided for maintenance of ash pipes.
Same shall be used for approach to ash pond.
Layout and Typical Section of Ash Dyke is shown in Figure 2.13.

Figure 2.13: Typical Layout and Typical Section of Ash Dyke

2.3.5 Air Emissions Control System

2.3.5.1 Point of Generation of Emissions
The major sources of emission at Trincomalee Thermal Power Project shall be
Stack Emissions (Point Source, carrying the emissions of flue gases generated
due to combustion of coal) and fugitive emissions from coal and ash handling
areas (area sources, carrying the fine particles of coal and ash). In addition, there
could be short term sources of fugitive emissions of dust during construction
activities also.
2.3.5.2 Characteristics, Quantities, Concentrations and Rate of Generation of Air
Pollutants
The estimated emission characteristics of stack emissions likely to be emitted
from Trincomalee Thermal Power Project are presented at Table 2.4. The
estimates are based on boundary limits of coal characteristics given in the Coal
supply agreement.
Table 2.4: Estimated Stack Emission Characteristics of Trincomalee TPP
At 100% TMCR At 100% TMCR
Parameter Units based on based on Worst
Design Coal Coal
Stack Height m 135 135
Flue Diameter m 4.5 4.5
Flue Gas Velocity / flue m/s 22.23 22.81
Flue gas temperature / flue Deg C 85.00 85.00
Volumetric Flow rate /flue Nm3/s 269.72 276.76
Coal Consumption rate per unit t/h/unit 100.03 112.27
Sulphur in Coal % 0.76 1.10
Estimated Emission rates
Sulphur Dioxide (without FGD) g/sec/unit 422.37 686.11
mg/Nm3 1566 2479
SOx (with FGD to get outlet g/sec/unit 145 145
emission as per morns i.e. 850
mg/Nm3 with maximum 100
kg/MW/day subject to
maximum 50 metric tonnes of
SO2/day mg/Nm3 538 524
Particulate Matter (@100 g/sec/unit 26.97 27.68
mg/Normal Meter Cube, Nm3) mg/Nm3 100 100
NOx (@ 260g/Giga Joules, GJ) g/sec/unit 169.39 170.35
mg/Nm3 628 615.5
Note:
1. TMCR-Turbine’s Maximum Continuous Rating
2. The chimney height has been calculated considering 100% Boiler’s Maximum Continuous Rating
(BMCR) unit load. Further, some margin has also been considered.
2. The calculations above are done based on boundary limits of coal characteristics given in the Fuel
supply agreement.
2.3.5.3 Fugitive Sources

In addition to the stack emissions mentioned above, the handling of coal and ash
may generate fugitive emissions in the form of fine coal particles and ash
particles.

2.3.5.4 Methods employed to facilitate reduction of generation of emissions and

efficiencies of those methods including stack heights
Suitable air pollution control measures shall be provided to ensure compliance
with emission norms for coal based thermal power stations (Interim National
Environmental (Stationary Sources Emission Control) Regulations) as well as
national standards for ambient air quality (Gazette No. 1562/22-2008 dated
15.08.2008 published under National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980) of Sri
Lanka.
The air pollution control systems shall consist of
 High efficiency electrostatic precipitators (ESPs) with efficiency more than
99% to limit the particulate emission to 100 mg/Nm3. The resistivity of ash
dictates selection of migration velocity of fly ash and particles and affects
the sizing of ESP (higher the resistivity, higher the ESP size). For Indian coal
which has the resistivity of the order of 1013 Ohm-cm, one of the highest in
the world, it is possible to design ESP emitting PM less than the 100
mg/Nm3. It is expected that the imported coal for the project will have lower
ash resistivity and hence, the resistivity will not pose any design problem.
However, the actual resistivity calculations and measurements shall be
carried out by ESP designer/supplier/manufacturer.
 The concentration of particulate matter in the flue gases shall be further
reduced during treatment of flue gases in Flue Gas De-sulphurisation Plant.
 Design of furnace to control the formation of oxides of nitrogen.
 Sea water Flue Gas De-sulphurisation system to limit the emission of SO2 in
the flue gases.
 135 m high twin flue stack to facilitate wider dispersion of flue gases*
 Dust extraction/ suppression systems in coal handling plant and coal stock
yard for control of fugitive dust emissions.
 A green belt is proposed to be provided all around the project except switch
yard side. The width of green belt will vary from 50-100 meters depending
on the lay-out design and the total area of green belt would be about 100
acres. In addition, afforestation and green belt development activities shall
be taken within all balance available spaces in plant areas and buffer zones
shall be developed around individual plant components.
The stack height of 135 meter has been arrived based on Interim National
Environmental (Stationary Sources Emission Control) Regulations (2011), as
follows:
According to the Interim National Environmental (Stationary Sources Emission
Control) Regulations, minimum chimney height C (in m) of any combustion point
source shall be defined by the following equation:
C (m) = H (m) + 0.6 U (m)
Where H is the height of tallest building (in m) within 5U (in m) radius of chimney
and U (in m) shall be the uncorrected height for heat input, defined by the
equation
U (m) = 1.36Q^0.6
Where Q is gross heat input in MW
Considering H= 70 m approximate (height of steam generator structure) and Q =
input for both the units in MW = 1457 MW (based on Coal flow for worst coal at
BMCR for two units = 123 X2 =246 T/hr, Gross Calorific Value of worst coal as
5100 Kcal/kg and Q= 246*1000*5100*4.18/(3600*1000) = 1457 MW)
U = 1.36 * 1457 ^ 0.6 = 107.54 m

C = 70 + 0.6 * 107.54 = 134.52 m
Chimney Height Considered = 135 m
The calculations above are done based on boundary limits of coal characteristics
given in the fuel supply agreement.
Seawater Based Flue Gas Desulphurisation System

As the project is located in the close vicinity of sea, sea water based FGD is
proposed. Major advantage of the Seawater FGD system compared to the
traditional FGD system is that it is a simple system and there is no requirement of
logistics for supply of reagent, preparation & pumping of slurry, handling of by
product etc. This results in lower investment, operating and maintenance costs as
well as an increased reliability.
Sea water FGD System is already operational at Lakvijaya Power Station in Sri
Lanka with a good desulphurisation efficiency, with typical SO2 emission levels of
17 mg/Nm3 (on dry, 6% O2 basis).
The sea-water FGD process uses natural alkalinity of the untreated sea water in
order to neutralize the SO2. The flue gas after passing through ESP passes
through a scrubber, where sea water is sprayed into the flue gas. The sea water
absorbs most of the SO2. The clean gas is again passed through a Gas-Gas Re-
heater before discharge through stack. The acidified liquid is collected in a sump
and then taken to a mixing basin where more sea water is mixed and air is blown
through the water to reduce its chemical oxygen demand, before being discharge
into the sea. Water from condenser water box outlet, shall be used, partially for
scrubbing and the remaining for neutralization of the acidified liquor. The process
of sea water FGD is shown in Figure 2.14.
Figure 2.14: Sea Water Based Flue Gas Desulphurisation System

The Seawater FGD process consists of two major systems:

1. SO2 absorption system in which the flue gas is cleaned and
2. Seawater Treatment System, where the absorber effluent is neutralized
before discharge to the sea.
Seawater absorbs and neutralizes sulphur dioxide, SO2 from the flue gas. The SO2
absorbed in the seawater is converted by oxygen from the ambient air to
sulphate ions, SO42-, before it is discharged to the sea. The chemical reactions in
Seawater FGD process are illustrated by the following chemical reactions:
SO2 (gas) + H2O  SO32-+2H+ … Absorption (1)
SO32- + ½ O2  SO42- … … Oxidation (2)
HCO3- +
+ H  CO2 + H2O … … Neutralization (3)
In reaction (1), is SO2 is absorbed in sea water and creates sulphite ions (SO32-)
and hydrogen ions. SO32- ions react with oxygen to form sulphate thereby
consuming the dissolved oxygen of sea water and creating a chemical oxygen
demand. On the other hand, hydrogen ions decrease the pH of the water during
the process. Aeration of absorber liquid after absorption, oxidises the SO32- ions
and raise the level of dissolved oxygen (reaction (2). Bi-carbonate ions present in
sea water neutralize the hydrogen ions and raise the pH.
The key advantages of the sea water FGD system over traditional FGD system are
as follows:
i. No chemical/ reagent is required. Only sea water and air are used.
ii. No by-product is generated, which needs to be handled/ disposed off. End
product, sulphate is a natural component of sea water and the increase in
concentration is small as compared to normal concentration in sea water.
iii. Sea water FGD can be designed as fully automated plant, which can be
normally controlled and monitored from a centralized control room. Hence,
it requires no additional manpower.
iv. The process has few rotating equipment resulting in low power
consumption and low maintenance cost.
At Trincomalee TPP, the FGD plants shall be fully automated and the operation of
the plant shall be monitored and controlled from the Central Control Room. There
will be two separate Seawater FGD plants, one for each unit. Each plant shall
consist of one absorber unit and one Gas-Gas Heater (GGH) unit to raise the gas
temperature before emission through the stack. After passing through the
absorber, the SO2-rich seawater shall flow by gravity to the Sea Water Treatment
Plant (hereafter called SWTP), where it shall be mixed with the seawater coming
from discharge of condenser and aerated.
A large no. of sea water FGD plants are working world over even though the
technology has limitation of being deployed only in the coastal plant. Just to have
an idea of extent of use of sea water based FGD system, one of the leading
supplier of sea water based FGD system, M/s ALSTOM up till now have already
supplied these units for about 42,000 MW capacity power plants.
In order to take care of the natural variations in the alkalinity of sea water, the
plant will be designed with sufficient margin and efficiency shall be maintained by
regulating the flow of sea water through the system. Therefore, SO2 emission
norms will be met in all conditions of operations.

2.3.6 Effluent Treatment Systems

The water balance diagram for the project (Figure 2.12) shows the schematic of
effluent generation, treatment and disposal in Trincomalee Thermal Power
Project. The same are summarized in Table 2.5.
Table 2.5: Effluent Generation in Trincomalee Thermal Power Project

S. Stream Quantity in
No. m3/hour
Effluents from Sea Water Systems
1. Discharge from Cooling System including Sea Water 92000
FGD System
2. Sludge from Desalination Plant 15
3. Reject from Sea Water Reverse Osmosis Plant and 680
Second Stage Reverse Osmosis Plant of
Demineralization System
Effluents from Sweet Water Systems
1. Sludge from service water treatment systems 2
2. Neutralized De-mineralization Plant Regeneration Waste 5
3. Boiler Blow down 10
4. Sanitary waste from plant and township areas 10.5
An effluent management scheme, consisting of collection, treatment, recirculation

and disposal of effluents has been envisaged for Trincomalee Power Project, as
per the following design philosophy:
 It is proposed to discharge the warm water from the cooling system for
condenser and auxiliary cooling in sea through a well designed underwater
discharge system so as to ensure a quick mixing and dissipation of heat.
 The reject from desalination plant, sludge if any from the pre-treatment
section of Desalination, Mixed bed & Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU)
regeneration neutralized waste Plant shall be pumped to the return duct of
CW.
 The effluents from Service Water System and Coal Handling Plant Water
System shall be treated in Tube Settlers/ Settling ponds to remove
impurities and recycled back into the system. There will be no discharge
from these systems. The sludge from coal settling plant shall be recovered
and sent to coal stock yard while sludge from tube settlers shall be pumped
to the return duct of CW.
 Boiler Blow down shall also be led to the inlet of Service water system.
 Drains from coal stockyard shall be drained to a set of Coal settling ponds
for removal of coal particles.
 The water used for vacuum pump sealing, HVAC make-up and ash handling
system shall be fully consumed within the system and there will be no
discharge from these systems.
 For oily wastes, oil water separators shall be provided. The separated oil
shall be removed from the top, the water at the bottom shall be recycled.
 All the treated plant liquid effluents shall be mixed in the Central Monitoring
basin (CMB) and disposed off to the final disposal point.
An independent plant effluent drainage system would be constructed to ensure
that plant effluents do not mix with storm water drainage. Efficient operation of
various treatment schemes shall be ensured so that the quality of treated effluent
from CMB conforms to relevant standards, prescribes by regulatory agencies

(List-III of Schedule-I of Gazette No. 1534/8 dated 01.02.2008 published under
National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980 – Tolerance Limit for Discharge of
Industrial and Domestic Waste into Marine Coastal Areas, copy enclosed at
Annexure-IX).
Sewerage system shall be provided for the purpose of collection of sewage from
the entire area of the Township. The sewage from bathrooms, toilets, kitchens,
washrooms, common services and other buildings shall discharge into a sewage
sump pit in a suitable location in the township, from where it shall be pumped to
the sewage treatment unit in the plant area. The treated sewage from the sewage
treatment plant shall conform to the requirement of appropriate standards and
can be reused for horticulture purposes, road cleaning, etc. The sewage
generation from the township is worked out to be about 240m3/day. However,
actual design is to be done on the basis of calculations as per applicable
International standards and local use pattern that shall be submitted during
detailed engineering stage.
The treated sewage conforming to prescribed standards (List-III of Schedule-I of
Gazette No. 1534/8 dated 01.02.2008 published under National Environmental
Act No. 47 of 1980 – Tolerance Limit for Discharge of Industrial and Domestic
Waste into Inland Surface Waters, copy enclosed at Annexure-IX) shall be
utilized for plantation to the extent possible.
The effluents shall be discharged into sea through a well designed outfall
structure into Shell Bay (at a location 480 m from shore, at a depth of 7 m)
shown in Figure 1.3. The effluents discharged into sea shall conform to the
‘Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial and Domestic Waste Water into
Marine Coastal Areas’ published under National Environmental Act of Sri Lanka
(Annexure-IX).
2.3.7 Noise Control Measures

2.3.7.1 Noise Generating Activities / Machinery
Major noise generating sources in a thermal power plant are the turbines,
compressors, pumps, fans, coal handling plant etc. from where noise is
continuously generated.
2.3.7.2 Plant and Operational Features Designed to Reduce the Generation of

Noise
The noise from these above mentioned sources shall be controlled through the
design of the machines, provision of acoustic enclosures over the sources of noise
and provision of barriers in the form of buildings. Further, provision of green belts
around the plant area shall also help in absorbing the noise generated, so that
the population outside the plant boundary is not affected. Wherever required, the
workers shall be provided with protective equipments such as ear plugs and ear
muffs.
2.3.8 Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal System

Ash will be the major solid waste generated from the power project. An ash
management scheme shall be implemented consisting of dry collection of ash, silo
for storage of dry ash, supply of ash to entrepreneurs for utilization and
promoting ash utilization to maximum extent and safe disposal of unused ash.

The details of ash handling, utilization and disposal have already been covered in
Section 2.3.4.
For hazardous wastes (like used oil, oil sludge, batteries containing lead and acid
etc.), Secured stores shall be constructed for storage and the same shall be
recycled/ disposed off through authorized agencies.
The production process and the waste treatment processes described above are
summarized in Table 2.6.
2.3.9 Transmission Line and Switchyard

Power evacuation system or transmission system for Trincomalee Thermal Power
Project, consisting of two nos. 220KV tie lines from generation switchyard to
nearby 220KV CEB sub-station shall be constructed by Trincomalee Thermal
Power Project. The Associated transmission lines beyond CEB 220 kV substation
shall be commissioned by Ceylon Electricity Board.
As the project is located very close to sea (approx. 2 km), Gas Insulated type
Switchyard conforming to International Electro-technical Commission IEC-62271-
203 has been envisaged for this project, in order to combat the coastal
environment.

TABLE 2.6: List of Production and Waste Treatment Processes for 2x250 MW Plant
1. Production Processes
Production Process Capacity/ Rate of Remark
Operation
1. Coal Handing and Firing Systems
Coal Handling Plant 500 Tonnes per Hour  A complete system for receiving, storing, processing and feeding coal.
 Shall be provided with dust suppression system, potable water and

service water systems, ventilation system and a centralized control room
to control and monitor the operations.
Coal Burning System 214.5 Tonnes per  Shall consist of coal feeders, coal mills and Primary Air (PA) fans to
Hour transport pulverized coal from mill to burners.
Generation of Flue Gas 539.44 Nm3/sec  Flue gas is generated as a result of coal burning in the furnace.
 Flue gas shall be cleaned up in High Efficiency Electrostatic Precipitators

(ESP) and Flue Gas De-sulphurisation (FGD) System before discharge
through stack.
Generation of SO2 25 Tonnes per Day,  This quantity refers to the quantity released to atmosphere through stack
after FGD after clean up in Flue Gas De-sulphurisation System.
 For a brief write up on FGD, please refer Para A of Explanatory Notes

given at the end.
Generation of NOx 29.3 Tonnes/ Day  This quantity refers to the quantity released to atmosphere through
stack.
 For a brief write up on control of NOx in furnace, please refer Para B of

Explanatory Notes given at the end.
Generation of PM 4.66 Tonnes/ Day,  This quantity refers to the quantity released to atmosphere through stack
after ESP after clean up in High Efficiency Electrostatic Precipitators.
 For a brief write up on ESP, please refer Para C of Explanatory Notes

given at the end.


Operation
Notes:
1. The data indicated above is based on the boundary conditions agreed in coal supply agreement entered into with Lanka Coal
Company Private Limited.
2. Data indicated above is for design coal characteristic arrived at as per 1 above.
3. For ash production, the value of ash constituent has been considered as 15 %, which is near to limiting value of 16%.
2. Fuel Oil Handing Systems
LAD Storage Tanks 2x700 m3  Fuel oil unloading and handling systems shall be designed to handle
Lanka Auto Diesel (LAD), to be used for cold start-up and part load
operations of the steam generator while firing coal.
 The system shall be complete with all pumps, tanks and instruments and
accessories.
Day Oil Tank 1x100 m3  Drain oil tanks and pumps and oil separators shall be provided for
collection and treatment of oily waste water.
3. Water Handling and Use System
Extraction of Raw Water 93120 m3/hr  It shall consist of intake pump house including Glass Fiber Reinforced
supply and discharge pipes.
 Water shall be drawn from sea from a depth of 7.5 m below the surface of
sea at a location 200 m from the shore in Koddiyar Bay.
Chlorination Plant 3x50 Kg/Hr  It shall be an indoor plant and consist of electro-chlorinator sets for
chlorine dosing to prevent the growth of algae and bacteria in cooling
water system.
Generation of Fresh Water 390 m3/hr  A desalination plant based on sea water reverse osmosis (SWRO) shall be
used for generation of fresh water to meet various plant requirements
including potable water.


Operation
Generation of DM Water 50 m3/hr  Portion of desalinated water from SWRO plant shall be treated in second
stage reverse osmosis unit and mixed bed unit to generate de-
mineralized water for use in power cycle.
 Demineralization plant shall have facilities for regeneration system

comprising of acid and alkali dosing system, neutralization pit and
effluent disposal pumps.
Generation of Steam 810 Tonnes per Hour  Steam generator shall be drum type, water tube, direct pulverized coal
fired, to supported, balance draft furnace, single reheat, radiant, dry
bottom type, suitable for outdoor installation. It shall be suitable for
variable pressure operation from 30% to 100% BMCR (Boiler’s Maximum
Continuous Rating)
Generation of Warm Water 92000 m3/hr.  Once through cooling system using sea water has been envisaged for the
project. The temperature of cooling water after passing through the
cooling system shall be around 38-41o C, which is much below the
tolerance limit for discharge of industrial waste water into marine coastal
areas (45o C at the point of discharge). The cooling water shall be
discharged into the sea where it shall get cooled through the natural
processes of mixing and heat dissipation.
 A part of warm water shall be used for flue gas desulphurization.

Generation of Boiler Blow 10 m3/hr.  Blow down from boiler shall be led to treated water tank for further use in
down service water system.
4. Others
Hydrogen Generation 8 Nm3/hr  A hydrogen generation plan based on electrolysis process shall be
provided to generate hydrogen required for generator initial fill up and
regular make up required for generator rotor cooling.
 The plant shall be designed as per the regulation of Controller of

Explosives with all required safety aspects, instrumentation control
including online hydrogen purity analyzer system and control panel.


Operation
5. Power Generation
Electricity 2x250 MW  Main product of the project.
6. Ash Generation
Generation of Ash 0.3 Million Tonnes per  This will be the main by-product of the project.
Annum
 This quantity of Fly Ash shall be collected through ESPs while bottom ash
shall be extracted using dry bottom ash evacuation system.
 Ash handling system shall consist of dry extraction, pneumatic conveying

and storage systems (buffer hoppers & silos).
 Both the types of ash shall be utilized for various purposes. However, for
disposal of ash during periods on non-utilization, high concentration slurry
disposal system shall be provided.
2. Waste Treatment Processes
1. Waste Treatment System: Air Emissions

ESPs  For a brief write up, please refer Para C of Explanatory Notes given
at the end.
Flue Gas De-sulphurisation  For a brief write up, please refer Para A of Explanatory Notes given
System at the end.
2. Waste Treatment Systems: Liquid Effluents
Neutralization Pit  Adequate capacity to neutralize the acidic/ alkaline regeneration

wastes from Demineralization Plant.
 Neutralized waste shall be led to CW Return duct for disposal into

sea along with cooling water.

Lamella Clarifies  To treat and recycle the effluent from service water system.
Coal Settling Ponds  To treat and recycle the effluent from coal handling plant area.
Sewage Treatment Plant  Biological treatment system with adequate capacity to treat the
sanitary waste generated in the plant area.
 Treated waste shall be used in horticulture and afforestation

activities.
Explanatory Notes for Table 2.6:

A. SOx Generation & Control Facilities
During the coal burning process, the sulphur present in the coal gets converted into its oxides (SOx). A Sea Water based FGD
system shall be installed to limit the SOx emissions (as per the Sri Lankan environmental norms, enclosed at Annexure-IX) to
the atmosphere. A brief description of the functional needs of the FGD system, as also given in the FR, is brought out below.
The design and layout of the steam generator and auxiliaries will be such that a FGD system can be installed, taking the suction
from duct after Induced Draft (ID) fan and feeding the de-sulphurised flue gases back to the chimney with provision for bypassing
the FGD system. The flue gas shall be routed through absorber tower where flue gas will be scrubbed by sea water taken from
condenser outlet. The natural alkalinity of the sea water will be used to absorb the SOx from the gas into the water. The sea water
shall be treated to convert sulphites to sulphates before returning to sea.
B. NOx Generation & its Control
During the coal burning process, the nitrogen present in the coal and also in the combustion air gets converted into its oxides
(NOx) at high combustion temperatures in the furnace. In order to meet the environmental norms prevalent in Sri Lanka (enclosed
at Annexure-IX), suitable stipulations in the specification for the steam generator shall be kept so that equipment suppliers
design their equipment to achieve the targeted norms.
C. Ash Generation and Handing/Disposal Facilities
During the coal burning process in the furnace the ash particles already present in the coal are either collected as bottom ash or
fly ash. Fly ash is proposed to be collected in the Electrostatic precipitator (ESP) which are to be installed for individual 250 MW
units and they are envisaged to have a high as collection efficiency that limits the outlet emission to 100 mg/Nm3 while the boiler

is operating at its maximum continuous rating, firing worst coal having maximum ash content. A brief description of the functional
needs of ESP, as also given in the FR, is brought out below.
The electrostatic precipitators will have four (4) parallel gas streams, isolated from each other on the electrical as well as gas side
and will be provided with gas tight dampers at inlets and outlets of each stream, so as to allow maintenance to be carried out
safely on the faulty stream, while the unit is working. ESP specific collection area shall not be less than 135 m2/ m3/sec at 100%
TMCR. Electrostatic precipitator will be provided with microprocessor based programmable type rapper control system and ESP
management system to ensure safe and optimum operation of ESP.
ESP transformer rectifier sets will use high flash point oil as the cooling medium. The dust collection hoppers at all strategic
locations will have a minimum storage capacity of eight (8) hours. The hoppers will have heating arrangements to prevent ash
sticking to the sloping sides and down pipes. Level indicators to indicate ash levels in the hoppers and trip the corresponding field
of ESP in case of high ash levels in the ash hoppers are also envisaged to ensure safety of ESP.

2.4 Work Force

2.4.1 Labour requirements (during construction & operation)
The proposed project will generate significant number of job opportunities during
its construction and operation phases. The number of employees required during
construction phase shall increase gradually during first two years, reach a peak
and then decrease gradually, leaving the operation and maintenance staff behind.
It is difficult to assess the exact number of manpower required during various
phases of construction in advance. However, as per estimate based on similar site
in India, the peak labour requirement could be about 3000.
During operation phase, the number of manpower shall be significantly less, of
the order of 400-500.
2.4.2 Employment of local people during construction and operation

The project intends to generate job opportunities for local people during project’s
construction and operation phases. It is the moral obligation of the project
proponent to engage the local people in the area. There can be limitations for the
local people to get employed in technical and other professional positions due to
their limitations of educational qualifications and other technical and professional
skills. However, the project proponent will be able to provide employment
opportunities to the local people for the labour and other allied positions in the
project.
2.4.3 Availability of labour

A significant number of persons trained in carpentry, masonry and other skill
works are available in five Grama Niladhari divisions (GNDs) in the 2km radius of
the project boundary. If the project developer finds difficulties to find required
number of labors within 2km radius he can seek skill persons available in Mutur
DS Division (DSD). The availability of labor in 5 GN divisions in the vicinity of the
project and also entire Mutur DSD is as follows:
GND Carpenters Masons Other skilled
workers
221 Koonithivu 3 3 22
221A Navaratnapuram 2 2 43
222A - Chenaiur 5 4 52
222B – Kaddaiparichan North 4 10 20
222C – Kadatkaraichenai 2 3 39
Entire Mutur DSD 39 76 2390
Source: Mutur DSD and related GNDs
Note: Other skills available include, masonry, carpentry, driving, motor
mechanism etc.
In addition to skilled labours in 5 GNDs there are 16 youths with GCE O/L
(General Certificate of Education- Ordinary Level) qualifications and one person
with GCE A/L (General Certificate of Education- Advance Level) qualification
available within the 250 meter radius of the project. Even the 5 GN divisions in
the 2km radius of the project have 105 persons with GCE O/L, two persons with
GCE A/L and 53 persons with university degrees and some of these persons can
be provided with suitable job opportunities. If the project needs to go to a larger
population to select suitable candidates, then there are 1705 persons with O/L,
807 persons with A/L and 521 persons with university degrees in the Mutur DSD.

2.4.4 Employment of local people

The project developer will assign priority in providing employment opportunities
for the local communities depending on their proximity to the project boundary.
In this context, priority will be given in following order:
1. First priority - people residing in 250 m radius from the project land
2. Second Priority – people in 5 GNDs located in 2km radius from the project
boundary
3. Third priority – people in Mutur DSD
2.4.5 Migratory workers / Expatriates

The project will provide job opportunities for the people from outside of Mutur
DSD when they find difficulties in getting suitable persons from local people for
some positions. Some of these outside employees will be expatriates. These
migratory workers including expatriates will be stationed mainly in industry
premises.
2.4.6 Occupational Health and Safety Facilities Required or Provided

Power plants involve multifarious activities during construction and operation &
maintenance phases. These activities are also associated with the problems of
occupational health and safety. The problems envisaged during construction and
erection stages can mainly be due to exposure to dust, accidents and noise. The
problems envisaged during the operation and maintenance phase are accidents,
exposure to heat, noise, arc lights, chemicals etc.
Safety Policy
Trincomalee Power Company shall adopt a safety policy with the following broad
objectives:
 To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthy conditions of
work.
 To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in
the design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and
equipment.
 To ensure that adequate safety instructions are displayed at all appropriate
places and explained to all employees in Sinhala, Tamil and English
languages.
 To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and
clothing, and to ensure their proper use.
 To inform employees about materials, equipments or processes used in their
work, which are known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety.
 To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making
necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience
and aptitude knowledge.
 To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries
and illness at work.
 To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to
employees in health & safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity is
given to these matters.

 To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an

appropriate fire fighting service together with training facilities for personnel
involved in this service.
 To ensure that professional advice is made available wherever potentially
hazardous situations exist or might arise.
 To organise collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness
and incident involving personal injury or injury to health with a view to taking
corrective, remedial and preventive action.
 To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health
and safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees.
 To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common
language of employees.
Separate safety rules shall be prepared for each type of occupation / processes
involved in the project in consultation with manufacturer / supplier of equipment
and materials and regular safety inspection shall be ensured by a competent
person of all buildings, equipments, work places and operations.
Personal Protective Equipment

Following personnel protective equipments shall be provided to all employees,
likely to be exposed to these situations:
 Industrial Safety Helmet.
 Crash Helmets.
 Face shield with replacement acrylic vision.
 Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends.
 Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue colour glasses.
 Welder’s equipment for eye & face protection.
 Cylindrical type earplug.
 Earplugs/ Earmuffs.
 Canister Gas Mask.
 Self-contained breathing apparatus.
 Leather apron.
 Aluminised fibreglass fix proximity suit with hood and gloves.
 Boiler suit.
 Safety belt/line man's safety belt.
 Leather hand gloves.
 Asbestos hand gloves.
 Acid/Alkali proof rubberised hand gloves.
 Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm.
 Electrical safety shoes with and without steel tie.
 Gum Boots.

Medical Facilities
Medical facilities shall be made available round the clock for attending any
medical emergency during construction & operation phases.
Appointment of Safety Officer and Safety Training

A qualified and experienced Safety Officer shall be posted at site. The
responsibilities of the safety officer shall include identification of the hazardous
conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advise on corrective action, organize
training programmes with the assistance of professionals in the area (e.g., Safety
Experts, Safety Institutions, Academic Institutions etc.) and provide professional
expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health. He shall
also be responsible to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/ Statutory provisions.
Health and Safety Monitoring Plan

The health of employees working in all the potentially hazardous workplaces such
as boiler area, coal handling plant, chlorine storage area, acid and alkali storage
areas etc. will be monitored regularly and appropriate actions in terms of
treatment/ job rotation etc. shall be undertaken.
2.4.7 Envisaged Human Resource Development

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project shall establish a modern and well equipped
training institute at project site for providing formal and on-the-job training to
employees with different qualifications under various categories.
Pre-employment Training
Pre-employment training aims at providing requisite skills and confidence to the
personnel who enter the company as fresh trainees at different induction levels.
Four types of long-duration training schemes are proposed, to take care of this
aspect of training.
Name of Scheme Duration
1) Engineering Executive Training Scheme 1-year
2) Finance & HR Executive Training Scheme 1-year
3) Executive Training Scheme (Chemistry) 1-year
4) Diploma/ Technical Trainees Scheme 1-year
Post-Employment Training
Post-employment training provides opportunities to personnel at various levels of
the organization hierarchy to take up higher responsibility and skills and also to
reorient them to keep pace with the advancement in thermal power technology.
This package basically has three components viz. Management Development,
Specialized Training and Employee Development.
 Management Development shall offer general management programme,
programme for developing functional knowledge, induction and familiarization
courses and discussions on subjects of topical interest.
 The specialized training activities, besides providing special skills, also strive
to acquaint the employees with the latest technology available the world over.

 Short duration programmes aim to develop and upgrade specific skills of the
employees.
Various options under specialized training activities may be further classified as
 Induction Programmes for personnel inducted in the various areas of O&M
have to orient the same in the operation & maintenance of units. These
programmes shall include in plant operations training in the power stations
and study visits to manufacturers works.
 Training of the Company’s personnel by the suppliers is generally provided for
under different contractual agreements. Executives may be trained under this
scheme to assimilate and build up in-house expertise in the contemporary
technology intensive areas.
 Towards the end of the construction and erection phase, erection manpower
may be given appropriate training for their placement in the O&M position and
switched over to operation and maintenance as and when the units come into
the operation. The training apart from providing opportunities for career
growth to individuals will go a long way involving the problem of erection
personnel being rendered surplus, when project activities come to an end.
 To provide necessary exposure on new developments in engineering and
management fields, arrangements shall be made for imparting specific need
based training in operations and maintenance personnel down the line.
2.5 Evaluation of Alternatives

2.5.1 “No Action” Alternative
Power development is one of the key infrastructural elements for the economic
growth of the country. Ceylon Electricity Board (CEB), a statutory body
established by an Act of Parliament of Sri Lanka in 1969 to develop and maintain
an efficient and coordinated economical system of electricity supply to the
country as well as to generate or acquire supplies of electricity has already
undertaken the analysis of various alternatives for power generation including “no
action” alternative. Long Term Generation Expansion Plan (2013-32) prepared by
CEB in the year 2013 inter-alia concludes that
 The average per capita electricity consumption in Sri Lanka was 480 kWh/
person in 2011, one of the lowest in the world. About 7% of the households
had no access to electricity from the national electricity grid in year 2012
(end).
 Due to high specific cost and low plant load factors, the hydro projects were
not found to be competitive with coal based thermal power plants. It was
recommended that hydro power projects will have to perform peaking duty
and Sri Lankan power system will have to gradually transform into thermal
based system in future.
 The screening of thermal power generation options (coal fired steam plants,
oil fired steam plants, oil fired gas turbine plants and oil fired combined cycle
power plants) establishes coal as an economically attractive fuel option for
power generation for higher plant factor operation.
The above analysis indicates that “no action”, i.e. not implementing Trincomalee
Power Project is not a viable alternative from the view point of the economic
development of the country.

2.5.2 Alternative Sites

Details of alternate sites considered for Trincomalee TPP is presented in Section
1.1 of the Chapter 1, which is based on Strategic Environmental Assessment
undertaken by Central Environmental Authority (CEA) during in University of
Moratuwa (UOM) in 2008.
In addition, the locations of intake in Koddiyar Bay and outfall in Shell Bay were
optimized based on a number of iterations during the studies undertaken by TPCL
through Lanka Hydraulic Institute (LHI). The details of these studies are
presented in Chapter 3 and 4.
2.5.3 Alternative Technologies, Operating and Maintenance Procedures

Various systems of Trincomalee Thermal Power project have been selected based
on best engineering practices. The basis behind the adoption of some of the
major systems is summarized as follows:
 The Trincomalee Thermal Power Project is located close to the sea.
Therefore, once through type CW system is envisaged for the project as
this will give better heat rate leading to lesser coal consumption and in
turn lower emissions (CO2, SOx etc.) for same power generation. Also, the
need for a cooling tower will be eliminated under this option which is
desirable as tall civil structures such as Natural Draft Cooling Towers
(NDCT) are prone to corrosion due to sea water. Induced Draft Cooling
Towers (IDCT) will also become a very uneconomical option under the
conditions due to the higher grade material and protection required for
mechanical equipment to be used in sea water application.
 Desalination Plant to generate sweet water has been considered
appropriate to reduce the demand of fresh water resources, which is
required for drinking, irrigation and other requirements by general public.
 Dry ash disposal system, lean slurry disposal system and high
concentration slurry disposal systems were considered as options for ash
disposal. As the location of ash dyke is very close to the plant, high
concentration slurry disposal system has been preferred, which requires
less land and water (as compared to lean slurry system) and generates
more stable surface (as compared to dry ash disposal system). However,
for evacuation of ash from the hoppers of Electrostatic Precipitators and
transport to storage silos, dry extraction and pneumatic conveying
systems have been envisaged.
 Two basic technologies are available for control of particulate emission:
Electrostatic Precipitators and Bag Filters. Electrostatic Precipitators have
been considered due to highly proven track record world over, including in
India (where coal with maximum ash content is used) and low O&M costs.
 Sea water FGD has been preferred over wet limestone based FGD as it
does not need any chemical absorbent and does not produce any by-
product, low capital and O&M costs and simplicity in operation and
maintenance. A part of warm cooling water from condenser shall be used
for FGD process.
2.5.3.1 Alternate Thermal Power Generation technologies

There are many types of power technologies for coal firing. The selection of a
particular technology for a project depends on type of coal being fired- its
characteristics along with ash analysis and characteristics and the unit size.

Based on the coal characteristics, i.e. proximate and ultimate analysis of coal the
combustion properties of the coal will vary. Further, based on the ash quantity
and characteristics, the steam generator heating surfaces will be designed. The
major coal types and their characteristics are as follows:
1. Lignite: Lignite, also known as brown coal, has high moisture and high
volatile matter. The furnace sizing and arrangement of various heat
transfer surfaces cater to the high flue gas volume. Lignitic coals are soft
coals, and coal preparation and firing system has to be appropriately
selected and designed to ensure adequate coal drying and to avoid mill
fires. Fluidized bed combustion is found suitable for Lignite coal with high
sulphur content.
2. Bituminous/ Sub-bituminous: These coals generally have higher calorific
value and lower moisture % and volatile matter than lignitic coals. Mostly,
pulverized coal combustion is used for burning bituminous coals.
3. Anthracite: Anthracite coal has high fixed carbon and low volatile matter
and thus is difficult to burn even though calorific value is relatively high.
They require a different combustion system to ensure proper and complete
combustion. Anthracite coals are usually used in downshot boilers having
downshot burners to cater to coal combustion properties.
Some other power generation technologies are as follows:
i) Fluidized bed combustion (FBC)
In FBC, the fuel is placed on a bed along with bed material (sand, ash
etc.) and air or other gas flows upward through the bed, fluidizing the bed.
FBC is used when the boiler has to cater to a large range of varying coal
properties. This technology has been adopted for comparatively smaller
unit sizes than pulverized coal fired units, is comparatively less efficient
and more expensive.
ii) Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle

The integrated gasification combined cycle (IGCC) produces electricity
from a solid or liquid fuel. Then, the fuel is converted to syngas which is a
mixture of hydrogen and carbon monoxide. Then, the syngas is converted
to electricity in a combined cycle power block consisting of a gas turbine
process and a steam turbine process which includes a heat recovery steam
generator (HRSG). The combined cycle technology is similar to the
technology used in modern natural gas fired power plants. This technology
is limited to approx. 250 MW size, it is prohibitively expensive and is
generally at Demo Plant stage.
For the specified coal (bituminous), the power technology for Trincomalee
Project should be pulverized coal fired type. Further, the selection of unit
size of 250 MW dictates the type of steam cycle which should be employed
in the project. In general, for lower unit size, i.e. 300 MW, 250 MW, etc.
and below, world over, mostly sub critical steam parameters are used
since the increase in material costs (due to use of higher grade materials
to cater to higher steam parameters) is not justified by the reduction in
running cost due to improvement in efficiency. Thus for 250 MW size,
based on detailed techno-economic analyses, sub critical steam
parameters have been selected. All of the NTPC 250/210/200 MW power
stations are based on subcritical steam cycle. Based on globally available
unit sizes in the range of 200-250 MW, the best possible option shall be
adopted. Technologies and Efficiency Summary is presented in Table 2.7.

Table 2.7: Technologies and Efficiency Summary

Unit Size Steam parameters Boiler Turbine cycle
Efficiency Heat Rate
250/ 210/ 200 150 ksc / 535 Deg C / 85% 1955 kCal/kWhr
MW (subcritical) 535 Deg C
500 MW 170 ksc / 537 Deg C / 85% 1935 kCal/ kWhr
(subcritical) 565 Deg C
660 MW 247 ksc / 565 Deg C / 85% 1850 kCal/kWhr
(supercritical) 593 Deg C
Combined Cycle Power Projects:

Other options could be (a) Diesel Generator or (b) Combined Cycle Power Project
based on natural gas or diesel. The option (a) is low efficiency and high tariff
proposal due to cost of diesel. Sri Lanka does not have indigenous source of
natural gas and setting up Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) based gas fired combined
cycle power project will make the tariff high as compared to the coal. Even
existing combined cycle projects running on diesel are proving to be costly in
terms of tariff due to volatility and high cost of oil prices.

3. Description of the
Existing Environment
3. Description of the Existing Environment
STUDY AREA
The geographical extent of the study area for EIA Study, as specified in the Terms
of Reference (TOR) for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study approved
by Central Environmental Authority (Annexure-I) is as follows:
 Project site and 20 km from the boundary of project site for the air
quality assessment and 2 km from the boundary of project site for all
other studies or the area of maximum risk;
 The locations of the offshore/ onshore structures and 500m from the
boundaries of these structures or area of maximum risk;
 Pipeline routes and 100m on either side of proposed pipeline routes or
area of maximum risk.
 Transmission line routes and 50 m on either side of the transmission line
(However, CEB has already obtained environmental clearance for
transmission line separately)
These study areas marked on the vicinity map of the project are presented at
Figure 1.9.
The scope of the present EIA includes the power plants and its components
including cooling water intake and outfall system but excludes the facilities for
import, storage and supply of coal and transmission lines to be commissioned by
Ceylon Electricity Board. In brief, these are summarized as:
Inclusions Exclusions
 Steam Generator, Turbine Generator  Jetty for coal / equipment
and their Auxiliaries, unloading at Sampoor site
 Coal Handling System including Dust  Shipment and unloading of Coal
Extraction and Suppression System, at the Jetty
 Sea water intake and effluent  Transmission lines beyond the
discharge system, Switch Yard of Trincomalee
 Once Through Cooling System, Thermal Power project
 Water treatment system including
desalination, effluent treatment,
recycle, reuse and disposal System,
 Fire Protection System,
 Air Conditioning & Ventilation System,
 Air pollution control systems like
Electrostatic Precipitators, Flue Gas
Desulphurization and Chimney;
 Ash Handling System with Dry Ash
Extraction, Storage and High
Concentration Slurry Disposal System;
 Electrical Systems such as Generator
Bus Duct, Transformers, Switchgears,
Switch Yard
 Township and other off site facilities

The existing environmental scenario with respect to various environmental

components like physical environment, biological environment and socio-
economic environment have been established through the primary data
generated during field monitoring campaigns and surveys and data collected from
published literature and unpublished data from various Government/Non-
Government Agencies like Irrigation Department, Department of Meteorology,
Mahaweli Authority of Sri Lanka etc.
3.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.1.1 TOPOGRAPHY
A detailed topographical survey of the proposed project areas including cooling
water intake and outfall corridors was undertaken by Gamini B. Dodanwela
Associates (Pvt.) Ltd., Colombo. Based on survey, detailed Survey Maps have
been drawn on 1:1000, 1:2000, 1:4000 and 1:10,000 Scales covering project
site showing different details. The maps are enclosed at Annexure-X.
The general observation of the survey regarding the status of land is as follows:
1. The area surveyed and the surrounding area is presently uninhabited. The
project land has been transferred on lease to TPCL by Govt. of Sri Lanka.
2. The area now is covered scrub and there is no agriculture being done in
the area.
3. The closest main road is the Trincomalee – Batticaloa Road (Route A15),
which is about 3 km to the south – west of the site. The access to the site
is along Kaddaiparichan Road (‘C’ Class) starting from Mutur Town off the
main road (Route A15).
4. There are no rivers or water courses within the site area. There are 2
abandoned tanks.
5. The Green Area Reservation on the periphery of the southern boundary is
actually a part of a tank bed area of another abandoned tank.
6. From enquiries made we find that the level of the water table during rainy
weather is approximately at 1.0 m above mean sea level (MSL).
7. There are no drains and other water courses within the site. However
water logging takes place during rainy weather within the abandoned tank
bed areas. From inquiries made, we find that High Flood Level (HFL) had
been up to 2.5m above MSL.
3.1.2 CLIMATE AND METEOROLOGY

Prevailing Wind Speed and Direction, Precipitation Pattern, Relative
Humidity, Ambient Temperature
Meteorological observation at Site by Mantec
A fully instrumented continuous recording meteorological observatory was
established and operated by Mantec Consultants at Mutur town for the study period
of one month from 28th September to 28th October, 2011. The following parameters
were measured:
 Temperature at 2m and 10m level
 Relative humidity
 Wind speed and direction

 Rainfall
The brief details of instruments, parameter and frequency are presented in
Table 3.1.
Table 3.1: Instruments, Parameters and Frequency of Meteorological

Monitoring at Site by Mantec
S.N. Parameters Instruments Frequency
1 Wind Speed
2 Wind Direction Automatic Weather Continuous
station (Envirotech Automatic 1 hourly
Ambient Temperature at WM 251) Average
3
Two Heights 2m & 10m
Wet & Dry Bulb Daily at 08:30 &

4 Max. & Min Temperature
Thermometer 17:30
Daily at 08:30 &
5 Humidity Hygrometer
17:30
Daily at 08:30 &
6 Atmospheric Pressure Aneroid Barometer
17:30
7 Rainfall Rain Gauge Daily
8 Storm Visual observation Daily
The aforesaid meteorological parameters were monitored over a period of 01 month
starting from 28th September, 2011. The meteorological data for the study period
i.e. one month, recorded at site is given in Table 3.2.
Table 3.2: Meteorological Data Recorded at Site by Mantec

Month Temperature, °C Relative Rainfall Monthly Mean Wind
Humidity, % Station level Speed,
Pressure, Km/Hr
mbar
Min Max Monthly At At Rainy Monthly At At Mean
average 08:30 17:30 Days Total, 08:30 17:30
mm
Sep. 28-
Oct. 28, 24 30 26.6 67 84 11 265 1010.6 1008.3 9.6
2011
(Source: Monitoring by Mantec)
The analysis of the field observation is given below:
3.1.2.1 Prevailing Wind Speed and Direction

Analysis of hourly wind speed shows that the winds are generally light to
moderate in this area. The monthly mean wind speed was 9.6 Km/hr.
The wind-rose diagram for the month of October has been drawn on the basis of
three hourly wind speed and direction data. The wind rose shows that the
dominant directions of the wind flow are west for the month of October. The
seasonal wind rose diagrams at site are presented in Figure 3.1.

NORTH
35%
28%
21%
14%
7%
WEST EAST
WIND SPEED
(m/s)
>= 11.1
8.8 - 11.1
5.7 - 8.8
SOUTH
3.6 - 5.7
2.1 - 3.6
0.5 - 2.1
Calms: 5.24%
Figure 3.1: Wind rose at Mutur (28th September to 28th October, 2011)
3.1.2.2 Precipitation Pattern

Maximum numbers of Rainy days i.e. 11 days of rain occurred during the month
of October 2011. The rainfall recorded was 265mm.
3.1.2.3 Relative Humidity

The seasonal average relative humidity varies from 67% at 08:30 hrs and 84% at
17:30 hrs.
3.1.2.4 Ambient Temperature

The observed seasonal minimum, maximum and average temperatures were
24ºC, 30ºC and 26.6ºC in the month of October.

Meteorological Observations by CEB at Sampoor Site

In addition to above, a fully instrumented continuous recording meteorological
observatory was established and operated at Sampoor site by CEB (Figure 3.2).
The observatory records the following parameters:
 Temperature
 Wind Speed
 Wind Direction
 Solar Irradiance
The meteorological data recorded to Sampoor site by CEB observatory for the
period December, 2012 to November, 2013 is presented in Table 3.3. Figure 3.3
shows the annual wind rose diagram at Sampoor site based on data recorded by
CEB.
Figure 3.2: Meteorological Station Set-up by CEB at Sampoor Site

Table 3.3: Meteorological Data Recorded at Sampoor Site by CEB (2012-13)
MONTHS AIR TEMPERATURE (°C) AVERAGE Average Average

WIND Wind Solar
Min Max Avg. SPEED, Direction, irradiance,
m/s Degrees W/M2
Dec., 2012 23.8 33.8 27.9 4.12 100.97 1001.849
Jan., 2013 17.7 34.1 26.5 3.11 96.739 965.907
Feb., 2013 21.9 36.2 27.6 2.86 135.145 948.89
Mar., 2013 23.4 37.9 28.9 2.68 151.5274 931.28
Apr., 2013 21.8 40.8 32.6 2.54 197.542 817.0374
May, 2013 24.3 40.9 31.8 5.53 271.1854 1009.7823
Jun., 2013 26.3 38.1 30.7 7.77 246.8636 1074.9465
Jul., 2013 23.6 41.1 30.9 7.02 288.97 1057.107
Aug., 2013 23.1 40.4 30.8 5.2 261.65 1000.57
Sep., 2013 25 40.7 31.11 6.2 276.026 1033.636
Oct., 2013 23.8 42.1 31.09 4.5 244.8 980.80
Nov., 2013 23.6 35.6 28.9 3.06 115.65 904.137

(Source: CEB)

Figure 3.3: Annual wind rose diagram at Sampoor site based on data
recorded by CEB

3.1.2.5 Current Velocities

Current velocities are described in Section 3.1.4.2.
3.1.2.6 Wave Heights and Direction

Current velocities are described in Section 3.1.4.2.
3.1.2.7 Vulnerability to Extreme Weather Events

The project site, located near the east coast of Sri Lanka is susceptible to floods,
storm surges, strong winds and tsunami. The location of the project site on the
Hazard Maps of Sri Lanka for Tsunami and Storm Surge (May, 2012) published by
Coastal Research and Design, Coast Conservation and Resource Management
Department with Assistance from Disaster Management Centre, Sri Lanka is
presented in Figures 1 and 2 of Annexure XVIII. It is evident that the power
plant site is not affected by these events. Even in 2004, when almost two-thirds of
the Sri Lankan coast was affected by the Indian Ocean tsunami, the site was not
affected. The location of the project site on the Hazard Susceptibility Maps of Sri
Lanka for Wind hazard and tracks of cyclones and storms are also presented in
Annexure XVIII.
3.1.3 HYDROLOGY
3.1.3.1 Surface Drainage pattern and
3.1.3.2 Vulnerability to Floods
In the study area, Mahaweli Ganga is the main river which flows to the west of
Mutur west before falling into the sea near Navaladi. Koddiyar Aru is an
interlacing of the Mahaweli river and flows through the study area in a circuitous
path and falls into the sea near Navaladi Mulkattuvarmin on the west of Mutur
east. Besides Koddiyar bay on the north-west and Indian Ocean on the east,
there are lagoons and numerous kulam in the study area. The biggest lagoon is
Ullacklie located on the south-east of the study area followed by Kaddaiparichan
lagoon. Ilakkantai, Ullai and Kayiavandan are the major kulam in the study area,
which are meant for paddy cultivation. There are also a few dug wells in the study
area, some of which appears to be redundant. Apart from these, there are water
holes / tanks in the area which are used for irrigation and domestic purposes.
Drainage of Sampoor Area:

A detailed area drainage study for Trincomalee TPP was undertaken through
Lanka Hydraulics Institute in 2012. The report of the study describes the current
conditions of the area with respect to drainage potential.
The project area receives major precipitation during NE monsoon with the highest
in Nov.-Dec. However, 75% probability of annual precipitation is less than 900
mm. The lowest rainfall occurs in June and March.
The study concluded that the area of Trincomalee TPP does not show a severe
flood inundation threat due to its unique topography and geographic orientation.
Low average annual precipitation in the area coupled with high infiltration and
evaporation could explain the benign level of flood threats in the project area,
despite records of historic flood events in the Trincomalee bay.

Even during the iconic, massive flood event in Trincomalee district in Jan.-Feb.,
2011 when outflow of Mahaweli river and other adjacent catchments inundated
most part of Mutur (more than 70% of land area) and Kinniya Divisional
Secretariat, the project area in Sampoor was least affected.
The significant stream in the study area is Kaddaiparichan Aru, which flows South
of Sampoor. Majority of the surface is drained through it, while the area North of
Sampoor is drained by a small water path called Villu Kulam Aru.
Currently, no demarcated and developed drains exist in the project area although
the area contains few small streams of shallow depth and wide foot print. Owing
to sandy geological formation, infiltration remains high and no strong surface run-
off currents exist for natural creation of ditches and drains. Shrubs and bushes
roughen the existing land terrain disturbing the smooth surface run-off.
The salient findings of the study by LHI are as follows:
1. The hydrological analyses of the project area and related catchments reveal
that the drainage of the project area is satisfactory and no complete
inundation of the project area is expected even for the 100 year flood. Unique
topographical orientation of the project area with two ridges prevents major
floods from Mahaweli River entering into Sampoor.
2. Safe minimal ground elevation is recommended as 2.5 m above mean sea
level.
3. Entire project area is not prone to significant flood accumulation and all
access paths and intake and discharge pipeline corridors are considered flood
safe.
4. Main access road (starting from Ring Road, which provides direct access to
the project site) is safe for most of its span except from Patchannoor to a
point about 6 km. west of Kinniya. Floods of return period 5 year and 100
year inundate this road stretch to a length of 4 km. and 6 km. respectively.
However, as Patchannoor junction can also be accessed via south by
Batticaloa – Trincomalee highway, an uninterrupted access to the project site
under any flood situation exists.
5. Mutur Sampoor road is flood prone and must be avoided during high flood
events.
6. The project area contains Sampukkali Kulam in its South West corner while
Villu Kulam is located just north of the project area. Sampukkali Kulam is
dried up during most of the year and is planned to be preserved as green
area. It discharges to Kaddaiparichan lagoon which is connected to the sea via
Kaddaiparichan Aru. Villu Kulam is drained directly to the sea. Therefore, local
accumulation of rainfall within the project area could be directed to any of the
prominent drainage direction.
7. As a ridge that exists close to the north boundary of the project area diverts
most of the accumulated run-off to the south, the proposed green area is
recommended to be developed with adequate drainage path. Planned corridor
for the discharge duct must facilitate the surface run-off across it my means
of suitable small drains. In addition, the passage that connects Sampukkali
Kulam to Kaddaiparichan Lagoon must also be developed to facilitate rapid
run-off dispersion.

3.1.3.3 Surface water quality, availability and Uses

Surface Water Quality
Surface water quality within the study area was established through fresh water
monitoring of physico-chemical and bacteriological characteristics of water
sources at 05 locations, presented in Table 3.4 and indicated in Figure 3.4.
Table 3.4: Location of Surface Water Quality Stations

Station Name of Water Location w.r.t. Site
Code Body Distance Direction Description
(Km.)
FW1 Villu kulam 2.5 km NW Fresh water Pond
FW2 Ilakkantai kulam 3.5 km SE Fresh water Pond
FW3 Koddiyar Aru 8.0km SWW Rivulets
FW4 Koddal Parichch 7.5km SSW Rivulets
FW5 Mahaweli Ganga 9.8 WWS River
*FW- Fresh Water

Methodology and Results
Grab samples were collected from all the sampling locations and analyzed by
Mantec Environmental Laboratory, Noida, India (Approved laboratory by Ministry
of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India) for relevant physical, chemical and
bacteriological parameters. Collection and analysis of the samples was carried out
as per established standard methods and procedures and compared with Interim
Ambient Water Quality Standards (Inland Surface Water Quality) by CEA. This
EIA report presents data for a period of September, 2011- October, 2011.
The samples were analyzed for selected physicochemical parameters to establish
the existing water quality of the study area. Samples were collected, preserved
and analyzed as per standard methods.
Analysis of parameters like temperature, pH, dissolved oxygen and alkalinity were
carried out at the sampling stations immediately after collection of samples with
the help of Field Analysis Kits. The metallic constituents like arsenic, mercury,
lead, cadmium, chromium, copper, zinc, selenium, iron and manganese were
analyzed with Atomic Absorption Spectroscope.
The monitoring data for surface water for the period of September, 2011-
October, 2011 is presented in Table 3.5.

Figure 3.4: Surface Water Sampling Location

Table 3.5: Surface Water Quality in Study Area

S. Parameters Criteria for Villu Ilakkantai Koddiyar Koddal Mahaweli
No Class III kulam kulam Aru Parichch
Waters*
1 pH 5.5-9.0 7.74 6.70 7.39 7.15 7.30
2 Total Suspended Solids 28 194 48 56 22

(mg/l)
3 Conductivity (µmhos/cm) - 1103 263 2010 4000 219
4 Alkalinity as CaCO3 (mg/l) - 99 20 114 114 88
5 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) - 718 170 1284 2548 138
6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 - 122 41 304 570 100

(mg/l)
7 Calcium as CaCO3 (mg/l) - 75 24 174 312 52
8 Magnesium as CaCO3 - 47 17 130 258 48

(mg/l)
9 Chloride as Cl - 237 37 52 274 2
10 Phosphate as PO4 (mg/l) 0.7 0.30 0.39 0.14 0.02 0.12
11 Nitrate as NO3 (mg/l) 5 0.30 1.55 2.21 0.004 0.07
12 Oil & Grease (mg/l) 0.3 5.0 9 Nil Nil Nil
13 Sulphate as SO4 (mg/l) - 135 58 35 113 0.12
14 Sodium as Na (mg/l) - 170 32 440 920 28
15 Potassium as K (mg/l) - 19 6 20 40 4
16 Chemical Oxygen Demand 40 370 50.4 <4 <4 <4

(mg/l)

S. Parameters Criteria for Villu Ilakkantai Koddiyar Koddal Mahaweli

No Class III kulam kulam Aru Parichch
Waters*
17 Biological Oxygen Demand 5 202 17 <2 <2 <2
(mg/l)
18 Phenolic Compound (mg/l) 0.005 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
19 Copper as Cu (mg/l) 0.1 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
20 Silica as Si(mg/l) - 11.35 36.52 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
21 Mercury as Hg (mg/l) 0.002 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
22 Cadmium as Cd (mg/l) - <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
23 Selenium as Se (mg/l) - <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 Arsenic as As (mg/l) - <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005
25 Lead as Pb (mg/l) 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
26 Zinc as Zn (mg/l) 1 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Chromium as Cr + 6 (mg/l) - ND ND <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
28 Total Chromium (mg/l) 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
29 Iron as Fe (mg/l) - 0.39 4.74 1.45 0.59 1.7
30 Total Coliform MPN/100ml - 179 108 Absent Absent Absent
31 Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml - 98 50 Absent Absent Absent
* - CEA (2001), Interim Ambient Water Quality Standards for Class-III Waters (General Use)
(Source: Monitoring Data by Mantec Consultants)

Following conclusions can be drawn for the surface water quality results
mentioned in the above table:
 The pH varies from 6.7 to 7.74
 Conductivity varies from 263 µmho/cm to 4000 µmho/cm
 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and Total Suspended Solids (TSS) vary from 170
mg/l to 2548 mg/l and 28 mg/l to 194 mg/l respectively
 Sodium varies from 32 mg/l to 920 mg/l
 Chloride varies from 37 mg/l to 274 mg/l
 Total coliform varies from Absent to 179 Maximum Probable Number
(MPN)/100 ml
Surface water availability & Uses

Mahaweli Ganga is the major surface water body in the study area. The
availability of water in Mahaweli Ganga has been studied based on the daily
discharge data (Oct. 2003 to Sep. 2009) observed at Manampitiya, which is the
nearest Gauge and Discharge (G & D) site, maintained by the Hydrology Division
of Irrigation Dept. Sri Lanka. On the basis of the daily discharge data procured
from Irrigation Department, Sri Lanka, the 10-daily discharges of Mahaweli
Ganga observed at Manampitiya, in cubic meter per second (cumecs) and MCM,
have been enumerated in Table-3.6 and Table-3.7. It is inferred from the table
that the minimum 10-daily discharge has been observed in 3rd 10-daily of
September 2009. Table-3.8 shows that the minimum discharge on any day was
3.9 cumecs in the 2nd 10-daily block in October 2003. At present, no direct use of
water from Mahaweli Ganga for either consumptive or non-consumptive purpose
is being made in the study area. The water in various Kulam is already being
utilized for paddy cultivation and other use etc. TPCL does not propose to draw
any water from any surface water bodies. The entire water requirement for the
project shall be drawn from Koddiyar Bay.

Table-3.6: 10-Daily Average Discharge of Mahaweli Ganga Observed at

Manampitiya in Cumecs (Oct. 2003 to Sep. 2009)
10- 2003- 2004- 2005- 2006- 2007- 2008-

Month
Daily 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
I 27.5 16.3 9.8 29.8 9.3 44.6
October II 13.9 50.2 14.8 48.0 13.7 44.5
III 13.6 55.4 35.6 126.6 37.2 46.1
I 49.4 75.3 118.3 205.5 85.7 43.0
November II 154.9 131.1 135.2 475.4 69.8 73.9
III 131.2 189.0 156.5 456.8 85.9 145.8
I 104.5 183.6 119.6 506.4 85.4 155.1
December II 71.6 981.0 116.4 526.2 348.9 247.1
III 56.4 186.8 48.2 646.2 417.0 112.6
I 112.4 184.2 307.4 195.3 222.6 93.7
January II 182.9 99.1 629.5 636.4 428.7 89.1
III 58.3 294.3 121.3 299.6 79.8 58.3
I 51.1 233.9 187.7 164.7 58.1 45.4
February II 60.6 62.5 220.1 98.7 44.9 38.3
III 55.4 37.2 60.1 72.1 35.7 50.0
I 34.4 45.7 137.0 41.9 117.6 36.6
March II 33.1 83.3 141.5 59.0 550.5 44.1
III 41.5 62.1 36.2 38.4 199.6 30.5
I 35.4 68.0 45.8 22.7 197.3 24.9
April II 40.2 60.1 94.6 68.0 176.6 59.4
III 24.4 58.9 66.9 66.4 192.3 18.7
I 26.1 73.6 63.6 23.2 121.9 12.9
May II 17.1 38.0 56.3 26.8 73.5 10.8
III 24.4 45.9 36.0 29.1 27.7 9.1
I 30.7 32.8 31.0 22.9 NA 9.0
June II 24.6 29.7 29.4 20.0 NA 19.2
III 20.2 29.1 29.5 20.0 NA 16.0
I 20.7 28.1 30.2 18.0 21.9 15.0
July II 25.0 33.3 32.2 26.1 19.2 18.5
III 22.3 24.4 33.8 17.2 21.4 22.5
I 22.4 26.8 24.6 9.6 23.6 20.6
August II 22.7 21.1 20.5 9.8 27.6 34.0
III 24.2 28.7 41.6 12.7 68.4 20.9
I 25.8 33.3 118.2 15.1 31.9 14.4
September II 18.4 14.1 40.7 14.9 18.4 17.4
III 21.1 14.6 37.9 7.4 7.3 7.2
(Source: Hydrology Division of Irrigation Dept. Sri Lanka)

Table-3.7: 10-Daily Average Discharge of Mahaweli Ganga Observed at

Manampitiya in MCM (Oct. 2003 to Sep. 2009)
Volume in Volume in Volume in Volume in Volume in Volume in Average 10-

10- 10-Daily 10- 10-Daily 10-Daily 10-Daily 10-Daily Daily Volume
Month
Daily (2003- Daily (2004- (2005- (2006- (2007- (2008- (Oct. 2003-
2004) 2005) 2006) 2007) 2008) 2009) Sep. 2009)
I 23.8 14.1 8.5 25.7 8.0 38.6 19.8
October II 12.0 43.4 12.8 41.5 11.8 38.5 26.7
III 12.9 52.6 33.8 120.4 35.3 43.8 49.8
I 42.7 65.1 102.2 177.6 74.1 37.1 83.1
November II 133.8 113.3 116.8 410.7 60.3 63.9 149.8
III 113.4 163.3 135.2 394.7 74.2 126.0 167.8
I 90.3 158.7 103.3 437.5 73.8 134.0 166.3
December II 61.9 847.6 100.6 454.6 301.5 213.5 329.9
III 53.6 177.5 45.8 614.2 396.3 107.1 232.4
I 97.1 159.2 265.6 168.7 192.3 81.0 160.6
January II 158.0 85.6 543.9 549.8 370.4 77.0 297.4
III 55.4 279.7 115.3 284.7 75.9 55.4 144.4
I 44.1 202.0 162.2 142.3 50.2 39.2 106.7
February II 52.4 54.0 190.2 85.3 38.8 33.1 75.6
III 43.0 25.7 41.5 49.8 27.7 34.6 37.1
I 29.8 39.5 118.3 36.2 101.6 31.6 59.5
March II 28.6 72.0 122.3 50.9 475.7 38.1 131.3
III 39.5 59.0 34.4 36.5 189.7 29.0 64.7
I 30.5 58.7 39.6 19.6 170.5 21.5 56.7
April II 34.8 51.9 81.7 58.8 152.6 51.3 71.8
III 21.1 50.9 57.8 57.3 166.1 16.2 61.6
I 22.5 63.6 54.9 20.0 105.3 11.2 46.3
May II 14.7 32.8 48.6 23.2 63.5 9.3 32.0
III 23.2 43.7 34.2 27.6 26.3 8.7 27.3

Volume in Volume in Volume in Volume in Volume in Volume in Average 10-

10- 10-Daily 10- 10-Daily 10-Daily 10-Daily 10-Daily Daily Volume
Month
Daily (2003- Daily (2004- (2005- (2006- (2007- (2008- (Oct. 2003-
2004) 2005) 2006) 2007) 2008) 2009) Sep. 2009)
I 26.5 28.3 26.8 19.7 0.9 7.8 18.0
June II 21.2 25.7 25.4 17.3 0.9 16.6 17.6
III 17.4 25.1 25.5 17.3 0.9 13.8 16.4
I 17.9 24.2 26.1 15.6 18.9 13.0 19.3
July II 21.6 28.7 27.9 22.6 16.6 16.0 22.2
III 21.2 23.2 32.1 16.3 20.4 21.4 22.4
I 19.3 23.2 21.2 8.3 20.4 17.8 18.4
August II 19.6 18.2 17.7 8.4 23.8 29.4 19.5
III 23.0 27.3 39.5 12.1 65.0 19.8 31.1
I 22.3 28.7 102.1 13.0 27.6 12.5 34.4
September II 15.9 12.1 35.1 12.9 15.9 15.0 17.8
III 18.2 12.6 32.7 6.4 6.3 6.2 13.7
Yield in MCM 1483.4 3191.2 2981.8 4457.6 3453.9 1528.9 2849.5

Table-3.8: Minimum Daily Discharge of Mahaweli Ganga in 10-Day (Cumecs)

Block Observed at Manampitiya (Oct. 2003 to Sep. 2009)
Minimum
Discharge
10- 2003- 2004- 2005- 2006- 2007- 2008- During
Year
Daily 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Oct. 2003
to Sep.
2009
I 10.9 10.9 6.0 23.3 8.6 12.2 6.0
Oct.
II 12.3 18.5 3.9 15.6 8.1 37.2 3.9
2003
III 13.6 23.3 21.6 42.9 8.0 42.7 8.0
I 13.6 50.4 26.0 73.6 21.6 34.5 13.6
Nov.
II 47.8 68.7 55.8 279.3 27.8 59.2 27.8
2003
III 88.6 99.5 67.4 254.8 27.8 62.5 27.8
I 60.0 107.0 61.4 201.1 26.9 59.2 26.9
Dec.
II 41.7 146.9 50.4 282.4 53.1 101.0 41.7
2003
III 33.9 92.2 37.1 245.9 58.6 59.2 33.9
I 42.9 38.2 49.1 94.0 49.1 54.5 38.2
Jan.
II 51.7 53.1 110.9 237.1 85.2 57.6 51.7
2004
III 40.5 105.1 40.5 125.1 50.4 51.4 40.5
I 42.9 76.8 64.4 80.1 33.9 42.7 33.9
Feb.
II 36.0 39.4 107.0 37.1 27.8 34.5 27.8
2004
III 31.8 31.8 44.2 34.9 16.3 23.6 16.3
I 27.8 26.9 49.1 17.7 45.3 29.5 17.7
March
II 26.0 46.6 42.9 23.3 366.9 24.7 23.3
2004
III 22.5 40.5 25.1 12.8 170.4 18.1 12.8
I 27.8 38.2 22.5 14.3 153.8 17.1 14.3
Apr.
II 28.8 27.8 30.8 13.6 107.0 28.3 13.6
2004
III 17.7 27.8 29.8 13.6 99.5 15.1 13.6
I 20.0 40.5 31.8 19.2 94.0 12.2 12.2
May
II 15.6 33.9 49.1 20.0 44.1 9.5 9.5
2004
III 17.0 37.1 26.9 19.2 20.0 7.7 7.7
I 27.8 26.0 28.8 20.0 NA 5.3 5.3
June
II 20.8 23.3 20.8 14.9 NA 17.1 14.9
2004
III 19.2 21.6 20.0 16.3 NA 12.2 12.2
I 16.3 21.6 20.0 15.6 16.3 11.3 11.3
Jul-04 II 22.5 25.1 28.8 14.3 13.6 18.1 13.6
III 20.8 21.6 26.0 10.9 17.0 18.1 10.9
I 20.8 21.6 19.2 8.0 21.6 18.1 8.0
Aug.
II 21.6 19.2 20.0 7.7 25.1 17.1 7.7
2004
III 21.6 19.2 21.6 8.1 31.8 13.1 8.1
I 21.6 18.5 22.5 7.7 15.6 10.3 7.7
Sep.
II 16.3 9.5 31.8 6.7 7.0 10.3 6.7
2004
III 16.3 8.8 32.8 5.4 7.0 6.1 5.4

3.1.3.4 Downstream Uses with respect to the Intake Point and Waste Water
Disposal Points
Water is proposed to be drawn from Koddiyar Bay and discharged in Shell Bay.
The waters in these areas are used for navigation, fishing, supporting marine life
etc. At present, there is no other industrial use of water from these Bays.
3.1.3.5 Ground Water Quality

Ground water quality within the study area was established through monitoring of
physico-chemical and bacteriological characteristics of water sources by Mantec
Environmental Laboratory, Noida, India (Approved laboratory by Ministry of
Environment & Forests, Govt. of India) at four locations, presented in Table 3.9
& depicted at Figure 3.5.
Table 3.9: Location of Ground Water Quality Stations
Station Station Name Location w.r.t. site Description

Code
Distance Direction
(Km.)
GW1 Sampoor village 2.0km NNE Ground water
GW2 Mutur/Kaddaiparichan 3.5km SWW Ground water
GW3 Illakkantai 4.5km E Ground water
GW4 Pallikudiyeruppu 6.0km S Ground water
*GW- Ground Water

*w.r.t.-with respect to
Methodology and Results

Grab samples were collected from all the sampling locations and analyzed for
relevant physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters. Collection and
analysis of the samples was carried out as per established standard methods and
procedures. This EIA report presents data for a period (September, 2011-
October, 2011).
Analysis of parameters like temperature, pH, dissolved oxygen and alkalinity were
carried out at the sampling stations immediately after collection of samples with
the help of Field Analysis Kits. The metallic constituents like arsenic, mercury,
lead, cadmium, chromium, copper, zinc, selenium, iron and manganese were
analyzed with Atomic Absorption Spectroscope at Mantec Environmental
Laboratory, Noida, India (Approved laboratory by Ministry of Environment &
Forests, Govt. of India).
The ground water quality results are presented in Table 3.10.

Figure 3.5: Ground Water Sampling Location

Table 3.10: Ground Water Quality in Study Area

S. No. Parameters Highest Maximum Sampoor Mutur/ Illakkantai Pallikudi
Desirable Permissible village Kaddaiparic yeruppu
Limits (SLS: Limits (SLS: han
614, 1983) 614, 1983)
1 pH 7.0-8.5 6.5-9.0 7.51 8.15 7.99 7.65
2 Total Suspended Solids 28 6 202 8

(mg/l)
3 Conductivity (µmhos/cm) 750 3500 1161 500 1085 502
4 Alkalinity as CaCO3 (mg/l) 200 400 427 202 347 273
5 Total Dissolved Solids 500 2000 754 316 706 320

(mg/l)
6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 250 600 441 208 302 295
(mg/l)
7 Calcium as CaCO3 (mg/l) 100 240 392 136 154 144
8 Magnesium as CaCO3 30 150 49 72 147 151

(mg/l)
9 Chloride as Cl 200 1200 51 8 99 4
10 Phosphate as PO4 (mg/l) - 2.0 0.72 0.03 0.19 0.12
11 Nitrate as NO3(mg/l) - 45 4.37 1.02 0.64 ND
12 Oil & Grease (mg/l) - 1.0 ND ND ND ND
13 Sulphate as SO4 (mg/l) 200 400 42 5 60 24
14 Sodium as Na(mg/l) - 34 24 78 43
15 Potassium as K(mg/l) - 10 24 3 5

16 Chemical Oxygen Demand - 10 <4 <4 <4 <4

(mg/l)
17 Biological Oxygen Demand - <2 <2 <2 <2
(mg/l)
18 Phenolic Compound (mg/l) 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
19 Copper as Cu (mg/l) 0.05 1.5 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
20 Silica as Si (mg/l) - - 50 <0.001 61.19 <0.001
21 Mercury as Hg (mg/l) - 0.001 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
22 Cadmium as Cd (mg/l) - 0.005 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
23 Selenium as Se (mg/l) - 0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 Arsenic as As (mg/l) - 0.05 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005
25 Lead as Pb (mg/l) - 0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
26 Zinc as Zn (mg/l) 5 15 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Chromium as Cr + 6 (mg/l) - 0.05 ND <0.05 ND <0.05
28 Total Chromium (mg/l) - <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
29 Iron as Fe (mg/l) 0.3 1 0.009 0.08 0.04 0.47
30 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Absent in 10 Absent Absent Absent Absent
i) 95% of the
samples in a
year and
ii) in any two
consecutive
samples
31 Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml - - Absent Absent Absent Absent
(Source: Monitoring Data by Mantec Consultants)

Following conclusions can be drawn for the ground water quality results
mentioned in Table 3.10:
 The pH varies from 7.51 to 8.15
 Conductivity varies from 500µmho/cm to 1161 µmho/cm
 TDS and TSS vary from 316mg/l to 754mg/l and 6mg/l to 202mg/l
 Sodium varies from 24 mg/l to 78 mg/l
 Chloride varies from 4 mg/l to 99mg/l
 No bacterial contamination.
The physico-chemical characteristics of ground water are good, confirming to
drinking water standards of Sri Lanka (SLS 614 PART1:1, 1983). No bacterial
contamination has been found.
3.1.3.6 Ground Water Availability and Safe Extraction Limits

A study on availability and safe extraction of ground water at project site was
undertaken through Lanka Hydraulic Institute, Colombo (Ground Water Study –
Sampoor Thermal Power Project by Lanka Hydraulic Institute, 2012), which
recommends that the maximum safe yield of existing shallow dug wells in
25m3/day and the study recommended that 5 deep tube wells spread sufficient
distance apart would yield 125m3/day (with each yielding 25m3/day). The report
further recommends enhancing yield through large diameter open dug wells so
that draw down is distributed in different strata. Existing shallow wells upon
extracting their ultimate safe yield through pumping tests did not record a
noticeable salinity difference. However, during water extraction at peak water
requirement, the risk of salinity intrusion needs to be studied. In order to reduce
the risk, distance between proposed tube wells should be so chosen that each
drawdown effect is mutually exclusive and no cumulative impacts occur.

3.1.3.7 Ground Stratification and Permeability

The study area in-between sea and lagoons, has a coastal sandy aquifer, where
the water table is at an average depth of 3.0 meter from the ground. The
infiltration rate, porosity and the permeability of this sand formation are very
high. More than 90% of precipitation percolates with the range resulting in
building-up of fresh water. Aquifer unit is connected to both sea and lagoon and
the interface of saline fresh water occurs at a very shallow depth.
Coastal sand aquifers are shallow and moderated developed and are found in
unconsolidated sand, which continue to occur along coast line. These aquifers
consist of lenses of fresh water floating above saline water. The alluvial aquifers
comprises of sand, silt and clay overlain on bed rock.
The second aquifer in the area from lagoon towards inland and is known as
alluvial aquifer which consist of alluvial deposits of silt, clay and sand. The depth
of the water table during dry season varies from 3 meter onwards. The ground
water is proposed to be extracted for use during construction phase of the project
only.
3.1.3.8 Highest Ground Water Level and Lower Ground Water Level
The lowest ground water level purported to have observed, as per local enquiry,
is 1.5 m. The depths to the ground water level in wells from where the ground
water samples were taken during September, 2011, are shown in Table-3.11.
Table-3.11: Depth of Ground Water Level in the Study Area
S. No. Location of Well Depth to Ground Water during
September- 2011, (in meter)
1. Sampoor Village 5.0 m below ground
2. Kaddaiparichan 3.0
3. Illakkantai 4.5
4. Pallikudiyeruppu 4.0
5. Sampu kulam (Near 6.0
compound of govt.
building)
(Source: Measurements by Mantec)
The measurements of ground water levels were also carried out by LHI in 2012 as a
part of ground water studies. The locations for ground water sampling are presented
in Figure 3.6 while the ground water levels observed during the study are presented
in Table-3.12.

Figure 3.6: Locations for Ground Water Sampling by LHI (2012)
Table-3.12: Ground water levels observed by LHI (2012)

Table-3.12 (contd.): Ground water levels observed by LHI (2012)
(Source: Measurements by LHI)

3.1.4 Oceanography
3.1.4.1 Coastal & offshore topography of the study area with special
reference attention to sand dunes, coral reefs etc.
Options for the intake structure was considered in the Koddiyar Bay whereas
options for the outfall structure were considered both in Shell bay or in Koddiyar
bay. Shell Bay is exposed to direct waves mainly during the North East Monsoon
Period. Near shore area and the coastline of the project area located in the
Koddiyar Bay are partially protected from direct waves due to the presence of a
headland. Studies related to oceanographic aspects of the project were
undertaken by Lanka Hydraulic Institute. Summary of the studies are provided in
Annexure-XI and XV.
Lanka Hydraulic Institute (LHI) carried out 2 bathymetric surveys (2012 and
2014) of the project area. Figure 3.7 shows the areas covered in the LHI
bathymetric surveys. Figure 3.8 shows the bathymetry of the project area.
Coastline of the project area is stable not being subjected to extensive seasonal
changes. Main features are the natural headland – north of the project site and
river outfalls south of the project site.
Figure 3.7: Areas covered under the LHI bathymetric surveys

Figure 3.8: Bathymetry of the project area
3.1.4.2 Tides and Currents:

Water Level variations in Sri Lanka features both tidal and non-tidal fluctuations
superimposed on relatively large scale oscillations. The oceanic tides are mixed
semidiurnal with a spring tidal range of 0.5-1.0 m. Tides on the east coast of Sri
Lanka feature different phases from that of west coast. The maximum sea level in
the east coast occurs in January-February and the minimum in July- August.
Lanka Hydraulic Institute has carried out sea water level measurements during
the period of 28/8/2014 to 17/9/2014. An INTEROCEAN Wave and Tide Gauge
(WTG) have been used for the measurements and the location of measurement is
shown in Figure 3.9. Sample recordings have been done in every 10min interval
and the water levels have computed using ten minute average of the pressure
height data. Tidal range of around 0.75m during spring period and around 0.25m
during neap period has been observed during this period.

Figure 3.9: Locations for water level and current measurements
The current measurements have been carried out by LHI for a period of two
weeks using the SONTEK Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler (ADCP). The
instrument is designed to measure current speed and direction through the water
column. The instrument (ADCP) has been deployed at 15m depth and
measurements have taken during the period of 28/8/2014 to 17/9/2014 at the
location shown in Figure 3.9. Current speed and direction have observed
approximately at 1m interval across the water column and the measurements
have carried out at 10 min intervals. Table 3.13 gives the summary of current
speeds and directions. Current speeds in the area are quite small with average
values varying from 0.05 m/s to 0.16 m/s. Maximum currents recorded are in the
range of 0.3 m/s to 0.5 m/s. Current speeds during the North East Monsoon will
be comparatively high due to the influence of NE wind and wave fields. Further
details of water level and current measurements are available in the Final Report
– Trincomalee Thermal Power Project: Additional Field & Modelling Investigations
(LHI – October 2014).
Table 3.13: Summary of Measured Currents

Wave Heights and Directions

The Lanka Hydraulic Institute (LHI) has carried out wave measurements in the
outer Trincomalee Bay, during January-March, 2010. Wave heights and periods
recorded provide valuable information regarding the wave climate in the region.
It has to be noted here that the period during which the data were recorded, was
comparatively calm and hence the wave characteristics derived from the records
may be lower than the actual wave climate of the locality.
The Tables 3.14, 3.16 and 3.18 give the percentage distribution of swell waves
during the periods of January, February and March, 2010. The Tables 3.15, 3.17
and 3.19 give the corresponding figures for sea waves. The results clearly
indicate that the swell waves are rather weak in Trincomalee.
Table 3.14: Distribution of Swell Waves in January 2010 (Hs Vs Tz)

T (s)
10 -- 12
12 -- 14
14 -- 16
8 -- 10
4 -- 6
6 -- 8
Total
Hs (m)
0 -- 0.1 1.43 3.57 2.86 7.86
0.1 -- 0.2 2.14 25.00 15.00 2.86 0.71 45.71
0.2 -- 0.3 5.00 2.86 7.86
0.3 -- 0.4 1.43 1.43
0.4 -- 0.5 2.86 3.57 6.43
0.5 -- 0.6 1.43 6.43 7.86
0.6 -- 0.7 0.71 7.86 8.57
0.7 -- 0.8 2.86 2.86
0.8 -- 0.9 7.14 7.14
0.9 -- 1 1.43 1.43
1 -- 1.1
1.1 -- 1.2 0.71 1.43 2.14
1.2 -- 1.3 0.71 0.71
Total 5.71 40.00 29.29 18.57 5.71 0.71 100.00

Table 3.15: Distributions of Sea Waves in January 2010 (Hs Vs Tz)

T (s)
2 -- 4
4 -- 6
Total
Hs (m)
0.2 -- 0.3 0.71 0.71
0.3 -- 0.4 2.86 2.86
0.4 -- 0.5 7.14 7.14
0.5 -- 0.6 10.00 10.00
0.6 -- 0.7 15.71 15.71
0.7 -- 0.8 12.14 12.14
0.8 -- 0.9 12.14 12.14
0.9 -- 1 10.00 10.00
1 -- 1.1 0.71 5.71 6.43
1.1 -- 1.2 10.00 10.00
1.2 -- 1.3 5.00 5.00
1.3 -- 1.4 2.86 2.86
1.4 -- 1.5 2.14 2.14
1.5 -- 1.6 1.43 1.43
1.6 -- 1.7 1.43 1.43
Total 0.71 99.29 100.00
Table 3.16: Distributions of Swell Waves in February 2010

T/(s)
10 -- 12
12 -- 14
14 -- 16
8 -- 10
6 -- 8
Total
Hs/(m)
0 -- 0.1 5.36 21.43 23.21 9.38 0.89 60.27
0.1 -- 0.2 4.46 12.05 4.46 1.34 22.32
0.2 -- 0.3 4.91 3.13 8.04
0.3 -- 0.4 4.46 4.46
0.4 -- 0.5 4.02 4.02
0.5 -- 0.6
0.6 -- 0.7 0.89 0.89
Total 24.11 36.61 27.68 10.71 0.89 100.00

Table 3.17: Distributions of Sea Waves in February 2010

T (s)
2 -- 4
4 -- 6
6 -- 8
Total
Hs (m)
0 -- 0.1 1.34 1.34
0.1 -- 0.2 0.45 13.84 14.29
0.2 -- 0.3 2.23 12.95 15.18
0.3 -- 0.4 0.45 12.05 12.50
0.4 -- 0.5 8.04 8.04
0.5 -- 0.6 6.70 6.70
0.6 -- 0.7 4.02 4.02
0.7 -- 0.8 5.36 5.36
0.8 -- 0.9 4.46 4.46
0.9 -- 1 10.27 10.27
1 -- 1.1 5.80 5.80
1.1 -- 1.2 0.45 5.36 5.80
1.2 -- 1.3 2.68 2.68
1.3 -- 1.4 2.68 2.68
1.4 -- 1.5 0.45 0.45
1.5 -- 1.6 0.45 0.45
Total 3.57 96.43 100.00
Table 3.18: Distributions of Swell Waves in March 2010

T (s)
10 -- 12
12 -- 14
14 -- 16
16 -- 18
18 -- 20
8 -- 10
6 -- 8
Total
Hs (m)
0 -- 0.1 0.81 13.71 31.45 25.40 2.02 73.39
0.1 -- 0.2 0.81 16.13 8.87 0.81 26.61
Total 1.61 29.84 40.32 26.21 2.02 100.00

Table 3.19: Distributions of Sea Waves in March 2010

T/(s)
8 -- 10
2 -- 4
4 -- 6
6 -- 8
Total
Hs/(m)
0 -- 0.1 12.50 26.61 0.81 39.92
0.1 -- 0.2 0.40 26.21 2.02 0.40 29.03
0.2 -- 0.3 0.40 4.84 5.24
0.3 -- 0.4 0.81 5.24 6.05
0.4 -- 0.5 6.05 6.05
0.5 -- 0.6 0.81 5.65 6.45
0.6 -- 0.7 0.40 4.44 4.84
0.7 -- 0.8 1.61 1.61
0.8 -- 0.9 0.81 0.81
Total 2.82 67.34 28.63 1.21 100.00
3.1.4.3 Hydrographic Details at Offshore Facilities and

3.1.4.4 Hydrographic Details at Pipeline Trace in the Vicinity of the Near
Shore
LHI has carried out modeling studies to assess hydrodynamic and morphological
conditions in the study area. “Existing” and “with Project” conditions have been
modeled for number of different scenarios to assess the impact (if any) to the
coastal environment due to project activities.
Under hydrodynamic modeling, current patterns in and around the area of
interest have been studied. The change of current pattern due to proposed intake
and outfall structures has also examined during the study. Sediment transport
modeling has been carried out to assess the sediment transport pattern and the
impact to the coastline and near shore areas.
The modeling of waves, flow and sediment movement have been carried out
using the coupled MIKE 21 FM model which was developed by Danish Hydraulic
Institute (DHI), Denmark. The model calculates waves (MIKE 21 SW), flow (MIKE
21 HD), sediment transport (MIKE 21 ST) on an unstructured mesh and in a
sequential and fully integrated manner. After establishing the currents, and near-
shore wave parameters, which are the driving forces for the sediment movement
in the near-shore, those have been used as input to the sediment transport
module. Simulations have carried out for all possible conditions using an
appropriate tide, wind and wave conditions and the sediment transport pattern
have established for the area of interest.
Six years of offshore wind and wave data have obtained from United Kingdom
Meteorological Office (UKMO). Data covers the period of Jan-2007 to Dec-2012
at 6 hourly intervals which give total number of 8024 data. The location for the
UKMO hind-cast wave data is approximately 70 km east of the proposed site.
Wave data corresponds to the directional sector of 300 to 1000 are dominant and
covers 73.6% of wave occurrence in the NE monsoon season. Average wave
height (50% occurrence) is 1.1m and 98% occurrence wave height is estimated
as 2.5m for NE monsoon period. Mean wave direction is 650. During SW monsoon
almost 98% of the waves are coming from the directional band of 1500 to 2500
with a dominant wind direction of 1950. Average wave height (50% occurrence) is
1.1m and 98% occurrence wave height is estimated as 1.7m for SW monsoon

period. Figure 3.10 gives Seasonal Wave Rose Diagrams (2007 - 2012) for
Offshore_ Overall Waves.
(a) SW Monsoon (May to Sep) (b) NE Monsoon (Dec to Feb)
Figure 3.10: Seasonal Wave Rose Diagrams (2007 - 2012) _

Offshore _ Overall Waves
The hydrodynamic characteristics including water level and current patterns at

the project site were predicted by using the MIKE 21 HD model. It is a modeling
system for 2D free surface flows and applicable to the simulation of hydraulic and
environmental phenomena in lakes, estuaries, bays, coastal areas and seas in
response to a variety of forcing functions including tide, wind, wave and river
flow. It provides the hydrodynamic basis for the computations performed in the
environmental hydraulics and sediment transport modules.

The MIKE 21 Flow Model FM (Flexible mesh) has been used for the hydrodynamic
modeling. Model has setup by using the unstructured mesh generated with water
depths and contour maps for proposed area. The unstructured mesh has been
selected as it is appropriate to model a large area at once considering different
resolutions. With the use of unstructured mesh, interested areas can be defined
with high resolution giving all the required details where as the other areas could
be represented with reasonable resolution maintaining the total number of nodes
in the domain at a manageable level. Structures and other special features can
also be easily represented by using the flexible mesh.
The simulations of hydrodynamic model has been performed for the forcing of
different tide, wind, wave conditions and the sources from the surrounding water
bodies during different seasonal periods. Time series of water levels based on the
tidal constituents of Point Pedro and Oluvil have been used as the Northern and
Southern boundaries of the model.
MIKE 21 Spectral Wave Model (SW) has been used to transfer the available UKMO
wave data (at 4000m depth and 70km away from the interest area) to the area of
interest and corresponding wave radiation stresses together with wind fields of
the area have been used for the prediction of wave induced currents. The model
has been calibrated and verified with available data of water level and current.
Based on the wind conditions observed within the local model area, two scenarios
have been selected to represent average (1.8 m/s, 450) and high (5.1 m/s, 450)
wind conditions. In both cases the wind was assumed to be constant in time and
space. Based on offshore wave data two scenarios have been selected to
represent average (1.28 m, 5.6 seconds, 72.50) and high (3.11 m, 7.9 seconds,
47.00) wave conditions. Total number of scenarios modeled based on different
wind, wave and tide conditions are given in Table 3.20.
Simulations S1 to S24 in Table 3.20 have used to compare the current and
sediment transport patterns around the area of interest covering NE, SW and
inter monsoon periods. SW monsoon period has identified as the most critical
period and hence additional modeling (S25 to S32) scenarios have been carried
out only for this period. This additional modeling includes the structural
configurations of the proposed intake and outfall structures.
Further modeling runs have been carried out for a one year period incorporating
all seasons to assess the long-term changes. Table 3.21 gives the model
scenarios for long-term modeling.

Table 3.20: Hydrodynamic modeling – model scenarios

Table 3.21: Model scenarios for long-term modeling
Selected two dimensional vector plots of current speeds are given in Figure 3.11
to Figure 3.13. Figure 3.11 represents the Spring Tide together with peak wind
& wave conditions of NE monsoon period whereas Figure 3.12 and Figure 3.13
represent the Spring Tide together with peak wind & wave conditions of SW
monsoon period. Figure 3.13 include proposed intake and outfall structures in
addition to the intake and outflows.
Corresponding figures during Neap Tide together with peak wind & wave
conditions are very similar to Spring Tide indicating a lesser influence of tidal
dynamics. On the other hand, figures with average wind & wave conditions,
during both spring and neap periods show comparatively small current fields,
showing the influence of wind & wave conditions on current fields of the area.

(a) Existing Environment (b) With Proposed Inflow and Outflow
Figure 3.11: Vector Plot for Current Flow around Proposed Plant Area
NE Monsoon, Spring Tide & Peak Conditions (Wind & Wave)

SW Monsoon, Spring Tide & Peak Conditions (Wind & Wave)

(a) With Proposed Intake Structure (Option 1) (b) With Proposed Intake Structure (Option 2)
and outfall and outfall

3.1.4.5 Sediment transport

The seabed sediment sampling have been carried out by Lanka Hydraulic Institute
at thirty seven (37) locations along the Shell bay and Koddiyar bay including
Ralkuli (Mutur) and Kaddaiparichan river outfalls as shown in Figure 3.14.
Eleven profiles have been selected along the shore covering the area of interest.
At each profile, samples have been collected at (+) 1m, (-2) m and (-5) m
depths. Four additional locations (CS1, CS2, CS3 & CS4) have been selected to
represent the sediment properties in the rivers. These locations are shown in
Figure 3.15. For each location Van Veen Grab sampler has been used to collect
the bed sediments on top of sea bed.
Figure 3.14: Locations of sea bed sampling
All the collected samples have been analyzed for particle size distribution and the
summary of the results are given in Table 3.22 and 3.23. Further details of
sediment sampling are available in the Final Report – Trincomalee Thermal Power
Project: Additional Field & Modelling Investigations (LHI – October 2014).

Table 3.22: Summary – Analysis of Sea Bed Sediment Samples
Median Diameter (D50) Grading Coefficient (D84/D16)0.5

(µm)
CS1 650 1.76
CS2 515 2.45
CS3 320 1.59
CS4 365 2.03
Depth Depth
+1 m -1 m -5 m +1 m -1 m -5 m
L1 435 345 190 1.58 1.57 2.58
L2 547 430 225 1.34 1.67 1.86
L3 520 228 295 1.33 1.94 1.87
L4 413 210 590 1.48 1.63 3.15
L5 275 275 320 1.24 1.35 1.71
L6 307 650 260 1.67 2.31 1.91
L7 333 335 275 1.29 1.47 1.64
L8 295 230 225 1.33 1.41 1.47
L9 660 215 210 1.81 1.41 1.51
L10 260 375 220 1.28 1.45 1.63
L11 270 1130 275 1.28 1.75 1.47
Figure 3.15: Locations of sampling for suspended sediment

concentrations
Sediment transport study has been carried out using the results of hydrodynamic
and wave transformation modeling. Representative environmental scenarios have
been formulated based on the annual wave climate and current patterns. The
sediment data for the model study have been selected based on the results of
bed sediment analysis of the project area. The wave/current induced sediment
transport and the associated morphological evolution in the study area have
modeled using MIKE 21 ST module.

Table 3.23: Suspended sediment concentrations at river mouths
Note: values are given in mg/l
MIKE 21 ST Module is capable of calculating the rates of non-cohesive sediment

(sand) transport and simulating river/sea bed changes with time for both pure
current and/or combined wave and current situations. Output files from MIKE 21
HD simulations have been used as input to the MIKE 21 ST models. In addition, a
data file containing wave parameters calculated by MIKE 21 SW has fed to
simulate sediment transport rates under the influence of combined waves and
currents. The sediment transport simulations have been performed on the basis
of the hydrodynamic conditions that correspond to a given bathymetry. Since the
bed level change is computed by the model, erosion and deposition could be
assessed using the model results.
Number of model simulations has been carried out to assess the sediment
transport pattern and littoral drift of the study area based on the average & high
environmental conditions.
Selected two dimensional vector plots of sediment transport fields are given in
Figure 3.16 to Figure 3.18. Figure 3.16 represents the Spring Tide together
with peak wind & wave conditions of NE monsoon period whereas Figure 3.17
and Figure 3.18 represent the Spring Tide together with peak wind & wave
conditions of SW monsoon period. Figure 3.18 include proposed intake and
outfall structures in addition to the intake and outflows. Very low rates of
sediment movements have been observed under all environmental conditions
considered. Shore profiles at selected locations have been compared to assess
the change in sediment movement. Sea bed changes under different structural
arrangements have found to be very small.
In summary, hydrodynamic and sediment transport modeling have been carried
out considering a wide range of tidal and environmental scenarios as relevant to
the project in order to clearly define the coastal environment which will influence
the project. Results of the study show that proposed extraction and release of
water has no impact either on current fields or on sediment transport fields of the
area. It has also been observed that proposed development has no major impact
on the adjacent shoreline. Modelling has further concluded that construction of
these structures will have no impact on sea bed of surrounding areas. Further
details of hydrodynamic and sediment transport modeling are available in the
Final Report – Trincomalee Thermal Power Project: Additional Field & Modelling
Investigations (LHI – October 2014).

Figure 3.16: Vector Plot for Sediment Transport Field around Proposed Plant Area
NE Monsoon, Spring Tide & Peak Conditions (Wind & Wave)


(a) With Proposed Intake Structure (Option 1) (b) With Proposed Intake Structure (Option 2)
and outfall and outfall

3.1.4.6 Sea Surface Temperature with Special Reference to Sensitive

Ecosystems in the Study Area
Water sampling has been carried out by a team from LHI and SGS Lanka (Pvt)
Ltd at four locations on 27th February 2012. Selected locations were at close
proximity to proposed intake at Koddiyar bay. Sea surface temperature of around
280C, Conductivity of 5 S/m, pH of 8.7, Total Dissolved Solids of 30,000 mg/l,
Total Suspended Solids of 116-194 mg/l and Specific Gravity of 1.01 kg/m3 have
been recorded.
Temperature and salinity measurements have carried out at two locations in Shell
bay on 1st February 2014. Measurements at one minute intervals for a one and
half hour period have carried out at Top, Middle and Bottom of the water column.
Two locations have selected at slightly deeper water to get a good representation
of the vertical profile. Temperature values between 26-270C have been recorded
without a thermal stratification. Salinity values between 31-32 psu have been
recorded with marginal reduction in surface salinity indicating the influence of
fresh water inputs.
Water sampling has been repeated at two locations in close proximity to proposed
intake on 31st August 2014. Sea surface temperature at the two locations has
been recorded as 250C. Table 3.24 gives the results of the other water quality
measurements.
Further water samples have been collected at Rakkuli (Mutur) and Kaddaiparichan
rivers close to the respective river mouths to assess the suspended sediment
concentration levels. Figure 3.15 shows the locations of sampling and Table
3.23 gives the suspended sediment concentration levels. Further details of water
quality measurements are available in the Final Report – Trincomalee Thermal
Power Project: Additional Field & Modelling Investigations (LHI – October 2014).
Table 3.24: Sea water quality in close proximity to proposed Intake and
Outfall structures
Intake Outfall
Top Middle Botto Top Middl Botto
m e m
pH - 8.0 (at 8.1 (at 8.1 (at 8.1 (at 8.1 (at 8.1
250C) 250C) 250C) 250C) 250C) (at
250C)
TSS mg/l 5 3 6 4 3 2
Conductivity mS/cm 32.4 (at 39.1 39.3 (at 39.8 40.7 41.2
250C) (at 250C) (at (at (at
250C) 250C) 250C) 250C)
Alkalinity (as CaCo3) mg/l 116 118 118 120 118 121
Total Dissolved mg/l 30750 37814 35655 35824 35488 35190
Solids
Total Hardness (as - 6130 6032 6179 6179 5934 6228
CaCo3)
Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 814 1596 17.7 18 17.8 2022
Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 1528 1623 13.3 13 13.2 1693
Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 18212 17970 18212 17921 18164 17921
Phosphate (as PO4) - ND ND ND ND ND ND
Nitrate (NO3) mg/l 2 1.9 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7
Oil and Grease mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND

Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 2076 2122 1864 2222 2238 3064
Sodium (as Na) mg/l 15680 17358 351 388 343 15648
Potassium (as K) mg/l 798 853 357 37 34 860
BOD5 mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
COD mg/l - - - ND ND ND
Phenolic compounds mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Copper (as Cu) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Silica (as Si) mg/l 3 0.8 0.5 0.9 2 0.6
Mercury (as Hg) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Selenium (as Se) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Arsenic (as As) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Lead (as Pb) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Zinc (as Zn) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND 0.17
Chromium (as Cr) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Chromium (as Cr64) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Iron Total (as Fe) mg/l ND ND ND ND ND ND
Total Coliform MPN/100 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2
ml
Fecal Coliform MPN/100 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2
ml
Note: ND – Not detected
(Source: LHI and SGS)
3.1.4.7 Water Quality of the Sea and Bay Area

Three more sites in the sea have been selected for assessment of sea water
quality along with one site of brackish water Lagoon. The detail of location with
respect to project site is given in Table 3.25 and presented in Figure 3.19. The
results of water quality study are presented in Table 3.26.
Sea water quality was established through monitoring of physico-chemical and
bacteriological characteristics of samples by Mantec Environmental Laboratory,
Noida, India (Approved laboratory by Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of
India).
Grab samples were collected from all the sampling locations and analyzed for
relevant physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters. Collection and
analysis of the samples was carried out as per established standard methods and
procedures. This EIA report presents data for a period (September, 2011-
October, 2011).

Table-3.25: Location of Sea Water Sampling Stations
*Station Stations Distance(Km) Direction Type

w.r.t. project w.r.t.
site project
Code
site
SW1 Sambore Bay 3.0 km SWW Sea Water
SW2 Koddiyar bay 5.0 km W Sea Water
SW3 Shell Bay-Foul 5.0 km N Sea Water

Point
SW4 Kadatkaraichenai 3.0 km S Lagoon
Lagoon
*SW- Sea Water
Figure-3.19: Sea Water Quality Sampling Locations

Table-3.26: Sea Water Quality Results
S. Parameters Proposed Sambore Koddiyar Shell Bay- Kadatkar

No Quality of Bay bay Foul Point aichenai
Standards for Lagoon
Class 4 (non-
consumption
use)*
1 pH 6.5-9.0 7.49 7.94 8.27 9.08
2 Total Suspended NO 40 12 126 118
Solids (mg/l)
3 Conductivity - 14616 18400 17518 14917
(µmhos/cm)
4 Alkalinity as - 134 114 139 89
CaCO3 (mg/l)
5 Total Dissolved < 20% 9354 11770 11212 9548
Solids (mg/l) (Salinity g/l)
6 Total Hardness as - 3354 6864 6487 3182
CaCO3 (mg/l)
7 Calcium as CaCO3 - 531 3400 9108 554
(mg/l)
8 Magnesium as - 2823 3464 558 2628
CaCO3 (mg/l)
9 Chloride as Cl - 12023 349 22824 11826
(mg/l)
10 Phosphate as PO4 NA (mg P/ml) 0.26 0.17 0.18 0.16
(mg/l)
11 Nitrate as NA 1.68 ND ND 0.004
NO3(mg/l)
12 Oil & Grease NO ND Nil ND ND
(mg/l)
13 Sulphate as SO4 Sulphide <0.01 1799 975 3582 3266
(mg/l)
14 Sodium as - 4200 6000 6300 4000
Na(mg/l)
15 Potassium as - 250 440 400 200
K(mg/l)
16 Chemical Oxygen - <4 60 67 118
Demand (mg/l)
17 Biological Oxygen <10 mg/ml <2 20 22 37
Demand (mg/l)
18 Phenolic <0.06 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.00
Compound (mg/l) 1
19 Copper as Cu <0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
(mg/l)
20 Silica as Si (mg/l) - 7.37 <0.001 0.81 2.74
21 Mercury as Hg <0.2 µg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
(mg/l)
22 Cadmium as Cd <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
(mg/l)
23 Selenium as Se - <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
(mg/l)

S. Parameters Proposed Sambore Koddiyar Shell Bay- Kadatkar

No Quality of Bay bay Foul Point aichenai
Standards for Lagoon
Class 4 (non-
consumption
use)*
24 Arsenic as As <0.1 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005
(mg/l)
25 Lead as Pb (mg/l) <0.05 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
26 Zinc as Zn (mg/l) <0.1 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Chromium as Cr + <0.05 ND <0.05 ND ND
6 (mg/l)
28 Total Chromium - <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
(mg/l)
29 Iron as Fe (mg/l) <0.6 0.021 1.14 0.021 0.024
30 Total Coliform <20 MPN/ml Absent 40 99 50
MPN/100ml
31 Fecal Coliform <6 MPN/ml Absent 13 38 14
MPN/100ml
* - CEA (2001), Interim Water Quality Standards for Marine Waters (Class-4,
Non-consumption Use)
(Source: Monitoring by Mantec Consultants)
Abbreviations:
ND- Not Detectable
NA-Below level causing algae bloom (to be established)
NO-Not Objectionable
3.1.5 GEOLOGY / SOIL

3.1.5.1 General geology of the area
The description of geology of the area is based on the report of LHI
undertaken for Ground Water Assessment in the area. The project area
comprises of upper unconsolidated sand and coral formations followed by
highland series of pre-cambrian metamorphic basement hard rocks of
Chanockitic Gneiss (Figure 3.20). Hoard rock outcrops are visible at several
localities within the study area. Rocks generally trend along south west –
north east direction with almost vertical dipping. Satellite images of the area
do not indicate sub-surface water bearing geo-structures such as joints and
lineaments etc. However, weathered and fractures hard rock formations of the
area are believed to be the productive shallow and deep aquifers with high
ground water potentials. Since the area belongs to a coastal plane with
lagoonal environment, ground water quality may vary within short distances.

Figure-3.20: Geology of Trincomalee (Modified after Cooray, 1982)

Site specific observations on geology indicated that western part of the study
area comprises of coastal sand and thin coral deposits. Most of the dug wells are
located at this zone, mainly along the Mutur-Sampoor Road. This formation
appears to be one of the significant shallow aquifer units of the area. Those wells
were used for drinking and other agricultural purposes and are abandoned now.
3.1.5.2 Soil Types and Distribution

The area consists of non-lateritic loamy soils. Among the other important soil
types are the alluvial that occur along the lower courses of rivers and the regosols
(sandy soils) of the coastal tracts. Formation of various types of soils is a complex
function of chemical weathering of bedrocks, vegetative decay and circulation of
precipitated water.
Sea water quality was established through monitoring of physico-chemical and
bacteriological characteristics of samples
Selection of sampling Locations

Sampling and analysis of soil samples were undertaken by Mantec Environmental
Laboratory, Noida, India (Approved laboratory by Ministry of Environment &
Forests, Govt. of India). Samples were collected from ten locations within the
study area, as a part of primary data generation. The soil sampling locations were
identified primarily based on the local distribution of vegetation and the
agricultural practices. The sampling locations are mainly selected from
agricultural field. However few samples in the vicinity of main plant areas of site
were also selected. The soil sampling locations are presented in Table 3.27 and
shown in Figure 3.21.

Methodology
The samples collected from the all locations are homogeneous representative of
each location. At random 10 sub locations were identified at each location and soil
was dug from 30 cm below the surface. It was uniformly mixed before
homogenizing the soil samples. The samples were filled in polythene bags,
labeled in the field with number and site name and sent to Mantec Laboratory for
analysis.
Table 3.27: Soil Sampling Location of the Study Area
*Station Stations Distance(Km) Direction Type
Code w.r.t. project w.r.t.
site project site
SQ1 Coal stocking Yard 0.0 km - Project site
SQ2 Switch Yard 0.0 km - Project site
SQ3 Ash pond Area 0.0 km - Ash Pond Site
SQ4 Sampoor West 2.0km NW Agriculture land
village
SQ5 Foul Point 5.0 km E Scrub forest -
coastal area
SQ6 Sunkakuli 1.0 km S Agricultural land
SQ7 Kaddaiparichan 3.0 km SW Scrub forest land
SQ8 Navrendanpuram 3.0km SE Agriculture land
SQ9 Ilakantai 5.0km E Scrubs/
Agriculture land
SQ10 Koonithivu 4.0km N Village land
*SQ -Soil Quality
Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil

Physical Properties
The results of physical analysis of the soil samples during the month of
September are presented in Table 3.28. The results shows that the sand, silt
and clay varies from 64-83%, 9.0-25% and 7.0-16% indicating that soil is sandy
loam in texture at most of the locations except Ash pond area and Kaddaiparichan
where the soil is found to be Loamy sand in texture.
Table 3.28: Physical Characteristics of the Soil in the Study Area
Location Name Colour Texture Sand, % Silt, % Clay, %
Coal stocking Yard Brown Sandy Loam 65 24 11

Switch Yard Brown Sandy Loam 79 10 11
Ash pond Area Black Loamy Sand 81 9 10
Sampoor West Brown Sandy Loam
village 60 24 16
Foul Point Brown Sandy Loam 59 25 16
Sunkakuli Brown Sandy Loam 74 16 10
Kaddaiparichan Black Loamy Sand 83 10 7
Navrendanpuram Brown Sandy Loam 64 20 16
Ilakantai Brown Sandy Loam 64 20 16
Koonithivu Brown Sandy Loam 66 22 12

Chemical Properties
The results of chemical analysis of the soil samples are presented in Table 3.29.
The analysis of the samples represents that the pH varies from 6.74 to 8.4 i.e.
from neutral to slightly alkaline. The N, P, K values varies from 1.37 to 8.4
mg/100g, 31.33 to 631.6 mg/100g and 0.6 to 14 mg/100g respectively.
Conductivity varies from 5.0 to 7709.82µmho/cm with a bulk density from 1.48
to 1.64 gm/cm3
Figure 3.21: Soil Sampling Location in study area

Table 3.29: Chemical Characteristics of Soil in the Study Area

Location Name pH Moist Water Bulk Conduc- SAR Organic Org- Mg N P K Na
ure, Holding Density, tivity Matter anic CEC
% Capa- gm/cm3 µmho/ % Car- Ca
meq/100g mg/100g meq/100g
city cm
Coal stocking Yard 7.33 8.87 34.2 1.54 1614 6.2 0.75 0.43 1.06 0.28 3.14 33.7 2.9 16.4 10.68
Switch Yard 6.74 0.61 38.3 1.57 138 0.62 0.32 0.16 1.10 0.87 5.14 34.6 0.6 2 1.30
Ash pond Area 6.98 ND 39.1 1.59 152 0.54 0.43 0.25 3.22 3.66 2.86 55.87 0.9 3.3 2.14
Sampoor West
8.0 2.65 40.2 1.48 371 0.45 2.01 1.16 5.80 0.53 2.57 272.3 1.0 2.6 1.69
village
Foul Point 7.2 3.05 38.2 1.48 141 0.38 2.08 1.21 4.78 2.17 2.86 34.46 0.6 2.3 1.50
Sunkakuli 7.99 10.12 39.1 1.57 586 2.11 0.91 0.53 3.15 2.24 2.57 123.7 0.8 11.3 7.36
Kaddaiparichan 8.10 10.2 38.2 1.47 316 0.89 0.48 0.28 5.32 1.2 3.7 199.6 1.1 3.7 2.4
Navrendanpuram 8.41 7.35 40.1 1.49 5.0 1.0 1.17 0.68 3.46 3.66 3.14 46.59 0.6 6.1 3.97
Ilakantai 8.20 4.05 38.2 1.49 335 0.53 0.85 0.49 3.89 1.22 2.28 31.33 1.6 2.8 1.82
Koonithivu 7.60 5.8 39.2 1.53 407.1 1.09 1.43 0.82 5.24 1.14 3.08 631.7 2.5 4.5 2.92

3.1.5.3 Land Use Capabilities

Project land (505 acres) leased to TPCL by GoSL is bare land. There is no single
human settlement within the project land. About 75% of the land is covered with
scrubs while 25% is abandoned paddy fields. The land within 50 m radius from
the project boundary is completely scrub jungle with no human settlements. Out
of the 250 m land belt from project boundary, 40% is home gardens, 15% is
paddy land and the balance 45% is a scrub jungle. The land within 2 km belt from
the project land belongs to 5 GN divisions. The land use pattern in this area is as
follows:
Land use Pattern (in %) in GNDs in 2 km Radius
GN division Area Covered (in %) by
Home Paddy Scrub Other
gardens
Koonithivu 60 20 10 10
Navaratnapuram 50 30 10 10
Chenaiur 45 30 20 5
Kaddaiparichan North 80 No 5 15
Kadatkaraichenai 70 10 5 15
(Source: Mutur DSD and related GNDs)
3.1.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

3.1.6.1 Inventory of existing emission sources
The study area represents mostly rural environment mixed with no major
industries/ sources of emissions. Clinker grinding/cement bagging units of Holcim
Cements and Tokyo Cements and Flour Mills of Prima Group are located at
Trincomalee, more than 10 km. from the proposed. Site. The sources of air
pollution in the region are vehicular traffic, dust arising from unpaved village
roads and domestic fuel burning.
3.1.6.2 Existing Ambient Air Quality Levels

The prime objective of the baseline study with respect to ambient air quality is to
establish the present air quality and its conformity to ambient air quality
standards. Monitoring of ambient air quality was undertaken by Mantec
Environmental Laboratory, Noida, India (Approved laboratory by Ministry of
Environment & Forests, Govt. of India).
Methodology Adopted for the Study

Calibrated Respirable Dust Samplers were used for the sampling of PM10, PM2.5,
SO2 and NOx. Ambient air sampling for PM10, PM2.5 was performed continuously
for 24 hours to determine 24-hour average concentrations whereas CO, NOx, SO2
and Ozone (O3) were determined on hourly basis. The sampling was performed at
a height of 3.5 m (approximately) from the ground level. Standard methods
specified under "National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Sri Lanka" were
adopted for sampling and analysis. Five locations within the study area of 20km
were scientifically selected and are based on the following considerations:
 Meteorological conditions;
 Topography of the study area;
 The direction of the wind;
 Representation of the region for establishing baseline status and
 Representation with respect to likely impact areas.

The location of the monitoring stations with reference to the proposed plant site is
given in Table 3.30 and shown in Figure 3.22.
Table 3.30: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Station Stations Distance Direction Type of Location
Code
A1 Santoshpuram village 4.5km E Rural coastal area

village
A2 Foul Point -Soodaikuda 4.0 km N Rural coastal area
village
A3 Mutur 5.0 km SW Urban Area
A4 Topper /Seruvilla 9.0 km S Semi-urban

settlements
A5 Trincomalee town 13.0km NW Commercial Area
Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out with a frequency of one hourly for
seven days at all five locations for SO2, NOx, CO and O3 and 24 hourly for PM10
and PM2.5.
Sampling and Analytical Techniques

Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM) (PM10)
Calibrated 'Respirable Dust Samplers' with Whatman GF/A microfiber filter paper
(size: 8” X 10”) was used for the collection of RPM. A known volume of ambient
air is passed through the cyclone to the initially preprocessed filter paper. The
centrifugal force in cyclone acts on particulate matter to separate them into two
parts and collected as followings: -
a. Particles <10 μ size (Respirable): GF/A Filter Paper
b. Particles >10 μ size (Non Respirable): Cyclone Cup
The differences in final and initial weight of filter paper and cyclone cup are used
in estimation of particulate matter. The mass of particulates collected on the GF
filter, divided by the volume of sampled air, gives the concentration of RPM. The
total mass of dust, i.e., the sum of masses of particulates collected on the filter
and in the cyclone cup, divided by the volume of sampled air gives the
concentration of Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM). The results are expressed
in μg/m3.
PM2.5:
A PM2.5 air sampler (Win-impact) draws ambient air at a constant volumetric flow
rate maintained by a mass flow/ volumetric flow controller coupled to a
microprocessor into specially designed inertial particle-size separator where the
suspended particulate matter in the PM2.5 size ranges is separated for collection
on a 47 mm Poly Tetra Fluoro Ethylene (PTFE) filter over a specified sampling
period. Each filter is weighed before and after sample collection to determine the
net gain due to the particulate matter. The mass concentration in the ambient air
is computed as the total mass of collected particles in the PM2.5 size ranges
divided by the actual volume of air sampled, and is expressed in μg/m3.

Figure 3.22: Air monitoring Location

Sulphur Dioxide
Sampling and analysis of ambient SO2 was performed by adopting the 'Improved
West and Gaeke Method'. The ambient air, drawn through the draft created by
the RDS, is passed through an impinger, containing a known volume of absorbing
solution of sodium tetrachloromercurate, at a pre determined and measured flow
rate of 1 liter/minute (lpm). SO2 in ambient air reacts with the
tetrachloromercurate to form a stable complex, dichloro-sulphito mercurate. On
reacting with formaldehyde and p-rosaniline hydrochloride, the sulphite ion forms
an intensely colored compound, p-rosaniline methyl sulphonic acid. The intensity
of the color developed is estimated by spectrophotometer at 560 nm wave length.
The measured Optical Density (OD) is used to determine the concentration of SO2
from the calibration curve already prepared against known concentrations of
sulphite ion. The mass of SO2 in the absorbing reagent, divided by the volume of
sampled air provides the concentration of SO2, which is expressed as μg/m3.

Nitrogen Oxides
Sampling and analysis of ambient NOx was performed by adopting the 'Jacob
Hochheister Modified (Na arsenite)' method. Ambient air is drawn through an
impinger at a pre determined flow rate of 1 ppm. The impinger contains known
volume of absorbing solution of sodium arsenite and sodium hydroxide. Oxides of
nitrogen react with the absorbing reagent to form a stable solution of sodium
nitrite. The nitrate ion produced during the sampling is estimated calorimetrically,
after reacting with phosphoric acid, sulphanilamide and naphthyl ethylenediamine
dihydrochloride (NEDA), using spectrophotometer at 540 nm wavelength. The
measured Optical Density is used to determine the concentration of NOx from the
calibration curve already prepared against known concentrations of nitrite ion.
The mass of NOx in the absorbing reagent, divided by the volume of sampled air
provides the concentration of NOx, which is expressed as μg/m3.
Carbon Monoxide
An atmospheric sample is introduced into a sample conditioning system and then
into a non-dispersive infrared spectrometer (NDIR). The spectrometer measures
the absorption by CO at 4.7 μm using two parallel infrared beams through a
sample cell, a reference cell and a selective detector. The detector signal is led to
an amplifier control section and the analyzer output measured on a meter and
recording system.
Ozone
Micro-amounts of ozone and the oxidants liberate iodine when absorbed in a 1%
solution of potassium iodine buffered at pH 6.8  0.2. The iodine is determined
spectrophotometrically by measuring the absorption of tri-iodine ion at 352nm.
The stoichiometry is approximated by the following reaction:
O3 + 3Kl+ H2O KI3 + 2 KOH + O3
This method covers the manual determination of oxidant concentrations between
0.01 to 10 ppm (19.6 to 19620μg/m3) as ozone.
When 10ml of absorbing solution is used, between 1 and 10 μl of ozone,
corresponding to absorbance between 0.1 and 1 in a 1 cm cell, are collected.
The precision of the method within the recommended range is about +/- 5%
deviation from the mean. The major error is from loss of iodine during sampling
periods; this can be reduced by using a second impinger.
The method was compared against an absolute ultraviolet photometer. In the
range of 40-60% relative humidity the ozone- iodine stoichiometry was 1.25 and
not 1.00 as suggested by the above equation.
Calculations
 Standard conditions are taken as 101.3 kilo Pascal (kPa) and 25ºC, at
which the molar gas volume is 24.47 liters.
 The volume of sample collected is recorded in liters.
 The total µl of O3 / 10ml of reagent are read from the calibration curve.
 The concentration of O3 in the gas phase in µl/ l or parts per million (ppm)
is given by:
O3 ppm = total µl ozone per 10ml
Volume of air sample, L

The concentration of O3 in terms of µg/m3 at 101.3 kPa and 25ºC is obtained

when desired from the value of µl/l by:
µg O3/m3= ppm x 48.00 x 103
24.47
= 1962 x ppm
Table 3.31: Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Parameters Technique Minimum
Detectable
Limit (µg/m3)
Total Suspended Suspended Particulate 1.0
Particulate Matter Method (Gravimetric
method)
Respirable Gravimetric method 1.0
Particulate Matter
Sulphur Dioxide West and Geake 5.0
Nitrogen Oxide Jacob & Hochheiser 9.0
Ozone, O3 Chemical Method 19.6
Ambient Air Quality Standards

The National Environmental (Ambient Air Quality) Regulations, 1994 (Gazette
Extraordinary No. 850/4 of December, 1994) as amended by Gazette of the
Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka Extraordinary No. 1562/22 - Friday,
August 15, 2008 stipulate the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Sri
Lanka. The same are given in Table 3.32.
Table 3.32: Ambient Air Quality Standards
Pollutants *Average Maximum Permissible Level +Method of

Time 3 measurement
µg/m ppm
Sulphur Dioxide 24 hrs. 80 0.03 -Pararosanilene
(SO2) method or
8hrs. 120 0.05
equivalent pulse
1hr 200 0.08 fluorescent
Nitrogen Dioxide 24 hrs. 100 0.05 - Colorimetric using
(NO2) Saltzman method or
8hrs. 150 0.08
equivalent gas
1hr 250 0.13 phase
chemiluminescence
Particulate Matter Annual 50 - - Gravimetric
(Size less than -Hi-volume
24 hrs. 100 -
10µm) or PM10 sampling
-Beta attenuation
Particulate Matter Annual 25 - - Gravimetric
(size less than 2.5 -Hi-volume
24 hrs. 50 -
microns) PM2.5 sampling
-Beta attenuation
Ozone (O3) 1hr 200 0.10 -Chemiluminescence
or

8hrs. 10,000 9.00 -Non Dispersive

Carbon Monoxide Infrared
1hr 30,000 26.00
(CO) Spectroscopy
Anytime 58,000 50.00
* Minimum number of observations required to determine the average over the

specified period-
 3 hour average- 3 consecutive hourly average
 8 hour average- 8 hourly average
 24 hour average- 18 hourly average
 Yearly average- 9 monthly averages with at-least 2 monthly averages in
each quarter
+ By wet chemistry methods or by automated analyzers
Presentation of Results
The results of ambient air quality monitoring for the period of one month are
presented in Table 3.33 to Table 3.37 and its summary in Table 3.48. Various
parameters were monitored during the study and the hourly average values have
been computed from the monitored data for all the locations.
Particulate Matter (PM10): The maximum value for PM10 is observed, as
88µg/m3 at Trincomalee while 24 hours applicable limit is 100µg/m3. The area
observes PM10 in the range of 56- 88µg/m3 with the lowest concentration recorded
in Sampoor.
Particulate Matter (PM2.5): The maximum value for PM2.5 is observed, as
38µg/m3 at Trincomalee while 24 hours applicable limit is 50µg/m3. The area
observes PM2.5 in the range of 20- 38µg/m3 with the lowest concentration
recorded in Sampoor.
SO2: The maximum value for SO2 is observed, as 13.0µg/m3 at Mutur town while
1 hourly applicable limit is of 200 µg/m3. The area observes SO2 in the range of
6-13 µg/m3 with the lowest concentration recorded in all the other villages except
Mutur town and Toppur.
NOx: The maximum value for NO2 is observed at, as 24.0µg/m3 at Mutur town
and Santoshpuram while 1 hourly applicable limit is of 250 µg/m3. The area
observes NO2 in the range of 10-24 µg/m3 with the lowest concentration recorded
in Toppur.
O3: The maximum value for O3 is observed at, as 39.0µg/m3 at Mutur town while
1 hour applicable limit is of 200 µg/m3. The area observes O3 in the range of 20-
39.0 µg/m3 with the lowest concentration recorded in Sampoor.
CO: The maximum value for CO is observed at, as 900µg/m3 at Trincomalee while
1 hour applicable limit is of 30000 µg/m3. The area observes CO in the range of
100-900 µg/m3 with the lowest concentration recorded in Santosh puram.

Table 3.33: Ambient Air Quality data at Sampoor
Date Location PM10 PM2.5 CO (1 Hourly, O3 (1 Hourly, SO2 (1 Hourly, NOx (1 Hourly, g/m3)
(24 (24 g/m3) g/m3) g/m3)
Hourly, Hourly,
g/m3) g/m3)
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
8/09/2011 56 23 160 180 220 215 20 24 20 20 10 11 8 12 14 22 20 16
29/09/2011 62 25 175 200 210 220 24 26 28 22 10 7 8 11 22 16 18 14
30/09/2011 56 20 165 185 210 225 22 28 25 24 7 11 10 12 22 18 18 18
Sampoor
01/10/2011 64 22 170 190 200 215 24 26 30 28 6 8 11 9 18 16 19 18
02/10/2011 60 24 185 190 210 220 29 21 28 24 10 6 7 11 18 20 18 14
03/10/2011 68 27 165 210 220 185 26 24 30 26 10 11 8 6 22 14 12 15
04/10/2011 64 24 190 165 200 180 29 29 24 29 12 9 8 7 19 23 18 11

Table 3.34: Ambient Air Quality data at Santosh Puram
(24 (24 g/m3) g/m3) g/m3)
Hourly, Hourly,
g/m3) g/m3)
28/09/2011 50 21 100 130 150 180 24 30 28 24 10 8 9 7 20 24 22 20
29/09/2011 54 23 110 125 140 150 27 34 26 25 11 10 9 8 15 20 18 16
Santosh
30/09/2011 58 25 125 150 180 170 28 36 25 27 6 8 10 12 13 12 17 15
Puram
01/10/2011 68 29 120 140 130 150 24 32 28 29 8 12 11 8 22 20 23 22
02/10/2011 64 26 100 150 140 130 26 34 30 32 9 8 7 9 19 23 20 17
03/10/2011 62 25 115 130 140 150 32 37 31 32 7 11 9 10 13 22 17 21
04/10/2011 70 28 150 160 140 155 28 32 34 35 9 12 10 7 13 19 18 12

Table 3.35: Ambient Air Quality data at Mutur Town
(24 (24 g/m3) g/m3) g/m3)
Hourly, Hourly,
g/m3) g/m3)
05/10/2011 74 30 320 400 440 460 24 27 34 30 12 10 9 12 18 21 14 22
06/10/2011 68 28 340 350 370 430 27 30 32 28 9 11 10 11 16 20 15 20
Mutur
07/10/2011 66 26 330 400 430 440 29 32 30 26 8 7 8 10 16 12 18 24
Town
08/10/2011 72 29 325 350 380 390 26 29 28 27 10 9 8 7 16 22 20 16
09/10/2011 78 31 350 400 430 440 32 28 29 30 11 8 7 10 24 20 19 16
10/10/2011 65 26 400 430 440 360 39 26 27 34 7 10 12 8 14 22 20 17
11/10/2011 68 24 430 400 450 460 37 25 26 32 7 13 8 7 16 20 12 14

Table 3.36: Ambient Air Quality data at Toppur
(24 (24 g/m3) g/m3) g/m3)
Hourly, Hourly,
g/m3) g/m3)
05/10/2011 76 32 220 300 380 340 22 25 28 26 8 7 10 12 12 19 16 18
06/10/2011 70 28 240 280 340 350 24 24 25 24 9 10 11 9 10 16 14 16
07/10/2011 65 26 230 300 350 380 26 30 24 23 11 7 9 8 10 15 20 22
Toppur
08/10/2011 68 27 280 350 300 300 27 27 22 22 8 9 7 10 19 22 13 18
09/10/2011 74 30 300 340 280 300 30 26 28 27 8 10 8 10 18 22 16 17
10/10/2011 76 31 340 300 350 280 28 29 30 29 10 12 8 10 23 12 12 20
11/10/2011 72 28 350 300 360 300 26 24 27 28 9 12 10 9 17 22 16 23

Table 3.37: Ambient Air Quality data at Trincomalee
(24 (24 g/m3) g/m3) g/m3)
Hourly, Hourly,
g/m3) g/m3)
12/10/2011 78 31 450 500 800 700 22 24 30 28 8 6 10 8 14 12 16 20
13/10/2011 85 35 500 700 600 800 28 26 28 25 11 8 10 7 20 19 14 19
14/10/2011 82 34 600 900 800 700 30 28 26 24 9 12 8 10 17 20 18 16
Trincomalee
15/10/2011 80 30 540 650 840 680 26 28 30 22 11 9 10 10 20 22 18 14
16/10/2011 82 33 640 700 580 640 32 30 26 28 8 7 11 10 19 17 23 20
17/10/2011 86 36 540 700 750 880 30 26 24 24 8 7 9 10 16 19 22 21
18/10/2011 88 38 650 800 900 850 24 28 26 26 9 8 10 11 17 18 20 19

Table 3.38: Summary of Ambient Air Quality in Study Area (28.09.11 to 18.10.2011)
Location PM10 (24 PM2.5 (24 CO (1 Hourly, O3 (1 Hourly, SO2 (1 Hourly, NOx (1 Hourly, g/m3)
Hourly, Hourly, g/m3) g/m3) g/m3)
g/m3) g/m3)
Range Avg. Range Avg. Range Avg. Range Avg. Range Avg. Range Avg.
Sampoor 56- 68 62 20- 27 23.5 160-225 195 20-30 25 6-12 9 14-23 18
Santosh 50-70 60 21-28 24.5 100- 180 140 24- 37 30 7- 12 9 13-24 18

Puram
Mutur 65-78 71.5 24- 31 27.5 320- 460 398 24- 39 29 7- 13 9.25 12- 24 18
Town
Toppur 65- 76 70.5 26- 32 29 220- 380 312 22- 30 26 7- 12 9 10- 23 17
Trincomalee 78- 88 83 30- 38 34 450- 900 692 22- 32 26.75 6- 12 9 12- 22 18

3.1.7 NOISE
Noise is said to be defined as an unwanted sound. It is, therefore, necessary to
measure both the quality as well as the quantity of environment noise in and
around the power plant.
3.1.7.1 Inventory of existing Noise sources

The prime objective of the baseline study with respect to noise is to establish the
present noise levels. This section describes the sampling locations, frequency of
sampling and methodology adopted for monitoring ambient noise levels. The
results of monitoring during the study period are presented.
The study area represents mostly rural environment mixed with medium level
industries. The sources of noise in the region are mainly industrial noise nearby
Trincomalee, siren of ships near the jetty, vehicular noise & market noise.
3.1.7.2 Existing Ambient Noise levels

Methodology
The intensity of sound energy in the environment is measured in a logarithmic
scale and is expressed in a decibel (dB) scale. Ordinary sound level meter
measures the sound energy that reaches the microphone by converting it into
electrical energy and then measures the magnitude in dB. In a sophisticated type
of sound level meter, an additional circuit (filters) is provided, which modifies the
received signal in such a way that it replicates the sound signal as received by the
human ear and the magnitude of sound level in this scale is denoted as dB (A).
The sound levels are expressed in dB (A) scale for the purpose of comparison of
noise levels, which is universally accepted by the international community.
Noise levels were measured using an Integrating sound level meter manufactured
by Cygnet (Model No. 2031). It has an indicating mode of Lp and Leq. Keeping
the mode in Lp for few minutes and setting the corresponding range and the
weighting network in “A” weighting set the sound level meter was run for one
hour time and Leq was measured at all locations.
The day noise levels have been monitored during 6.00 A.M. to 18.00 P.M. and
night noise levels, during 18.00 P.M. to 6.00 A.M. at all the ten locations covered
in 10 km radius of the study area.
The Ld and Ln were computed based on the sound pressure level recorded.
Leq- 24 Hourly equivalent continuous noise level
Ld - Daytime Leq that has computed from 6.00 am to 18.00 pm.
Ln - Nighttime Leq that is computed from 18.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.
A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise
generating sources in the area. The noise survey was conducted during the study
period to assess the background noise levels in different zones. viz. industrial,
commercial, residential and silence zones.
The sampling locations for noise are confined to commercial, urban and sensitive
area. 10 sampling locations selected for the sampling of noise are shown in
Figure 3.23 and given in Table 3.39.

Table 3.39: Noise Level Monitoring Stations in the Study Area

Station Stations Name Distance Direction Category
Code (km) from site
NQ1 Ilakkantai 4.5km E Semi urban

NQ2 Foul Point –Light 5.0 km N Sea Ward site /
House coastal forest
NQ3 Mutur town 5.0 km SW Urban
NQ4 Toppur /Seruvilla 9.0 km S Urban
NQ5 Trincomalee town 11.3km NW Commercial/Indu
strial
NQ6 Sampoor West 2.0km NW Jetty Site
village
NQ7 Sampoor village 0.0 - Project Area
NQ8 Kaddaiparichan 3.0 km WN Lagoon area
NQ9 Navrendanpuram 3.0km SE Scrub forest/
Agriculture land
NQ10 Sampoor village 0.0km E Project site
Ambient Noise Standards

National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations No.1 of 1996 [924/12, Part I:
Section (1) General; Government Notifications] prescribe the maximum
permissible noise levels at the boundaries of the land in which any source of noise
is located. These standards are given in Table 3.40.
Table 3.40: Permissible Noise Levels in Accordance with Noise Control

Regulations (Schedule-I of Notification 924/12)
LAeq T, dB (A)
Category of Area Daytime Nighttime
(6.00 AM to (18.00 PM to
18.00 PM) 6.00 AM)
Low Noise Area1 55 45
Medium Noise Area2 63* 50
High Noise Area3 70 60
Silent Zone4 50 45
Note:
LAeq T- Maximum permissible noise levels
1. area located within any Pradeshiya Sabha
2. area located within any Municipal Council or Urban Council area
3. any export processing zone established by Board of Investment or industrial
estates approved under Part-IVC of the National Environmental Act
4. area covered by a distance of 100 m from the boundary of the court house,
hospital, public library, school, zoo, sacred areas and areas set apart for
recreational or environmental purposes
* - Provided that the noise level should not exceed 60 dB (A) inside existing
houses, during day time.

Figure 3.23: Noise Level Monitoring Stations in the Study Area
Results and Discussion

The data compiled on noise levels for the study period is presented in Table
3.41. It can be observed from the table that the noise levels ranges between
45.3 to 55.4 dB (A) during daytime and 40.1 to 52.7 dB (A) during night time.
Urban Residential Area:- In residential area, noise level are ranging between
40.1dB(A) to 65.7 dB(A) with the minimum recorded at Sampoor village and
maximum level at Mutur town during day time and 35.4 to 54.7 dB( A) recorded
during the night time with the minimum value at Ilakkantai and maximum at
Mutur town. During daytime and nighttime noise level within the urban residential
areas is found to be well within the prescribed limit.
Commercial/ Industrial Area: - In Trincomalee town, noise level ranges between
48.3 dB (A) to 68.3 dB (A) during day time and 38.6 to 64.1dB(A) during night
time. In commercial area, the noise levels are found to be in the prescribed limits.

Table 3.41: Noise Levels in the Study Area (October, 2011)

Location Code Min Max Leq D Min Max Leq N
NQ1 40.2 60.4 48.6 35.4 45.4 40.1
NQ2 50.3 55.1 52.3 48.1 54.3 52.7
NQ3 45.2 65.7 54.3 36.7 50.4 44.2
NQ4 43.7 64.2 53.1 37.2 48.9 43.1
NQ5 48.3 68.3 55.4 38.6 64.1 47.4
NQ6 48.3 55.3 53.4 48.2 54.7 47.8
NQ7 40.1 50.3 46.8 40.2 45.3 43.2
NQ8 45.7 55.4 49.7 40.1 49.8 44.3
NQ9 46.8 53.2 50.3 40.3 48.3 43.7
NQ10 40.2 49.7 45.3 39.6 44.1 42.1
3.2 ECOLOGICAL RESOURCES

3.2.1 Existing Natural, Aquatic and Terrestrial Habitats in the Study Area and
Distribution and Density of Fauna (Including Details of Coral Reefs,
Benthic Fauna) and Flora of Them
This section describes the above aspects in two parts:
3.2.1.1 Terrestrial Habitats, Flora and Fauna
Ecology and
Rare Threatened and Endemic Species
Biodiversity
Proximity to Protected Areas
Migratory Species and Migratory Routes
3.2.1.2 Marine Status of Marine Environment in Koddiyar & Shell Bay
Ecology
Fisheries in Koddiyar & Shell Bay
Biodiversity in Koddiyar and Shell Bay
Rare Threatened and Endemic Species
Corals in Shell Bay
Proximity to Protected Areas
Migratory Species and Migratory Routes (Marine
Mammals and Turtles)
3.2.1.1 Terrestrial Ecology and Biodiversity

Biogeographically, the proposed project area lies within the low country Dry Zone.
Floristically it is classified under the Dry and Arid Lowlands Floristic Zone and
Coastal and Marine Belt Floristic Zone. Tropical Dry Mixed Evergreen Forests
{Manilkara Community, Mixed community (Chloroxylon-Vitex-Berrya-Schleichera
series)}, Tropical Thorn Forests (Manilkara-Chloroxylon-Salvadora-Randia series),
Damana and Villu Grasslands, Flood-plain Wetlands, Riverine and Gallery Forests
are the typical natural vegetation formations present in the Dry and Arid
Lowlands Floristic Zone. The typical natural vegetation formations present in the
Coastal and Marine Belt Floristic Zone includes Mangroves, Salt Marshes, Sand
Dunes and Strand Vegetation.
However, most of the above mentioned typical natural vegetation formations do
not exist in the study area as the area has been subjected to high human

influence for many decades. Specifically, Tropical Dry Mixed Evergreen Forests,
Tropical Thorn Forests, Damana and Villu Grasslands, Riverine and Gallery
Forests, Salt Marshes do not exist in the study area. Forests that exist within the
study area had grown after the disappearance of the ancient hydraulic civilization
that persisted over much of the dry zone of Sri Lanka for centuries and therefore,
are secondary in origin. Repeated disturbances in such secondary forests due to
human activities such as agriculture, timber logging and frequent shifting
cultivation etc., and lack of regeneration of high value forest species has resulted
in the formation of scrub forests or scrublands. This is not a true climax
vegetation type even though it is present throughout the dry zone of Sri Lanka.
Therefore, the secondary forests that exist in the study area can be classified as
Scrublands.
Sand Dunes and Strand Vegetation occur along the coastal zone of the study
area. However, those sand dunes are not extensive and the vegetation observed
on the sand dunes is highly disturbed.
Few rock outcrops were observed in the study area during the study and they
contain rock outcrop associated vegetation.
In addition to these terrestrial habitats several aquatic habitats such as lagoons,
estuaries and flood-plain wetlands are present in the area. Further, few small
(small in width and short in length) seasonal streams were observed to drain
through the study area and release in to the sea at Koddiyar Bay. Mangroves
were observed at the edges of the lagoons and estuaries while the flood-plain
wetlands supported fresh water plant communities. On the banks of the seasonal
streams, disturbed mixed riparian vegetation was observed.
In addition to above natural habitats, several non natural and semi natural such
as, tanks, abandoned lands, abandoned paddy lands, agricultural lands and home
gardens were observed in the area. Habitat map of the study area is presented in
Figure 3.24.
Based on the habitat map developed species sampling locations were identified
and Point samples or line transects surveys were conducted at each of the
sampling locations identified. Both direct observations as well as verifiable
indirect observations such as nests, droppings, footprints, and calls were recorded
in the case of animals. When direct observation is possible the identity and
number of individuals were recorded. Location of each sampling point was geo-
referenced for future monitoring purposes (Table 3.42).

WA
SC
SD
SC
SC
SD AP
AB
WA
SC
SC
MG
MG
MG
Boundary of the Proposed Land

Boundary of the Proposed Grid Station
SC Scrub Forests or Scrublands
WA Wetlands
MG Mangroves
SD Sand Dunes
AB Abandon Lands
AP Abandon Paddy
Figure 3.24: Habitat Map of the Study Area

Table 3.42:. The coordinates of the sampling locations, the type of habitat
present and the season during which sampling was carried out at the location.
Shaded rows indicate sites that are outside the direct impact zone. Locations
16 and 17 are at the intake and pipe line path. Locations 18 and 19 are at the
out fall and pipeline path.
Plot Start End

Habitat Dry Wet
No. N E N E
1 80 28.229’ 810 17.958’ Wetland (Sambu Kulam)  
2 80 28.164’ 810 18.456’ 80 28.196’ 810 18.393’ Scrub Forest or Scrublands 
3 80 28.303’ 810 18.523’ Open Scrublands  
0
4 8 28.593’ 810 18.070’ Abandon Paddy 
6 80 29.562’ 810 17.987’ Wetland (Villu Kulam)  
7 80 31.510’ 810 19.143’ 80 31.158’ 810 19.462’ Beach and Sand Dunes  
8 80 31.481’ 810 19.274’ Mangroves  
9 80 31.473’ 810 19.026’ 80 31.229’ 810 18.846’ Rocky Beach 
10 80 28.326’ 810 18.133’ Rocky Outcrop  
11 80 28.323’ 810 18.192’ 80 28.241’ 810 18.243’ Scrub Forest or Scrublands  
13 80 27.750’ 810 18.137’ Mangroves  
0 0 
14 8 27.983’ 81 17.297’ Mangroves
15 80 26.951’ 810 17.682’ Mangroves 
17 80 29.056’ 810 17.280’ 80 28.985’ 810 17.268’ Sand Dunes  
18 80 28.420’ 810 17.257’ 80 28.433’ 810 17.122’ Scrub Forest or Scrublands  
19 80 28.450’ 810 17.083’ 80 28.530’ 810 17.123’ Sand Dunes 
20 80 28.039’ 810 18.505’ Tank (Anakkam Kulam) 
21 80 27.233’ 810 16.815’ 80 27.307’ 810 16.854’ Mangroves 
23 80 28.480’ 810 18.378’ Tank 
24 80 27.632’ 810 17.350’ Mangroves 
25 80 27.486’ 810 16.992’ Mangroves 
Altogether 25 locations were sampled (12 locations inside the project affected
area and 13 locations within the 2 km boundary of the project affected area.
Sampling was carried out both during the dry season and wet season as indicated
in Table 3.42.
Aquatic fauna were surveyed using sampling gears such as cast nets, fine meshed
drag nets, hand nets and scoop nets. Furthermore, interviews were conducted
with the fishermen in the area in order to collect information on the species
present. Aquatic amphibians and reptiles were recorded by direct observations.
The amphibians usually occupy the surface layer of the water and also inhabit the
area closer to the shore and therefore easy to spot from the edge of the water
body. Aquatic birds were sampled from the shore line and birds observed were
recorded. Both direct observations and indirect observations such as existence of
nests, droppings and calls were recorded.

Within each sampling site, the flowering plants observed were identified to their
families, genera and species. Specimens of unidentified species were collected
and numbered for subsequent identification at the National Herbarium.
Determination of conservation and taxonomic status
The animal classification, nomenclature, endemism and local names are in
accordance with Bedjanic et al., (2007), D’abrera (1998), das & de Silva (2005),
Goonatilake (2007), Harrison (1999), Manamendra-Arachchi & Pethiyagoda
(2006), Phillips (1935).
The plant classification, nomenclature, endemism and local names are in
accordance with Dassanayake (1980-2000) and Senaratne (2001). The life form
for each species (tree, shrub and herb etc.) was obtained based on field
observations and literature (Dassanayake 1980-2000).
The national conservation status of the species was determined according to the
Ministry of Environment (MOE, 2012) and the global conservation status was
based on latest global listing International Union for Conservation of Nature
(IUCN, 2014). The endemism and commercial importance was determined based
on the published information on these species.
Detailed descriptions of the natural habitats observed in the project area are
given below.
Scrublands
Scrublands are the dominant vegetation type observed in the proposed site for
the establishment of the coal power plant, proposed water intake path and the
water outfall path. It is also common in the area surrounding the site selected for
the proposed project (Figure 3.25).
These scrublands have resulted due to repeated disturbances to forests due to
human activities such as timber logging, fuel wood extraction and shifting
cultivation. Therefore, scrublands present in the study area can be considered as
a late seral stage in the ecological succession towards the typical climax state
present in the area, the dry mixed evergreen forests that have been prevented
from reaching a climax stage due to high human influence on these habitats.
Two types of scrublands can be identified in the area. One is open scrublands and
other one is the thick scrublands. Open scrublands are characterized by thick
scrub patches separated by open grass or forb lands (Figure 3.25) whereas thick
scrublands does not contain any open grass or forb lands (Figure 3.26).
Figure 3.25. Thick scrublands

Figure 3.26. Open scrublands
Floristically, thick scrublands and open scrublands do not differ from each other.
Further, plant species assemblage of scrublands present within the proposed
project site did not show any difference with that of the scrublands observed in
the area surrounding the proposed project site (see Annexure-XII)
Derris parviflora (Kala Wel), Eugenia willdenowii, Vernonia zeylanica (Pupula),
Cassine glauca (Neralu) and Premna alstoni (Gal Kera) are the recorded endemic
plant species within the scrublands present within and the area surrounding the
proposed project site.
Manilkara hexandra (Palu), Tinospora cordifolia (Rasakinda), Chloroxylon
swietenia (Buruta), Margaritaria indicus (Karawu), Strychnos nux-vomica
(Godakaduru), Pachygone ovata are the recorded nationally vulnerable (VU) plant
species and Vitex altissima (Milla), Salvadora persica (Maliththan), Diospyros
montana, Erythroxylum monogynum (Devadaram) are the recorded nationally
near threatened (NT) plant species within the scrublands present within and area
surrounding the proposed project site. A detailed list of plant species observed in
the scrubland vegetation found within and around the proposed project area is
given in Table 1 and 2 of Annexure-XII.
Sand Dunes and Strand Vegetation

Sand dunes and strand vegetation was observed along the coastal zone of the
study area (Figure 3.27). However these sand dunes are not extensive and
vegetation on the sand dunes are disturbed due to human activity. Proposed
water intake and discharge paths are going through sand dunes.
Figure 3.27: Typical sand dune vegetation that can be seen in the study area

Spinifex littoreus (Maha Ravana Revula), Ipomoea pes-caprae (Bin Thamburu),

Launaea sarmentosa, Phyllanthus maderaspatensis, Bulbostylis barbata, Cyperus
arenarius, Euphorbia thymifolia (Bindadakiriya), Azadirachta indica (Kohomba),
Caesalpinia bonduc (Kumburu Wel), Calotropis gigantea (Wara), Flueggea
leucopyrus (Katupila), Aristolochia indica (Sapsanda), Capparis rotundifolia,
Casearia zeylanica (Wal Waraka), Cassia roxburghii (Ratu Wa), Catunaregam
spinosa (Kukuruman), Coccinia grandis (Kowakka), Cyperus stoloniferus,
Dodonaea viscosa (Eta Werella), Gymnema lactiferum (Kurinnan), Pandanus
odoratissimus (Wetta Keyiya), Pedalium murex, Pongamia pinnata (Magul
Karanda), Premna obtusifolia (Maha Midi), Pterospermum suberifolium (Welan),
Sapindus emarginata (Kaha Penela), Toddalia asiatica (Kudu Miris), Tribulus
terrestris (Nerinchi), Walsura trifoliolata (Kiri Koon), Eupatorium odoratum
(Podisinnamaran), Salvadora persica (Maliththan), Lantana camara (Gandapana)
are the commonly occurring plant species in the sand dune vegetation present
within and the area surrounding the proposed project site. A detailed list of plant
species observed on sand dune vegetation found in and around the proposed
project area is given in Table 1 and 2 of Annexure-XII.
Pachygone ovata, Crinum zeylanicum, Manilkara hexandra (Palu) are the
recorded nationally vulnerable (VU) plant species and Garcinia spicata (Ela
Gokatu), Vitex trifolia, Salvadora persica (Maliththan) are the recorded nationally
near threatened (NT) plant species in the sand dune vegetation observed within
and area surrounding the proposed project site.
Rock Outcrop Vegetation

Few rock outcrops were observed in the study area (both within and the area
surrounding the proposed project site) during the study (Figure 3.28 and 3.29).
The vegetation observed in this habitat comprised of species such as Vernonia
zeylanica (Pupula), Carmona retusa (Heen Thambala), Dioscorea oppositifolia
(Gonala), Flueggea leucopyrus (Katu Pila), Derris parviflora (Kala Wel), Hibiscus
micranthus (Bebila), Jasminum angustifolium (Wal Pichcha), Benkara malabarica
(Pudan), Catunaregam spinosa (Kukuruman), Cissus quadrangularis (Heeressa),
Cissus vitiginea and Salvadora persica (Maliththan).
Figure 3.28. Rock outcrop present within the land selcted for the
establishment of the proposed coal power plant

Figure 3.29. Rock outcrop present in outside the project area showing the
vegetation associated with the rock outcrop habitat
Two endemic plant species Derris parviflora (Kala Wel) and Vernonia zeylanica
(Pupula) was recorded within the rock outcrop vegetation present both within and
the area surrounding the proposed project site. Further, two Nationally Vulnerable
(VU) plant species, Manilkara hexandra (Palu), Strychnos nux-vomica
(Godakaduru) and four Nationally Near Threatened (NT) plant species, Dioscorea
oppositifolia (Gonala), Salvadora persica (Maliththan), Sansevieria zeylanica
(Niyanda), Vitex altissima (Milla) were recorded in this habitat. Also one species,
Tinospora sinensis (Bu Kinda) listed as Nationally Data Deficient (DD) was
observed among the vegetation associated with rock outcrops both within and the
area surrounding the proposed project site. A detailed list of plant species
observed in the rock outcrop vegetation in and around the proposed project area
is given in Table 1 and 2 of Annexure-XII.
Mangroves
Mangrove vegetation was observed on the edges of the lagoons and estuaries in
the area surrounding the proposed project site and at Foul Point (Figure 3.30
and 3.31).
Figure 3.30: Typical mangrove vegetation observed along the edges of lagoons
and estuaries

The mangrove vegetation comprised of true mangrove species such as

Rhizophora mucronata (Kadol), Avicennia marina (Manda), Avicennia officinalis
(Manda), Excoecaria agallocha (Tela Kiriya), Ceriops decandra, Lumnitzera
racemosa (Beriya), Ceriops tagal, Heritiera littoralis (Etuna), Bruguiera
gymnorhiza (Mal Kadol), Cynometra iripa (Opulu), Aegiceras corniculata (Heen
Kadol), Sonneratia caseolaris (Kirala), Acanthus ilicifolius (Katu Ikiri). In addition
mangrove associates such as Acrostichum aureum (Karen Koku), Clerodendrum
inerme (Burenda), Derris trifoliata (Kala Wel), Hibiscus tiliaceus (Beli Patta),
Premna obtusifolia (Maha Midi), Sporobolus virginicus (Mudu Etora), Fimbristylis
spp., Wedelia biflora (Mudu Gam Palu), Dendrophthoe falcata (Pilila), Viscum
orientale (Pilila) were also recorded in the mangrove habitat. Further terrestrial
plant species such as Salvadora persica (Maliththan), Azima tetracantha, Phoenix
pusilla (Indi), Pentatropis capensis and Derris scandens (Bo Kala Wel) were also
recorded in the mangrove habitat.
The true mangrove species recorded included several nationally threatened plant
species. These include Ceriops decandra, listed as Nationally Critically
Endangered (CR), Bruguiera gymnorhiza (Mal Kadol), Cynometra iripa (Opulu)
listed as Nationally Vulnerable (VU) and Lumnitzera racemosa (Beriya), Ceriops
tagal, Heritiera littoralis (Etuna), Avicennia officinalis (Manda) listed as Nationally
Near Threatened (NT). Further, Salvadora persica (Maliththan) recorded within
the mangroves is also listed as a Nationally Near Threatened (NT) plant species.

Figure 3.31: An aerial view of the project area showing mangrove vegetation
present on the edges of lagoons and estuaries outside the direct impact zone of
the proposed project.
Wetlands
Several flood-plain wetlands exist (Sambu Kulam, Villu Kulam, etc.) in the area
that surrounds the site selcted for the project. Fresh water plant communities
were observed in such flood-plain wetlands. The vegetation comprised of aquatic
and semi aquatic plant species such as Ceratophyllum demersum, Nelumbo
nucifera (Nelum), Fimbristylis spp., Cyperus spp., Ludwigia adscendens (Beru

Diyanilla), Marsilea minuta (Hathara pethiya), Nymphoides hydrophylla

(Kumudu), Schoenoplectus articulatus (Maha Geta Pan), Typha angustifolia
(Hambupan).
The riparian zone of these wetlands comprised of plant species such as Madhuca
longifolia (Mi), Pongamia pinnata (Magul Karanda), Terminalia arjuna (Kumbuk)
and Calamus rotang (Heen Wewel). The exposed bed of these wetlands are
covered with plant species such as Cynodon dactylon, Croton bonplandianus,
Coldenia procumbens, Cassia occidentalis (Peni Tora), Cassia tora (Peti Tora),
Cyperus stoloniferus, Glinus oppositifolia (Heen Ala), Heliotropium indicum (Et
Honda) and Phyla nodiflora (Hiramanadetta).
Two Nationally Near Threatened (NT) plant species Calamus rotang (Heen Wewel)
and Madhuca longifolia (Mi) were recorded in wetland associated vegetation.
Sampu Kulam
Villu Kulam
Figure 3.32: The two main flood-plain wetlands observed outside the direct
impact zone of the proposed project site.

Villu Kulam

Figure 3.33: Flood-plain wetlands
Tanks
Many small manmade tanks are present in the study area (both within and in the
area surrounding the proposed project site).
Neptunia oleracea (Diya Nidikumba), Marsilea minuta (Hathara pethiya),
Limnophila sp., Aponogeton natans (Kekatiya) are the aquatic plant species
observed in such tanks. The water level in these seasonal tanks progressively
recede with the onset of the dry season and the exposed tank bed becomes
colonized by plant species such as Cyperus spp., Fimbristylis spp., Desmodium
triflorum (Undupiyaliya), Mimosa pudica (Nidikumba), Chrysopogon aciculatus
(Tuttiri), Tephrosia purpurea (Pila), Melochia corchorifolia (Gal Kura), Coldenia
procumbens, Cynodon dactylon, Cassia occidentalis (Peni Tora), Cassia tora (Peti
Tora), Glinus oppositifolia (Heen Ala), Heliotropium indicum (Et Honda), Marsilea
minuta (Hathara pethiya), Alternanthera sessilis (Mugunuwenna), Phyla nodiflora
(Hiramanadetta), Schoenoplectus articulatus (Maha Geta Pan), Croton
bonplandianus, Evolvulus nummularius, Hygrophila schulli (Niramulliya), Neptunia
oleracea (Diya Nidikumba), Sphaeranthus africanus (Velmudda), Xanthium
indicum (Urukossa).
The riparian zone of the tanks are inhabited by plant species such as Mitragyna
parvifolia (Helamba), Madhuca longifolia (Mi), Diospyros malabarica (Timbiri),
Syzygium cumini (Madan) while epiphytic orchid species such as Acampe
praemorsa and Vanda tessellata were observed on Madhuca longifolia (Mi) trees
present in the riparian zone.
Aponogeton natans (Kekatiya) and Vanda tessellata observed in this habitats are
listed as nationally vulnerable (VU) species while Madhuca longifolia (Mi) is listed
as a nationally near threatened plant species.
Vegetation in Foul Point Area

Beach, sand dune and mangrove are the habitats present along the coast line of
the Foul point area. Beach and sand dune vegetation present in the Foul point can
be considered unique due to the presence of rare and endangered plant species.

A rare coastal plant species, Euphorbia atoto was recorded among the beach
vegetation of the Foul Point. This plant has not been recorded for many years and
therefore, in the 2012 national red data book, it was listed under the critically
endangered possibly extinct {CR (PE)} category. Another rare plant species,
Cordia subcordata listed as nationally endangered (EN) was also recorded in this
habitat. In addition, four plant species, Crinum zeylanicum, Ipomoea stolonifera,
Manilkara hexandra (Palu), Guettarda speciosa (Nil Pichcha), listed as nationally
vulnerable (VU) and five plant species, Aristolochia bracteolata (Sapsanda),
Erythroxylum monogynum (Agil), Pemphis acidula (Kiri Maram), Salvadora
persica (Maliththan), Vitex trifolia listed as nationally near threatened (NT) were
recorded in the beach and sand dune vegetation of the Foul point area. A
detailed list of plant species recorded in the beach, sand dunes and mangroves of
the Foul point area listed in Table 2 of Annexure-XII.
Flora of the Study Area

A total number of 243 plant species including 5 endemic, 16 nationally
threatened, 16 nationally near threatened (NT) and 1 data deficient (DD) plant
species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area
(Table 3.43). Majority of the plant species recorded are tree species (92)
followed by herbaceous species (70), climbers (44), shrubs (33) and epiphytes
(4) (Table 3.43). About 88 % of the recorded floras are natives and about 10 %
of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country.
The flora observed in the area included five endemic plant species, one plant
species, listed as a critically endangered possibly extinct {CR(PE)}, one nationally
critically endangered (CR) plant species, one nationally endangered (EN) plant
species and 13 nationally vulnerable (VU) plant species. Further, 16 nationally
near threatened (NT) plant species and one nationally data deficient (DD) plant
species was also recorded in the study area. A detailed list of plant species
recorded during the study within and areas outside the project impact area is
given in Table 1 and 2 of Annexure-XII.
Table 3.43: Summary of the plant species recorded during the study
Threatened and
Total Near Threatened
Plant Type DD Endemic Native Exotic
Species CR
CR EN VU NT
(PE)
Tree 92 0 1 1 7 11 0 2 81 9
Shrub 33 1 0 0 1 0 1 26 6
Herb 70 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 61 9
Epiphyte 4 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 0
Climbers 44 0 0 0 3 2 1 2 41 1
Total 243 1 1 1 13 16 1 5 213 25
% 2% 88% 10%
Abbreviations: CR (PE) - Critically Endangered (Possibly Extinct), CR - Critically
Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable, NT - Near Threatened, DD - Data
Deficient

Fauna of the study area

Total number of 285 faunal species was recorded in the project area representing
snails, butterflies, dragonflies, inland fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds and
mammals (Table 3.44). This included 14 species that are endemic to Sri Lanka.
Further, the faunal assemblage included 13 species that are listed as Nationally
Threatened species (three Nationally Critically Endangered species, four
Nationally Endangered species and six Nationally Vulnerable species). A further
nine species that are listed as Nationally Near Threatened (MOE, 2012) was also
observed in the study area. The faunal assemblage also included six species that
are listed as Globally Threatened (one Critically Endangered species, one
Endangered species and four Vulnerable species) and three species that are listed
as Globally Near Threatened (IUCN, 2014). The faunal assemblage recorded in
the project area also included two exotic fish species and 20 species of migrant
birds that inhabit forest habitats.
Table 3.44: Summary of the fauna observed during the study.

Taxonomic Group Total Endemic Migrant Exotic CR EN VU NT
Snails 22 3 0 1 0 1 1 1
Dragon flies 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Butterflies 41 1 0 0 0 0 2 1
Fish 6 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
Amphibians 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Reptiles 21 5 0 0 0 (1) 1 0 (2) 3
Birds 104 4 20 0 3 0 2(1) 3(2)
Mammals 17 1 0 0 0 2(1) 1(1) 0(1)
Total 285 14 20 3 3(1) 4(1) 6(4) 9(3)
Abbreviations: CR - Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable, NT
- Near Threatened, Numbers in parenthesis are globally threatened species.
Rare, Threatened and Endemic Species
Flora:
The 243 plant species recorded included five species of endemic plants, one
species listed as Nationally Critically Endangered Possibly Extinct {CR (PE)} and
15 nationally threatened species. Further, 16 nationally near threatened (NT)
plant species was also recorded in the area during the study (Table 3.45). The
plant assemblage recorded in the Foul Point included Euphorbia atoto, a rare
coastal plant species that has been listed as a possibly extinct species in the 2012
national red data book since there are no recent records of this species. In
addition, Ceriops decandra, a true mangrove plant species recorded in the
mangrove vegetation can also be considered as a rare plant species.
Table 3.45: Endemic, rare, threatened and near threatened plant species
observed in and around the proposed project site.
Family Species Local Name HA TS NCS Inside Outside

Acanthaceae Avicennia officinalis Manda T N NT +
Amaryllidaceae Crinum zeylanicum H N VU + +
Aponogetonaceae Aponogeton natans Kekatiya H N VU +
Arecaceae Calamus rotang Heen Wewel C N NT +

Family Species Local Name HA TS NCS Inside Outside

Aristolochiaceae Aristolochia bracteolata Sapsanda H N NT +
Asteraceae Vernonia zeylanica Pupula C E LC + +
Boraginaceae Cordia subcordata T N EN +
Celastraceae Cassine glauca Neralu T E LC + +
Clusiaceae Garcinia spicata Ela Gokatu T N NT +
Combretaceae Lumnitzera racemosa Beriya T N NT +
Convolvulaceae Ipomoea stolonifera C N VU +
Dioscoreacea Dioscorea oppositifolia Gonala C N NT + +
Dracaenaceae Sansevieria zeylanica Niyanda H N NT +
Ebenaceae Diospyros montana T N NT + +
Erythroxylum + +
Erythroxylaceae monogynum Agil T N NT
Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia atoto S N CR(PE) +
Euphorbiaceae Margaritaria indicus Karawu T N VU + +
Fabaceae Cynometra iripa Opulu T N VU +
Fabaceae Derris parviflora Kala Wel C E LC + +
Lamiaceae Premna alstoni Gal Kera S E LC +
Loganiaceae Strychnos nux-vomica Godakaduru T N VU + +
Lythraceae Pemphis acidula Kiri Maram T N NT +
Menispermaceae Pachygone ovata C N VU + +
Menispermaceae Tinospora cordifolia Rasakinda C N VU + +
Menispermaceae Tinospora sinensis Bu Kinda C N DD +
Myrtaceae Eugenia willdenowii T E LC + +
Orchidaceae Vanda tessellata EP N VU +
Rhizophoraceae Bruguiera gymnorhiza Mal Kadol T N VU +
Rhizophoraceae Ceriops decandra T N CR +
Rhizophoraceae Ceriops tagal T N NT +
Rubiaceae Guettarda speciosa Nil Pichcha T N VU +
Rutaceae Chloroxylon swietenia Buruta T N VU + +
Salvadoraceae Salvadora persica Maliththan T N NT + +
Sapotaceae Madhuca longifolia Mi T N NT +
Sapotaceae Manilkara hexandra Palu T N VU + +
Sterculiaceae Heritiera littoralis Etuna T N NT +
Verbenaceae Vitex altissima Milla T N NT + +
Verbenaceae Vitex trifolia S N NT + +
Abbreviations: HA - Habit, T - Tree, S - Shrub, H - Herbaceous, C – Climber, Ep -

Epiphyte, TS - Taxonomic Status, E - Endemic, N - Native, NCS - National
Conservation Status, CR(PE) - Critically Endangered (Possibly Extinct), CR -
Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable, NT - Near Threatened,
DD - Data Deficient, LC - Least Concern

Fauna:
The 285 faunal species recorded in the project area included 14 species that are
endemic to Sri Lanka (Table 3.46) and 13 species that are listed as Nationally
Threatened (three Nationally Critically Endangered species, four Nationally
Endangered species and six Nationally Vulnerable species). A further nine species
that are listed as Nationally Near Threatened was also observed in the study area
(MOE, 2012). The faunal assemblage also included six species that are listed as
Globally Threatened (one Critically Endangered species, one Endangered species
and four Vulnerable species) and three species that are listed as Globally Near
Threatened (IUCN, 2014).
Table 3.46: Endemic, rare, threatened and near threatened animal species
observed in and around the proposed project site.
Family Scientific Local Name TS NCS GCS In- Out-
Name side side
Ariophantidae Euplecta layardi E EN NE +
Macrachlamys
Ariophantidae vilipensa N DD NE +
Cyc!ophorus
Cyclophoridae menkeanus E VU NE + +
Pterocyclus
Cyclophoridae cumingi N NT NE + +
Theobaldius
Cyclophoridae cratera E DD NE + +
Lathrecista
Libellulidae asiatica N NT LC + +
Tirumala Anduruwan nil-
Nymphalidae septentrionis kotithiya N NT NE +
Papilionidae Papilio crino Mayurabada N VU NE +
Thundu Digapath
Pieridae Appias galene Samanalaya E LC NE + +
Podu tembiliwan
Pieridae Colotis aurora sudana N VU NE +
Anabas
Anabantidae testudineus Kavaiya N LC DD +
Calotes Thola-visituru
Agamidae ceylonensis katussa E NT NE +
Eretmochelys
Cheloniidae imbricata Pothu kasbaeva N EN CR +
Crocodylus
Crocodylidae palustris Hala kimbula N NT VU +
Hemidactylus
Gekkonidae depressus Hali gehuna E LC LC +
Xenochrophis
Natricidae asperrimus Diya polonga E LC NE +
Pythonidae Python molurus Pimbura N LC VU +
Geochelone
Testudinidae elegans Taraka ibba N NT LC + +
Lissemys
Trionychidae ceylonensis Kiri ibba E LC NE +
Rhinophis
Uropeltidae oxyrynchus Ul thudulla E LC NE +

Family Scientific Local Name TS NCS GCS In- Out-

Name side side
Pernis Silu
Accipitridae ptilorhyncus Bambarakussa N/M NT LC +
Anhinga
Anhingidae melanogaster Abikava N LC NT +
Charadrius
Charadriidae alexandrinus Kenti Oleviya N/M VU1 LC +
Charadrius Punchi Mala
Charadriidae dubius Oleviya N/M VU1 LC +
Ciconia
Ciconiidae episcopus Padili Manawa N NT VU +
Columbidae Columba livia Podu Paraviya N CR2 LC + +
Treron Pompadoru
Columbidae pompadora Batagoya E LC LC +
Galuthudu
Laridae Sterna nilotica Sayurulihiniya N/M CR3 LC +
Merops Nilpenda
Meropidae philippinus Binguharaya N/M CR4 LC + +
Sri Lanka Wali-
Phasianidae Gallus lafayetii kukula E LC LC + +
Ploceidae Ploceus manyar Pan Wadukurulla N NT LC +
Megalaima Rathmhunath
Ramphastidae rubricapilla Kottoruwa E LC LC + +
Threskiornis Hisakalu
Threskiornithidae melanocephalus Dakaththa N LC NT +
Sri Lanka
Pellorneum Boraga-
Timalidae fuscocapillum demalichcha E LC LC + +
Semnopithecus
Cercopithecida priam Eli-wdura N LC NT +
Elephas
Elephantidae maximus Aliya N EN EN + +
Prionailurus
Felidae rubiginosus Kola Diviya N EN VU +
Moschiola Sri Lanka
Tragulidae meminna Meminna E LC LC +
Pipistrellus Indu Koseta-
Vespertillionidae coromandra vavula N VU LC + +
Abbreviations: TS - Taxonomic Status, E - Endemic, N - Native, NCS - National
Conservation Status, GCS - Global Conservation Status, CR - Critically
Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable, NT - Near Threatened, DD -
Data Deficient, LC - Least Concern
1
VU status applies only to a small breeding population in Sri Lanka and the winter
visitor population which is present at the study site should be designated as Not
Evaluated (NE).
2
CR status applies only to the small wild population in Sri Lanka inhabiting the
Pigeon Island and rest of the birds are feral, which is recorded at the study site
should be designated as Not Evaluated (NE).
3
CR status applies only to the small breeding population restricted to the Sand
islands present in the Adam’s Bridge and the winter visitor population which is
present at the study site should be designated as Not Evaluated (NE).

4
CR status applies only to the small breeding colony present in the coastal sand
dunes south of Panama and the winter visitor population which is present at the
study site should be designated as Not Evaluated (NE).
Proximity to protected areas

The project area does not come within any protected areas declared by the
Department of Wildlife Conservation or Forest department. However there are
number of protected areas in the proximity of the proposed project area. Figure
3.34 shows all protected areas and forest reserves within the project area.
Migratory Species and Migratory routes

The migrant birds that visit Sri Lanka arrive via two major routes, eastern and
western route. The eastern route is used by birds arriving from Siberia, East Asia,
northern and eastern India. They fly across the eastern edge of the Indian
subcontinent and arrive on the north-eastern coast of Sri Lanka. Some of the
birds that arrive through the eastern route include ducks, birds of prey and some
waders. Majority of the birds that arrive in Sri Lanka use this route. The western
route is used by birds arriving from western Siberia, western part of India, middle
east, eastern Europe and enters Sri Lanka via the north-western coast of Sri
Lanka. Some of the species arriving through the western route includes Crakes,
Plovers, Curlews, Godwits, Red shanks, Snipes and harriers. In addition to these
two routes, a third route is used by birds arriving from the far eastern region via
Andaman Islands. Birds that arrive from this route include Black-caped kingfisher,
Long-toed stint and Philippine Shrike. The entry point of this last route is
considered to be the Estuary of the Mahaweli River which is located several km
away from the proposed project site.
Altogether, 20 migratory bird species were recorded in the study area. Out of
these 20 species 13 are waders that occupy aquatic habitats such as mud flats,
mangroves, tanks etc., the remaining seven species are inhabiting terrestrial
habitats, both natural and man made. As the project site did not have any
wetlands the aquatic migrants will not visit the site and therefore common
terrestrial migrants that can occupy scrublands are the only ones that were
expected to visit the site. Observations of this study indicate that this indeed is
the case as only three species of common terrestrial migrants birds were
recorded within the project affected area.
Therefore, the site selected for the proposed project does not obstruct any known
migratory pathway or serve as the habitat of a critical species (restricted range
species or threatened species) of migrant bird(s).

Figure 3.34: Protected areas and forest reserves found in the vicinity of the
project area (source: Environmental Sensitive Area map prepared by the central
Environmental Authority)

3.2.1.2 Marine Ecology and biodiversity

The Koddiyar bay and the Shell bay area both including coastal belt, pelagic and
benthic were visited on a basis of a reconnaissance survey in order to plan the
detailed research work. In addition to that, local experts, hoteliers, fishermen
were consulted during for their inputs.
Depending on the results obtained from the reconnaissance survey, a detailed
survey was planned mainly focusing the area around intake structure and outlet
structure. Data collection involved snorkeling, diving, underwater surveys. Water
and sediment sample collections, underwater photography and Line Intercept
Transect (LIT) method and its variations, quadrate method and its variations,
video transects and photo transects methods were used.
The exercise was focused on the location of intake point is 700 m from shore and
8.5 m deep at the Koddiyar bay and the outfall point in the Shell Bay which is at
480 m from shore, at a depth of 7 m.
The study area also includes the following:
 Offshore Structures (both Intake and Outfall): The location of the offshore
structures and 500m from the boundaries of these structures of or the area of
maximum risk.
 Pipeline: Pipeline routes and 100m on either side of the proposed routes or
area of maximum risk.
Status of the marine environment in Koddiyar Bay

Koddiyar Bay comprise of sandy beaches, mangrove patches and estuaries. Part
of the coastline is prone to some erosion/accretion during monsoon periods. The
bay is connected to two main estuaries namely; Mahaweli and Kattaparichchan
Aru. Figure 3.35 and 3.36 show the Ghost Crab and Kraal Fisheries observed in
Koddiyar Bay.
Figure 3.35: Ghost Crab observed Figure 3.36: Kraal fishery in

in Koddiyar Bay Koddiyar Bay
Coastal waters of the area are extremely turbid throughout the year. Therefore
the bottom of the bay does not get enough sunlight to create a well-diversified
ecosystem. As a result the bottom is covered with very fine clay-sand mixture
with intermittent clumps of unidentified sponges and rare sightings of worm
species (Figure 3.37 and 3.38). Ray species, demersal fish species, and some
molluscs were found very rarely during the underwater survey. Turbidity is
extremely high to the extent that one cannot see its palm when the hand is fully
extended in the water.

Figure 3.37: Representative pictures of the Koddiyar bay bottom

substrate
The fish species in the Koddiyar bay was determined by the catch compositions
obtained from the landing sites. Almost all the fish were small pelagic species,
rare catches of bottom dwelling elasmobranch species and few crab species.
Figure 3.38: Unidentified sponge – Figure 3.39: Holothuria spp

Koddiyar Bay
Status of the Marine Environment in Shell Bay

Shell Bay area is covered by a sandy beach that fringes to a dense coastal shrub
and woody vegetation. The sandy beach is relatively less diverse with some
hermit crabs and ghost crabs. Sea bed shows a gradual slope from the coast up
to 15 m and then the slope increases and finally reaches areas deeper than
500m. The bottom surface of the shallow coastal water is covered with scattered
rocks and sandstone boulders. The upper intertidal surfaces of these rocky
boulders are found covered with barnacles (Balanus sp.) and algae species such
as Ulva, Jania, Caulerpa and some filamentous green algae. In addition to that

Littorina, Nodilittorina, Trochus and Chiton sp were found. Sea cucumber species,
Holothuria atra, Holothuria scabra, Unidentified heart urchin and broken thallus of
red algae were found on the sandy substrate where the sand particle sizes
changed from fine to course. Annelid worms, giant clams(Tridacna), pen shell
(Pinna), Spider shell (Lambis lambis) and cushion stars ( Culcita sp.) were found
rarely within the bay area.
A detailed Marine Ecological Survey was carried out in Shell Bay in the
vicinity of the originally proposed outfall location (L8). The survey covered
an area of approximately 1.5 km along the coastline. Sub sites selected
for the surveys are shown in Figure 3.40 (Site A – F).
Figure 3.40: Location of Sub Sites

Photographs and description of various sub-sites (A to F) are as follows:

Site Photograph Description
A In general the turbidity of this site was
low and the depth ranged from 2 - 7
meters. Bottom substrate was covered
with limestone reef patches and the
bottom topography showed a patchy
distribution. The main substrate
component was hard coral (Porites sp.)
Other major benthic species found was
Sinularia, Lobophytum filamentous
algae and encrusting algae. The fish
diversity was moderate.
B The same turbidity regime and the

depth range were observed. The coral
cover was comparatively lower than in
site A. However the remaining benthic
cover percentage was occupied mainly
by soft coral species such as Sinularia,
Lobophytum and Sarcophyton.
C The topography, bathymetry and the

animal diversity is similar to site B.
D The site is found as a mixture of

limestone and rocky outcrops. The rock
substrates were covered with silt and
encrusting red and brown algae while
the limestone reef patches were covered
with hard coral colonies, soft coral
colonies and red and brown encrusting
algae. The main coral species found was
Porites. Some dead coral boulders also
observed among live coral patches.
Branching coral cover was extremely
small and the small encrusting, boulder
coral species were observed indicating a

recent colonization.
E The live coral cover was extremely low
and the area was found covered with
scattered granite boulders. High
sediment loads were evident. Very few
larger hard coral colonies were observed
at this site. The fish diversity was
comparatively lower than in site D.
F The bottom substrate of this site was

covered with find sands. The coral
diversity was almost zero and the
substrate composition was monotonous.
Overall animal diversity of the Shell bay
was found to be the lowest at this site.
However, this site is more closer to the
Fowl point and the surrounding coral
reef.
Based on the coral and marine diversity distribution pattern of the area, Site E
has been recommended as the most suitable location for the outfall, which is
approximately 1 km away from the original location (L8). New location, named as
L0 in the report (810 18’ 2.49’’ E, 80 30’ 50.60’’ N) is at 7m depth and a mínimum
distance (perpendicular distance) of 480m away from the shoreline.
Fisheries in Koddiyar Bay

The bay is occupied by traditional fishermen and fiberglass boat fishermen and
they engage in gill net fishery. In addition to that, some parts of the shallow area
are occupied by kraal fishing gears. However the bay is not used for high ended
traditional fishing activities, but very much primitive fishing activities aiming
small pelagic fish species.
Fisheries in Shell Bay

Very few fishermen fish in the Shell bay use Hook and line method and crab trap
methods (Figure 3.41). They use FRP boats during these fishing activities. Crab
pots are laid closer to rocky/coral outcrops and leave it overnight until it trap crab
species (including lobsters). Fishermen fix a half rotten clump of fish at the centre
of the trap in order to attract fish. However the damage caused to the
environment from these two fishing methods are very low.

Figure 3.41: Crab trap set on the bottom to catch crab
Rare, threatened and endemic species

There were no rare or threatened species found in the sampling sites. However in
some places, 20-30% of the bottom surface and the species found were Sinularia,
Sarcophyton, and Lobophytum sp. Occasional cushion stars, Sea cucumbers,
Euphillia corals, Giant clams were recorded but are not considered to be
rare/threatened and endemic.
Biodiversity in Koddiyar Bay

The shoreline is fringed with numerous coastal plants and the sandy shore is
dwelt by various burrowing forms of organisms. Squilla, bivalves, ghost crabs and
hermit crabs are the major types of organisms observed in this environment.
Squilla Sp. Perna Sp.
Balanus Sp. Jelly fish sp.

Figure 3.42: Some Species Observed in Koddiyar Bay

Biodiversity in Shell Bay

The following charismatic macro fauna were observed in Shell Bay. However they
are not categorized under any threatened, endangered list.
Tridacna Sp. Nardoa galatheae
Culcita sp. Holothuria atra

Figure 3.43: Some Species Observed in Shell Bay
Corals in Shell Bay
Diploastrea haliopora Euphiyllia sp.

Leptoseris speciosa Oluphillia sp.
Porites sp. Turbinaria sp.

Figure 3.44: Coral Species Observed in Shell Bay
The coral and substrate cover in the Shell bay was not showed even distribution
and the sea bottom of the bays covered by rocky and limestone outcrops. Some
areas were densely populated with corals and some areas were not covered with
corals and other marine invertebrate life even though the bottom is hard. The
average height of these protrusions ranges 0.5 to 1 meters with occasional
boulders that extends up to 3 meters. These surfaces are covered with coralline
algae and red, brown and green encrusting and filamentous algae. Main sticking
feature of the area is the abundance of soft corals of different densities. In these
areas higher sedimentation evidence was shown. Some parts of the bay were
covered with sandy bottom where the size of the sand particles was fine. Number
of organic and solid debris was found accumulated in these sandy patches.
Detailed list of identified marine species are presented in Annexure-XIII as
follows,
 Coral species found in the Bay area (Table 1 of Annexure-XIII)
 Algae species found from the area (Table 2 of Annexure-XIII)
 Marine Invertebrate species (Table 3 of Annexure-XIII)
 Coastal Fish species (Table 4 of Annexure-XIII)
 Plankton list (Table 5 of Annexure-XIII)
 Marine Mammal list (Table 6 of Annexure-XIII).
 Koddiyar Bay species list (Table 7 of Annexure-XIII)
Proximity to protected areas

Two sites, inlet and outlet points are located approximately 25km from the Pigeon
Islands Marine National Park in Sri Lanka with its unique terrestrial and marine

ecosystems. It encompasses 471.4 hectares of protected waters including the

land mass. The coral reef harbors many vertebrate and invertebrate but
dominated by live coral species. Many of the 100 species of corals and 300 coral
reef fishes recorded around the Trincomalee area are found in the national park
(National wetland directory, 2006). The marine park including its terrestrial and
marine components at present undergo various influences of environmental and
anthropogenic origin, such as impacts caused by crown of thorns starfish, fast
growing sea algae, thermal stress and fungal attacks. In addition to that, tourism
related activities for instance snorkeling, diving, bathing, boat movements and
fisheries related activities such as usage of non-sustainable fishing methods and
ornamental fish collection are common. The island is important breeding ground
for Rock Pigeon, which is assigned as critically endangered under IUCN nationally
threatened bird list. However the distance to the outlet and the inlet point are
such that they do not have any chance of a negative impact on its marine bio
diversity.
Migratory species and migratory routes

Marine mammals
Sri Lanka is well known for its marine mammal populations including whales,
dolphins, dugong and porpoises. Various mammal surveys have been conducted
and published specially targeting Southern coast and Gulf of Mannar region
reporting 29 species (Table 6 of Annexure-XIII). Trincomalee area is known for
Dolphins, whales, especially Blue whale and sperm whales. However, almost all
these sightings are well away from the beaches and beyond 100m depth contour
line. The main areas popular among whale watchers are closer to Swami Rock
area and deeper sites in front of the harbor mouth. However, research findings
indicates that more whales are roaming in area north of Trincomalee closer to
Mulathivu than the southern areas of Trincomalee. One observer reported that
whales, possibly humpbacks were seen frequently by fishermen off Mulathivu,
northeastern Sri Lanka.
Sea turtles
Five species of turtles, namely; Loggerhead (Caretta caretta), Green turtle
(Chelonia mydas), Olive Ridley (Lepidochelys olivacea), Leatherback
(Dermochelys coriacea) and Hawksbill turtle (Eretmochelys imbricata) are
reported to nest along the beaches of Trincomalee. However there are no
published data on the presence and nesting of turtles in Koddiyar and Shell bay
areas.
3.2.2 Fishing Grounds in Study Area

Fishing grounds in study area are described under Section 3.3.4 under Socio-
economic considerations.

3.3 SOCIO-ECONOMICS CONSIDERATIONS

The land use, population and their social diversity, economic activities, income
diversity, poverty and gender and availability of sensitive instructions / places are
considered as socio economic considerations of the proposed project.
The field study covered the project land and 2 km radius from the boundary of
project land as project relevant environment for the study. The degree of
significance of the socio-economic environment relevant to the project varies in
relation to its distance from the project boundary. Significance gets decreased
when the area goes far from the project boundary and therefore, information in
the 2km area from the project boundary was divided in to three circles for
identification of most relevant information. In this context, 2 km area was divided
into following circles for collecting information relevant to each circle (category).
 Land area within 50 m radius from the boundary of project land
 Another 200 m wide land starting from the boundary of 50 M land belt
(this area refers as 250 m radius in the rest of the Social Impact
Assessment (SIA) section)
 Another 1750 m wide land area starting from the boundary of 250 m
land belt (this area refers as 2 km radius in the entire section of the SIA)
These 3 circles of land belts covered 2km area from the project land fulfilling the
mandatory requirement of the EIA.
Figure 3.45 shows the location of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project and
Important Places in the Surrounding Area. Figure 3.46 shows the GN Divisions
located in the 2 KM radius of the Project and Figure 3.47 shows some
infrastructure facilities in the surrounding area of the project
3.3.1 PRESENT LAND USE PATTERN

Land Use in the Project Land: the land use pattern in project land (505 acres),
50m land belt adjacent to the project boundary, 250m radius of the project land
and 2 km land belt from the boundary of project land and the general land use
pattern in entire Mutur DSD are briefly described.
 Project land: project land includes 505 acres of land in Mutur DSD leased
to TPCL by GoSL. There is no single human settlement within the project
land. The project land is well endowed with ground water according to the
local community members. The ground water can be found within 5 to 6 m
in this land. At present about 75% of the land is covered with scrubs while
25% is abandoned paddy fields.
 50m radius from the project boundary: this land belt is completely
scrub jungle at present with no any human settlements.
 250m land belt from project boundary: At present 40% of this area is
home gardens and 15% is paddy land and the balance 45% is a scrub
jungle.
 2 km land belt from the project land: the land belongs to 5 GN divisions
are included in 2 km radius. The land use pattern in this area is

Figure 3.45: Trincomalee Thermal Power Project and Important Places in the Surrounding Area

Final Outfall Location L0
Final Intake
LocationP0
Figure 3.46: GN Divisions located in the 2 KM radius of the Trincomalee Thermal Power Project

Figure 3.47: Some Infrastructure Facilities in the Surrounding Area of


Table 3.47: Land use Pattern (in %) in GNDs in 2 km Radius

GN division Area Covered (in %) by
Home Paddy Scrub Other
gardens
221 Koonithivu 60 20 10 10
221A Navaratnapuram 50 30 10 10
222A - Chenaiur 45 30 20 5
222B – Kaddaiparichan North 80 No 5 15
222C – Kadatkaraichenai 70 10 5 15
(Source: Mutur DSD and related GNDs)
Land use in Mutur DSD: There is significant area of land still unutilized in Mutur
DSD. Some of the utilized land for agriculture became scrub due to long
negligence during civil conflict. The land use pattern in Mutur DSD is described
below:
 Urban land – 40 Ha
 Home gardens- 3090 Ha
 Coconut- 90 Ha
 Paddy – 6210 Ha
 Other crops – 3890 Ha
 Forest- 1070 Ha
 Low Land- 1020 Ha
 Water Bodies- 2210 Ha
 Wetlands- 240 Ha
 Range forest Land- 3050 Ha
 Total- 20910 Ha
The land right in the project land: The government has assigned 1368 acres
of land for industries in greater Trincomalee area. The allocation of 1368 acres of
land include, 818 acres for BOI (Board of Investment), 20 acres for CEB (Ceylon
Electricity Board for Switch Yard), and 25 acres for CEB for future activities and
505 acres for proposed Coal power plant.
3.3.2 POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS:

Families and the population in each geographical unit studied including, project
land, 50m, 250m, and 2 km wider land belts from the boundary of the project
land are discussed here.
The project land: The project land is free of human settlements at present. It is
a bare land with scrub jungles.
50 m radius from the project land: This land belt is also free from human
settlements at present.
250 m radius from the project land boundary: Ten families are residing in
this land belt and the population of these families is 35. The details of these 10
families residing in this area are summarized in Annexure-XIV.
2 km radius: The project land is located in 220 Sampoor East GND and 220 A
Sampoor West GNDs. The land area in 2 km radius from the boundary of project
land is fallen in 5 GNDs. The project land is not used for human settlements and
the details of human settlements (population) in other 5 GNDs located beyond
the project boundary are included in Table 3.48.

Table 3.48: Population in 2 km Radius of the Project Land Boundary

GND No. of Families Population
221 Koonithivu 178 581
221 A Navaratnapuram 149 466
222 A Chenaiur 536 1875
222 B Kaddaiparichan 403 1243
222 C Kadatkaraichenai 523 1758
Total 1789 5923
(Source: Mutur DS Office and respective GN offices)
Note: Mutur DSD has 18,646 families and 66,900 population and therefore, about
9% of population in Mutur DSD is living in 5 GNDs located in the 2 km radius of
the proposed project.
Socio-economic Diversity of Population

The socio-economic diversity of project related population is described using
indices including, gender, ethnic, religious diversities and socio-economic
vulnerability in this section.
Gender diversity: There are no human settlements in project land and 50 m
radius from the project land. Other 2 land belts studied have population and their
gender differences are included in Table 3.49. Except 1 GND in all other GNDs
the female population is larger than male population. This is a general feature of
demography in the entire country.
Table 3.49: Gender Diversity of the Population

Geographical Unit Total Male Female
Population
- - No. % No. %
250 M Radius 35 16 46 19 54
221 Koonithivu GND 581 280 48 301 52
221 A Navaratnapuram GND 466 223 48 243 52
222 A Chenaiur GND 1875 888 47 987 53
222 B KaddaiparichanGND 1243 584 47 659 53
222 C Kadatkaraichenai GND 1758 913 52 845 48
Total 5958 2904 3054
(Source: DSD Mutur, relevant GNDs and findings of SIA team)
Note: In Mutur DSD 49% of the population is male and 51% is female. Therefore,
the female population is more than male population even in Mutur DSD.
Age diversity: Limited information is available in Mutur DSD and 5 GND offices
on population with age diversity. Significant percentage of population above 18
years is reported in the data available in these sources. The data available on
population with age distribution is shown in Table 3.50.
Table 3.50: Age Diversity of the Population
Geographical unit studied Total Population with Age
Popu- Less than 5 6-18 years More than
lation years 18 years
No. % No. % No. %
250m radius 35 3 8 10 29 22 63
221 Koonithivu GND 581 40 7 150 26 391 67
221 A Navaratnapuram GND 466 25 5 103 22 338 73

222 A Chenaiur GND 1875 148 8 372 20 1355 72

222 B Kaddaiparichan GND 1243 124 10 249 20 870 70
222 C Kadatkaraichenai GND 1758 189 11 375 21 1194 68
(Source- : DSD Mutur, relevant GNDs and findings of SIA team)
Ethnic and religious diversity: Except 2 GN divisions where Muslim population

is reported in all other GN divisions including the land belt within 250m radius are
occupied by Tamil population. In Kaddaiparichan and Kadatkaraichenai only about
0.5% of Muslim population is reported and the balance is Tamil. Except Muslims
residing in Kaddaiparichan and Kadatkaraichenai the Tamil population in all other
GN divisions are Hindus.
Identification of Vulnerable sections of society : The vulnerable persons in
the study area were identified using few indicators including families depending
on samurdhi subsidy program and other government subsidies, percentage of
families headed by women as widows, number and percentage of physically
disabled persons and extent of land owned by a family.
Dependency on government subsidies: with compared to other parts of the
country the percentage of families receiving subsidies under samurdhi program is
higher in Mutur area (in other areas of the country only about 15-20% of families
receive benefits under the samurdhi program). Similarly, significant percentage of
families residing within 250m radius from the project boundary and also 2km
radius are receiving subsidies under other government programs.
Significantly higher percentage of families is headed by women mainly due to
death of their husbands during civil conflict. These women are considered as
vulnerable section of the society. The information on families receiving subsidies
and also widows is included in Table 3.51.
Table 3.51: Families receiving subsidies and number of widows

Geographical unit studied Total Samurdi Widows Other subsidy
No. of Recipients receiving
Families families
No % No % No %
250m radius 10 5 50 4 40 5 50
221 Koonithivu GND 178 113 63 27 15 95 53
221 A Navaratnapuram GND 149 72 48 43 29 86 58
222 A Chenaiur GND 536 90 17 130 24 102 19
222 B Kaddaiparichan GND 403 50 12 161 40 142 35
222 C Kadatkaraichenai GND 523 55 11 85 16 72 14
Source- : DSD Mutur, relevant GNDs and findings of SIA team
Note: in Mutur DSD 40% of families receive benefits under Samurdhi program,
12% receives benefits under other subsidy program and other 16% of families
are headed by widows.
Disabled persons: There are 2 (6%) persons among 35 people residing in the
area within 250m radius of the project land (in 10 families). Similarly, every GND
located within 2 km radius of the project land has certain number of disabled
persons. The number of disabled persons in each GND studied is mentioned
below:
 221 Koonithivu GND- 8 ( 2% of total population )
 221 A Navaratnapuram GND-14 (3% of total population )

 222 A Chenaiur GND-11 ( 1% of total population)

 222 B Kaddaiparichan GND-14 ( 1% of total population)
 222 C Kadatkaraichenai GND-67 ( 4% of total population)
In entire Mutur DSD area there are 3356 disabled persons and it is 5% of the
total population. The nature of disability includes, Orthopedically Handicapped,
Blind, Hearing, Mentally Handicapped etc.
Land availability for the families in the studied area: The people were
resettled in new houses constructed in 15 perch lands in resettlement villages.
The resettled farmers are in the process of developing land for cultivation with
the help of relevant govt. organizations.
The families living in the vicinity of the project land have accessed to at least 1 to
5 acres of irrigated land and 0.5 to 2 acres of highland. Therefore, the
communities residing in the vicinity of project land are considered as moderately
rich community in terms of access to land. This situation is observed outside of
the land area demarcated as industrial zone by the Urban Development Authority
(UDA).
3.3.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS OF THE COMMUNITY OPERATING IN THE

PROJECT AREA
Parameters such as education level, employment, and income levels are used to
describe the socio economic conditions of the project related communities.
Education: Significant percentage of population living in the 250m radius of the
project is people with no formal education (10 of 35 persons or 28%). There are
no people with no- formal education reported from the area located within 2km
radius. The information on education levels of the people living in the studied
areas is shown in Table 3.52.
Table 3.52: Education Level of Population

No. and Percentage of Persons with Different Levels of Education
Geographical No formal Not yet Grade 5 O Level A Level University

units education schooling Level
No % No % No % No % No % No %
250m radius 10 28 2 6 6 17 16 46 1 3 0 0
221 Koonithivu 0 0 82 63 18 14 20 15 11 8 0 0
GND
221 A 0 0 62 73 3 4 12 14 8 9 0 0
Navaratnapuram
GND
222 A Chenaiur 0 0 452 72 80 13 59 9 29 5 5 1
GND
222 B 0 0 249 68 21 6 21 6 24 7 46 13
Kaddaiparichan
GND
222 C 0 0 355 86 35 8 9 2 11 3 2 1
Kadatkaraichenai
GND
Entire Mutur DSD 0 0 14174 71 2580 13 1810 9 889 4 574 3

Employment: most of the persons within employable age are involved in labor
related income generation activities. The second highest category of income
generation is agriculture activities such as paddy cultivation and Chena farming in
Maha seasons. The information on distribution of employments of the people
within employable age is included in Table 3.53.
Table 3.53: Employment Status of Population

No. and Percentage of Persons with Different Types of Employment
Geographical Labor Govt. Job Pvt. Job Fishery Agriculture Self- Business
units employment
No % No % No % No % No % No % No %
250m radius 1 8 0 0 3 21 3 21 0 0 7 50 0 0
221 Koonithivu 57 27 31 14 11 5 44 21 33 15 27 13 11 5
GND
221 A 102 51 13 7 0 0 12 6 40 20 30 15 3 1
Navaratnapuram
GND
222 A Chenaiur 235 13 45 3 1084 62 186 11 143 8 38 2 20 1
GND
222 B 50 6 97 11 509 60 24 3 105 13 37 4 23 3
Kaddaiparichan
GND
222 C 375 34 20 2 8 1 183 17 475 43 12 1 25 2
Kadatkaraichenai
GND
Entire Mutur DSD 6136 27 2630 12 2005 9 3642 16 4731 21 1842 8 1773 7
Income distribution: The data available in DS and GN offices does not indicate
the accurate picture of the income levels of families in their jurisdictions. But, it is
a common trend observed in official data on income available in most of the DS
and GN offices in the country. The Chief householder reported data is recorded by
GNs as the income of families and this is the main reason for recording under
value figures as incomes. The data on income levels of 10 families residing in the
250 m radius was obtained by the SIA team and it was found that most of the
families are earning more than Rs 10,000 a month (Annexure-XIV). Similar
situation can be found on the income of other families living in the GN divisions
(although low figures are available in GN offices). Whatever, low figures recorded
in GNs and DS offices of Mutur they indicate the general trend of income levels of
the recently resettled families. Most of them depend on government subsidies yet
and they are in the process of reestablishment of their lost livelihood systems.
The income related information available in GN divisions and SIA team collected
information from 10 families are shown in Table 3.54.
Table 3.54: Income Levels of Families in the Study Areas
No. and Percentage of Families with Different Levels of
Monthly Income
Geographical Less than Rs 1001- Rs 5001- Rs 10001- More than
units Rs 1000 5000 10,000 15,000 Rs 15,000
No % No % No % No % No %
250m radius 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 40 6 60
221 Koonithivu 29 16 96 54 23 14 6 3 24 13

GND
221 A 43 29 27 18 61 42 5 3 13 8
Navaratnapuram
GND
222 A Chenaiur 151 28 166 32 150 28 24 4 45 8
GND
222 B 21 5 91 23 87 21 111 28 93 23
Kaddaiparichan
GND
222 C 72 14 425 80 10 2 14 3 2 1
Kadatkaraichenai
GND
Entire Mutur DSD 2735 15 7808 42 4036 22 1639 924 2428 12
In order to obtain the view of different groups of population, three focused group
discussions (GDs) were held as follows:
Focused Target Population Date of Location
Group GD
Discussions
Focused group Fisherman 01.10.2014 Soodaikuda
discussion – 1 fisheries landing
site
Focused group Community and religious 01.10.2014 Kaliamman Kovil
discussion – 2 leaders in Sampoor area – Sampoor
Focused group Community leaders 03.10.2014 Soodaikuda
discussion – 3 residing in 3 land belts fisheries landing
from the boundary of the site
proposed project land
The details of the discussions are presented in Annexure-XIV and summarized
in the following sections along with the other findings of the SIA Study.
3.3.4 STATUS OF FISHERY RESOURCES AND PRESENT LEVEL OF

EXPLOITATION:
The fishery has been found as one of the main livelihood activities of the
population in 250 m radius and the 5 GN divisions located within 2 km radius. The
same situation is reported from Mutur DSD as whole. This section discusses on
families and population involved in fishing activities, fishing equipment they
posses, launching points to the sea, fishing area in the sea, type of fish caught
and marketing arrangement. The details of 2 representative fishermen are
documented as 2 case studies to explain the livelihood system of fishermen in the
project area. The main boat landing sites of the fishermen have been marked in a
sketched map (Figure 3.45).
The information on families involved in fishery activities and the population in
fishery families are included in in Table 3.55.

Table 3.55: Information about Fishermen Families and the Fishermen

Population
Geographical units Total No. Fishermen Total Fishermen
of Families families population population
No. No. % No. No. %
250m radius 10 3 30 35 7 20
221 Koonithivu GND 178 40 22 581 44 8
221 A 149 12 8 466 18 4
Navaratnapuram
GND
222 A Chenaiur GND 536 175 33 1875 186 10
222 B 403 21 5 1243 24 2
Kaddaiparichan GND
222 C 523 168 32 1758 183 10
Kadatkaraichenai
GND
Mutur DSD 18646 2600 14 66900 3720 6
Source: Fisheries Inspector's Office Sampoor and the findings of SIA Team
The situation in 250 m radius: 3 families of 10 residing in this land belt are
involved in fishery activities. They perform artisanal fishing in shallow sea using
traditional methods such as "Belibama", "manual catching", and "collecting
Bellan" etc. The small fish caught are sold to the local community in the villages.
This type of fisherman can earn about Rs 500 to 700 a day.
The situation in 2 km radius: Every GN division located in the vicinity of the
project land has certain number of fishing families. Most of these fishermen use
Soodaikuda and Kadatkaraichenai boat landing places to park and launch their
fishing boats.
The intake and the out fall areas identified for the project are not used by
fishermen for launching their fishing vessels. These locations are situated in high
security zone. Soodaikuda boat landing site is located about 1 km distance from
the out fall point of the project. Kadatkaraichenai boat landing site is also more
than 1 km far from the proposed intake for the project.
Soodaikuda boat landing site is managed by Soodaikuda fish cooperative and
there are 6 boats and 20 rafts landed in this location. About 40 fishermen operate
from Soodaikuda boat landing site. Kadatkaraichenai boat landing site is also
managed by a cooperative established by the fishermen as community based
organization and there are about 40 boats and 15 rafts operated from this landing
site by 60 fishermen.
The shallow sea used for fishing by these communities is well endowed sea area
with fish population. The fish varieties such as ‘various types of Galmalu’ and
tuna are densely available.
A large number of fishermen from Soodaikuda and Kadatkaraichenai boat landing
sites and also from other areas such as Mutur, Kinniya and even Trincomalee
reach this shallow sea belt for fishing (about 400-500 fishermen). These
fishermen do not fish in the areas located for intake and out fall and also in the
vicinity of these 2 points. The fish catch in these areas are sold in Mutur, Kinniya
and also in fish markets in Trincomalee. Two fishermen were studied including
their production details as case studies and these 2 cases are generic and

representative of the other fishermen in general. The 2 case studies are shown
below:
Details Fisherman 1 Fishermen 2
Name A. Ravindramurthi J. Sudarshana
Address Kadatkaraichenai, 1 Soodaikuda, Koonithivu
Sampoor, Mutur
Fisheries Kadatkaraichenai, Rural Soodaikuda, corporative
Association fishery association fisheries association
Position Chairman in the fishing Chairman in the fishing
society society
Boat landing site Kadatkaraichenai Soodaikuda
Fishing Areas Kadatkaraichenai shallow Soodaikuda shallow sea
sea
Possess of fishing Engine boat and other Engine Boat, raft and other
equipment equipment equipment
Type of fish Gal Malu, Prawn, Cuttle fish, Same as fisherman 1
caught Tuna, Salaya, paraw and
Bollu
Daily catch 200 to 250kg 150 to 200kg
Net income per Rs 5000/- Rs. 5000/-
day
No of days of 20 20
fishing
No of months 8 to 9 8 to 9
involved in
fishing
Other views  We have not been Same as Fisherman 1
expressed involved in fishing for
about 6 years during
civil conflict
 Operation started only in
the beginning of 2014
 The area we fished is
very rich in fish
population
 Our fishing area is about
0.750km to 1.00km far
from the intake,
Note: The Rs.5000/= daily net income is shared with 2 assistants (called
Ganiyans in local language) operate in the boat.
Sampoor area as whole was famous for fishing prior to civil conflict. The fishing
activities have commenced about 6 months ago with the permission from the
security forces. The sea area in the vicinity of outfall and intake of the proposed
project has been declared as high security zone. The fishermen go for fishing to
the sea areas beyond security zone. Therefore, limited activities carried out
during construction phase of intake and out fall will not create any negative
impacts on fishing activities.

3.3.5 AGRICULTURAL ACTIVITIES AND OTHER INCOME GENERATION SOURCES
There are no agricultural activities performed by communities in the land

proposed for the project.
Situation in 50 m and 250m radius: the land belt located within 50m radius is
unused bare lands. Only about 10% of the land located at the edge of 250m
radius is at present occupied by 10 families and they do not perform agriculture
activities other than using the land plots as homesteads. The rest of the land belt
within 250 m radius is also unused bare land.
Situation in 2km radius: The land areas are still unused by the communities
and they intend to re establish their agriculture activities in these lands during
the process of re-establishment of lost livelihood systems. All these lands belong
to the community and no one has encroached in these lands and therefore, they
will be available for the communities for use in near future. The approximate
extends of lands used for irrigated paddy are shown in Table 3.56.
Table 3.56: Abandoned paddy lands

GN division Extent (acres) Remarks
220 Sampoor- East 400 These areas are
220A Sampoor- West 60 included in BOI land
221 Koonithivu GND 250 -
221 A Navaratnapuram GND 750 -
222 A Chenaiur GND 471 -
222 B Kaddaiparichan GND 0 -
222 C Kadatkaraichenai GND 92 -
Availability of water for agriculture: The agriculture in project land prior to

civil conflict was based on rain water. This situation is same for 50 m and 250 m
radius of the project land. The community inside the project land and also in the
vicinity used to do Chena cultivation prior to civil conflict. Ground water is
available in the project land and in the vicinity but, people has not exploited it yet
for agriculture.
Situation in 2 km radius: The agriculture in this area (in 5 GN divisions) is
carried out with rain water and water from small irrigation tanks. Tanks are
available only in 3 GN divisions out of five. Most of these tanks are now
dilapidated due to negligence of maintenance for long time (since 2006). The
tanks available in 3 GN divisions located in the 2 km radius are shown in Table
3.57.
Table 3.57: Tanks Available in 3 GN divisions
GN division Names of Tanks
221 Koonithivu  Periyakulam
 Konnaiya Kulam
 Kumbukkankulam
 Kudikunthilam Kulam
 Kollan Kulam
 Pottanmada Kulam
 Dhamakulam
 Madurawattuwan Kulam
 Wella Kulam

221 A  Kudaman Kulam

Navaratnapuram  Periyamutti Kada Kulam
 Alam Kulam
 Inantande Kulam
 Chinthathan Kulam
 Periya Kulam
 Wanam Kulam
 Hanlisan Kulam
222A Chenaiyoor  Mailo Malaie Kulam
 Wembadi Kottam Kulam
 Nelli Kulam
 Nariyanda Kulam
 Jelam Walli Kulam
 Kilithanjikullam Kulam
 Kanankuda Kulam
 Sethadiwan Kulam
(Source: SIA field study)
Crops grown and cropping intensity: The project land is a scrub jungle at
present due to long term negligence. Grains such as cowpea, green gram,
ground nuts were grown prior to civil conflict. This is same in the 50 m radius
land belt. In the 250m land about 10% is used for homesteads at present and it
was also grown with Chena at that time. The land within 2 km radius was
intensively cultivated prior to civil conflict with grains and paddy under small
tanks. The cultivation was limited to Maha seasons due to water reasons. In
general the land available in this area is not yet utilized properly.
Yield and income : At present there are no cultivation in the project land or its
immediate vicinity but, the land in the 2km radius are cultivated with paddy and
non rice crops but, the yield is much low compared to other areas of the country
(3 tonnes per hectare of paddy). To explain the present agriculture behavior of
farmers’ specific details were obtained from a farmer as case study and this case
study is generic and represents the other farmers in the area. The details of the
case study are shown below:
Case study on agriculture
Name of the farmer: S Carl Raja
Address: No 6, Sampoor, Mutur
Agriculture area: Sampoor
Type of Agriculture: Rain fed farming during Maha seasons
Type of crops grown: Green gram, cowpea and ground nuts mostly and some
vegetables too.
Income from agriculture: at present cultivate only for domestic consumption
The views expressed:
 Prior to civil conflict I used to cultivate paddy also in the land (2 to 3
acres) during Maha seasons and obtained about 1500 to 2000kgs of
paddy per acre
 My land has got into the area demarcated as high security zone
 I was able to cultivate non rice crops during Maha season and obtained
about Rs. 30,000 to 40,000 per year
Other economic activities: Other than fisheries and agriculture that are
performed by people there are some other income generation activities such as

self-employment activities carried out by the community in the 2km radius. Since
the project land and its immediate vicinity (50m radius) are free from human
settlements these issues are not relevant to these 2 geographical areas.
Although the main livelihood activities of the community members in 2km radius
prior to civil conflict were concentrated on agriculture and fishery, these two
activities have not yet become fully operated even at present. Therefore, the
limited number of householders resettled is mainly involved in non agriculture
income generation activities such as collecting firewood. Firewood collection is the
principle income generation activity of about 50 persons residing in 2km radius.
Firewood collection is carried out in the land allocated for industrial activities
(entire land including the 500 acre portion for proposed coal power project). In
addition to firewood collection animal husbandry is becoming popular among
people living in villages such as Santhoshapuram, Wallikurny in Kaddaiparichan
GND. About 10-12 persons are involved in animal husbandry in this area and also
another 15 involved in collecting bee honey.
To explain the nature of other income generation activities a case study on a
person involved in firewood collection was prepared and the details are given
below:
Case study on fire wood collection

Name: R Nagarasha
Address: Kadatkaraichenai, 1, Santhoshapuram
Family size: 2
Daily income from firewood collection: Rs. 750/
Average monthly income: Rs. 15000/-
Market for firewood: Mutur, Kinniya
Firewood collection areas: the land presently fenced and also Palipuram in
Navaratnapuram area
VIEWS EXPRESSED:
 My main income generation activity prior to civil conflict was agriculture
but, there is no land to cultivate at present.
 We collected firewood mostly from the land presently fenced and
separated for industrial activity purpose.
 The number of families depending on firewood collections has increased
in my community due to limited land available for agriculture (there
were 5 to 6 families at that time but, it has gone up to 20 to 25 at
present.)
3.3.6 EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES SUCH AS HOUSING AND

SANITATION, HELATH CARE AND WATER SUPPLY ETC.:
This section includes, Access roads linked to project land also to the other main
roads and also the distance to main roads from the project land, Availability of
telephone systems in the area, Sources of drinking water, Availability of
electricity , Sanitary latrines, Schools, hospitals, Urban centers and other service
delivery centers such as banks, police, DS office, GN office etc.
Access roads: the main road available to access the project land is Mutur-Lanka
patuna road. At present it is a well improved main road. From Mutur to
Lankapatuna road there is a sub road to reach the project land and this sub- road
is dilapidated. It is a gravel road with lot of potholes. There is another road from
Mutur to Lanka patuna road falling near Santhoshapuram Sivasakthi School to
reach the project land but, it is also a gravel road which is dilapidated.

Telephone: cable based telephone system has not yet been established in this
area but, every family irrespective of their economic status has cellular phones
therefore, communication is not a constraint in the area.
Drinking water facilities: there is no pipe borne water system established in
the 2km radius area of the project land. Even the shallow wells are limited in
villages. In most of the villages only about 2-3 shallow wells are available in some
home gardens to share water among villagers. In this context, Sampoor
Pradeshiya Sabha distributes drinking water through bowsers in some areas that
are very critical in water availability for drinking purposes (Koonithivu and
Navaratnapuram).
Electricity facilities: disturbed power connection due to civil conflict has been
reestablished in all the areas studied. Power supply is available even for the area
located within 250m radius of the project land. Significant percentages of
householders have obtained connections and the balance has not yet obtained
house connections due to economic reasons. The information on availability of
electricity in the households of studied areas is shown in Table 3.58.
Table 3.58: Availability of Electricity
Geographical units studied Total No. and Percentage of
families Households to whom
Electricity is
Available Unavailable
No % No %
250m radius 10 8 80 2 20
221 Koonithivu GND 178 69 39 109 61
222 A Chenaiur GND 536 446 83 90 17
222 B Kaddaiparichan GND 403 344 85 59 15
Mutur DSD 18646 11782 63 6864 37
Note: high tension line is available on Lankapatuna road which is located about
300m from the boundary of the project land.
Toilet facilities: Some of the houses do not have toilet facilities yet in the area
studied. The householders who do not have toilets at homes used to share the
toilet with others or use the nearby scrub lands for the purpose. The information
in Table 3.59 indicates that percentages of households with and without latrine
facilities.
Table 3.59: Availability of Latrines at Households
Geographical units studied Total No. and Percentage of
families Households to whom
Latrines are
Available Unavailable
No. % No. %
250m radius 10 8 80 2 10
221 Koonithivu GND 178 91 51 87 49
222 A Chenaiur GND 536 90 17 446 83
222 B Kaddaiparichan GND 403 353 88 50 12
Mutur DSD 18646 12535 67 6111 33

Schools: There are no schools in the 50 m land belt adjacent to the project land.
Santoshpuram Shivasakthi School is available in 250 m distance from the boundary
of project land. This is the nearest school to the project land and it is a junior
school with 7 teachers and 105 student population.
Situation 2 km radius area: Seven schools are available in the GN divisions
located in 2 km radius of the project land. The information on the school available
in this area is included in Table 3.60.
Table 3.60: Information on Schools in the 2 km Radius of the Project

GN division Names of Schools Distance from
the project land
in km
221 Koonithivu GND Barathi School-Soodaikuda 2.5
221 A Navaratnapuram Navala School- 2
GND Navaratnapuram
222 A Chenaiur GND Chenaiur Central School 2.5
Puwanesvari School 2.5
222 B Kaddaiparichan Vipulananada School 2.25
GND
222 C Kadatkaraichenai Santoshpuram Sivasakthi 0.25
GND School
Arasanal Tamil School 1.75
Source: SIA field study
Hospitals : There are no Hospitals available in the close proximity of the project
land (in 50 m or 250 m radiuses) but, there is 1 Dispensary in Kaddaiparichan
and it is located about 3km distance from the project land. All other hospitals are
available in more than 8km distance from the project land as shown below:
 Mutur Base Hospital- 8 km
 Toppur District Hospital- 10 km
 Kiliwatti Rural Hospital- 12 km
Urban Centers: Mutur town is the only urban center close to the project land
and it is located about 8 km distance from the boundary of the project land.
3.3.7 PLACES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL / CULTURAL IMPORTANCE

There are no archeological, cultural or religious places/institutions located in the
project land and up to 250m radius from the boundary of the project land. But a
significant number of such places mainly religious centers are located within
2.75km radius (beyond 250m land belt adjacent to the project land). The names
and their distance from the boundary of the project land and also the relevant GN
divisions are shown in Table 3.61.

Table 3.61: Centers of Religious, Cultural and Historical Significance

GN division Name of the center Distance from the
project in km
221 Koonithivu Maththilamalei Murugan kovil 2.5
Soodaikuda pulleyaar kovil 2.5
Soodaikuda weeramakali 2.75
kovil
221 Navaratnapuram Padapaththarakaali kovil 2.5
Siththiwinayagar kovil 2.25
Wairamal kovil 2
222A Chenaiur Warnakula winayagar kovil 2.5
Weerapathrayan alayan kovil 2.5
Aled vinayagar kovil 2.25
Waragiamman kovil 2.75
Puwaneshvari kovil 2.5
Puwanakanawari kovil 3
Sri muththu maariyan kovil 2.5
222B Kaddaiparichan Naagamaani kovil 2.25
North
Muththuammaan kovil 2.5
222C Kadatkaraichenai Vinayagar kovil 2.5
Siththivinayaagar kovil 2.75
Paththiniammaan kovil 2.5
Weerammakaali kovil 2
santhoshapuram

Note: most of these places have been marked in sketch map attached as Figure
3.45.
3.3.8 OTHER SENSITIVE PLACES SUCH AS ARMY CAMPS, COMMON PLACES,

TOURIST ATTRACTIVE PLACES:
There are no other sensitive places delivering various services to the public
located in the project land and the area up to 250 m radius from the boundary of
the project land. All the institutions are located beyond 2 km distance from the
project land. Other sensitive places observed are shown in Table 3.62.
Nine institutions are located in different places within 4km radius from the project
boundary. Most of these institutions are located more than 2.5km far from the
project land and they are also shown in Table 3.62.
Table 3.62: Other Sensitive Locations/Institutions
Place/institute Distance from
Project Boundary
in Km
Police- Sampoor 2.5
Waruna navy camp-Sampoor 2
Parakumba Parakum navy camp 2
Sampoor
Kaddaiparichan army camp 4
Kaddaiparichan sub post office 3
Sampoor divinaguma development bank 2.5

Kaddaiparichan community market 3

Kaddaiparichan public library 2.5
Soodaikuda light house 3
Mutur is the main township where most of the service delivery institutions are
located. This township is about 8 km far from the project land. The main service
delivery centers found in Mutur Township are mentioned below:
 DS Office
 Pradeshiya sabha
 Agrarian development center
 Fisheries inspectors office
 Police
 Main post office
 District health service office
 Peoples bank, Bank of Ceylon, HNB (Hatton National Bank), RDB (Regional
Development Bank) , Sampath Bank, Sanasa Bank
 CEB (Ceylon Electricity Board) office
 RDA (Road Development Authority) office
 CTB (Ceylon Transport Board) Depot
3.3.9. HEALTH ISSUES IN THE AREA

The information on commonly existing diseases in Sampoor area was obtained
from the district health service office and such information is mentioned in Table
3.63.
Table 3.63: Commonly Observed Diseases in Sampoor
Disease No. of Cases Observed in Different Years
2011 2012 2013 2014 up to
September
Tuberculosis 5 6 2 5
Dysentery 14 8 1 2
Dengue fever 0 2 4 4
Leptospirosis 0 2 1 0
Mumps 0 0 1 0
Viral Hepatitis 0 0 1 0
Typhus fever 0 0 0 1
Leishmaniasis 0 0 0 1
Measles 0 0 0 1
Enteric fever 1 0 0 1
3.3.10 EXISTING AND PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN THE AREA

The entire land area proposed for coal power project and adjacent area is
recommended for industrial activities by the Urban Development Authority (UDA).
. The balance portion has been allocated for BOI to establish industries in future.
In this context, there will be significant number of industries coming to the
Sampoor area. Except improvement to the road network there are no other
existing main development projects at present.
Existing tourism activities: The Sampoor area sea coast is not used by tourists
for recreation visits.

4. Environmental Impacts
of the Proposed Project
4. Environmental Impacts of the Proposed

Project
Prediction of impacts is the most important step of environmental impact

assessment. Superimposition of predicted impacts over baseline environmental
scenario gives the ultimate environmental scenario. Quantification of assessments
in terms of measurable units would be the ideal method for impact assessment.
Mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe cause-effect
relationships between sources of pollution and different components of
environment. However, due to lack of information/data, uncertainties involved
and complex interrelationships between various sectors of environment, it is not
always possible or at least not easily achievable. In such cases, only qualitative
predictions have been made based on experience and judgments.
4.1 CONSTRUCTION IMPACTS

4.1.1 Installation of Offshore Structures and Pipelines etc.
Construction of the Intake and Outfall structures will have some adverse impacts
on flora and fauna due to the destruction of habitats. However, these impacts
would be more on a temporary basis for a short period (construction period and
nine months for recovery) in a very narrow band of sea area (700x50 m2 in
Koddiyar Bay and 480x50 m2 in Shell Bay) and the bottom conditions will return
to normal conditions after construction is completed. The bottom material along
the pipeline route consists of organic material, clay, loose sand and cemented
sand. Of these the organic material and clay particles would be suspended into
the water column, temporarily increasing the turbidity of the water during the
construction period. This turbid material would be transported and dispersed only
to a limited local area (100 m on either side) by the prevailing low ambient
currents as described in Chapter 3.
Considering the temporary nature of the disturbance, the size of the area
affected, the impact of increased turbidity due to the construction would not be
significant. Blasting should be used only if it is necessary with the greatest of
precautions and restricted to the specific area concerned and under supervision.
At present, it is proposed to bury the pipelines under the sea bed. However, after
the detailed geotechnical survey of the route, if the sub-surface conditions permit
(such as presence of rocks/ hard materials), the anchoring of the pipeline at the
sea bed may be considered, which will reduce the impact.
Two alternative arrangements have been proposed for the intake structure; one
on a pile jetty (Option 1) and the other embedded in the sea bed (Option 2). In
the case of Option 1, a permanent pile jetty will be constructed for the intake
structure whereas in the case of Option 2, temporary pile jetties may have to be
constructed alongside the proposed intake and outfall routes for construction
purposes of the intake structure and outfall structures. Figure 4.1 shows a
typical example of such a jetty. Figure 4.2 shows the construction of an
intake/outfall structure embedded in the sea bed in the shore area.
In case, the pipeline is laid on a jetty, the jetty will be designed to ensure free
movement of sediments thereby not contributing in any way towards potential
coastal erosion.

Precautionary measures have to be taken to warn the fishing community and

ensure safe navigation of vessels. Construction area has to be clearly marked and
should be visible during both day and night periods. Once appropriate measures
are in place and precautions undertaken, the impact could be considered low.
In case of outfall structure, similar measures shall be adopted.
Figure 4.1: Typical example of a temporary pile jetty constructed

alongside an intake channel
Figure 4.2: Construction of an intake channel in the shore area
4.1.1.1 Impacts on Coastal Stability and Sedimentation of Bay/ Harbour

Construction of intake (700x50 m2 in Koddiyar Bay) and outfall (480x502 m in
Shell Bay) will be restricted to narrow band of areas. Based on the outcomes of
the sediment transport modeling, the impacts of construction activities on
sedimentation of Bay shall be restricted to the nearby areas (100 m) and will not
affect the larger parts of the Bay. Therefore, the impacts during construction
phase shall be low. Long-term impacts are discussed under operational impacts of
the project.
4.1.1.2 Impacts due to Transport of Construction Material and Equipment

The construction materials are proposed to be transported through roads.
However, heavy equipment is proposed to be transported through sea route.
Detailed methods and logisitics of transport shall be specified in the EMP and
approval shall be obtained from CEA.

4.1.1.3 Impacts on Fishing Ground/ Routes and Interferences with Existing

Fishing Activities
The fisheries zone identified under Trincomalee Metropolitan Area Development
Plan (Figure 4.3) indicates that these zones are significantly away from
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project and its intake and discharge locations. As per
the “Strategic Environmental Assessment for the Proposed Trincomalee
Metropolitan Development Plan (TMDP)”, Zone-10, which is on opposite shore of
the sea, is marked as fisheries zone. There are areas in Zone-10, where fisheries
activities are already being performed. The proposed activities under the zoning
plan will provide supplementary facilities for the enhancement of the fisheries
industry. Even the communities living in this area are familiar with the nature of
proposed thermal power plant.
In both Koddiyar Bay and Shell Bay some disturbances to the movement of
intake and outfall of Koddiyar and Shell Bay. The impacts on fishing communities
have been discussed in detail in Section 4.2.7.1 under social impact assessment.
4.1.1.4 Impacts on Fauna, Flora and on Sensitive and Fragile Eco-Systems due to
Turbidity Changes and Re-deposition of Sediments etc.
The environmentally sensitive areas (as mentioned in Strategic Environmental
Assessment Report, 2008 for Trincomalee Metropolitan Area Development Plan)
around proposed Trincomalee Thermal Power Project are shown in Figure 4.4.
These include wildlife declared areas at Trincomalee Naval Head Works, Pigeon
Island, Great Sober Island and Seruvilla wildlife sanctuaries, Mammal Hotspots in
Trincomalee Bay, coral reefs along the sea shore from Norway Point to Foul Point
and towards the Indian Ocean side. Figure 4.4 also shows the location of project
site along with the proposed locations of intake and discharge points for cooling
water system. It is evident from Figure 4.4 that the project and its components,
specially the intake and discharge locations are neither located in the protected
area nor too close to the protected areas.
The impacts on flora-fauna and ecosystems could be in the form of loss of
habitats, degradation of the conditions and the quality of habitat and loss of
species.
Impact on coral during construction period
Corals located in the surrounding areas of the pipeline would undergo several
impacts. Temporary increase in turbidity, re-suspension of fine sediments and
any trapped toxicants such as H2S can be expected until the pipe laying process is
completed. These conditions may cause some impacts on coral and soft coral
species. Temporary changes in pH, DO, BOD, COD, Conductivity and
salinity/density of the water, dissolution of leached pollutants is expected. This
situation may cause some stress conditions to corals in the vicinity. Temporary
increase in turbid levels and smothering conditions may affect corals negatively
by stressing them, excess slime secretions and decolouration.
Further, the marine biodiversity in the vicinity of the developing area become
vulnerable to the sedimentation, changes in the water parameters and slight
toxicity may cause corals, soft corals, other marine invertebrates (sessile and
sentary) impacts for their survival by smothering.

Figure 4.3: Fisheries Zone Identified in Trincomalee Region (SEA,

2008)

Figure 4.4: Environmentally Sensitive Areas around Trincomalee

Thermal Power Project (SEA, 2008)

Bottom substrate along the pipe line corridors will be totally impacted. It is
expected that a maximum width of 50m along pipe line traces will be disturbed
for actual pipe laying and as a working area (Outfall - Shell Bay: 480x50 m2 and
Inlet - Koddiyar Bay: 700x50 m2). Corals and marine biodiversity along pipe line
traces will be subjected to dredging and on either side of the trace in the working
area may be exposed to some damages. However the area impacted will be
comparatively very small and mitigation measures are proposed to be taken to
reduce these impacts.
The coral sustainability of corals in Koddiyar bay seems extremely low due to the
high sedimentation regime and salinity changes. Under water survey and
observations confirmed that the coral diversity is very low in Koddiyar bay, except
some coral colonies in remote isolates corners.
Out of six alternate locations surveyed, the location having a low coral cover has
been recommended as the most suitable location for the outfall. The coral
diversity and cover at this location is very low compared to the previously
selected site for the outfall in Shell bay. By moving the outfall to the new location
possible impact during the construction has been minimized and could be
considered as extremely low.
Impacts on Marine Organisms in Koddiyar Bay –During Construction

The impacts are almost similar to the impacts experienced by corals.
However, other animals such as fish, turtles and crabs sp. can disperse to safer
areas when they got stressed. Therefore the impact can be considered extremely
small.
Effects of sound pollution could be expected in the vicinity of the construction
site. Soft bodied marine invertebrates, marine algae and eggs may expose
partially to these conditions. However the damage is considered to be very low.
Temporary increase of turbidity, re-suspension fine sediments is expected.
Considering the natural high turbidity levels prevail in the Koddiyar Bay area, the
induced sedimentation conditions do not cause a significant change in the
sediment load in the water column. Release of trapped toxicants such as H2S can
be expected until the pipe laying process is completed. These conditions may
cause some impacts on biota living in the area of development and in the vicinity.
Larger vertebrates such as fishes are less impacted due to its movability from
hazardous environments.
It is expected that a maximum width of 50m along the inlet pipe line trace will be
disturbed for actual pipe laying and as a working area (Koddiyar Bay: 700x50
m2). The impact on the bottom substrate and the marine diversity is low due to
the low abundance of biota present in the area. This situation may prevail for a
short period.
Effect of sound pollution is expected around the construction site. Soft bodied
marine invertebrates, marine algae and eggs may expose partially to these
conditions. However the impact is considered very low.
Impacts on Marine Organisms in Shell Bay – During Construction

The impact is almost similar to the description given under the impact on coral
species. However, in Shell bay, larger pelagic and sedentary species can evade
from the impacted area during the construction period, if proper mitigation
measures are not implemented. Once again the area affected is very small with
compared to the extent of Shell bay.

4.1.1.5 Noise, Vibration due to Construction Activities

The major noise generating sources during the construction phase are
 Blasting operations in rocks
 Boats and Barges
 Construction equipment
 Diesel generators,
 Pumps,
 Compressors,
 Drills,
 Pneumatic tools,
 Vibrators etc.
Operation of these vehicles/ equipment may temporarily increase the noise level
near the equipment/ activity areas. Drilling and blasting operations may also
result in vibrations.
4.1.1.6 Impact on Canals and Other Water Bodies

The proposed project does not envisage the use of water from canals, rivers or
any other surface water bodies; hence there will be no impacts.
4.1.1.7 Impacts on Surface Water Quality

Construction of cooling water intake and outfall structures and pipelines shall
have temporary effects on the water quality of Koddiyar Bay and Shell Bay areas.
The bottom sediments along the pipeline route consisting of organic material,
clay, loose sand and cemented sand would be suspended into the water column,
temporarily increasing the turbidity of the water during the construction period.
This turbid material would be transported and dispersed to a limited local area
(about 100 m on either side) by the prevailing low ambient currents as described
in Chapter 3 and may get re-deposited.
The excavated material for pipeline will be both soil and rock and shall be used
for back filling the trenches and balance material.
The water quality of Koddiyar Bay may also get impacted due to discharge of
treated effluents during construction phase. A package type sewage treatment
plant is proposed to be installed during construction period. During dry season,
the treated sanitary effluents (0.16 Million Liters Per Day, MLD) and other
effluents from construction site shall be stored in a holding pond and used for
dust suppression, horticulture etc. and very limited quantity shall be discharged
into Koddiyar Bay. However, the discharge of effluents cannot be avoided during
rainy season along with the storm water runoff. The treated effluents shall
conform to Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial and Domestic Waste
Water into Inland Surface Waters’ published under National Environmental Act of
Sri Lanka.
4.1.1.8 Impacts on other proposed or planned government/ private sector

development activities in the vicinity
Govt. of Sri Lanka has already prepared a comprehensive plan for development of
Trincomalee Metropolitan Area and undertaken a Strategic Environmental
Assessment. Both the studies conclude that the proposed locations for power
development and associated facilities (like coal transport, intake and outfall
locations of cooling water system etc.) are best suited.
Facilities for shipment and unloading of Coal through a Jetty are proposed to be
constructed by other company, who will undertake the impact assessment for the

facility and obtain necessary clearance separately. Increased availability of power

at economical rates may facilitate faster development and growth of the country
and other government/ private sector projects in the area.
4.1.1.9 Public safety/ potential relocation of people and developments due to

security reasons
The proposed construction areas in Koddiyar Bay (Pipeline route and intake
structure) and Shell Bay (Pipeline route and outfall structure) are not used for
commercial fishing and the nearest boat landing sites are at about 1 km. from
these sites. However, the construction activities may hamper the movement of
the boats/ endanger the safety of fishermen. In order to avoid the same, the
construction area shall be cordoned off, clearly marked and made visible during
both day and night periods.
Further, during operation phase, small areas around intake and outfall structures
shall be restricted due to security and safety reasons.
4.1.2 Site Construction

4.1.2.1 Impacts on hydrological and drainage pattern of the area and
4.1.2.2 Impacts on network of drainage canals and their capacity to handle
drainage
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project will have independent drainage systems for
plant effluent and storm water drainage. All drains shall be connected to the trunk
drain suitably, which finally gets connected to the natural drains outside plant
boundary.
An area drainage study for the project site and surrounding area has been
undertaken separately through LHI (Area Drainage Study – Sampoor Thermal
Power Project by Lanka Hydraulic Institute, 2012) to study the drainage pattern
of the area in detail and recommend suitable mitigation measures. The report is
available for reference with TPCL. The study recommends development of the
passage connecting Sampukkali Kulam to Kaddaiparichan Lagoon to facilitate
rapid run-off dispersion and the same shall be undertaken.
4.1.2.3 Siltation and soil erosion effects to waterways and adjacent areas
including minor irrigation tanks in the vicinity
The effluents from construction site, if not treated properly, may carry large
sediment loads of excavated materials as well as construction materials and may
lead to siltation of the drainage channels and the receiving water bodies. It may
also lead to reduction in light penetration, which in turn could reduce the
photosynthetic activity to some extent of the aquatic plants as it depends directly
on sunlight. This change is likely to have an adverse impact on the primary
biological productivity of the receiving water bodies. Suitable mitigation measures
for drainage management as well as water pollution control, such as construction
of peripheral drains and sedimentation basins shall be provided. However, during
the periods of heavy rains, the erosion and siltation cannot be avoided.
4.1.2.4 Changes in surface and ground water quality

The major sources of surface water pollution during project construction phase
are as follows:
 Sewage from labour camps/colonies

 Effluents from Construction Activities and Storage Sites of

Construction Material
 Effluents from Disposal Sites of Construction Waste
 Accidental spills of oils and fuels
Sewage from Labour Camps

The project construction is likely to last over a period of 3 years. The peak labour
strength likely to be employed during project construction phase is about 3000
workers including 250 technical staff. During the project construction phase,
some of the locals may get employment. Due to limited availability of skilled and
semi-skilled manpower under different categories, the immigration of work force
becomes inevitable during the construction phase of large projects. The
construction phase also leads to mushrooming of various allied activities to meet
the demands of the immigrant labour population in the project area.
The domestic water requirement during construction phase has been estimated as
70 liters per capita per day (lpcd). Thus, total water requirements work out to
0.21 million liters per day (MLD). It is assumed that about 80% of the water
supplied will be generated as sewage. Thus, total quantum of sewage generated
is expected to be of the order of 0.16 MLD. It is proposed to provide community
toilets along with package type sewage treatment plant for labour camps.
Treated effluents from the project during construction phase meeting the
statutory norm (Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial and Domestic Waste
Water into Inland Surface Waters’ published under National Environmental Act of
Sri Lanka) shall be stored in a holding pond and used for horticulture, dust
suppression etc. Unutilised effluent shall be discharged into Koddiyar Bay through
a pipeline.
Effluents from Construction Activities & Storage of Construction Materials

During the construction phase, site preparation (leveling, excavations etc.),
construction and erection activities may have temporary effect on the water
quality of receiving water body, as the flow of loose materials (soil and
construction material) into the drain, especially during monsoons may result in
higher turbidity/ suspended solids in the effluents. Adequate arrangement would
be made to in the form of proper drainage network, provision of sedimentation
basins and channelizing the effluents from construction sites through the
sedimentation tanks to remove the suspended solids. Further, as the construction
activities will be limited to small areas only, such impacts due to the proposed
project will be localized and temporary. Treated effluents shall be stored in a
holding pond and used for horticulture, dust suppression etc. Unutilised effluent
shall be discharged into Koddiyar Bay through a pipeline.
Effluents from Disposal Sites of Construction Waste

Disposal of construction waste (generated due to excavation, blasting etc.) is a
major source of impact on the water quality, if not managed properly. It is
proposed to identify suitable disposal sites away from the drainage channels/
water bodies, provide suitable retention structures for wastes and undertake
compaction of waste disposed from time to time.
Accidental Spills of Oils and Fuels

Seepage of oil (fuel oil, lubricants and grease etc.) from the vehicle maintenance
and oil storage areas and accidental spills may have adverse impacts on the

ground water quality. Various mitigation measures are proposed to control the
impacts of the same on surface water quality as well as ground water quality. In
addition to the measures described above, the following additional measure shall
be taken for protection of ground water
 Storage of fuel oil, lubricants and grease etc. in closed containers in
covered storage areas with impermeable floors.
 Containment, recovery & recycle and controlled combustion of any spillage
of oily substances.
4.1.2.5 Impacts on Existing Habitats due to Changing Land Use Patterns

The site selected for the proposed project covers an area of 200 ha and about
75% of the land comprises of scrubland that has been highly modified due to
human activity. The remaining 25% comprise of abandoned paddy lands, rock
outcrop associated vegetation and seasonal small tanks. The impact on existing
habitats is not an area of major concern on account of the following facts:
 The habitat diversity is low in the site selected for the proposed project
 The overall species richness was found to be low compared to habitats
that are found immediately outside the project site.
 The habitats within the project site supported few endemic and threatened
species compared to the habitats outside the project area.
The project will result in the loss of approximately 150 ha scrubland present in
the site selected for the project. Based on the species observed at the site it can
be concluded that the site does not function as a critical habitat or habitat of a
project will result in the loss of habitat of terrestrial species it will not have a
Further details on this aspect are presented in Section 4.2.6.1.
4.1.2.6 Transportation of Material and Equipment

During construction phase, there will be increased vehicular movement for
transportation of various construction materials to the project site. The
movement of vehicles may lead to dust emissions and marginal increase in
Hydrocarbons, SO2 and NOx levels. However, the ground level emissions do not
travel for long distances and hence these impacts shall be localized and
temporary in nature.
Apart from increase in dust and noise levels, the movement of vehicles may also
degrade the conditions of road and traffic and increase the risks of accidents.
Effective measures will need to be taken by project proponent to maintain the
roads as well as manage the traffic.
4.1.2.7 Noise and Vibration Problems due to Construction Activities

The major noise generating sources during the construction phase are
 Vehicular traffic
 construction equipment like, dozer, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes,
 diesel generators,
 pumps,
 compressors,
 rock drills,

 pneumatic tools,
 vibrators etc.
The operation of these equipments will generate noise ranging between 75–90
dB(A), while occasionally it may go up to 100 dB(A) during very short periods of
time. Operation of these vehicles/ equipment may temporarily increase the noise
level near the instrument. However, the noise levels at the boundary shall be
reduced due to natural attenuation.
Drilling and blasting operations during construction phase may result in
vibrations. This impact shall be mitigated by adopting controlled blasting and
strict surveillance regime.
4.1.2.8 Dust Impacts

The dust may be generated due to increased vehicular movement; transport,
handling and storage of construction materials like sand, fine aggregate and
transport, handling and storage of excavated earth and construction wastes. The
effects are more pronounced during dry weather and during high winds. The dust
particles settle on the foliage of trees and plants, thereby reducing the amount of
sunlight falling on tree foliage. This reduces the photosynthetic activity.
However, such impacts are visible only in and around the construction sites.
Based on experience in similar settings, the impact is expected to be localized
upto a maximum of 100 m from the source. Suitable mitigation measures shall be
taken to prevent the dust emissions such as water sprinkling in vulnerable areas,
transportation of construction material in covered trucks, wherever possible,
proper maintenance of vehicles and haulage roads etc.
4.1.2.9 Impacts due to Increased Traffic

Increased traffic during construction phase to/ from the construction site may
lead to traffic congestions, conflicts and accidents in the immediate vicinity of the
project as well as main roads leading to the project site. Special emphasis shall
be laid on traffic management to avoid the above impacts.
Access routes to construction sites as well as stretches of roads to be widened/
constructed shall be identified. The widening/ strengthening of the roads shall be
undertaken before the start of the major construction activities. Necessary
manpower and equipment (flags, signs, lights, placards, barriers etc.) shall be
deployed for traffic management (routing, diversion, signaling etc.) at the
identified sites as well as parking space for vehicles.
It will be ensured that all the drivers understand the traffic management system.
The contractors will maintain all vehicles so that their noise and exhaust
emissions do not cause nuisance to the workers and general public. All vehicles
engaged in construction shall have valid registration/ fitness certificate from
concerned authority.
4.1.2.10 Impacts due to Land Acquisition

The land for the Project has already been transferred on lease to TPCL by Govt. of
Sri Lanka.
4.1.2.11 Impacts on Archaeological Sites

There are no archaeologically protected monuments in the immediate vicinity
(within 10 km.) of the project site. Archaeological Reserves of Seruvila are
located at a distance of about 11 km in Southern direction from the project and

archaeological conservation site of Fort Frederick and ancient Hindu Koneswaram

temple is located at about 11 km. from the project in North North East direction,
as shown in Figure 4.5. These sites are unlikely to have any impact of
construction of the project.
There are no archeologically significant places in the project land or in the vicinity
up to about 250 m radius from the boundary of the project land. All the
significant places are located beyond 2 km distance from the project land.
Department of Archaeology has already accorded approval to the project vide
their letter dated 03.11.2010 (Copy enclosed at Annexure VII). Therefore,
there will not be any negative impacts on archeological places and no specific
mitigations are proposed.

Figure 4.5: Location of Archaeologically Important Sites Near Trincomalee TPP

(SEA, 2008)
4.2 OPERATIONAL IMPACTS

A feasibility study for a reliable water drawl system for proposed thermal power
plant was undertaken through Lanka Hydraulics Institute (LHI) in 2012. Two
possible water drawl modes of “open cycle” and “closed cycle” have considered
during the study. Based on the water availability and the amount of water
requirement of the water drawl system, open cycle system has been selected and
recommended as the most feasible for cooling water system for the proposed
thermal power plant. The study included field investigations and hydro-dynamic
modelling to assess the water circulation due to various forces. Bathymetric
survey (mentioned as surveyed area 1 in Figure 4.6) was carried out in February
2012 covering the Koddiyar bay, including the initially proposed intake and outfall
locations.
A detailed study on cooling water dispersion was undertaken through LHI in 2014
to explore various alternatives for locating outfall points in Koddiyar Bay/ Shell
Bay (between Norway Point and Foul Point) areas and to optimize the location of
outfall points. This study included additional hydrographic measurements required
for the dispersion study. Since the outfall location in the Shell Bay has to be
investigated, a bathymetric survey (mentioned as surveyed area 2 in Figure 4.6)
was carried out in February 2014 covering entire near shore area of Shell Bay
going up to 25m depth offshore.
Dispersion modelling was undertaken covering near field and far field processes
for evaluation and optimization (location, length and depth) of the proposed
intake point in Koddiyar Bay and outfall points in Koddiyar & Shell Bays. The
study areas are shown in Figure 4.6.

Figure 4.6: Study Areas for Water Drawl System and Thermal Dispersion
The alternate locations considered during LHI study for intake and discharge
points are given in Table 4.1 and shown in Figure 4.7(a) and (b).
Table 4.1: Details of Intake and Outfall Locations

Alternate Depth Distance from the
Location Objective
Points (m) shoreline (m)
Intake -Submerged P1 7.5 720
Intake -Submerged P2 7.5 200

Koddiyar bay
Intake – Open Channel P3 5 200
Intake -Submerged P0 8.5 610*
L1 10 350
L2 15 475
Koddiyar bay Outfall
L3 15 580
L9 13 400
Shell bay Outfall L4 15 1750

L5 15 1200
L6 13 950
L7 10 750
L8 6 420
L0 7 480
* - The distance from P0 to intake water pump house is 700 m.
However, the perpendicular distance of P0 from shore is 610 m.
Figure 4.7(a): Proposed Intake and Discharge Locations in Koddiyar Bay

Figure 4.7 (b): Proposed Discharge Locations in Shell Bay

4.2.1 Water Extraction
In general, power plants withdraw water from one to six meters below the water
surface to avoid the high cost of pipeline and maintenance involved for deep
water locations. Intake locations at 8.5 m water depth (depth of drawl 7 m) have
been considered for this power plant. Two separate submerged pipe lines of 2.6
m diameter each, about 1 m apart have been considered for maximum
continuous withdrawal of 93,120 m3/hour of water. It has been estimated that
92,000 m3/hour of sea water will be required for the cooling water system and
additional 1,120 m3/hour of sea water will be required for the Desalination Plant,
totalling to 93,120 m3/hour of sea water. However, a conservative figure of
95,000m3/hour has been used for modelling. A minimum distance of 500 m from
a proposed coal unloading jetty in the southern edge of the power plant has been
maintained in selecting the intake locations to allow adequate space for
navigation.
Water quality measurements have been carried out to check the ambient water
quality in and around the proposed intake locations. Physicochemical parameters
of four selected locations have been compared with the proposed Sri Lankan
marine water quality standards (interim standards). Almost all measured
parameters are well within the standards limits indicating the proposed locations
are well suited for an intake structure in terms of physicochemical parameters.
Intakes have a local effect on the velocity fields of the water body in the vicinity
of the intake. The extent of this effect depends largely on the rate of water
extraction and the extent of the water body. Hydrodynamic modelling of the area
shows that the high current fields created by water extraction are limited to a
smaller area around the intake structure.

From the hydrodynamic modelling it is observed that formation of high current

(above ambient) due to water extraction is very limited. Figure 4.8 shows the
2D vector plot for current flow around the intake due to extraction of water and
observed high current range is about 0.1-0.2m/s for NE monsoon and about 0.4-
0.5m/s for SW monsoon. Hence the impact to the surrounding area is not
significant.
(a). NE Peak _ Neap Tide (b). SW Peak _ Neap Tide

Figure 4.8: Vector plot for Current Flow around Proposed Intake (P0)
Field measurements carried out indicate that the average ambient bottom current
is around 0.1m/s. Modelling carried out indicate that velocity drops down
exponentially with the distance from the intake and reaches the average ambient
velocity of 0.1 m/s within 10 m from the intake. This clearly shows that the
impact is limited to a small local area. Figure 4.9 shows the velocity distribution
of intake with the distance.
Figure 4.9: Velocity Distribution with distance (LHI)

It can be concluded that the increase in current fields due to water intake is small
and limited to a highly localized area. The primary impacts of concern are
impingement of marine life on the intake screens and entrainment of marine
species into the cooling water system. An intake screen should be used to prevent
large fish from being entrained into the intake channel. Water intake will be
operated continuously, at more or less regular flow discharges, avoiding sudden
changes in velocity fields which are considered not reliable. Impacts could
therefore be considered as low.
4.2.1.1 Impact of Ground Water / Surface Water Extraction (if any)

During operation phase, the project does not envisage any use of fresh surface
water or ground water and the entire water requirement of the project shall be
met from the sea water (Koddiyar Bay).
However, during construction phase, ground water is proposed to be extracted to
meet the water requirement of the project (domestic water requirement as well
as water requirement for construction activities). The maximum construction
water requirement is estimated at 350 m3/day.
A study on availability and safe extraction of ground water at project site was
undertaken through Lanka Hydraulic Institute, Colombo (Ground Water Study –
Sampoor Thermal Power Project by Lanka Hydraulic Institute, 2012), which
recommends that the maximum safe yield of existing shallow dug wells in
25m3/day and the study recommended that 5 deep tube wells spread sufficient
distance apart would yield 125m3/day (with each yielding 25m3/day). The report
further recommends enhancing yield through large diameter open dug wells so
that draw down is distributed in different strata. Existing shallow wells upon
extracting their ultimate safe yield through pumping tests did not record a
noticeable salinity difference. However, during water extraction at peak water
requirement, the risk of salinity intrusion needs to be studied. In order to reduce
the risk, distance between proposed tube wells should be so chosen that each
drawdown effect is mutually exclusive and no cumulative impacts occur.
It is proposed that shallow dug wells shall be used to meet initial water
requirement. In order to meet peak water requirement, pump tests in deep wells
shall be conducted and approval from Water Resources Board of Sri Lanka shall
be obtained.
4.2.2 Liquid Effluent Disposal

4.2.2.1 Impacts of treated/ untreated wastewater disposal on the environment
The water balance diagram and effluent treatment schemes for the project are
presented in Chapter 2. The main characteristics of various effluents likely to be
generated at Trincomalee Thermal Power Project are presented in Table 4.2.
The effluents conforming to the ‘Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial and
Domestic Waste Water into Marine Coastal Areas’ published under National
Environmental Act of Sri Lanka shall be discharged into Shell Bay area along with
warm cooling water through a well designed outfall structure at a location shown
in Figure 1.3. Modelling of thermal water dispersion indicates that the plume will
rise and get mixed with ambient water within a 20 m radius. Hence, the impacts
are expected to be localized and low.

Table 4.2: Effluent Characteristics for Trincomalee Thermal Power Project

S. Stream Quantity in Main Characteristics Point of Disposal
No. m3/hour
Effluents from Sea Water Systems
1. Discharge from Cooling System 92000 Maximum Temperature
including Sea Water FGD Rise of 7oC above
System ambient temperature.
Residual Chlorine (Max. Disposal into sea through a well designed out
0.2 mg/l) fall to ensure proper mixing and dilution.
SO4 concentration
higher (by 33-40 mg/l)
than in incoming sea
water (2300-3000
mg/l).
2. Sludge from Desalination Plant 15 High in Suspended
Solids (150-500 mg/l)
3. Reject from Sea Water Reverse 675 High in Dissolved
Osmosis Plant and Second Solids (48,000-62,000
Stage Reverse Osmosis Plant of mg/l)
Demineralisation System
Effluents from Sweet Water Systems
1. Sludge from service water 2 High in Suspended Disposal into sea through a well designed out
treatment systems Solids (1% or 10,000 fall to ensure proper mixing and dilution.
mg/l)
2. Neutralised DM Plant <1 Dissolved Solids (150- Disposal into sea through a well designed out
Regeneration Waste 200 mg/l) fall to ensure proper mixing and dilution.
3. Boiler Blow down 10 Variation in pH Recycle to Service Water Inlet
4. Sanitary waste from plant and 10.5 High in Organic Matter Treatment in Sewage Treatment Plant and
township areas and Suspended Solids, Reuse in Horticulture.
Bacteriological Disposal of unused quantity in sea along with
Contamination discharge from cooling system.

4.2.2.2 Dispersion Model Inputs, Model Results for Thermal Effluents

At the proposed thermal power plant, it is estimated that approximately 93,120
m3/hour of cooling water is envisaged to be drawn at the intake and
approximately 92,710 m3/hour amount of warm water is proposed to be
discharged at the outfall.
Thermal dispersion modeling has been done with two pipelines of 2.6 m diameter
each one meter apart from each with a continuous discharge of 95,000 m3/hour
of cooling water (a conservative figure for modeling). Discharge end was assumed
as a single port diffuser with a jet velocity of about 2.5 m/sec and the discharge
temperature was considered as 7 degree centigrade above ambient water
temperature.
However, during detailed design stage, options of multiple pipelines with single
port or multiple pipelines with multiple ports shall be explored. Multiple pipelines
with single port will give the same dispersion results while multiple pipelines with
multiple ports shall give better mixing and dispersion. The present thermal
modeling (with two pipelines and single port), in any case, presents the worst
case scenario.
Summary of the LHI report on Thermal Dispersion is enclosed at Annexure-XV.
Nine different locations have considered for outfall in Koddiyar Bay (L1 to L3) and
Shell Bay (L4 to L9) along with the three different intake options, resulting in a
large number of intake-outfall configurations. All these configurations have been
modelled for average and peak environmental conditions under NE and SW
monsoon periods.
Following water quality standards have been considered:
 Proposed quality standards for different use classes of coastal water in
Sri Lanka requires the temperatures to be less than 32oC for all four use
classes considered
 Temperature at the discharge point has to be less than 45oC under the
CEA and Marine Environmental Protection Authority (MEPA) regulations
for discharge into marine coastal waters. Tolerance limits specified by
MEPA is based on the assumption of dilution of effluents by at least 8
volumes of clean receiving water.
 Standards used by other countries vary from country to country. In
general 1°C or 2°C increase in temperature at the edge of the mixing
zone is considered as the standard by most countries. The World Bank
uses a maximum of 3°C increase in temperature at the edge of the
mixing zone as their guideline.
The hydrodynamics of an effluent continuously discharged into a receiving water
body can be conceptualized as a mixing process occurring in two separate
regions. In the first region, the initial jet characteristics of momentum flux,
buoyancy flux, and outfall geometry influence the jet trajectory and mixing
(“near field processes”). As the turbulent plume travels further away from the
source, the source characteristics become less important. Conditions existing in
the ambient environment will control trajectory and dilution of the turbulent
plume through buoyant spreading motions and passive diffusion due to ambient
turbulence (“far field processes”).
The Cornell Mixing Zone Expert System (CORMIX) has been used for modelling of
near field and far field processes. Far field processes in CORMIX can be modelled
only based on static environmental conditions. Hence, far field modelling has
been repeated using dynamic MIKE 21 Advection Dispersion Model.

Near-field modelling
CORMIX1 has been used in the present study for the analysis of submerged single
port discharges. To finalize the optimum location for an outfall, three different
water depths; 15m, 10m and 6m have been considered. Temperature of
discharge water is taken 70C above the ambient conditions. Results of the
modelling carried out shows that the plume reaches the sea surface within a
distance of 15-20m from the outfall (Figure 4.10). Deeper the outfall location,
plume travels a comparatively longer distance before reaching the water surface
but dissipates more temperature during this process.
For a discharge point located at 6m water depth, Figure 4.11 shows the
variation of dilution with downstream distance whereas Figure 4.12 shows the
variation of excess temperature with downstream distance within the near-field
region. It is clear from the figures that discharged water undergoes a dilution of
around 5 leading to a temperature of 1.40C at the edge of the near-field region.
Near-field region is approximately 15-20m from the discharge location.
The modelling confirms that the discharge water reaches the World Bank
guidelines (maximum of 3°C) and guideline adopted by some countries (2°C)
within the near-field region of 20 m radius. Under the assumption that ambient
water temperature in Trincomalee bay is less than 30°C, it can also concluded
that proposed quality standards for all four use classes of coastal water in Sri
Lanka (less than 32°C) will also be achieved within the region.
(a) Outfall located at 15m water depth
(b) Outfall located at 10m water depth
(c) Outfall located at 6m water depth

Figure 4.10: Cross sectional view of near field dispersion

Figure 4.11: Variation of dilution with downstream distance

Figure 4.12: Variation of excess temperature with downstream distance

As described earlier far field modelling has been repeated using dynamic MIKE 21
Advection Dispersion Model to simulate dynamic environmental conditions.
MIKE21 AD model is a depth average model. Hence the excess temperature at
the average water depth (from near field model) has been used as the input
boundary condition for the far field model.

Far field modelling

MIKE 21 AD model has been used to model the far field region with dynamic
environmental conditions. The source boundary conditions for the far field model
have specified as a volumetric flow and excess temperature. Considering the
shape of the plume from the point of release (outlet) to the interface, a set of
distributed sources and sinks has introduced to define the plume geometry.
Computations have performed on a series of nested hydrodynamic models
(Regional, Intermediate and Local) starting from a larger “Regional Model”
gradually reducing to smaller “Local Model” while moving towards the area of
interest.
Simulations have carried out for both NE and SW monsoon: average (50%
exceedence) and peak (2% exceedence) wind and wave conditions together with
number of intake and outfall configurations. The model results estimate the
plume behaviour under different environmental conditions. The results are useful
in assessing the risk of re-circulation of warm water and impact on sensitive
receivers such as coral reefs, fishing grounds, recreational areas etc.
As described earlier, modelling has been done for 3 intake locations (in Koddiyar
Bay) and 9 outfall locations (4 in Koddiyar bay and 5 in Shell bay). Figure 4.7
(a) and Figure 4.7 (b) give location details. Water intake at rates of 95,000 &
105,000 m3/hr together with discharge of heated water (+70C) at rates of 95,000
& 100,000 m3/hr have been used to simulate the project conditions. Table 4.3
gives the summary of modelling results which include the excess temperature at
the intake and at the shoreline under each scenario.
It is clear from Table 4.3 (comparison of options 1, 2 and 3) that different
locations of the intake channel considered, do not have any significant difference
either on the re-circulation or on heated plume reaching the shoreline. From an
operational point of view, the client prefers to have an offshore intake and hence
the intake channel has not been considered as a preferred option. Finally an
intake location P0 in between two modelled locations P1 and P2 has been selected
based on land availability for associated structures. This has been done without
hindering any operational and/or environmental aspects of the project.
As far as outfall locations are considered, from an operational point of view,
locations selected in Shell bay performed much better in comparison to the
locations selected in the Koddiyar bay. Outfall locations selected in Shell bay will
not induce any form of re-circulation under all environmental conditions
considered whereas locations selected in Koddiyar bay will induce re-circulation
during SW monsoon period. Rise in water temperature in the range of 0.350C to
0.60C has been estimated close to the intake.
It has to be noted here that these predictions are based on a depth averaged
numerical model used in the present study. In real situations, there is a
possibility that temperatures around the intake could be higher than the predicted
values in certain times of the year. This is due to the limitations in representing
the complex hydrodynamics of a near shore area in any numerical model. In
addition, the depth averaged numerical models make predictions based on depth
averaged currents. In reality, surface currents could be much stronger in certain
times leading to a possibility of moving the heated surface plume towards the
intake with higher temperatures.
From an environmental point of view all locations selected (in both Koddiyar
and Shell bays) performed satisfactorily. Extent of the plume with an excess
temperature greater than 20C is limited and at the shore attached excess
temperature is less than 10C under all environmental conditions considered.

Table 4.3: Summary of modelling results (far field modelling)
Figure 4.13 and Figure 4.14 show the Thermal Plume Dispersion at outfall
location L8 in Shell bay and outfall location L9 Koddiyar bay. It is clear from the
figures that the Thermal Plume having a temperature increase greater than 1°C is
limited to a very small area around the discharge point.
Figure 4.14 which correspond to the outfall location L9 in Koddiyar Bays clearly
shows the re-circulation during SW monsoon period.
Figure 4.15 shows the variation of dilution with downstream distance whereas
Figure 4.16 shows the variation of excess temperature with downstream
distance in the far-field region. These figures correspond to discharge point
located at 6m water depth. It is clear from the figures that discharged water
undergoes a dilution of 8 (specified in the MEPA regulations) approximately 500m
from the discharge point. Stringent 1°C criterion adopted by some countries is
also achieved within this 500 m distance.
It has been estimated that sludge at the rate of 15 m3/hr and Reverse Osmosis
rejects at the rate of 675 m3/hr will be connected to the cooling water return duct
resulting a change in water quality parameters. Tolerance Limits for Industrial
and Domestic Waste Discharged into Marine Coastal Areas specified by CEA/
MEPA (Annexure-IX) has to be satisfied before discharge in all times of
operation.

Figure 4.13 (a): North East Monsoon – Average Condition
Figure.4.13 (b): North East Monsoon – Peak Condition

Figure 4.13 (c): South West Monsoon – Average Condition
Figure 4.13 (d): South West Monsoon – Peak Condition
Figure 4.13: Thermal Plume Dispersion - Outfall location L8 in Shell Bay

South West Monsoon – Average Condition

Location of Intake (P0)
Figure 4.14: Thermal Plume Dispersion - Outfall location L9 in Koddiyar Bay

Figure 4.15: Variation of dilution with downstream distance

Figure 4.16: Variation of excess temperature with downstream distance


Summary of Thermal Dispersion Modelling

 Location P0 in Koddiyar Bay has been recommended as the most feasible
location for the intake. P0 is 700 m from the shoreline and located at a
depth of 8.5m.
 Location L8 in Shell Bay and Location L9 in Koddiyar Bay have been
recommended as feasible locations for the outfall. L8 in Shell Bay is 420m
from the shoreline and located at a depth of 6m whereas L9 in Koddiyar
Bay is 475m from the shoreline and located at a depth of 13 m.
 Both these outfall locations satisfy the existing and proposed environment
regulations and internationally acceptable environmental standards.
 However, from an operational point of view, location L8 in Shell Bay
performs much better as there is no risk of re-circulation of heated water
which may otherwise have long term impacts.
 Modelling carried out indicate that the location L9 in Koddiyar Bay may
induce re-circulation of heated water in the range of 0.350C to 0.60C.
These predictions are based on a depth averaged numerical model used in
the present study. In real situations, there is a possibility that
temperatures around the intake could be even higher than the predicted
values in certain times of the year.
New Outfall Location

A detailed Marine Ecological Survey has been carried out in Shell Bay in the
vicinity of the originally proposed outfall location (L8). The survey covered an
area of approximately 1.5 km along the coastline. Sub sites selected for the
surveys are shown in Figure 4.17 (Site A – F) and the details of the survey are
given in Chapter 3 under Marine Ecology and Biodiversity. Based on the coral and
marine diversity distribution pattern of the area, Site E has been recommended
as the most suitable location for the outfall. Figure 4.17 also shows the new
outfall location (L0), which is approximately 1 km away from the original location
(L8). New location L0 (810 18’ 2.49’’ E, 80 30’ 50.60’’ N) is at 7m depth and a
mínimum distance (perpendicular distance) of 480m away from the shoreline.
A model study on cooling water dispersion for the new outfall location (L0) was
carried out in November/December 2014. Study include Near Field modelling
using CORMIX, Far Field modelling under static environmental conditions using
CORMIX and Far Field modelling under dynamic environmental conditions using
MIKE 21 Advection-Dispersion Model. Modelling include number of scenarios
covering North East / South West Monsoon conditions, Spring / Neap Tidal
conditions and Average / Peak Environmental conditions.
Figure 4.18 shows the cross sectional view of near field dispersion whereas
Figure 4.19 shows the plan view of the temperature iso-lines of near field
dispersion under south west monsoon – average conditions. Results clearly show
that the plume reaches surface within 20 m from the outfall structure while
reducing its temperature from +70C to + 3.60C during this process.
Figure 4.20 shows the cross sectional view of far field dispersion whereas
Figure 4.21 shows the plan view of the temperature iso-lines of far field
dispersion under south west monsoon – average conditions. Figure 4.20 clearly
shows that the thermal plume is across the full depth of the water column only
within the initial 20 m and thereafter the heated water will be limited to the
surface layer.

Modelling carried out for other scenarios of south west monsoon peak, north east
monsoon average and north east monsoon peak conditions show similar results.
Figure 4.17: Original (L8) and New (L0) outfall locations together with
Ecological survey sites

Figure 4.18: Cross sectional view of near field dispersion (SW Monsoon –
Average condition)
Figure 4.19: Plan view of the temperature iso-lines of near field dispersion

Figure 4.20: Cross sectional view of far field dispersion (SW Monsoon – Average
condition)
Figure 4.21: Plan view of the temperature iso-lines of far field dispersion

MIKE 21 Hydrodynamic and Advection-Dispersion Modelling (far field modelling)

have been carried out for number of different scenarios to cover all possible
environmental conditions (Table 4.4). As described earlier, MIKE 21 far field
model is a dynamic model and hence movement of the thermal plume with the
water body due to tidal and environmental conditions will be represented.
Table 4.4: MIKE 21 – Modelling Scenarios

Monsoon Tide Condition Environmental Condition
South West Spring Average
Peak
Neap Average
Peak
North East Spring Average
Peak
Neap Average
Peak
Figure 4.22 and Figure 4.23 show vector plots of current flow around the outfall
(L0) for SW and NE Monsoon conditions respectively. Outfall location in the Shell
Bay is open to NE monsoon conditions without any disturbance, resulting a very
uniform flow towards the west. However, during the SW monsoon conditions flow
is disturbed by the headland located to the west of the outfall resulting a more
circular movement of flow in the vicinity of the outfall. Thermal plume, which
moves together with the ambient flow field in the far field region show similar
behaviour during SW and NE Monsoon conditions.
Figure 4.24 shows Thermal Plume Dispersion under average environmental
conditions during SW Monsoon period together with Spring Tidal conditions.
Figure 4.24 (a) and (b) show the overall and close-up view of the thermal
plume 37 hours after initiation. Figure 4.24 (c) and (d) show the close-up view
of the thermal plume 71 and 88:45 hours after initiation.
Figure 4.25 shows Thermal Plume Dispersion under peak environmental
conditions during SW Monsoon period together with Spring Tidal conditions.
Figure 4.25 (a) and (b) show the overall and close-up view of the thermal
plume 32 hours after initiation. Figure 4.25 (c) and (d) show the close-up view
of the thermal plume 27 and 40:45 hours after initiation.
Only few selected plots are included here. LHI Report “Sampur Thermal Power
Plant Project: Additional Thermal Dispersion Study – Addendum to Final Report,
December 2014” includes plots corresponding to number of model time steps
covering all model scenarios. Modelling results indicate that thermal plume
reaches the internationally acceptable condition of +20C temperature within 100
m radius (about 3.14 Ha) from the outfall during most of the time. Only at few
instances, plume travels approximately 180 m in one direction (in SW monsoon
considered as worst case) at one instance from outfall.
Plume generally reaches +10C temperature, approximately 300-400 m from the
outfall and only during few instances plume travels approximately 500 m from the
outfall in one direction (in SW monsoon considered as worst case) at one instance
from outfall.
Thermal Plume Dispersion under average and peak environmental conditions
during SW Monsoon period together with Neap Tidal conditions also shows very
similar results and hence not included here.

Figure 4.26 and Figure 4.27 show Thermal Plume Dispersion under average
and peak environmental conditions during NE Monsoon period together with
Spring Tidal conditions. Modelling results indicate that thermal plume reaches the
internationally acceptable condition of +20C temperature within 50 m from the
outfall and reaches +10C level within 180 m from the outfall. Plume dispersion
during the NE Monsoon is very limited in comparison to the SW Monsoon period
during the presence of strong directional currents as described earlier.
Thermal Plume Dispersion under average and peak environmental conditions
during NE Monsoon period together with Neap Tidal conditions also shows very
similar results and hence not included here.
In general 1°C or 2°C increase in temperature is considered as the standard by
most countries. The World Bank uses a maximum of 3°C increase in temperature
at the edge of the mixing zone as their guideline.
Summary of Modeling – New outfall location

(i) Thermal plume is across the full depth of the water column only within
the initial 20 m and thereafter the heated water will be limited to
the surface layer.
(ii) Thermal plume reaches the internationally acceptable condition of +20C
temperature within 100 m from the outfall in all times during NE
Monsoon and in most of the times during the SW Monsoon. Only
few instances during SW Monsoon plume travels approximately
180 m from the outfall before reaching +20C level.
(iii) Ecologically sensitive sites A, B and C will not have any adverse
impact from the Thermal Plume under all environmental
conditions.
Figure 4.22: Vector Plot for Current Flow around the Outfall (L0)
SW Monsoon _ Spring Tide _ Peak Condition

Figure 4.23: Vector Plot for Current Flow around the Outfall (L0)
NE Monsoon _ Spring Tide _ Peak Condition
(a) Overall view – 37 hours after initiation

Figure 4.24: Thermal Plume Dispersion _ SW Monsoon _ Spring Tide _
Average Condition

500m
200m
100m
(b) Close-up view – 37 hours after initiation
(c)Close-up view – 71 hours after initiation

Average Condition

(d) Close-up view – 88:45 hours after initiation

Figure 4.24: Thermal Plume Dispersion _ SW Monsoon _ Spring Tide _ Average
Condition
(a) Overall view – 32 hours after initiation

Peak Condition

(b) Close-up view – 32 hours after initiation
(c) Close-up view – 27 hours after initiation

Peak Condition

(d) Close-up view – 40:45 hours after initiation

Figure 4.25: Thermal Plume Dispersion _ SW Monsoon _ Spring Tide _ Peak
Condition
(a) Overall view

Figure 4.26: Thermal Plume Dispersion _ NE Monsoon _ Spring Tide _
Average Condition

(b) Close-up view

Figure 4.26: Thermal Plume Dispersion _ NE Monsoon _ Spring Tide _ Average
Condition
(a) Overall view

Peak Condition

(b) Close-up view

Figure 4.27: Thermal Plume Dispersion _ SW Monsoon _ Spring Tide _ Peak
Condition
Impact on Coastal Stability and Sedimentation

Coastline of the project area is very stable and has under gone relatively small
changes. Coastline in the vicinity and towards south is fed by silt/sand from the
river. River mouth located approximately 1.5 km south of the project area has
undergone periodic changes, similar to all other river mouths. However, coastline
in the project area is very stable, with a marginal accretion over the years.
Figure 4.28 shows the shoreline behaviour of the project area. Figure gives the
shoreline positions in June, 2006 and May, 2014. Red line indicates the position in
June, 2006.
Two alternative arrangements have been proposed for the intake structure; one
on a pile jetty (Option 1) and the other embedded in the sea bed (Option 2). In
the case of the latter, the outfall structure will be embedded in the sea bed.
Structures embedded in the seabed will not have any impact on the sediment
movement. The jetties on piles will also create only minimal impact as the
disturbance to wave-current induced sediment transportation is minimal. This can
be kept at absolutely minimum by appropriate structural design. It is expected
that these structures will result in some sediment build up, south of the
structures. However, it will not create significant erosion in the north as the
alongshore transport of sediment along the beach is very small and appropriate
structural designs permit the movement without any blockage.
LHI has carried out detailed numerical modelling to assess the sediment transport
of the area and the changes due to project activities. Results of the modelling
indicate that there will not be any significant changes due to the project activities.
Summary of the LHI report on Sediment Transport is enclosed at Annexure-XI.

(a) June, 2006 (b) May, 2014
(a) June, 2006 (b) May, 2014

Figure 4.28: Shoreline behaviour in the project area
(Red line indicates the shoreline position in December 2005)
Figure 4.29 shows the coal unloading jetty of Lakvijaya Power Station whereas
Figure 4.30 shows the shoreline behaviour in the vicinity. Red line indicates the
shoreline position in December 2005. In spite of being a very dynamic coastline
experiencing relative high northward sediment movement, no appreciable

changes could be seen over this 09 year period. Only marginal adjustment of the
coastline near the structure has been report soon after the construction.
In conclusion, some local changes near the structures could be expected.
Monitoring of the coastline needs to be carried out and proper remedial measures
(if required) have to be taken. Prior approval from Coast Conservation and
Coastal Resource Management Department (CC & CRMD) should be obtained
before any intervention. Overall impacts could be considered as low.
Figure 4.29: A typical coal unloading jetty (Lakvijaya Power Station)
(a) before construction (b) during construction (c) 4 years after construction
December, 2005 October, 2009 February, 2014
Figure 4.30: Shoreline behaviour in the vicinity of Lakvijaya Power Station

4.2.2.3 Impacts of Oil Spills/ Coal Pile Leachate and Surface Run Offs
Coal pile areas shall be provided with impermeable base and garland drains/
dykes to collect the effluents from these areas and coal settling ponds for removal
of coal particles. Treated supernatant shall be recycled back into the dust
extraction/ suppression system while the settled coal sludge shall be sent back to
the coal pile. The capacity of settling tanks shall be sufficient to accommodate the
surface run-off from these areas.
Oil storage areas shall also be provided with impermeable base and garland
drains/ dykes to collect the oil spillage/ surface run-off from these areas and
treatment systems for the same. Oil separators shall be provided in the oil
handling and storage area for removal of oil. Treated effluents conforming to the
Tolerance Limits of Industrial and Domestic Waste Discharged in Marine Coastal
Area specified under National Environment (Protection and Quality) Regulations
(Annexure-IX) shall be recycled/ discharged.
The ships and barges which supply equipment and machinery for the proposed
project shall comply with the provisions of the Marine Pollution Prevention Act 59
of 1981. In order to minimize the risks posed by operational oil spillages, the
shipping company should adopt good operating practice, ensure the adoption of
principles of safety for the operation of vessels and operate an Oil Spill
Contingency Management Plan (OSCMP), in accordance to the guidelines provided
by Marine Environmental Prevention Authority (MEPA) and obtain prior approval
from MEPA.
4.2.3 Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal

4.2.3.1 Impacts of Sludge from Treatment Plant(s) and Domestic Solid Wastes
Sludge from water and effluent treatment plants are proposed to be disposed off
in sea along with warm cooling water discharge. As the quantity of sludge (15
m3/hour) shall be negligibly small in comparison to the quantity of discharge from
cooling water system (92,000 m3/ hour), the net impacts on water quality of the
discharge stream shall be insignificant. As discussed above, the warm water
discharge shall be further subjected to mixing and dispersion in sea and the
impacts on sea water quality shall be negligible.
4.2.3.2 Impacts of Ash Disposal

The ash from Trincomalee Thermal Power Project is proposed to be utilized for
various purposes such as Manufacture of Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC),
Construction of roads and embankments etc. The disposal system has been
envisaged only for disposal of ash during the short periods of non-utilisation.
Disposal of ash, if not managed properly, may have impacts on air quality (due to
fugitive emissions), surface water quality (due to overflow carrying ash particles)
and ground water quality (due to leachates carrying trace metals and other
contaminants). These impacts shall be effectively controlled by adopting a proper
disposal system for ash as well as providing structural features such as dyke and
lining, as described in the following sections.
The unused fly ash will be disposed off in ash dyke through High Concentration
Slurry Discharge (HCSD) system. HCSD system utilizes a high ash: water ratio to
create highly viscous ash slurry which gets hardened in 1-2 days time. Due to
high ash: water ratio, the quantity of free water in the ash deposits will be
negligible to cause any overflow or leachate. The hardened layer of slurry itself
acts as an impermeable layer and not susceptible to fugitive dust emissions.

In order to take care of excess rain water during rainy season, ash dyke
embankment of suitable height has been proposed. Further, in some stretches no
ash dyke boundaries have been shown in the layout, as the ground level for these
stretches is higher than the proposed dyke top level. Further, a free board of
1.5m has also been provided to take care of the extra water during monsoon. On
higher ground where no dyke is shown, a 1.5m high bund will be constructed to
stop entry of storm water from outside, into dyke area. RCC decantation well and
sedimentation basin are envisaged for proper decantation of excess water from
pond. In addition to RCC decantation well, RCC spillway is envisaged to allow safe
passage of extra water avoiding any chance of overtopping. RCC peripheral drain
is envisaged to collect the seepage water & excess water from the lagoon through
spillways, into RCC sump and the same will be re-circulated to the plant for
reuse. High Density PolyEthylene (HDPE) lining shall be provided on upstream
slope of dyke embankment & base of the storage lagoon, to prevent any risk of
ground water contamination.
4.2.3.3 Impacts due to Hazardous Waste Disposal System

For hazardous wastes (like used oil, oil sludges, batteries containing lead and acid
etc.) secured stores shall be constructed for storage and the same shall be
recycled/ disposed off through authorized agencies. For disposal of wastes, which
can not be used or recycle further, the services of authorized agencies, if
available, shall be taken. Else, fully secured disposal sites with impervious lining
and top covers shall be created.
4.2.4 Air Emissions

The predictions of impacts on the ambient air quality due to the emissions from the
proposed thermal power plant were carried out using US EPA Industrial Source
Complex (ISCST3) and Shoreline Dispersion Models (SDM).
The ISCST3 model was used for predicting the 1 hourly maximum incremental
ground level concentrations (for various seasons and annual periods); 24 hourly
maximum incremental ground level concentrations (for various seasons and annual
periods) and seasonal averages and annual average incremental ground level
concentrations for three major air quality parameters - Sulphur Dioxide (SO2),
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) and Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM). Predictions for
SO2 were done for two scenarios – project operating without Flue Gas
Desulphurisation System and project operating with Flue Gas Desulphurisation
System.
Shoreline Dispersion Model (SDM) was used to determine ground-level
concentrations that are influenced by the unique meteorological phenomenon in a
shoreline environment. SDM simulation was limited to the SO2 (project operating
with Flue Gas Desulphurisation System) and the highest 1 hourly and 24 hourly GLC
was estimated at the five ambient air quality monitoring stations.
Model Options Used For Computations

The options used for short-term computations are:
 The plume rise is estimated using Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always
limited to the height of the mixing layer;
 Buoyancy Induced Dispersion is used to describe the increase in plume
dispersion during the ascension phase;
 Calms processing routine is used by default;

 Wind profile exponents is used by default, 'Irwin';

 Flat terrain is used for computations;
 It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical
transformation and that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;
 Washout by rain is not considered;
4.2.4.1 Emission Rate of SO2, NOx and SPM

The emission characteristics are presented in Table 4.5.
Table 4.5: Emission Characteristics of Trincomalee Thermal Power
Project
At 100% TMCR At 100% TMCR
Parameter Units based on based on Worst
Design Coal Coal
Stack Height m 135 135
Flue Diameter m 4.5 4.5
Flue Gas Velocity / flue m/s 22.23 22.81
Flue gas temperature / flue Deg C 85.00 85.00
Volumetric Flow rate /flue Nm3/s 269.72 276.76
Coal Consumption rate t/h 100.03 112.27
Sulphur in Coal % 0.76 1.10
Estimated Emission rates
Sulphur Dioxide (without FGD) g/sec/unit 422.37 686.11
SOx (with FGD to get outlet
emission as per norms i.e. 850
mg/Nm3 with maximum 100
kg/MW/day subject to
maximum 50 metric tonnes of
SO2/day g/sec/unit 145 145
SPM (@100mg/Nm3) g/sec/unit 26.97 27.68
NOx (@ 260g/GJ) g/sec/unit 169.39 170.35
Note:
1. The chimney height has been calculated considering 100% BMCR unit load.
Further, some margin has also been considered.
2. The calculations above are done based on boundary limits of coal characteristics
given in the Fuel supply agreement.
3. The stack height has been calculated based on the requirements stipulated
under “Interim National Environmental (Stationary Sources Emission Control)”. For
calculation of stack height, please refer Section 2.3.5.4 of EIA Report.
4.2.4.2 Predicted Pollutant Concentrations due to Emissions and Impacts

The results of Industrial Source Complex Model (ISCST3) are presented in Table
4.6. The simulations were carried for receptors over the polar grid on 20 km radius
distributed over 36 directions. The predictions for SO2 have been made for both the
conditions – with FGD and without FGD.
The predicted 1-hourly maximum, 24-hourly maximum and annual average
incremental ground level concentrations (GLC) are presented in Table-4.7.

Table 4.6: Predicted Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentrations
Averaging Parameter Incremental Distance Direction* NAAQS#

Period GLC, µg/m³ in
meters*
Maximum 1 SO2 with 115.44 2000 NW 200
Hourly FGD
Incremental SO2 546.24 2000 NW 200
GLC without
FGD
NOx 135.62 2000 NW 250
SPM 22.03 2000 NW --
Max 24 SO2 with 22.18 2000 SE 80
Hourly FGD
Incremental SO2 104.97 2000 SE 80
GLC without
FGD
NOx 26.06 2000 SE 100
SPM 4.23 2000 SE 100
Annual SO2 with 5.45 2000 NW ---
Average FGD
Incremental SO2 25.78 2000 NW --
GLC without
FGD
NOx 6.40 2000 NW --
SPM 1.04 2000 NW 50
*with respect to stack
#
National Ambient Air Quality Standards of Sri Lanka

Table 4.7: Predicted Maximum Incremental Ground Level Concentrations

With Seasonal Variations in Air Quality Modeling
Incremental GLC, µg/m³

Averaged Max
Seasons Pollutants
Seasonal
1 Hr. 24 Hr.
Average
Nox 73.58 26.06 7.42
First Inter
Monsoon
(March -
April)
SO2 Without FGD 296.35 104.98 29.88
SO2 With FGD 62.63 22.18 6.32
SPM 11.95 4.24 1.21
Monsoon (May
- September)
Nox 73.23 25.15 12.98

Southwest
SO2 Without FGD 294.98 101.29 52.35

SO2 With FGD 62.33 21.41 11.06
SPM 11.9 4.08 2.11
Nox 72.58 21.88 4.63
Second Inter
November)
(October -
Monsoon
SO2 Without FGD 292.35 88.12 18.65

SO2 With FGD 61.78 18.62 3.94
SPM 11.79 3.55 0.75
(December -
Nox 135.62 22.38 5.43

Northeast
February)
Monsoon
SO2 Without FGD 546.24 90.15 21.86

SO2 With FGD 115.44 19.05 4.62
SPM 22.03 3.64 0.88
Resultant Concentrations after Implementation of the Project

The predicted maximum 24 hourly incremental ground level concentrations
(GLCs) for NOx and Particulate Matters from the project would be 26.06 and 4.23
µg/m3 respectively whereas the annual incremental concentrations are likely to be
6.4 and 1.04 µg/m3 respectively.
The predicted maximum 24 hourly incremental ground level concentration of SO2
from the project with FGD unit would be 22.18 µg/m3 - whereas without FGD unit
the concentration would be 104.97 µg/m3.
The 24 hourly maximum incremental GLCs due to the proposed project for SO2, NOx
and Particulate Matter are superimposed on the maximum baseline SO2, NOx and
Particulate Matter concentrations recorded during the study period to arrive at the
likely resultant concentrations after implementation of the proposed power plant.
The cumulative concentrations (baseline + incremental) after implementation of the
project are tabulated in Table-4.8. The annual and seasonal 24 hourly isopleths
for incremental GLCs for SO2, NOx and Particulate Matter are presented in
Figures 4.31 to 4.50.
The resultant maximum GLCs for SO2, NOx, and PM from the project with FGD
unit were estimated to be well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS) of Sri Lanka, with enough margins for future development of power
projects and other industries in Sampoor area.

Table 4.8: Resultant Maximum Ground Level Concentrations
Maximum 24 hourly National

Ambient Air Incremental Ambient Air
Resultant
Quality (AAQ) Concentration Quality
Concen-
Pollutant Concentrations while plant Standards for
tration
Recorded operating 24 hourly
(g/m3)
During the with FGD Concentration
Study (g/m3) (g/m3) (g/m3)
SO2 13 22.18 35.18 80
NOx 24 26.06 50.06 100
PM 88 4.23* 92.23 100
*- predictions for PM are based on a concentration of 100 mg/Nm3 in the stack
emissions (design outlet emissions for electrostatic precipitators). However,
after the flue gas is scrubbed in FGD, the concentration of PM in flue gas is
expected to be negligibly small and the actual incremental concentration will be
much less than 4.23 g/m3.
It may be noted that the values predicted for ground level concentrations after
operation of the project are calculated using ISCST3 Model based on Gaussian
Plume Model for a worst case scenario, i.e.
a) firing such a coal so as to generated maximum quantity of SO2,
b) worst meteorological conditions (wind speed, direction and atmospheric
stability) to cause maximum ground level concentration
c) the point of maximum predicted ground level concentration coinciding with
the point of maximum measured ground level concentration.
In reality, such conditions rarely exist. It may further be appreciated that there
are several uncertainties associated with the Gaussian Plume Model, due to
simplifying assumptions made in its derivation and input data used for
predictions. Some of these are summarized below:
1. The model assumes a steady-state condition with respect to flow and
meteorological conditions, at least for a time period equal to or greater
than the time of travel from tip of stack to the receptor location. For most
situations such conditions are never true and they may be approached
over short time periods only (say 1 hour or less).
2. Wind blows in x-direction and is constant in both speed and direction.
3. Transport by mean wind is much higher than turbulent transport in x-
direction.
4. Eddy diffusion coefficients are constant in both time and space.
5. Mass of pollutants is conserved across a plume cross-section and the
effects of chemical transformation, atmospheric washout/ fallout during
the travel of plume are not considered.
6. The wind speed and directions at the point of release of emission (135 m
above ground) is calculated on the basis of measurements of wind speed
and direction at 10 m height. However, it may be different.
7. There are uncertainties associated with the horizontal and vertical
dispersion coefficients, used in the calculations.

The assumptions and uncertainties often lead to significant variations in actual

ground level concentrations observed as compared to the predicted values and
the ground level concentrations actually encountered (physically measured)
during the operation of the project are always far below the predicted values.
In view of the above, it is expected that the actual ground level concentrations of
various parameters shall be much less than predicted values.
Shoreline Dispersion Model (SDM)

The simulations were carried for SO2 at the monitored ambient air quality stations.
The objective was to establish the worst case scenarios under the fumigation
conditions. The averaging times were 1 hour (worst) and 24 hours (standard). The
results are presented in Table 4.9.
Table 4.9: Predicted GLC at Ambient Air Quality stations during the Plume
Fumigation
Incremental Concentration
Station (g/m3)
Stations
Code
1 hour 24 hours
1 Santhosapuram 79.6 11.1
2 Sampoor 84.7 6.8
3 Mutur town 74.6 14.1
4 Thoppur 58.9 9.7
Trincomalee
5 36.3 7.8
town
The episodic increase during the plume fumigation is clearly indicated in one hour
average concentration; whereas 24hrs concentration predicated by SDM is
comparatively in the acceptable range of concentration. While interpreting the SDM
results, readers are advised to consider that the fumigation sub-model of SDM is
generally applicable to a relatively smooth shoreline – in case of irregular shoreline
like narrow bays and peninsulas thermal internal boundary layer (TIBL) may or may
not be formed(a prerequisite for plume fumigation).
4.2.4.3 Dispersion Model Input Data and Model Results including Determination
of Stack Height
Meteorological Data
The onsite meteorological data recorded at Sampoor site by CEB during Dec., 2012
to Nov., 2013 was used for dispersion modeling. The Pasquill-Gifford (P-G) stability
classes were derived and the missing data were treated in compliance with the EPA-
450/4-87-0131.
1
Meteorological Monitoring Guidance for Regulatory Modeling Applications

Determination of Atmospheric Stability

The derived parameters like P-G stability classes were estimated based on the
Turner method. The method estimates the effects of net radiation on stability from
solar altitude (a function of time of day, time of year, latitude and longitude), total
cloud cover, ceiling height and wind speed.
Mixing Depth
The seasonal mixing height data were considered similar to the Chennai – the
closest available data - from the Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative
Capacity of Atmosphere in India, published in 2008 by the India Meteorological
Department.
Model Results
Results of the model are summarized in Tables 4.7 to 4.9 and presented
graphically in Figures 4.31 to 4.50. Model outputs are enclosed in Annexure-
XVI.
Determination of Stack Height

The stack height of 135 meter has been arrived based on interim National
Environmental (Stationary Sources Emission Control) Regulations, as follows:
According to the interim National Environmental (Stationary Sources Emission
Control) Regulations, minimum chimney height C (in m) of any combustion point
source shall be defined by the following equation:
C(m) = H (m) + 0.6 U (m)
Where H is the height of tallest building (in m) within 5U (in m) radius of chimney
and U (in m) shall be the uncorrected height for heat input, defined by the
equation
U (m) = 1.36Q^0.6
Where Q is gross heat input in MW
Considering H= 70 m approximate (height of steam generator structure) and Q =
input for both the units in MW = 1457 MW (based on Coal flow for worst coal at
BMCR for two units = 123 X2 =246 T/hr, Gross Calorific Value of worst coal as
5100 Kcal/kg and Q= 246*1000*5100*4.18/(3600*1000) = 1457 MW)
U = 1.36 * 1457 ^ 0.6 = 107.54 m
C = 70 + 0.6 * 107.54 = 134.52 m
Chimney Height Considered = 135 m
The calculations above are done based on boundary limits of coal characteristics
given in the Fuel supply agreement..

(a) 1 Hourly (b)24 Hourly
Figure 4.31: Isopleths for Maximum Incremental Concentration of NOx (µg/m3) due to Operation of
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for Northeast Monsoon

Figure 4.32: Isopleths for Maximum Incremental Concentration of SO2 (µg/m3) due to Operation of
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) without FGD for Northeast Monsoon

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) with FGD for Northeast Monsoon

Figure 4.34: Isopleths for Maximum Incremental Concentration of Particulate Matter (µg/m3) due to Operation
of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for Northeast Monsoon

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for First Intermonsoon Monsoon

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) without FGD for First InterMonsoon Season

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) with FGD for First InterMonsoon Season

of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for First InterMonsoon Season

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for South West Monsoon Season

Figure 4.40 Isopleths for Maximum Incremental Concentration of SO2 (µg/m3) due to Operation of
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) without FGD for Southwest Monsoon

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) with FGD for Southwest Monsoon

of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for Southwest Monsoon

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for Second Intermonsoon Season

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) without FGD for Second Intermonsoon Season

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) with FGD for Second Intermonsoon Season

of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) for Second Intermonsoon Season

Figure 4.47: Isopleths for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of NOx (µg/m3) due to Operation of
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW)

Figure 4.48: Isopleths for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of SO2 (µg/m3) due to Operation of
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) without FGD

Figure 4.49: Isopleths for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of SO2 (µg/m3) due to Operation of
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW) with FGD

Figure 4.50: Isopleths for Annual Average Incremental Concentration of Particulate Matter (µg/m3) due to
Operation of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW)

Air Dispersion Modelling Study by ITI, Colombo

For validation, TPCL engaged Industrial Technology Institute (ITI), Colombo to
carry out an additional air dispersion modelling study.
Industrial Source Complex AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (‘ISC-AERMOD View’)
software ‘Version 8.5.1’ developed by Lakes Environmental, USA, which is
equivalent to United States Environmental Protection Agency, USA (USEPA) ‘ISC2’
was utilized for this air dispersion modelling study. Model description and detail
description on main features of ‘ISC-AERMOD View’, Gaussian plume air
dispersion model is given under Annexure-XVII [Source: www.weblakes.com].
The air dispersion modelling was carried out for three air quality parameters;
sulphur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOX) and particulate matter as total
suspended particulate (PM as TSP) under scenarios given in Table 4.10. The
predicted ambient concentrations of SO2 and NOX were averaged for 1-hr, 8-hr
and 24-hr while that for PM was averaged for 24-hr and annual in order to
compare the predicted maximum emission concentrations with their
corresponding AAQ standard. The Report of ITI is enclosed at Annexure-XVII.
Table 4.10: Modelling Scenarios
Scenario Case No. Remarks
A 1 Considering SO2, NOX and PM emission concentrations
for design coal with FGD
2 Considering SO2 emission concentrations for design
coal without FGD
3 Considering SO2, NOX and PM emission concentrations
for worst coal with FGD
4 Considering SO2 emission concentrations for worst
coal without FGD
B 5 Considering SO2, NOX and PM emission concentrations
similar to those specified in the National
Environmental (Stationary Source Emission Control)
Regulation (Interim Standards) – enclosed at
Annexure-IX
FGD- Flue Gas Desulfurization System
Model Input Data:
 Launch satellite image from ‘Google Earth’ website was taken to cover the
study area
 Meteorological data: MM5 meteorological preprocessed data (AERMET
Ready) was purchased for year 2012 and 2013 from the Lakes
Environmental Software.
 Source data: Source data considered in each Case is tabulated in Table
4.11 and the same was provided by TPCL.
 Topography applied for the model is elevated terrain - Terrain values for
receptor grids were imported from the Lakes Environmental official
website, URL: http://www.webgis.com/
 Regulatory Default dispersion option was selected.
 The receptor height was taken as 1.5 m.
 Receptor grid spacing of was selected as 500 m.

Table 4.11: Source Data
Parameter Scenario A Scenario B

Value Used in EIA At 100% TMCR based
on
Design Coal Worst Coal
Corresponding GPS# 08°28'35.00"N, 08°28'35.00"N, 08°28'35.00"N,
Location 81°18'29.00"E 81°18'29.00"E 81°18'29.00"E
Emission Release 135 135 135
Height/ Stack Height
[m]
Stack Diameter [m] 4.5 4.5 4.5
Gas Exit Temperature 358 358 358
[K]
Gas Exit Velocity 22.23 22.81 22.00*
[m/s]
Flow Actual [m3/min.] 21220 21775 20993.69
Flow Normalized 269.72 276.76 266.82
[Nm3/s]
PM [mg/Nm3] 100 (26.96 g/s) 100 (27.66 g/s) 150 (40.02 g/s)
3
NOX [mg/Nm ] 628 (169.31 g/s) 615.5 (170.27 650 (173.43
g/s) g/s)
SO2 [mg/Nm3], 1566 (422.21 g/s) 2479 (685.80 -
without FGD g/s)
SO2 [mg/Nm3], 538 (145.05 g/s) 524 (144.96 g/s) 850 (226.80
with FGD g/s)
*The minimum gas exit velocity in Scenario B was considered as 22.00 m/s
# Global Positioning System
Model Output (Results)

Model output for each case was obtained as iso-concentration lines plotted on
topo-sheet and as distribution of maximum concentration values in series plots
only in cases where the predicted value exceeds the corresponding AAQ standard
(<10 points).
Model output maps and graphs of each case are given in Annexure-IX, whereas
the summary is compared in Table 4.12 against the relevant AAQ standards
(The National Environmental (Ambient Air Quality) Regulations, 1994, published
in Gazette Extraordinary, No. 850/4 of December, 1994 annexed at Annexure-
IX).

Table 4.12: Summary of the Results Predicted by the Air Dispersion Modelling
Study by ITI
Air Quality Predicted Maximum SO2 Predicted Maximum NOX Predicted
Parameter Concentration Concentration Maximum PM
[µg/m3] [µg/m3] Concentration
[µg/m3]
Averaging
1-hr 8-hr 24-hr 1-hr 8-hr 24-hr 24-hr Annual
Period
AAQ
200 120 80 250 150 100 100 50
Standard
Case 1 117.54 43.30 21.36 137.05 50.45 24.88 3.97 0.48
Case 2 342.15 126.04 62.16 - - - - -
Case 3 116.39 42.62 21.01 136.71 50.06 24.68 4.01 0.49
Case 4 550.61 201.63 99.40 - - - - -
Case 5 184.47 68.12 33.60 141.06 52.09 25.69 5.93 0.72
Note: Predicted Values which do not comply with the respective AAQ
Standard are indicated in Bold.
Assessment of the Model Output

Scenario A
Referring to the model output presented in Table 4.12, predicted 1-hr and 8-hr
average maximum SO2 concentration in Case 2 (design coal without FGD) and 1-
hr, 8-hr and 24-hr average concentrations in Case 4 (worst coal without FGD)
exceeds the respective AAQ standard. However, predicted 1-hr, 8-hr and 24-hr
average maximum NOX concentrations are less than the respective AAQ standard
whereas the predicated 24-hr and annual averaged maximum PM concentrations
are significantly less than the respective AAQ standard. Hence SO2 concentration
in the ambient air can be considered as the limiting factor (i.e. decision making
factor) for this modelling study, which is discussed below.
 Compared to predicted SO2 concentrations in Case 2 and Case 4, use of
worst coal would contribute to higher SO2 concentration in the ambient air
than that from the design coal.
 Irrespective of the type of coal used (i.e. design coal or worst coal)
contribution to SO2 concentration in the ambient air from the flue gas of
the proposed coal power plant without the FGD would not meet the
stipulated standards.
 When the coal power plant is to be operated with the FGD, there is no
significant difference in the predicted time averaged SO2 concentrations in
ambient air for design coal and worst coal.
 Irrespective of the type of coal used (i.e. design coal or worst coal),
contribution to SO2 concentration in the ambient air from the flue gas of
the proposed coal power plant with the FGD would meet the stipulated
standards.

Scenario B
Referring to the model output of Case 5 presented in Table 4.12, all time
averaged SO2, NOX and PM emission concentrations in the ambient air would
comply with the respective AAQ standards, if the proposed coal power plant
would conform the National Environmental (Stationary Source Emission Control)
Regulation (Interim Standards).
Conclusion by ITI, Colombo

In the absence of background point sources, the given stack dimensions (135 m
height and 4.5 m diameter) and 22 m/s of stack gas velocity would be technically
sufficient for dispersion of the flue as to meet the respective AAQ standard, if the
proposed coal power plant conform the National Environmental (Stationary
Source Emission Control) Regulation (Interim Standards) by continuous operation
of air pollution control systems (i.e. FGD and ESP).
Impact of Firing Lanka Auto Diesel

Lanka Auto Diesel (LAD) will be used for cold start up and for low load operation
of the steam generator. LAD has Gross Calorific Value (GCV) of 10,500 kcal/kg
(about twice the GCV of Coal) and sulphur content of 0.25% (less than one fourth
of sulphur content of coal). Therefore operating the project with LAD at any load
will result into SO2 emission much less than that emitted by burning coal (about
one eighth). Therefore, the impacts on ambient air quality will be far too less as
compared to the impacts while firing coal.
Impacts of Trace Elements/ Impurities in Coal

The specifications for coal quality, as per coal supply agreement between
Trincomalee Power Company Limited and Lanka Coal Company (Private) Limited
does not specify any criteria for trace impurities or trace elements in coal. The
levels of trace impurities/ elements depend on the geological strata from where
the coal is mined. However, the coal is being used worldwide for power
generation and the impacts of such impurities remain within the acceptable limits
due to
 presence of such elements in small quantities
 cleaning of flue gases in ESPs and FGD systems
 wider dispersal of flue gases in the atmosphere due to discharge through tall
stacks.
 Binding of certain impurities in ash, which is used in cement and concrete
and the impurities are fixed.
Lakvijaya Power Station is using imported coal for thermal power generation.
Typical analysis of heavy metals in coal, fly ash, bottom ash and sea water (at
intake and outlet) at Lakvijaya Power Station was undertaken in November, 2014
through Industrial Technology Institute (ITI), Colombo and the results are
presented in Table 4.13(a) and 4.13(b).

Table 4.13(a): Typical analysis of heavy metals in coal, fly ash and bottom ash
samples of Lakvijaya Power Station
Parameter Test Method Test Values (mg/kg) Limits of
Coal Fly Ash Bottom Detection
Ash (mg/kg)
Lead (as Pb) Atomic Absorption ND 1.1 ND 0.5
Cadmium (as Cd) Spectrophotometry/ ND ND ND 0.1
Flame
Chromium (as Cr) 0.8 5.5 1.0 -
Mercury (as Hg) Atomic Absorption ND ND ND 0.05
Arsenic (as As) Spectrophotometry/ 0.17 ND ND 0.05
Vapour Generation
Assembly
ND - Not Detected
(Source: Sampling and Analysis Done by ITI, Colombo from Lakvijaya Power Station)
Table 4.13(b): Typical analysis of heavy metals in sea water (at intake and
outlet) of Lakvijaya Power Station
Parameter Test Method Test Values (mg/kg) Limits of
Sea Water Sea Water Detection
at Intake at Outlet (mg/kg)
Lead (as Pb) APHA 3111 B ND ND 0.1
Cadmium (as Cd) ND ND 0.02
Chromium (as Cr) ND ND 0.05
Mercury (as Hg) CML 33 ND ND 0.001
Arsenic (as As) APHA 3114 C 0.007 0.006 -
ND - Not Detected
(Source: Sampling and Analysis Done by ITI, Colombo from Lakvijaya Power Station)
The results presented above indicate that the heavy metals in coal are very low.
Further, the metals present, if any shall be retained in ash and shall be fixed in
cement/ concrete products without having any significant impact on environment.
The low levels (mostly below detection limit) of the elements in sea water at
outlet further confirm that the impacts will be very low. Considering that
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project is the only coal based thermal power project
in the east coast of Sri Lanka, the overall impacts of trace metals may be
considered as very low.
Impacts of CO2 Emission and Climate Change

As per the National Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Inventory for Sri Lanka for the year
2000, Carbon dioxide (CO2) from fuel combustion has been the major source of
GHG emissions amounting to 10,932.8 Gg (1Gg = 1000 Tonne) (58%) followed
by CH4 (36%) and N2O (6%) excluding the Land-use Change and Forestry (LUCF)
sector. In the energy sector, the total aggregate emission from fuel combustion
was 11,562 GgCO2eq, comprising 10,430 Gg (90%) of CO2, 881 GgCO2eq (8%) of
CH4 and 251 GgCO2eq (2%) of N2O. In terms of per capita emissions, the emission

from Sri Lanka was 0.640 Tonne CO2 per capita per year in year 2012 against a
world average of 4.44 Tonne CO2 per capita per year (Table 4.14).
Table 4.14: Comparison of CO2 Emissions from Fuel Combustion
Country Per Capita Emission of CO2

per Year (Tonne)
Sri Lanka 0.64
Pakistan 0.78
India 1.39
Indonesia 1.71
China 5.40
France 5.52
Japan 8.97
Germany 9.32
USA 17.31
World 4.44
Source: International Energy Agency CO2 database, Figures are based on 2012
edition.
The estimated emissions from Trincomalee Thermal Power Plant would be 4135.4
GgCO2 per annum from the entire plant. Compared to global emission inventory
this emission is negligibly small (less than 0.02% of total emission of CO2 from
Annex-I countries in 2012 and less than 0.06% of total emission of CO2 from
Non-Annex-I countries in 1994, the last reported year).
The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) was
ratified by Sri Lanka on 23 November 1993 and entered into force on 21 March
1994. Sri Lanka became a party to Kyoto Protocol in 2002. Sri Lanka, being a
developing country and a Non-annex-1 country party to the UNFCCC, has no
quantified emission reduction targets for CO2.
Sri Lanka’s contribution to the emission of green house gases is negligible as
compared to the rest of the world. However, being an island country, the adverse
impacts of the anticipated changes arising out of global warming due to the rest
of the world are likely to be significant.
TPCL will comply with the national directives/ policies/ standards related to the
emission of Green House Gases and Climate Change.
Impact on Rain water acidity

The present levels of SO2 in ambient air (13 g/m3) are very low as compared to
National Ambient Air Quality Standards in Sri Lanka (80 g/m3). The project will
have a Flue Gas Desulphurization System to remove SO2 from flue gases.
Maximum 24 hourly incremental ground level concentration is 22.18 g/m3,
leading to a resultant 24 hourly concentration of 35.18 g/m3 (after operation of
the project) against air quality standard of 80 g/m3. Predicted annual average
incremental Ground Level Concentration (GLC) for SO2 with FGD is 5.45 g/m3.
As the plant envisages FGD to remove more than 90% of the SO2 from the flue
gas, there will be no potential change in rainwater acidity for such a low
concentration.

4.2.4.4 Fugitive Emissions and impacts

The major sources of fugitive emission at Trincomalee Thermal Power Project
shall be coal and ash handling areas. The impacts of fugitive emissions from coal
handling are described in Section 4.2.4.5.
The ash shall be extracted and transported in dry form using pneumatic
conveying system through closed pipelines. Therefore, the likelihood of fugitive
emissions is remote. The unused fly ash will be disposed off in ash dyke through
High Concentration Slurry Disposal (HCSD) system, which utilizes a high ash:
water ratio to create highly viscous ash slurry which gets solidified in 1-2 days
time. The solidified layer of slurry is not susceptible to fugitive dust emissions.
In view of the above, the impacts of fugitive dust shall be low and localised within
the plant, if any.
4.2.4.5 Emissions from Storage and Handling of Coal

Dust extraction and suppression systems have been envisaged in the coal
handling plant to control the fugitive emissions.
Coal Storage
Plain water dust suppression system is provided in the entire coal stock yard to
control dust emission.
Pulverization Unit
In power station, coal is supplied up-to mill in crushed form. The pulverization of
coal into dust takes place in pulveriser which is then carried through smaller
length pipelines from pulveriser located near the furnace by means of hot primary
air. The complete phenomenon of pulverization and conveying of crushed coal to
furnace is an enclosed unit. Therefore, there will not be any fugitive emission
during plant operation.
Conveyor Belt for Coal Handling
Coal conveying system is through closed conveyor galleries. At transfer point of
conveyors, enclosed transfer houses are provided. Dry fog dust suppression
system is being provided to entrap all fugitive dust for coal conveyors and
transfer points.
4.2.4.6 Excessive Odour and Impacts

In a coal based thermal power project, odour is not a significant problem.
4.2.5 Noise & Vibration and Odour problems

In a coal based thermal power project, odour is not a significant problem.
The main noise generating sources in thermal power plant are turbine, boiler feed
pumps, air compressors, cooling towers, CW pumps, forced draft fan, induced
draft fan, primary air fan and coal mills. Intermittent noise is generated due to
operation of diesel generator. The power plant complex consists of several
sources of noise in clusters or single sources. This clusters/single source may be
housed in buildings of different dimensions made of different materials or
installed in open or under sheds. The material of construction implies different
attenuation co-efficient. In order to predict ambient noise levels due to the
proposed power plant the noise modeling has been done. For computing the
noise levels at various distances with respect to the plant site, noise levels are
predicted by a user friendly model the details of which are elaborated below.

Model for Sound Wave Propagation during Operation

For an approximate estimation of dispersion of noise in the ambient air from the
point source, a standard mathematical model for sound wave propagation is
used. The noise generated by equipment decrease with increase distance from
the source due to wave divergence. An additional decrease in sound pressure
level with distance from the source is expected due to atmospheric effect or its
interaction with objects in the transmission path.
For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogenous loss free
medium, one can estimate noise levels at various locations, due to different
sources using model based on first principles, as per the following equation:
Lp2= Lp1 - 20Log (r2 / r1) – AE – AM ...................................................... (1)
Where,
Sound Lp2 and L p1 are the Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) at points located at a
distances of r2 and r1 from the source. AE & AM are attenuations due to
Environmental conditions (E) and Machine correction (M). The combined effect of
all the sources can be determined at various locations by the following equation.
(Pa)/10
Lp(total)= 10Log (10 + 10(Pb)/10 + 10 (Pc)/10
+. . ………….) ......... (2)
Where Lpa, Lpb, Lpc are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.
Machine Correction (AM): The background noise level, when the machine is not
in operation should be determined at one or more locations while conducting the
test. The readings at each location, with the machine in operation should exceed
the background levels by at least 10 dB in each pressure level of interest. If the
difference is less than 10 dB, correction should be applied. If the difference
between the measured sound and the background sound in any sound pressure
level is less than 3 dB a valid measurement of the machine cannot be made. In
order to reduce background noise to acceptable levels, it may be necessary to
acoustically treat the equipment.
Environmental Correction (AE): The equivalent sound pressure level can be

calculated from the measured sound pressure level (Leq measured) averaged over the
measurement surface area ‘S’ and from corrections K1 and K2 and is given by ;
(Leq calculated) = (Leq measured) - K1 - K2 …………………………………. (3)

Where,
K1 = Factor for the background noise correction. The correction was not applied
in this modeling exercise, as it was not possible to measure the
background noise levels by putting off machines. Hence it was considered
as zero.
K2 = Environmental correction
Based on the above equation user friendly model has been developed. The details
of the model are as follows:
1. Maximum number of sources is limited to 200;

2. Predicted Noise levels at any distance specified from the source;
3. Model is designed to take topography or flat terrain;
4. Co-ordinates of the sources in meters;

5. Maximum and Minimum levels are calculated by the model;

6. Output of the model in the form of isopleths; and
7. Environmental attenuation factors and machine corrections have not been
incorporated in the model but corrections are made for the measured Leq
levels.
Input for the model

The designed noise levels at 1m distance from the source for various equipments
are given in Table 4.15.
Table 4.15: Likely Noise Levels at Trincomalee TPP (2x250 MW)
S. NOISE LEVEL Leq

SOURCE
No. in dB(A)
1 Turbine 90
2 Boiler Feed Pump 90
3 Circulating Water Pump 90
4 Primary Air Fan 90
5 Force Draft Fan 90
6 Instrument Air Compressor 90
7 Diesel Generator 85
8 Induced Draft Fan 85
4.2.5.1 Predicted Noise Levels and Impacts

The ambient noise levels have been predicted with proposed value for
Trincomalee TPP (2x250 MW). The predicted noise levels at the boundary of the
plant in different directions are given in Table 4.16. The predicted noise level
due to operation of such equipment at a distance of 500m from the source is 39.5
dB(A). The ambient noise level recorded during field studies in the project area
and near by villages located up to a distance of 2 km from the main plant ranges
between 45.3-53.4 dB(A) during day time and 42.1-54.7 dB(A) during night time.
Hence, there will not be any significant impact on the village due to masking
effect.
Table 4.16: Predicted Noise Levels
Sr. No. Distance (m) Noise level dB (A)

1 100 50.5
2 200 47.3
3 300 44.4
4 400 42.1
5 500 39.5
6 750 38.0
7 1000 37.4
8 1500 35.3
9 2000 33.1

4.2.6 Ecological Resources

The proposed project will be located in a highly human influenced area. The main
habitat types observed scrublands, rock outcrops, abandoned paddy lands and
small tanks. These habitats support mainly common faunal and floral
assemblages. The main negative impacts that will arise will be loss of habitat for
these species. The loss of habitat cannot be compensated as the project will
involve complete removal of vegetation in the project site.
4.2.6.1 Impacts on Terrestrial Fauna, Flora and Eco-Systems

The project will result in the establishment of a coal power plant in the
Trincomalee district. The site selected for the proposed project has an extent of
200 ha and at about 75% of the land are comprise of scrubland that has been
highly modified due to human activity. The remaining 25% comprise of
abandoned paddy lands, rock outcrop associated vegetation and seasonal small
tanks. Since habitat diversity is low in the site selected for the proposed project
the overall species richness was found to be low compared to habitats that are
found immediately outside the project site (Table 4.17). Likewise, the habitats
within the project site supported few endemic and threatened species compared
to the habitats outside the project area.
Table 4.17: Comparison of species richness within and outside the project
impacted area.
Within the project impacted Outside the project impacted

Taxonomic area area
Group
Total End CR EN VU NT Total End CR EN VU NT
Snails 8 2 0 0 1 2 20 3 0 1 1 2
Dragonflies 9 0 0 0 0 1 14 0 0 0 0 1
Butterflies 29 1 0 0 0 0 41 1 0 0 2 1
Fish 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0
Amphibians 3 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0
Reptiles 9 1 0 0 0 1 19 4 0 1 0 2
Birds 56 3 2 0 0 0 104 4 3 0 2 3
Mammals 12 1 0 2 1 0 15 0 0 1 1 0
Angiosperms 184 5 0 0 7 7 230 4 0 0 13 15
Total 360 13 2 2 9 11 454 16 3 3 19 24
(Source: Terrestrial Ecology Survey, 2014)
The site selected for the project is under high human influence even at present.
During the sampling period it has been observed that people in the area is
engaged in fuel wood extraction at the site at a commercial scale. Further, there
is illegal quarrying of the rock outcrops within the project site for extraction of
metal. Further, those who are involved in these activities also hunt animals as
was indicated by the presence of remains of such hunted animals throughout the
project site.
The project will result in the loss of approximately 150 ha scrubland present in
the site selected for the project. Based on the species observed at the site it can
be concluded that the site does not function as a critical habitat or habitat of a
project will result in the loss of habitat of terrestrial species it will not have a

4.2.6.2 Impacts on coral reefs in Shell Bay

Temperature of the discharged water at the outlet point will be 70 C higher with
compared to the ambient sea water temperature. Due to the lesser density of the
warmer water, discharged water will naturally flows to the surface directly from
the outlet point. The resulting stratification of the density and temperature driven
water masses are expected to be higher sustaining the warmer water masses on
the surface of the water column at most of the times. Therefore the bathing of
corals and benthic organisms from the warmer water becomes very low and the
maximum radius that would be affected at the worst case scenario is less than
20m radius from the outlet point.
Thermal dispersion was studies in detail by Lanka Hydraulic Institute (LHI). The
180m in one direction (in SW monsoon considered as worst case) at one instance
from outfall. Influence zone for an excess temperature of +1oC is limited to
300m-400m of radius (about 50 Ha) for most of the time. However, an excess
temperature of +1oC may exist up to around 500m in one direction (in SW
monsoon considered as worst case) at one instance from outfall. Surface
dispersion may not affect corals in sea bottom. There may be positive and
negative impacts on coral sperm, eggs and larvae and their distribution pattern.
However these impacts (either positive or negative) are considered to be minimal
due to the low temperature increase.
On the other hand, these upward water movements may bring bottom nutrients
to the surface by locally and artificially created upwelling system and the warmer
waters may influence the productivity of the area coupled with higher nutrient
levels. This may induce some positive impacts to the area by increasing the
primary productivity followed by the diversification of the food chains and food
webs in the area.
4.2.6.3 Impacts on Marine Organisms including Marine Mammals

Koddiyar Bay
Koddiyar Bay will be used only for the intake and hence no impacts are
envisaged. There will be changes in current patterns around the intake. Detailed
modelling carried out indicate that the increase in current velocities drops below
0.1 m/s within the 10m from the intake. Hence the impacts are local and there
will not be any changes to the macro faunal diversity. Micro faunal diversity may
affect slightly as they are sucked with the inlet current. However the damage
seems minimal due to the low micro faunal (plankton) abundance and diversity in
the water column.
Shell Bay
Impact is similar to coral species.
Increase of sea water temperature may cause minor impacts to plankton, fish,
molluscs, crustaceans, reptiles and mammals which can tolerate much wider
fluctuations. Further, Tropical members of the latter groups can tolerate
temperatures of about 35° C, without showing sub-lethal symptoms. Therefore it
is expected that this temperature increase do not cause any significant damage to

benthic organisms and even the pelagic organisms are slightly affected from this
less warm water mass due to their ability to move from unfavorable waters only if
the warmer water cause any impact on them.
Impacts to marine Mammals

Almost all the whale records were well away from the beaches and beyond 100m
depth contour line. The popular whale watching areas are closer to Swami Rock
area and deeper sites in front of the harbor mouth. Research findings indicate
that more whales are roaming in area north of Trincomalee towards Mulathivu
side than the southern areas of Trincomalee. One observer reported that whales,
possibly humpbacks were seen frequently by fishermen off Mulathivu, northeast
of Sri Lanka.
Thermal dispersion was studies in detail by Lanka Hydraulic Institute (LHI). The
180m in one direction (in SW monsoon considered as worst case) at one instance
from outfall. Influence zone for an excess temperature of +1oC is limited to
300m-400m of radius (about 50 Ha) for most of the time. However, an excess
temperature of +1oC may exist up to around 500m in one direction (in SW
monsoon considered as worst case) at one instance from outfall. These conditions
would not overlap with whale territories and in any case would not cause any
physiological or behavioral changes even if they migrate into these marginally
warm waters.
4.2.6.4 Impact on Fisheries

In both Koddiyar Bay and Shell Bay some disturbances to the movement of
intake and outfall of Koddiyar and Shell Bay.
4.2.7 Socio-economic Impacts

This section includes possible impacts during construction and operation phases
and also the nature of impacts such as temporary or long term, positive or
negative.
Pre project related social impacts: Although the officers in Mutur DS office are
aware of the proposed project and its specific details including the exact land area
to be used, general community does not know about this specific information.
Therefore, they perceive different impacts from the proposed project. Some
community members perceive that entire land area in the industrial zone (1368
Acres) will be used for the proposed coal power plant (they do not know that this
project will be established only in 505 acres for the project). The community
leaders and also the grass root level government officers such as GNs and
Samurdhi officers are concerned of not having adequate knowledge about the
proposed coal power project and also other industries that might come to the
industrial zone proposed by UDA; as they have been resettled recently.

4.2.7.1 Impacts on Local Population and Communities

This section includes the impact on people residing in geographical units studied
in terms of disturbances due to noise, impacts on labor, and also the impacts on
education of children and psychology of vulnerable community members. The
impacts are discussed separately on construction and operation phases including
positive and negative aspects of the impacts due to proposed project. It was
observed that most of the impacts are perceived by the agency officers as well as
the communities depending on their limited information on coal based power
projects. In this context, these impacts can be defined as stakeholder perceived
impacts.
The land area for the project is free from human settlements. Similarly, 50m land
belt from the boundary of the project land is also unused bare land. Other 2
geographical units studied (250m radius and 2km radius) are occupied by people
and the impacts on people living in these areas are summarized in Table 4.18.
Table 4.18: Impacts on General Community in the Area during

Construction Phase
Positive impacts (Perceived) Negative Impacts (Perceived)
250 m radius
The community in the areas There can be some minor disturbances to the
perceive that project developer Sivashakthi school located in Santhosapuram
may help to improve the village in Kaddaiparichan GN division located
facilities in Sivashakthi School in about 0.25 KM from the project boundary
located in 222 C - (due to noise, dust and also due to migrant
Kaddaiparichan GN division labor (if not properly mitigated). This school
(located about 0.25 Km distance has 105 children, 7 teachers and it is a Junior
from the project boundary) school with classes up to Grade 5.
2 km Radius
The project developer will There are 7 schools located in the 2 km
improve the condition of access radius of the project and most of the school
roads in the project area and children come to schools by push bikes and
the community, especially others walk to their schools, The frequent
school children in the vicinity movements of heavy vehicles on the roads
will also benefit from the used by school children may create some
improved access roads. disturbances to the children due to mud,
dust and also danger of accidents.
- Dust, noise and transporting of construction
debris and also construction material on
roads may create problems in general to the
people and school children in particular in all
5 GN divisions
- The community in the area is low income,
less educated and less empowered/informed
people and therefore, there can be some
unpleasant incidents for women and children
in the area who are living close to the scrub
jungles due to influx of migrant labourers to
the area

The local communities expect significant indirect benefits during operation phase
of the coal power plant. The positive and negative impacts perceived during
operation phase are summarized in Table 4.19.
Table 4.19: Impacts on General Community in the Area during Operation
Phase
Positive Impacts (Perceived) Negative Impacts (Perceived)
250 M radius
There can be occasional The school community of Sivashakthi Junior
assistance to the Sivashakthi School (parents, and teachers) perceives that
Junior school for its students there can be some disturbances to the
and also for some facilities children due to noise, dust due to coal based
operations of the power plant; At the same
time they expressed their opinion that they
do not have previous experience on the
impacts of a coal power plant. Although the
school is located about 250m from the
boundary of the land, the negative impacts
will not be significant as there will be tree
plantation between boundary and school.
The members in the 10 families residing in
the 250 m radius but, beyond 50m distance
from the project boundary also perceive
some negative implications on their routine
lives due to dust, noise and increased
temperature in the local area. The school
children may have some difficulties to do
their home works during nights due to day
and night operations of the power plant in the
vicinity.
2 km Radius
There can be some assistance The community members perceive that there
to the 7 schools located in 2km can be danger if waste water pipe lines get
radius of the project boundary. damaged due to some problems (waste water
The project developer may has high temperature). According to the
provide some supports to technical experts of the EIA team, the
renovate the buildings and also temperature of discharged cooling water is
to establish drinking water not so high to create dangerous negative
facilities to the school impacts.
population.
It is expected that the project Communities are also having fear about
developer will establish reliable possible polluted air spreading from the plant
drinking water system under the due to some accident. If such incident takes
project facilities. If so, the place, it might create some negative impact
neighbouring communities can on the communities in the vicinity (this may
also benefit from such facilities be highly unlikely, but it is a perception of
(the area does not have access the community leaders)
to reliable and clean drinking
water facility)
The youths in the neighboring There can be tendency to have conflicts
communities will get motivated between local community members and the

to obtain higher educational construction crew.

qualifications expecting some
employments in the coal power
plant during its operation phase.
4.2.7.2 Impacts on Fishing Activities existing in the Area

Significant number of community members residing in 250m and 2km radius from
the project boundary are involved in fishing activities. Although the proposed
project construction activities will not create direct positive or negative impact on
the fishing activities, some fishermen expect little indirect impact on their
livelihood activities. The impacts perceived by fishermen are summarized in
Table 4.20.
Table 4.20: Perceived impacts of fishing community during construction

phase.
The fishermen like other general Fishermen do not launch their fishing vessels
community in the local area also to the sea from the areas demarcated for the
expect some assistance to water intake and outfall of the project.
improve their boat landing sites Therefore, there will be no direct negative
at Soodaikuda and impact on fishing community. The fishermen
Kadatkaraichenai. reach the sea from the 2 boat landing sites
(Soodaikuda and Kadatkaraichenai) that are
located more than 1 km distance from the
outfall and intake respectively. The fishermen
perceive that some activities such as
installation of waste water discharge pipes
and pipelines for water intake may create
some indirect disturbances (highly unlikely
but, the perception of the fishing community
in the area). According to the technical
experts the temperature of discharged
cooling water is not so high to create
significant negative impacts on fish
population.
Impact perceived during operation phase on fishing activities

A series of positive and negative impacts are perceived by fishing community in
the area. Some of these impacts are quite unlikely to occur, but they are
perceived by some members in the fishing community. The impacts the fishing
community members are summarized in Table 4.21.
Table 4.21: Fishing community perceived impacts during operation phase

Lighthouse road may be improved as The fishermen perceive that there
access to the power plant site and if so, may be indirect impacts for fish
it will benefit the fishing community. If population to leave the shallow sea
this road is improved, fish buyers can due to release of waste water from
reach the Soodaikuda and the power plant (this may be unlikely

Kadatkaraichenai boat landing sites to but, this is an opinion of fishermen)

buy fish from the fishermen. The
fishermen will be in a better position to
negotiate for reasonable prices.
If the project developer extends his There may be action to expand the
support to improve Soodaikuda and high security area further due to the
Kadatkaraichenai boat landing sites, it upcoming coal power project. If so,
will be a long term positive impacts to the fishing area may get reduced in
enhance the fishing activities in the the shallow sea and the fishermen will
area. be compelled to go to the deep sea
areas far from the shallow sea.
4.2.7.3 Impacts on Land Use and Land Use Planning

Land use changes due to construction: The project land is not used for any
economic purposes at present. This was used for intensive chena cultivation and
collecting firewood, feeding animal by the neighboring community. Once it is
cleared for coal power project, its potential use cannot be realized. Some
community leaders in the area look at the complete clearance of present forest
land as a negative activity to the local climate because in future it will look like a
large bare land with no vegetation. Some other community members perceive the
use of project land as a profitable economic activity proposed to carry out in an
unutilized natural resource.
The proposed project will not create positive or negative impacts on the land
located on the vicinity of project land (50m, 250m and 2km land belts in the
vicinity).
Land use changes due to operations: The unutilized bare lands will be
converted into a highly profitable/valuable land due to operation of coal power
project. Few other members look at these changes on the scrub land as an action
leading to degradation of biological environment in the local area.
The operation activities proposed under the project will not require any changes
on the uses of land located in the vicinity of project site (50m, 250m and 2km
land belts in the vicinity).
4.2.7.4 Access Roads and Transportation

The perception of stakeholders (community leaders, agency officers) on positive
and negative impact on access road and transportation due to proposed project
during its construction and operation phases are summarized in Table 4.22.
Table 4.22: Potential impacts on access road and transportation during
Construction phase
There may be improvements to There can be damages to the roads such as
the Lankapatuna main road, Lankapatuna Road, Light house road and
Light house road and another road running near Sivashakthi Junior school
road running close to due to heavy vehicles running with high
Sivashakthi junior school under frequency during construction phase.
the project. If so, this would be
a long term beneficial impact.

The road users in these 3 roads may have

disturbances due to use of these roads for
heavy vehicles of the project with high
frequency.
Operation phase
There is no public transport Even if the roads in the vicinity of the
system in the above three project land are improved, there may be
roads. Once the roads are tendency to become dilapidated within short
improved under the project, period of time due to use of the roads for
public and private bus services vehicles of the project with high frequency.
may be initiated in these roads. The three wheel drivers and Motor cycle
The three wheel drivers and riders presently run on the roads with less
Motor cycle riders find care on the highway codes and therefore,
difficulties due to present there can be accidents due to running of
dilapidated conditions of the project vehicles with high frequency in rural
road. This difficulty may get roads.
solved if these roads are
improved under the project.
4.2.7.5 Industrial Development

All the stakeholders perceive proposed coal power project as a positive initiative
to promote industries in the Sampoor area. At present there are no existing
industries to create negative or positive impact. The coal power project may
influence other medium and large scale industries to be established in the area.
The adjacent land with about 800 acre extent has been allocated for BOI to start
industries in near future. Once the proposed power project is implemented other
investors also may get encouraged to come to the area for investment in the BOI
land.
4.2.7.6 Employment and Income

Employment creation will be the most significant benefits of the proposed project.
The positive and negative impacts during construction and operation phases on
employment are summarized in Table 4.23.
Table 4.23: Positive and negative impact on employment opportunities

Positive Impacts Negative Impacts
Construction phase
The local unemployed people within About 40-50 persons are involved in
employable age can find works in the some income generation activities in
construction site. The number of job the present land (firewood collection
opportunities available for local and collecting bee honey). These
people will be significant. livelihood activities will not be possible
in future due to the clearance of the
scrub land. However they may get
opportunity to get engaged in
construction work.
There will be indirect income -

generation opportunities for the local
community members during

construction phase (providing lodging

and meals for the employees in the
construction site)
Some local people who have -
construction vehicles such as tractors
and tippers can rent their vehicles to
the project developer.
Operation phase
Qualified youths in the local area can There may be tendency for youths
find regular employments in the presently involved in agriculture
power plant (significant number of activities to shift from agriculture to
regular work will be available in the industrial employment. If this trend
plant and local youths will have becomes significant there can be
greater opportunities). shortage of agriculture labourers in the
area. However the extent of agriculture
is low in the area at present.
When this proposed power plant is -
established, Naval Adi junction may
get converted into a small urban
centre where local people can initiate
small and medium business centers.
4.2.7.7 Health
Community members are not familiar with the possible implications of coal power
plants and therefore, they perceive possible negative impacts as they understand.
The different negative impacts perceived by the stakeholders including local
communities residing in the vicinity of project lands are mentioned below.
 There can be some negative impact due to dust and noise generated by
the project on the children studying in Sivashakthi junior school which is
located in the vicinity of the project land. (250m distance from the project
land)
 The members in the ten families located in 250m radius may also have
health implications due to dust and noise generated in the plant. The
community members are critical on potential dust from the coal power
plant.
 There can be temporary health related implications on the communities
during land preparation period of the project (dust, noise and other
problems due to heavy vehicles roaming in the local area).
 Some community members perceive possible spreading of dust and smoke
from the coal power plant up to the area about 1km or 2 km.
 In general, the stakeholders are of the opinion that respiratory diseases
may get increased among community members specially the children
residing in the vicinity of power plant.
 The local people also point out the likelihood vulnerability of damages to
the waste water pipe lines in the project. If such incident takes place there
can be some negative impact on the people (unlikely impact).
 The project developer may tend to establish a separate medical center for
its employees and if so, community members living in the 2km radius
expect to have opportunity to reach this center for treatments.

4.2.7.8 Tourism
The coastal area near the project land is not popular for local or foreign tourists
and therefore, there will not be positive or negative impacts on tourism.
4.2.7.9 Religious / Archaeological Sites

There are no religious, historical or archeologically significant places in the project
land or in the vicinity up to about 250m radius from the boundary of the project
land. All the significant places are located beyond 2km distance from the project
land (There are 19 religious centers located in the area 2km to 3km far from the
project land) in this context, there will not be negative impacts on religious,
historical or archeological places near the project land. Department of
Archaeology has already accorded approval to the project vide their letter dated
03.11.2010 (Copy enclosed at Annexure VII).

5. Mitigation Actions
5. Mitigation Actions
Chapter-4 of the EIA report identified potential environmental impacts associated
with the construction and operation of the Coal Power Plant and this chapter
refers to mitigation measures. There are three important areas to be considered
with respect to mitigation measures and its applications, namely,
(1) To review and report specific features in identifying potential environmental
issues at the planning and preliminary design stages and their incorporation at
the relevant stages. If necessary make further recommendations to amend
the design.
Mitigation Measures adopted in the Design Phase (Mitigation by
Design)
The approach to the EIA and the associated engineering process includes
‘Mitigation by Planning and Design’. Therefore some of the potential
environmental impacts on the coastal zone, the zone of major environmental
concern due to intake and outfall structures, have been reduced to an extent
within practical limits through iterative planning and design processes,
incorporating state of the art mathematical modeling carried out by LHI,
Moratuwa in consultation with the University of Moratuwa. This approach has
reduced the need to apply mitigation measures.
The objective of modeling a wide range of scenarios (covering varying incident
conditions), to examine critical environmental issues (e.g. coral reef systems
and their locations) and project induced development (e.g. potential
recirculation from close proximity of intake and outfall structures) is to enable
designers to adopt designs, as far as possible, which mitigate critical issues.
This approach minimizes impacts by design itself, rather than adopting
specific mitigation measures to an environmentally unfriendly design.
Modelling done on a very extensive scale has therefore achieved this objective
at its very best.
(2) To identify mitigation and best practice measures that should be developed in
order to avoid or minimize any such adverse impacts during construction and
operation stages. In doing so attention has to be focused on the mechanism
required to ensure the implementation of the mitigation measures. This forms
part of the Environmental Monitoring Programme.
(3) Some of the impacts may be of severe magnitude though effective over a
short period of time (such as those caused due to earthquake, cyclone,
tsunami etc) and may lead to disaster situations. These shall be reviewed
under Risk Management and Disaster Mitigation Plan shall be prepared as a
part of EMP. Further, all the structures and facilities shall be designed based
on the worst case scenario experienced so far.
5.1 Drainage Management Plan

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project will have independent drainage systems for
plant effluent and storm water drainage. The plant effluents will not be allowed to
mix with storm water drainage. Storm water drains shall be constructed on both
sides of double lane and single lane roads. Patrol road along boundary wall shall
have one side drain. All drains shall be connected to the trunk drain suitably,
which finally gets connected to the natural drains outside plant boundary. An area
drainage study for the project site has been undertaken separately through Lanka
Hydraulic Institute (LHI) to study the drainage pattern of the area in detail and
recommend suitable drainage management plan.
The drainage system shall be designed such that the plant storm water flows by
gravity and meets the final discharge point. As per LHI report of “Area Drainage
Study” plant drainage is to be connected to Sampukkali Kulam. The Sampukkali
Kulam is inter-connected to Kaddaiparichan lagoon, which ultimately meets Sea.
As recommended in “Area Drainage Study” report, the existing connection/
drainage path between Sampukkali Kulam and Kaddaiparichan lagoon to be
further developed/ improved.
5.2 Waste Water Treatment and Discharge Systems

Waste Water Treatment and Discharge systems have already been discussed
under Section 2.3.6 of the EIA Report.
The waste water treatment and discharge systems shall consist of collection,
treatment, recirculation and disposal of effluents. A simple flow diagram for waste
water system is presented in Figure 5.1.
The scheme has been envisaged as per the following design philosophy:
 Warm water from the cooling system for condenser and auxiliary cooling
shall be discharged back into the sea through a well designed underwater
discharge system so as to ensure a quick mixing and dissipation of heat.
 The reject from desalination plant, sludge if any from the pre-treatment
section of Desalination, Mixed bed & CPU regeneration neutralized waste
Plant shall be pumped to the return duct of Cooling Water and discharged
into Shell Bay area along with the Cooling Water.
 Drains from coal stockyard shall be drained to a set of Coal settling ponds
for removal of coal particles.
 The effluents from Service Water System and Coal Handling Plant Water
System shall be treated in Tube Settlers/ Settling ponds to remove
impurities and recycled back into the system. There will be no discharge
from these systems.
 Boiler Blow down shall be led to the ash water sump.
 The water used for vacuum pump sealing, HVAC make-up and ash handling
system shall be fully consumed within the system and there will be no
discharge from these systems.
 For oily wastes, oil water separators shall be provided, in which the oil
droplets being lighter than water float to the top of the water surface and
skimmed off and solid particles settle at bottom. The treated water from the
middle layer shall be recycled.
 All the treated plant liquid effluents shall be mixed in the Central Monitoring
basin (CMB) and disposed off into the outfall point in Shell Bay along with
effluents from cooling and sea water flue gas desulphurization system.
An independent plant effluent drainage system would be constructed to ensure

that plant effluents do not mix with storm water drainage. Various treatment and
recycle systems have been proposed for the treatment of main plant effluents.
The treated effluents shall be discharged into Shell Bay along with cooling water

and sea water FGD effluents. The final quality of the effluents discharged through
outfall structures shall conform to ‘Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial
and Domestic Waste Water into Marine Coastal Areas’ published in Gazette No.
1534/8 dated 01.02.2008 under National Environmental Act of Sri Lanka (Copy
enclosed at Annexure-IX).
The sewage from plant and township shall be treated in a sewage treatment
plant. The treated sewage, conforming to ‘Tolerance Limits for Discharge of
Industrial and Domestic Waste Water into Inland Surface Waters’ published in
Gazette No. 1534/8 dated 01.02.2008 under National Environmental Act of Sri
Lanka (Copy enclosed at Annexure-IX), shall be utilized for plantation to the
extent possible. The unused part of treated sewage shall be discharged into Shell
Bay along with cooling water and sea water FGD effluents.
5.3 Recycling Methods

Plant water system of Trincomalee Thermal Power project is the only major
system with the possibility of recycling and the same has been provided with the
following recycling systems:
 Recycle of Boiler Feed Water after cooling in condenser
 Treatment and recycle of service water effluents
 Treatment and recycle of effluents from coal handling plant and coal stock
yard
 Recycle of ash dyke effluents, if any.
5.4 Handling of Cooling Water

Cooling water supply system has already been discussed under Section 2.3.3 of
the EIA Report.
Once Through type Circulating Water System using sea water is proposed to be
used in Trincomalee Power Project, as the plant is located near the sea. After
passing through the cooling system, the maximum rise in temperature of the
cooling water would be 7oC. In order to avoid the growth of algae and bacteria in
the cooling system, an electro-chlorination system is envisaged with chlorine
dosage rate of 1.5 to 2 ppm. However, in order to minimize the impact of residual
chlorine on marine organisms, de-chlorination system shall also be provided. The
residual chlorine in the discharge of condenser shall not exceed 0.2 ppm.
A part of warm cooling water shall be used for sea water flue gas desulphurization
system, in which the natural alkalinity of the sea water shall be used to neutralize
the SO2 in the flue gas. The process of sea water FGD has been described in
Section 2.3.5.4. After absorption of SO2 in sea water in a scrubber, the acidified
water shall be mixed with remaining cooling water and air shall be blown through
the water to reduce its chemical oxygen demand, before being discharge into the
sea. During the process of absorption and aeration, the SO2 in the flue gas shall
be converted to sulphate ions, which is natural constituent of sea water.
After the passing through the entire process of cooling and flue gas
desulphurization, the warm water shall be discharged into or Shell Bay (at a
location 480 m from shore, at a depth of 7 m), at a location marked on Figure
1.3.

FIGURE 5.1: FLOW DIAGRAM FOR WASTE WATER SYSTEM

Mitigation for Residual Chlorine and Increase in Sulphates

The residual chlorine concentration of the discharged water will be maximum 0.2
ppm higher than the intake water, which is well within the standards given under
World Bank Guidelines (Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Thermal
Power Plants, 2008). Therefore, no further mitigation action is proposed.
In normal sea water, SO4 concentration ranges from 2300-3000 mg/l. The
increase in SO4 concentration due to FGD process is expected to be within 33–40
mg/l. The increase in SO4 concentrations is within the natural range of SO4
concentrations in ambient sea water. Therefore, the impacts are considered to be
low and no mitigation actions are proposed for SO4 in the effluents.
Transplanting of Macro organisms
It is always advisable to transplant benthic species such as Giant Clams, Sea
anemones, Soft corals and live coral colonies, if found near the facilities, to a
suitable place in the same bay area before commencement of construction. The
species will be selected for this initial transplant from the area where the outlet
pipes will be located, 50 m either sides of the outlet pipe lines and a 50 meter
radius at the outlet structure.
All larger adult coral boulders of the proposed area will be transplanted to a
suitable location before commencement of construction.
During the construction process, the transportation, dispersion and settlement
characteristics of sediment will be monitored. However due to the topography of
the area, prevailing low water currents and wave conditions, no significant level
of sediment transportation and siltation are envisaged by the proposed project
activities. However provisions of silt screens or containment booms are advised to
reduce siltation and the movement of turbid waters into sensitive areas, if a need
arises.
Proper maintenance and operation of construction equipment are needed to avoid
any possible oil leakages into the waters.
5.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal Method

Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Disposal systems have already been discussed
under Sections 2.3.4 and 2.3.8 of the EIA Report.
Combustion of coal in Trincomalee Power Plant shall generate ash as combustion
residue. Ash shall be generated in two forms - Fly Ash and Bottom Ash.
Engineering characteristics of ash make it an excellent engineering material with
versatile uses, such as Manufacture of Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) and
Ready Mix Concrete (RMC), Manufacture of fly ash bricks/ concrete building
blocks/tiles/ aggregates, Construction of roads and embankments etc.
Market survey to assess the potential for utilization of ash reveals that there are
ample opportunities for complete utilization of ash generated in Trincomalee
Power Project. In order to ensure maximum utilization of ash in various
application areas following actions are proposed to be taken by TPCL:
1. Provision of Dry fly Ash Evacuation and Storage (DAES) system to facilitate
availability of dry fly ash for manufacture of Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC),
cement concrete building blocks etc.
2. Space provision near storage silos for installation of dry fly ash classification
system in future, if required by the users.

3. Long term tie ups with cement and other interest agencies.
4. Efforts to motivate and encourage entrepreneurs to set up ash based building
products such as fly ash bricks/ blocks/ tiles etc.
5. Setting up in-house fly ash brick / block manufacturing plant at Trincomalee
Project and use of bricks/ blocks to meet in–house construction requirement.
6. Use of ash filling purposes for in-house construction works and ash dyke
raising work.
The unused fly ash, economizer ash and bottom ash shall be mixed with water in
an agitator tank at controlled rate to obtain the desired concentration of slurry.
This high concentration slurry shall be further pumped to Contingency Ash dyke
approximately 0.5 Km from the plant by High Concentration Slurry Disposal
(HCSD) pumps. HCSD System utilizes a high ash-water ratio to create a viscous
slurry, which gets hardened in 1-2 days time. The hardened slurry itself acts as
impermeable layer. However, the ash disposal area shall be provided with an
earthen dyke all around and impermeable High Density Poly-Ethylene (HDPE)
liner. Hence, there is no significant risk of leachate from the ash disposal area.
For hazardous wastes (like used oil, oil sludge, batteries containing lead and acid
etc.), Secured stores shall be constructed for storage and the same shall be
recycled/ disposed off through authorized agencies.
5.6 Air Emission Control Systems

Air Emission Control systems have already been discussed under Section 2.3.5 of
the EIA Report.
The air pollution control systems proposed to be installed at Trincomalee TPP shall
consist of
 High efficiency electrostatic precipitators (ESPs) to limit the particulate
emission to 100 mg/Nm3. The concentration of particulate matter in the flue
gases shall be further reduced during treatment of flue gases in Flue Gas
Desulphurisation Plant.
 Design of furnace to control the formation of oxides of nitrogen.
 Sea water Flue Gas Desulphurisation system to limit the emission of SO2 in
the flue gases.
 135 m high twin flue stack to facilitate wider dispersion of flue gases.
 Dust extraction/ suppression systems in coal handling plant and coal stock
yard for control of fugitive dust emissions.
A green belt is proposed to be provided all around the project except switch yard
side. The width of green belt will vary from 50-100 meters depending on the lay-
out design. In addition, afforestation and green belt development activities shall
be taken within all balance available spaces in plant areas and buffer zones shall
be developed around individual plant components.
5.7 Noise, Vibration and Odour Control Systems

In a coal based thermal power project, odour is not a significant problem. Noise
Pollution Control systems have been discussed under Section 2.3.7 of the EIA
Report. The control of vibrations in various machines and buildings shall be
achieved through appropriate design and maintenance procedures.

The noise shall be controlled through the design of the machines, provision of
acoustic enclosures over the sources of noise and provision of barriers in the form
of buildings. Further, provision of green belts around the plant area shall also help
in absorbing the noise generated, so that the population outside the plant
boundary is not affected. Wherever required, the workers shall be provided with
protective equipments such as ear plugs and ear muffs.
5.8 Waste Minimization Techniques

Various waste minimization techniques proposed to be adopted at Trincomalee
Thermal Power project are as follows:
 Treatment and recycle/ reuse of effluents
 Reuse of treated sanitary effluents for plantation/ green belt development
 Ash utilization to reduce the quantity of ash disposed as waste
5.9 Measures Proposed to Mitigate Impacts on Archaeological Sites

There are no archeologically significant places in the project land or in the vicinity
up to about 250 m radius from the boundary of the project land. All the
significant places are located beyond 2 km distance from the project land.
Department of Archaeology has already accorded approval to the project vide
their letter dated 03.11.2010 (Copy enclosed at Annexure VII). Therefore, there
will not be any negative impacts on archeological places. However, TPCL will
comply with the condition stipulated in approval from Department of Archaeology.
5.10 Compensation to be Provided to Affected Parties

The land for Trincomalee Thermal Power Project has already been transferred on
lease to TPCL.
5.11 Mitigation Actions for Terrestrial Ecology

As the project will not result in a significant impact on the terrestrial habitats, no
major mitigation measures are recommended. It is recommended that project
proponent establish a green belt around the site selected for the construction of
the coal power plant (50 - 100 m in width depending on the lay out of the project
site with an estimated extent of 100 acres) except around the switchyard. The
boundary of the green belt should be clearly demarcated before site preparation
work commences. The vegetation within the green belt should not be cleared
during land preparation unless it is essential. The existing vegetation should be
enriched with native tree species in all balance empty spaces to enhance the
effectiveness of the green belt which will also improve its value as a habitat for
species. The recommended list of plants for the establishment of green belt is
presented in Table 5.1. The species have been selected based on the following
criteria.
1. All the species selected are native to Sri Lanka and known to grow
naturally in the Sampoor region
2. High priority is given to select species that are either endemic, threatened
or near threatened and are capable of growing in the area identified for
the establishment of green belt
3. A mixture of species mainly tree species that grow to different heights as
well as climbers, herbs, shrubs and epiphytes were selected in order to
achieve maximum habitat complexity so that the carrying capacity of the
green belt is at a maximum
4. In selecting the plant species for the green belt priority was given to select
plants that can function as food plants for animals so that the green belt
will support a higher species richness.
It is recommended that the vegetation removal in the area identified for the
establishment of green belt should be kept to a minimal level as possible.
Introduced species present in the green belt and other shrub species should be
replaced gradually with the recommended plant list so that these plants will
establish easily. Further, the services of a botanist is obtained by the project
proponent to provide technical support for the establishment of the green belt
and the project proponent may establish a nursery to collect planting material
necessary to establish the green belt.
It is further recommended that project proponent should take all steps not to
cause any disturbance to the adjacent wetland (Sampu Kulam) to the project site
or carry out any activities around Foul Point which supports a unique vegetation.
Finally, it is also recommended that the intake and out fall paths for the pipeline
are either properly compacted or turfed after burying the pipes to avoid erosion.
5.12 Proposed Mitigation Actions For the Impacts Identified in Chapter-4

Sections 5.1 to 5.11 describe the mitigation measures proposed to be undertaken
during construction and operation of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project as per
the requirement of TOR prescribed by CEA (Annexure-I). However, in order to
cover all the activities and impacts mentioned in Chapter-4, the mitigation actions
are listed in Table 5.2.

Table 5.1: List of recommended plant species for the establishment of

green belt around Trincomalee Thermal Power Project
Family Species Local Name HA TS NCS

Anacardiaceae Lannea coromandelica Hik T N LC
Annonaceae Miliusa indica Kekili Messa T N LC
Annonaceae Polyalthia cerasoides Patta Ul Kenda T N LC
Annonaceae Polyalthia korinti Ulkenda S N LC
Asteraceae Vernonia zeylanica Pupula C E LC
Boraginaceae Carmona retusa Heen Thambala S N LC
Capparaceae Capparis zeylanica Sudu Welangiriya S N LC
Capparaceae Crateva adansonii Lunu Warana T N LC
Celastraceae Cassine glauca Neralu T E LC
Celastraceae Pleurostylia opposita Panakka T N LC
Clusiaceae Garcinia spicata Ela Gokatu T N NT
Ebenaceae Diospyros malabarica Timbiri T N LC
Ebenaceae Diospyros ovalifolia Kunumella T N LC
Ebenaceae Maba buxifolia T N LC
Erythroxylaceae Erythroxylum monogynum Agil T N NT
Euphorbiaceae Drypetes sepiaria Wira T N LC
Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia antiquorum Daluk T N LC
Euphorbiaceae Excoecaria agallocha Tela Kiriya T N LC
Euphorbiaceae Flueggea leucopyrus Katu Pila S N LC
Euphorbiaceae Margaritaria indicus Karawu T N VU
Fabaceae Abrus precatorius Olinda C N LC
Fabaceae Acacia leucophloea Maha Andara T N LC
Fabaceae Bauhinia racemosa Maila T N LC
Fabaceae Cassia auriculata Ranawara T N LC
Fabaceae Cassia fistula Ehela T N LC
Fabaceae Cassia roxburghii Ratu Wa T N LC
Fabaceae Cynometra iripa Opulu T N VU
Fabaceae Derris parviflora Kala Wel C E LC
Fabaceae Derris scandens Bo Kala Wel C N LC
Fabaceae Derris trifoliata Kala Wel C N LC
Fabaceae Dichrostachys cinerea Andara T N LC
Fabaceae Pongamia pinnata Magul Karanda T N LC
Fabaceae Tephrosia purpurea Pila H N LC
Lamiaceae Premna alstoni Gal Kera S E LC
Loganiaceae Strychnos nux-vomica Godakaduru T N VU
Meliaceae Azadirachta indica Kohomba T N LC
Menispermaceae Pachygone ovata C N VU
Menispermaceae Tinospora cordifolia Rasakinda C N VU
Moraceae Streblus asper Geta Netul T N LC

Family Species Local Name HA TS NCS

Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini Madan T N LC
Ochnaceae Ochna lanceolata Gal Kera T N LC
Orchidaceae Acampe praemorsa EP N LC
Orchidaceae Vanda tessellata EP N VU
Rhamnaceae Ziziphus mauritiana Masan T N LC
Rubiaceae Guettarda speciosa Nil Pichcha T N VU
Rubiaceae Haldina cordifolia Kolon T N LC
Rubiaceae Mitragyna parvifolia Helamba T N LC
Rubiaceae Morinda coreia Ahu T N LC
Rutaceae Chloroxylon swietenia Buruta T N VU
Rutaceae Clausena indica Migon Karapincha S N LC
Rutaceae Glycosmis mauritiana S N LC
Rutaceae Limonia acidissima Divul T N LC
Rutaceae Toddalia asiatica Kudu Miris C N LC
Salvadoraceae Salvadora persica Maliththan T N NT
Sapotaceae Manilkara hexandra Palu T N VU
Sterculiaceae Heritiera littoralis Etuna T N NT
Pterospermum
Sterculiaceae suberifolium Welan T N LC
Tiliaceae Berrya cordifolia Hal Milla T N LC
Tiliaceae Grewia damine Daminiya T N LC
Tiliaceae Grewia helicterifolia Bora Daminiya T N LC
Verbenaceae Gmelina asiatica Demata T N LC
Verbenaceae Vitex altissima Milla T N NT
Verbenaceae Vitex trifolia S N NT
Abbreviations Used: HA - Habit; TS - Taxonomic Status; NCS - National Conservation

Status, T - Tree; C - Climber; H - Herb; S - Shrub; Ep - Epiphyte; E - Endemic; N -
Native; EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable, NT - Near Threatened, LC - Least Concern

Table: 5.2 Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures

(a) Construction Impacts:
Activity Details of Impacts Specific Mitigation Measures Suggested

Installation of  Destruction of habitats of flora and fauna. Mitigation by Design
Offshore Structures  The locations of intake and outfall have been decided
 Temporarily increasing the turbidity of the
and Pipelines based on an iterative modeling process to optimize the
water.
location with minimal impacts
 Disturbance to fishing community
Specific Mitigation Measures
Magnitude and Significance
 Blasting should be used only if it is necessary with the
 Temporary, in a narrow band of sea area greatest of precautions and restricted to the specific area
(700x50 m2 in Koddiyar Bay and 480x50 concerned and under supervision.
m2 in Shell Bay) and low if proper  Sometimes if the sea bed has rock outcrops the pipes
mitigation actions are taken. can be anchored securely to the rock surface.
 Precautionary measures to not to disturb the fishing
community and vessel movements.
 Construction area has to be clearly marked and should
be visible during both day and night periods.
Impacts on Costal  Construction of intake and outfall will be  Adoption of the state of the art construction practices.
Stability and restricted to narrow band of areas. Based
 Proper management of construction materials and
Sedimentation of on the outcomes of the sediment transport
excavated materials, wastes and effluents during
Bay/ Harbour modeling, the impacts of construction
construction phase.
activities on sedimentation of Bay shall be
restricted to the nearby areas (100 m) and
will not affect the larger parts of the Bay
Transport of  The construction materials are proposed to  Detailed methods and logisitics of transport shall be
Construction Material be transported through roads. However, specified in the EMP and approval shall be obtained from
and Equipment heavy equipment are proposed to be CEA.
transported through sea route.


Impacts on Fishing  No fishing activities in Koddiyar Bay and  Construction area has to be clearly marked and should
Ground/ Routes and Shell Bay near construction sites (within 1 be visible during both day and night periods.
Interference with km.).
 During operation phase, a small areas around intake and
Existing Fishing
 However, there could be some outfall structures shall be restricted due to security and
Species
disturbances to the movement of boats/ safety reasons during operation phase.
vessels in areas in close proximity to the
construction sites during construction
phase.
Impacts on Fauna, Impacts Mitigation by Design
Flora and on
 The impacts on flora-fauna and  The locations of intake and outfall have been decided
Sensitive and Fragile
ecosystems could be in the form of loss of based on an iterative modeling process to optimize the
Eco-Systems due to
habitats, degradation of the conditions and location with minimal impacts.
Turbidity Changes
the quality of habitat and loss of species.
and Redeposition of
Sediments Magnitude and Significance
 These impacts are anticipated to be low as
the project area is not located within or
near any critical or sensitive habitat.
Impacts of Noise and Impacts  Proper maintenance of DG set and other construction
Vibrations due to equipment/ vehicles.
 Increase in noise levels in the areas
Construction
surrounding the construction sites  The high noise construction activities shall be undertaken
Activities
only during the daytime only, as far as possible.
 Impacts of drilling and blasting operations shall be
 Temporary and localized. Intensity may
mitigated by adopting controlled blasting and strict
vary depending on time of the day and
surveillance.
location.
 Protection of hearing senses of workers by providing
them with ear plugs/ muffs.


Impacts on Canals  No impacts as the proposed project does  No mitigation proposed
and Other Water not envisage the use of water from canals,
Bodies rivers or any other surface water bodies.
Impacts on Surface Impacts  No mitigation proposed
Water Quality
 Degradation in water quality of Koddiyar
Bay and Shell Bay due to off-shore
construction activities – increase in
turbidity along the pipeline route and re-
deposition of sediments in adjacent area.
 Temporary, in a narrow band of sea area
(700x50 m2 in Koddiyar Bay and 480x50
m2 in Shell Bay) and low if proper
mitigation actions are taken.
Impacts on other  Increased availability of power at
proposed or planned economical rates may facilitate faster
government/ private development of other government/ private
sector development sector projects
activities in the
vicinity
Public safety/  No relocation of people is proposed due to  Construction area shall be clearly marked and shall be
potential relocation project activity or security reasons. visible during both day and night periods.
of people and However, during operation phase, a small
 Restricted areas around intake and outfall structures
developments due to areas around intake and outfall structures
shall be clearly marked and shall be visible during both
security reasons shall be restricted due to security and
day and night periods.
safety reasons, though not being used for
fishing at present.

(b) Site Construction

Overall construction Impacts  Provision of local storm water drainage in plant area.
activities at Project
 Impacts on hydrological and drainage  Development of the passage connecting Sampukkali
Site
pattern of the area; network of drainage Kulam to Kaddaiparichan Lagoon to facilitate a rapid run-
canals and their capacity to handle off dispersion.
drainage leading to obstruction in natural
drainage and flooding of project site and
adjoining areas
 Low as the area drainage study undertaken
by LHI concludes that the drainage of the
project area is satisfactory and no
complete inundation of the project area,
access paths and intake and discharge
pipeline corridors is expected even for the
100 year flood.
Overall construction Impacts  Provision of drainage network, sedimentation basins and
activities at Project channelizing the effluents from construction sites
 Siltation and soil erosion effects to water
Site through the sedimentation tanks to remove the
ways and adjacent areas including minor
suspended solids.
irrigation tanks in the vicinity
 Impacts will be short term and localized.
Overall construction Impacts  Provision of community toilets along with sewage
activities at Project treatment facilities for labour camps and use of treated
 Changes in surface and ground water
Site effluents for horticulture activities/ dust suppression.
quality due to run-off and effluents from
Disposal of unused treated sewage in sea.
construction site
 Provision of drainage network, sedimentation basins and

Magnitude and Significance channelizing the effluents from construction sites
through the sedimentation tanks to remove the
 Impacts will be short term and controlled
suspended solids.
as the effluents will be treated before
discharge.  Storage of fuel oil, lubricants and grease etc. in closed
containers in covered storage areas with impermeable
floors and containment, recovery and recycle/
combustion of any spillage of oily substances.
Overall construction Impacts  No major mitigation measures except development of
activities at Project green belt (50 - 100 m in width depending on the lay out
 Loss of about 150 ha. of scrubland
Site of the project site with an estimated extent of 100 acres)
Magnitude and Significance except around the switchyard.
Not an area of major concern as:  Mass scale afforestation shall be undertaken in all
available space within and around the project.
 Site does not function as a critical habitat
or habitat of a critical species. Further it  Enrichment of the existing vegetation with native tree
will not result in fragmentation of habitat species in all balance empty spaces to enhance the
or obstruction of a known migratory effectiveness of the green belt which will also improve its
pathway of terrestrial species. value as a habitat for species.
 The habitat diversity is low in the site  Steps not to cause any disturbance to the adjacent
selected for the proposed project wetland (Sampu Kulam) to the project site or carry out
any activities around Foul Point which supports a unique
 The overall species richness was found to
vegetation.
be low compared to habitats that are found
immediately outside the project site.  Compacted or turfing of the intake and outfall corridors
for the pipeline after burying the pipes to avoid erosion.
 The habitats within the project site
supported few endemic and threatened
species compared to the habitats outside
the project area.


Overall construction Impacts due to Transportation of Material  Widening/ strengthening/ Maintenance of access routes
activities at Project and Equipment to construction sites.
Site
 Increased vehicular movement leading  Special emphasis on traffic management (routing,
emissions of fugitive dust and exhaust diversion, signaling etc.) with deployment of necessary
from vehicles. manpower and equipment (flags, signs, lights, placards,
barriers etc.) at the identified sites as well as parking
 Increase in noise levels due to traffic
space for vehicles.
 Degradation in the conditions of road and
 Proper maintenance of vehicles
traffic and increased risks of accidents.
 Transportation and storage of material in covered
 Air and water pollution due to spillage/
condition, as far as possible.
storage/ disposal of construction waste
 Spraying water in areas vulnerable to dust emission.
 Proper housekeeping.
 Temporary, localized (along side the road
and disposal site) and low if proper  Proper Management of Waste Disposal Sites
Overall construction Impacts  Proper routine and preventive maintenance procedure
activities at Project for DG set and other construction equipment/ vehicles in
 Noise and Vibration Problems due to
Site consultation with the manufacturers.
Construction Activities
 Noise from the DG set should be controlled by providing
exhaust muffler and acoustic enclosure and by treating
 Impacts will be short term, localized and the enclosure acoustically.
low if proper mitigation actions are taken.
 The high noise construction activities shall be undertaken
only during the daytime only, as far as possible.
 Protection of hearing senses of workers by providing
them with ear plugs/ muffs.
 Impacts of drilling and blasting operations shall be
mitigated by adopting controlled blasting and strict


surveillance.
 Attenuation of noise in source receptor pathway by
providing covers.
Overall construction Impacts  Water sprinkling in vulnerable areas
activities at Project
 Increase in Dust levels in surrounding  Transportation of construction material in covered
Site
area. trucks, wherever possible,
Magnitude and Significance  Proper maintenance of vehicles.
 Impacts will be short term and localized,
more pronounced during dry weather and
high winds.
Overall construction Impacts  Widening/ strengthening/ Maintenance of access routes
activities at Project to construction sites.
 Impacts due to Increased Traffic leading to
Site
emissions of fugitive dust and exhaust  Special emphasis on traffic management (routing,
from vehicles, increase in noise levels, diversion, signaling etc.) with deployment of necessary
degradation in the conditions of road and manpower and equipment (flags, signs, lights, placards,
traffic and increased risks of accidents barriers etc.) at the identified sites as well as parking
space for vehicles.
 Proper Maintenance of vehicles so that their noise and
 Temporary, localized and low if proper
exhaust emissions do not cause nuisance to the workers
and general public.
 Spraying water in areas vulnerable to dust emission.
Overall construction Impacts Priority shall be given to the people in the vicinity of the
activities at Project project in providing employment/ job opportunities during
 Impacts of Land Acquisition on local
Site construction and operation phases in the coal power project,
population in terms of loss of land and/ or
in the following order.
house and loss of livelihood
 First priority for the members in 10 families residing in


Magnitude and Significance the 250m radius from the project boundary.
 No impacts as the land has already been  Second priority may be given for the community
transferred on lease to TPCL by Govt. of members in the 2km radius of the project boundary.
Sri Lanka.
 Third priority may be given to the people in 5 GN
 Loss of livelihood to about 40-50 persons divisions located around the project land.
involved in some income generation
 The people in Mutur DS division may also be considered
activities in the present land (firewood
if the project developer finds difficulties to recruit
collection and collecting bee honey).
required number of suitable/ qualified employees from 3
priority areas mentioned above.
Facilitating skill upgradation (such as organising the training,
sponsoring the candidates, providing financial incentives
etc.) to the local persons to acquire additional Educational/
Technical/ Professional Skills and help them to upgrade their
job.
Overall construction Impacts  No mitigation measures have been envisaged. However,
activities at Project TPCL will comply with the condition stipulated in
 Impacts of construction activities and
Site approval from Department of Archaeology.
pollution on Archaeological Sites
 No impacts as there are no archeologically
significant places in the project land or in
the vicinity up to about 250m radius from
the boundary of the project land. All the
significant places are located beyond 2km
distance from the project land.
 Department of Archaeology has already
accorded approval to the project vide letter
dated 03.11.2010.

(c) Operational Impacts:

Water Extraction Impacts Mitigation by Design
 Increase in current field in Koddiyar Bay  The locations of intake has been decided based on an
due to water intake iterative modeling process to optimize the location with
minimal impacts
 Impingement of marine life on the intake
screens and entrainment of marine species  Proper design of intake water system and provision of
into the cooling water system intake screen to prevent large fishes/ organisms from
being entrained into the intake channel.
 Water intake will be operated continuously, at more or
 Increase in current fields due to water
less regular flow discharges, avoiding sudden changes in
intake is small and limited to a highly
velocity fields which is not desirable.
localized area.
 Impacts of entrainment of marine species
would be reduced by the provision of
intake screens.
Liquid Effluent Impacts Mitigation by Design
(treated/ untreated
 Increase in pollution levels in the area  The locations of outfall has been decided based on an
waste water)
surrounding the disposal point iterative modeling process to optimize the location with
disposal
minimal impacts
Various liquid effluent treatment systems are
 Treated effluents shall be discharged with
proposed to be installed
warm cooling water. Modelling of thermal
water dispersion indicates that the plume  Neutralization pit for Demineralisation Plant
will rise and get mixed with ambient water Regeneration Waste,
within a 20 m radius. Hence, the impacts
 Settling Tanks for effluents from coal handling plant
are expected to be localized and low.
 Oil and grease separator for effluents from oil handling
and storage areas


 Tube settlers/ Lamella Clarifier for service water effluents
 Central monitoring basin for equalization and final quality
control/ monitoring
 Sewage treatment plant for sanitary waste
 Recycle & reuse of effluents to the extent possible.
The treated effluents along with warm cooling water
conforming to the Tolerance Limit for discharge of industrial
effluents in marine coastal areas shall be discharged into
Shell Bay area through a well designed outfall
Discharge of warm Impacts Mitigation by Design
water
 Increase in temperature levels in the area  The locations of outfall has been decided based on an
surrounding the disposal point iterative modeling process to optimize the location with
minimal impacts
Modelling of thermal water dispersion by LHI
indicates that
 Near field influence zone with excess
temperatures +7oC (at point of discharge)
to +2oC to +4oC (outer boundary of
influence zone) above ambient is limited to
20m radius from the discharge point.
 The far field influence zone with excess
temperature of +2oC is limited to 100m of
radius for most of the time. However, an
excess temperature of +2oC may exist up
to the 180m in one direction (in SW
monsoon considered as worst case) at one


instance from outfall.
 Far field impact zone with excess
temperature of 1oC is limited within 300-
400m of radius for most of the time. But in
one or two instances during SW monsoon
it was observed that about 1C of excess
temperature goes up to about 400m in
offshore region.
 The location of outfall has been selected
based on low coral density/ cover. Further,
the adult coral boulder, if any, shall be
transplanted. Since this thermal dispersion
is occurred in the water surface, the corals
in the bottom of the sea will not be
affected.
Oil Spills/ Coal Pile Impacts  Impermeable surface and garland drains/ dykes to
Leachate and collect the effluents from coal pile areas and coal settling
 Risks of surface/ ground water
Surface Run Offs ponds for removal of coal particles.
contamination with oil
 Impermeable surface and garland drains/ dykes to
collect the oil spillage/ surface run-off from oil handling
 No transport of oil (LAD) is proposed and storage areas and oil separators for removal of oil.
through sea route
 Treated effluents conforming to the standards shall be
 Low as the leachate/ surface run-off from recycled/ discharged.
these areas will be effectively controlled.
Disposal of Sludge Impacts  Proper design of outfall system.
from Treatment
 Increase in pollution levels in the area  Landfill for domestic waste generated in plant and
Plant(s) and
surrounding the disposal point township.
Domestic Solid


Wastes Magnitude and Significance
 Low due to high dilution as sludges from
water and effluent treatment plants
(quantity 17 m3/hour) are proposed to be
disposed off in sea along with Warm
cooling water discharge (quantity 92,000
m3/ hour).
Ash Disposal Impacts  100% ash utilization.
 Fugitive dust emissions  High Concentration Slurry Disposal (HCSD) for ash
disposal with solidified surface and no overflow/
 Contamination of surface and ground water
leachate. The ash disposal area shall be provided with an
Magnitude and Significance earthen dyke all around and impermeable High Density
Poly-Ethylene (HDPE) liner.
 Low as ash disposal system has been
envisaged only for the short periods of
non-utilisation.
Hazardous Waste Impacts  Secured stores for storage of hazardous wastes (like
Disposal used oil, oil sludges, batteries containing lead and acid
 Contamination of surface and ground water
etc.).
 Recycle/ disposal of wastes through authorized agencies.
 Low as various mitigation measures shall
 Fully secured disposal sites with impervious lining and
be adopted.
top covers.
Air Emissions (Stack Impacts  Selection of Coal and efficient machines
Emissions)
 Increase in Ground Level Concentrations  High efficiency electrostatic precipitators to control
for SO2, NOx, and PM. emission of particulates.
Magnitude and Significance  Control of NOx emission through furnace design.
 Long term but low as resultant maximum  Sea water based flue gas desulphurization system to


Ground Level Concentrations for SO2, NOx, control emission of sulphur dioxide.
and PM after operation of the project with
 Discharge of treated flue gases through tall stacks for
FGD are estimated to be well within the
wider dispersal and lower impacts at ground level.
National Ambient Air Quality Standards of
Sri Lanka.  Development of green belt and afforestation activities.
Fugitive Emissions Impacts  Dust extraction and suppression systems in coal handling
due to Storage and plant.
 Increase in dust levels in the surrounding
Handling of Coal/
area.  Pneumatic conveying and loading system for ash.
Ash and impacts
Magnitude and Significance  Transportation of ash in covered/ sealed containers
 Localised impacts, to be effectively  Water spray systems in ash handling and storage areas.
controlled.
 Development of green belt around the project.
Excessive Odour and Impacts  No mitigation envisaged.
Impacts
 Not an area of concern in coal based
thermal power plants
Noise & Vibration Impacts  Shall be controlled to acceptable levels through various
problems engineering measures such as equipment design and
 Increase in ambient noise levels in the
provision of acoustic enclosures.
surrounding areas.
 Provision of personal protective equipment in the form of
 High noise levels in some of the working
ear muffs/ear plugs to the workers working in high noise
areas
areas.
 Development of green belt and plantations for
 The noise levels in the surrounding areas attenuation of noise.
beyond plant boundary shall not be
affected during operation phase.
 However, the high noise levels in some of
the working areas cannot be avoided.


Impacts on Impacts  Already covered under construction. No additional
Terrestrial Fauna, impacts during operation.
 Already covered under construction. No
Flora and Eco-
additional impacts during operation.
Systems
Coral reefs Impacts Mitigation by Design
 Loss of corals due to dredging and  The locations of intake and outfall have been decided
excavation over limited areas in Shell based on an iterative modeling process to optimize the
Beyond Koddiyar Bay. location with minimal impacts
 Stress conditions due to changes in water  Further mitigation actions include
quality, turbidity and sediment
 Transplantation of all adult coral boulders of the
characteristics, temperature and salinity.
proposed area to a suitable location before
Magnitude and Significance commencement of construction.
 Low as sustainability of corals in Koddiyar  Provisions of silt screens or containment booms to
bay seems extremely low due to the high reduce siltation and the movement of turbid waters into
sedimentation regime and salinity changes sensitive areas, if a need arises.
and Coral diversity and cover in final
 Proper maintenance and operation of construction
outfall location is also low (confirmed by
equipment to avoid any possible oil leakages into the
underwater survey).
waters.
Marine Organisms Impacts  No specific mitigation actions suggested.
including Marine
 Increase of sea water temperature may
Mammals
cause impacts to plankton, fish, molluscs,
crustaceans, reptiles and mammals which
can tolerate much wider fluctuations.
 It is expected that this temperature
increase do not cause any significant
damage to benthic organisms and even the

pelagic organisms are slightly affected
from this less warm water mass due to
their ability to move from unfavorable
waters only if the warmer water cause any
impact on them.
Fisheries Impacts on Fisheries  Construction area has to be clearly marked and should
be visible during both day and night periods.
 Disturbances to the movement of fishing
vessels in Koddiyar Bay and Shell Bay and
fishing activities in close proximity to the
construction sites.
 Declaration of a small restricted areas
around intake and outfall structures due to
security and safety reasons.
 Low as no commercial fishery activities
have been observed in the vicinity of
intake and outfall of Koddiyar and Shell
Bay.

(d) Operation Impacts on Socio-economic Environment

Category of Details of Impacts Specific Mitigation Measures Suggested
Impacts
Impact on Fisheries Construction Phase:  Assistance to the fishing communities to improve
and Fishing Activities Soodaikuda and Kaddaiparichan boat landing sites.
 Indirect impacts for fish population due to
existing in the Area
release of waste water from the power  Discharging waste water after treatment into the sea
plant. after meeting the environment norms (Further details
covered under ecology).
 Risk of expansion of high security area and
consequent reduction in the fishing area,  Proper and continuous monitoring system for
specially the shallow sea. temperature of Warm water to ensure the proper and
safe functioning of the cooling water system.
 The project developer has no intention to get the
security area expanded further and intrude the fishing
area of the fishermen in the sea.
Impacts on Land Use Construction Phase:  Development of 50-100 m wide green belt over an area
and Land Use  The proposed project will not create of about 100 acres around the project as buffer zone to
Planning positive or negative impacts on the land minimize dust, noise etc.
located on the vicinity of project land  Mass scale afforestation activities within and around the
(50m, 250m and 2km land belts in the project will offset the loss of scrub land.
vicinity).
 Green belt will be enriched with local plants to create
 However, there is a public apprehension thick vegetative belt/barrier.
regarding clearance of present forest land
as a negative activity to the local climate  The site levelling to establish the coal power plant and
because in future it will look like a large other infrastructure will be done only in the required
bare land with no vegetation. sections of the land (505 acres) and not in the entire
land (1300 aces).
Operation Phase:
 The operation activities proposed under
the project will not require any changes on
the uses of land located in the vicinity of


Impacts
project site (50m, 250m and 2km land
belts in the vicinity). Rather project will
convert unutilized bare lands into a highly
profitable/valuable land.
 However, there is a public apprehension
regarding clearance of the scrub land
leading to degradation of biological
environment in local area.
Access Road and Construction Phase:  Improve the road running near Sivasakthi junior school
Transportation  Damages to the roads such as and also the lighthouse road to control dust and mud
Lankapatuna Road, Light house road and problems.
road running near Sivasakthi Junior School  The drivers involved in project activities during
due to heavy vehicles running with high construction and operation phases will be strictly advised
frequency during construction phase. to follow safety measures in driving on local roads in the
 Disturbances to the road users due to use area.
of these roads for heavy vehicles of the  The community and other road user complaints will be
project with high frequency monitored and attended by the project developer.
Operation phase
 The drivers also will be instructed to follow acceptable
 Rapid degradation of roads due to heavy safety measures in transporting construction debris and
vehicles of the project with high frequency. other material.
 Higher incidences of accidents due to
running of project vehicles with high
frequency in rural roads.
Industrial  At present there are no existing industries  Facilitating local people to take up self employment &
Development to create negative or positive impact. income generation schemes
 People perceive the project as a positive  Opportunities for renting out construction vehicles such
initiations to promote other medium and as tractors and tippers to the project developer.
large scale industries in the Sampoor area.


Impacts
Employment and Construction Phase Priority shall be given to the people in the vicinity of the
Income project in providing employment/ job opportunities during
 Loss of livelihood to about 40-50 persons
construction and operation phases in the coal power project,
involved in some income generation
in the following order.
activities in the present land (firewood
collection and collecting bee honey).  First priority for the members in 10 families residing in
the 250m radius from the project boundary.
Operation Phase
 Second priority may be given for the community
 Tendency for youths presently involved in
members in the 2km radius of the project boundary.
agriculture activities to shift from
agriculture to industrial employment and  Third priority may be given to the people in 5 GN
shortage of agriculture labourers in the divisions located around the project land.
area. However, the impact shall be low as
 The people in Mutur DS division may also be considered
the extent of agriculture is low at present.
if the project developer finds difficulties to recruit
required number of suitable/ qualified employees from 3
priority areas mentioned above.
Facilitating skill upgradation (such as organising the training,
sponsoring the candidates, providing financial incentives
etc.) to the local persons to acquire additional Educational/
Technical/ Professional Skills and help them to upgrade their
job.
Potential conflicts  Creating job opportunities for local people will help to
between Migrant establish understanding and confidence of the local
Labours and Local community on the behavior of project proponent.
Communities
 Action may be taken to provide accommodation and
other facilities to migrant employees of the power plant
within the premises to the extent possible.
 Possibilities also may be explored to provide some
assistance for the religious centers located in the 3km


Impacts
radius of the project.
 The project developer may provide some resources to
organize social activities, sports events, religious
festivals etc. to create a harmony between local
community and migrant population.
Health  Negative impacts due to dust and noise  Help Sivasakthi school to establish a thick vegetative
generated by the project on the children fence around the school premises with indigenous trees.
studying in Sivasakthi junior school and  Explore possibility to provide support to establish
the members in the ten families located in drinking water system to the school population.
250m radius.
 Improve the road running near Sivasakthi junior school
 Temporary health implications on the and also the lighthouse road to control dust and mud
communities during land preparation problems.
period of the project (dust, noise and other
 Use of modern machineries and modern operation
problems due to heavy vehicles roaming in
technologies to control dust, smoke, noise and other
the local area).
waste and comply with the Sri Lankan standards.
 Spreading of dust and smoke from the coal  Establish thick and wide vegetative fence around the
power plant up to the area about 1km or 2 power plant premises.
km.
 Explore the possibilities to minimize removal of soil from
 Increase in respiratory diseases specially in the project land. The site levelling of the land for the
children residing in the vicinity of power plant will be done in such a way that removal of soil to
plant. outside the plant premises will be avoided to the
 Vulnerability of damages to the waste maximum extent.
water pipe lines.  Whatever the soil and other debris remove during
construction should be transported in safe manner to
avoid pollution in the area.
 Provision of Health Care Facilities to local population
through Dispensary & Medical Camps.


Impacts
Tourism  The coastal area near the project land is  No mitigation required.
not popular for local or foreign tourists and
therefore, there will not be positive or
negative impacts on tourism.
Impacts on  No negative impacts on religious, historical  No mitigation required. However, TPCL will comply with
Religious/ or archeological places as all such the condition stipulated in approval from Department of
Archaeological Sites significant places are located beyond 2km Archaeology.
distance from the project land.

6. Contingency
Management Plan
6. Contingency Management Plan

6.1 CONTINGENCY OR DISASTERS
Contingency may be defined as an even or condition that may occur rarely but is
not certain to occur. It may occur due to chance or unforeseen circumstance as
an adjunct to or result of some other event. In the present context of
construction and operation of Trincomalee Thermal Power Project, contingency
events may consist of accidental spills of hazardous and non-hazardous materials,
accidental rupture of pipelines carrying hazardous and non-hazardous fluids,
hazards related to fire and explosions, breakdown of treatment plants/ disposal
systems etc.
In industrial context, it may also be termed as Disaster. Sri Lanka Disaster
Management Act (Act No. 13 of 2005) defines “Disaster” as an actual or imminent
occurrence of a natural or manmade event, which endangers or threatens to
endanger the safety or health of any person or group of persons in Sri Lanka, or
which destroys or damages or threatens to destroy or damage any property, and
inter alia includes –
 An industrial hazard
 A fire
 An explosion
 Chemical accident
 Oils spills including inland oil spills
Section 10 of the Sri Lanka Disaster Management Act stipulates that “It shall be
the duty of every Ministry, Govt. Department and public corporation to prepare a
Disaster Management Plan with respect to such Ministry, Govt. Department or
public corporation to counter any disaster or impending disaster based on
National Disaster Management Plan and in accordance with such guidelines as
may be specified by the National Council for Disaster Management. Trincomalee
Power Company Limited requires preparing and submitting a Disaster
Management Plan for its operations.
The disasters may happen as the result of a malfunction of the normal operating
procedures or precipitated by the intervention of an outside force such as a
cyclone, flood, tsunami etc. or deliberate acts of arson or sabotage.
The disasters may be classified as On-site Disasters and Off-site Disasters. An on-
site disaster is one, the effects of which are confined to the factory premises
involving the people working in the factory. The effects of Off-site Disasters are
felt on a much wider area, beyond the boundaries of the project.
6.2 IDENTIFICATION OF MAJOR HAZARD POTENTIAL

A thermal power plant stores a number of chemicals (such as hydrochloric acid,
sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide) and flammables/ combustible materials
(such as Lanka Auto Diesel, Coal and Hydrogen) which are hazardous in nature.
Considering the processes and the materials to be used at Trincomalee TPP, the
hazards identified along with the probable areas of occurrence are presented in
Table 6.1.

Table 6.1: Hazards with the Probable Areas
Nature of Hazard Potential Areas/ Locations

Fire Hazards (Slow  Coal Handling Plant/ Coal Conveyor.
Isolated or Fast  Cable Galleries/ Cable Trays in all plant sections.
Spreading)  Fuel Oil Handling and Storage Areas.
 Transformer and Switch Yard Areas.
 Oil and Lubricants Stores
 Boiler area.
Explosion Hazard  Hydrogen generation plant.
 Turbo generator where H2 is used for cooling.
 Transformers.
 Boiler.
 Coal dust in mills and boilers.
Bursting Of Pipe Lines  Steam pipes due to high pressure / temperature.
& Vessels  H2 gas lines, acid lines and oil lines.
Release Of Gases /  Hydrogen in Turbo Generator area of main plant
Dust and H2 plant.
 Pulverized coal dust from mills and associated
piping.
 Fly Ash from chimneys, ash ponds & ESP hoppers.
 Coal dust in transfer points, Mill area.
Release Of Liquid  Chemical tanks in Water Treatment Plant.
 Fuel Oil tanks in Fuel oil handling section.
6.3 ON-SITE DISASTER MANAGENMENT PLAN

This chapter presents a generic Disaster Management Plan (DMP) for Trincomalee
Thermal Power Project. At the time of commissioning of the project, a detailed
and site specific Disaster Management Plan shall be prepared and submitted to
National Council for Disaster Management for approval and the same shall be
implemented at site.
The On-site Disaster Management Plan shall contain the following key elements:
 Safeguard the personnel located in the premises
 Minimise damage to property and environment
 Organize rescue and treatment of affected persons
 Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control
 Identify any casualties
 Provide authoritative information to the news media
 Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected persons
 Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent enquiry
into the cause and circumstances of emergency.
6.3.1 Identification of Responsibilities

The On-Site Disaster Management Plan shall identify Chief Incident Controller
(Head of the Project), Work Incident Controller (Deputy Heads) and Designated
Key Personnel of Emergency Control Center (Engineer – in Charge of Operation,
Electrical Maintenance, Mechanical Maintenance, Control and Instrumentation and
Chemistry; Heads of Personnel/ Industrial Relations/ Labour Welfare/ Safety/
Technical Services; Chief Medical Officer; Chief Security Officer; Engineer-in-

Charge of Auto Base; Public Relation Officer etc.). The plan shall also specify the
responsibilities of these personnel in case of a disaster and draw an action plan to
be followed. It shall also specify the responsibilities for Declaration of Emergency
and giving All Clear Signal. The list of key personnel and their phone numbers
shall be informed to all concerned suitably.
Chief Incident Controller and Works Incident Controller may decide the actions
needed to shut down plants, evacuate personnel, carry out emergency repair
works, arrange of supplies of equipment, personnel etc. Carry out atmosphere
tests, provide catering facilities, liaison with police, informing relative of the
victims, press media etc. Chief Incident Controller and Works Incident Controller
shall be assisted by two support teams as described in Table 6.2.
Table 6.2: Support Teams for Chief Incident Controller and Works
Incident Controller
Support Team to Consisting of Heads of Personnel, Materials and Finance
Chief Incident Divisions; to function in consultation with CIC for the
Controller (CIC) following
 Contacting statutory authorities.
 Arranging for relievers and catering facilities.
 Giving information to media.
 Contacting medical centers and nursing homes.
 Providing all other support, as necessary.
 Arranging for urgently required materials through
cash purchase or whatever means.
 Arranging funds for various relief measures as well
as emergency purchase of materials, sending his
representative for emergency purchase.
Support Team to Work Consisting of Heads of Administration, Operation,
Incident Controller Electrical Maintenance, Mechanical Maintenance and
(WIC) any more persons depending upon the need to assist
the WIC in manning communication and passing
instructions to the teams. One Steno Secretary shall
also be available with WIC for recording all information
coming in and instructions going out.
In addition to the support teams mentioned above, there will be a team for each
functional area, as described in Table 6.3.
Table 6.3: Functional Area Teams for Disaster Management

Task Force  To identify source of hazard and try to neutralize /
contain it.
 To isolate remaining plant and keep that in safe
conditions.
 To organize safe shutdown of plant, if necessary.
 To organize all support services like operation of the
fire pumps, sprinkler system etc.
Maintenance Team  Attend to all emergency maintenance jobs on top
priority.
 To take steps to contain or reduce the level of
hazard created due to disaster.
 To organize additional facilities as desired.

Fire Fighting Team  To rush to fire sport and extinguish fire.

 To seek help from outside fire fighting agencies.
 To evacuate persons effected.
Auto Base Team  To make the auto base vehicles ready to proceed for
evacuation or other duties, when asked for,
 To send at least one mechanic at the site of
incidence where he may help in attending minor
defects in ambulance, fire tenders or other vehicles.
 To arrange petrol / diesel supply.
 Make all arrangements regarding transportation.
Communication Team  To maintain the communication network in working
condition.
 To attend urgent repairs in the communication
system, if required.
 To arrange messengers for conveying urgent
messages when needed.
 To help TPCL Authorities to communicate with
external or internal authorities / officials.
Security Team  To man all gates.
 To ban entry of unauthorized persons.
 To permit, with minimum delay, the entry of
authorized personnel and outside agencies, vehicles
etc. who have come to help.
 To allow the ambulance / evacuation vehicles etc. to
go through the gates without normal checks.
Administration Team  To rescue the casualties on priority basis.
 To transport casualties to first aid post, safe places
or medical centers.
 To account the personnel.
 To help in search for missing personnel.
 To pass information to the kith and kin of fatal or
serious injured persons.
Safety Team  To arrange required safety equipment.
 To record accidents.
 To collect and preserve evidences in connection with
accident injuries.
 To guide authorities on all safety related issues.
Medical Team  To arrange first aid material / stretchers
immediately and reach to site of incident.
 To arrange for immediate medical attention.
 To arrange for sending the casualties to various
hospitals and nursing homes etc.
 To ask specific medical assistance from outside
including through Medial Specialist in consultation
with CIC / WIC.
Monitoring Team  To measure gas concentrations, in case of gas
leakage at various places

6.3.2 Essential Staff

In plant area immediately affected or likely to be affected, as decided by the
Chief Incident Controller, efforts will be needed to make shut down and make
process units safe. This work will be carried out by plant supervisors and
essential operators provided they can do it without exposing themselves to undue
risk. Some workers / supervisors will also be required to help the above works
for example Attendants, Messengers, Drivers, First Aiders, Divers etc. These will
be Essential Staff and it is the responsibility of the Works Incident Controllers to
identify the essential staff from a task force report at defined plant control
centers so that they can be readily contacted. It is the responsibility of the Work
incident Controller to remove all non-essential staff to assembly points.
6.3.3 First Information

The first person who observes / identifies the emergencies shall inform by
shouting and by telephone to the shift engineer and fire station about the hazard.
The shift engineer will inform to works incident controller, Chief Incident
Controller and also telephone operator, who shall communicate it to all key
officers about the emergency.
6.3.4 Evaluation of Functioning of Disaster Plan

In order to evaluate the functioning and effectiveness of procedures laid in
Disaster Management Plan; regular mock drills should be conducted. The Mock
drills should be carried out step by step as stated in Table 6.4.
Table 6.4: Mock Drills

First Step Test the effectiveness of communication system.
Second Step Test the speed of mobilization of the Plant emergency
teams.
Third Step Test the effectiveness of search, rescue and treatment of
casualties.
Fourth Step Test Emergency isolation and shut down and remedial
measures taken on the system.
Fifth Step Conduct a full rehearsal of all the actions to be taken
during an emergency.
There are two types of mock drills recommended in Disaster Management Plan –
Full Mock Drill (to be conducted at least once in 6 months) and Disaster
Management Efficacy Drill (to be conducted at least once in 3 months). The
details of these drills are presented in following sections.
6.3.5 Full Mock Drill

Mock drills to rehearse on-site plan with a view to train and make the personnel
aware of the procedure in case of emergency will be undertaken on a regular
basis. This shall be conducted with Head of Plant as Chairman; Head of O&M as
Vice Chairman; Heads of Operation, Maintenance, Medical, Personnel, Security,
Auto Base and Materials as Members and Head of Safety as Convener and it shall
test the following:
o Functioning of Emergency Control Center, very specifically availability of all
facilities etc as mentioned in the Plan and its functional healthiness.

o To evaluate communication of the Disaster Plan to all segments of employees,

to familiarize them about their responsibilities in case of any disaster including
evaluation of behaviour of employees and others.
o To ensure that all facilities as required under the plan from within or from
nearby industries / aid center under mutual assistance scheme or otherwise
are available.
o To ensure that the necessities under material assistance scheme is properly
documented and the concerned employees are fully aware in this regard.
o To ensure that employees are fully aware to fight any emergency like sealing
of chlorine leakage, fire fighting other such cause.
The records of mock drills will be maintained and lessons learnt from the mock
drill will be analyzed and corrective actions will be taken.
6.3.6 Disaster Management Efficacy Drill

This shall be conducted with Head of O&M as Chairman and Heads of Personnel,
Communication, Security and Medical as Members and Head of Safety as
Convener and it shall test the following:
o All employees are trained about their responsibilities / duties. They all are
aware about evacuation routes, direction of evacuation of equipments to be
used during evacuation or the method of evacuation.
o All employees are fully trained to rescue their colleagues, who are effected
due to cause of disaster. In case they are unable to rescue their colleagues,
they should know to whom they have to inform about such persons.
o All employees are fully trained in first aid use of desired equipments including
breathing apparatus. First Aid box etc is available at the desired location.
o All warning alarms are functional. Public Address System is in healthy
condition.
o All telephone lines / communication systems are provided in control rooms
and there is no removal of the facilities (as prescribed) for the control rooms.
o It is very clear amongst the concerned managers who shall call for assistance
under mutual aid scheme or the facilities from within.
o It is clear at the plant, who shall declare emergency.
o It is clear at the plant, who shall inform the District Authorities, State
Authorities and Corporate Center.
The Disaster Management Plan shall be periodically revised based on experiences
gained from the mock drills.
6.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES

The nearest major municipal town from Trincomalee TPP is Trincomalee located at
about 35 km from the project. Therefore, adequate infrastructural facilities for
disaster management shall be developed at the Project itself, as discussed in
following sections.

6.4.1 Fire Fighting Capability

The project shall be well equipped with fire protection systems and a full fledged
fire station with sufficient staff at various levels to man the fire control room in 3
shifts round the clock. A comprehensive fire detection and protection system is
envisaged for the complete power station, the details of which have been
presented in Section 2.1.6.
6.4.2 Medical Assistance Capabilities

The project shall have its own hospital with suitable no. of beds, situated in a
central place. It shall be equipped with all necessary facilities, such as
ambulances (available round the clock), doctors and paramedical staff. It shall
have the facilities for management of general diseases and emergency including
industrial accidents.
Apart from the hospital, first aid boxes shall be made available in plant in all
major sections/departments and persons shall be trained for the use of the same.
6.4.3 Communication System

Communication is crucial factor in handling an emergency. Communication
system envisaged at Trincomalee TPP includes
o Public Address System in the main plant area.
o Telephone, Intercom facilities at all desks and with officials.
o Telephone and Intercom facilities at residences to all officers and other
important persons.
o Telephone, Fax, Telex facilities in the project.
o Cable TV facility in Township for internal communication.
6.4.4 Emergency Power Supply

Emergency lights shall be provided at all vulnerable points for lighting
arrangements as well as to operate basic minimum equipment for operating the
plant safely. All units shall be provided with DG sets and Battery system which
come on Auto in case of Power failure. More than one supply through different
transmission system shall be provided to ensure electric supply without fail.
6.4.5 Emergency Safety Equipment

Various emergency safety equipments (such as self contained breathing
apparatus, canister gas masks, emergency suits, gum boots, face shield, hand
gloves, aprons, chlorine sealing kit etc.) shall be made available in areas like
Water Treatment Plant, Unit Control Boards (UCBs), Fuel Oil Pump House, Shift
Charge Engineer Office, Safety office and Fire Station.
6.4.6 Alarm
The project shall have various alarm systems to denote different kinds of
emergencies and restoration of normalcy. Chlorine handling area shall be
provided with automatic emergency alarm. The purpose of the alarm is to advice
all persons on the outburst of major emergency. As a general practice, all
employees will be able to raise an emergency alarm so that the earliest possible
action can be taken to control the situation. There will be an adequate number of

points from where the alarm can be raised either directly by activating an audible
warning or indirectly, viz. a signal or message to the permanently manned
location. The emergency alarm shall also be located at central place with the
control and operation switch under fire station control room in-charge. A separate
Siren audible to a distance of 5 Km range shall also be provided to denote major
leak of chlorine or major outbreak of fire. The alarm code shall be such that the
nature of emergency can be distinguished as a chlorine release or major fire.
6.4.7 Emergency Control Center:

A permanent Emergency Control Center (ECC) shall be established, which will be
manned by the Chief Incident Controller, the officials nominated as key personnel
and Sr. Executives of outside Services called in for assistance. No other shall
have access to the Control Center. ECC will be equipped with adequate means of
communication (Intercoms, Telephones, Telex and Fax, Wireless) to areas inside
and outside the work together with relevant data of Personal Protective
equipment and equipments to assist those manning the center and to enable
them to plan accordingly. ECC will also contain the following data:
o Disaster Management Plans & manuals
o Master plan of the facility.
o Layout of facility, equipment and storage.
o Layout of Fire water system and other sources of water supply.
o Availability and location of firefighting equipment and material.
o Layout of fire extinguishers indicating their types and numbers.
o Availability and location of First aid boxes and personal protective equipment.
o Safety data pertaining to all hazardous materials likely to cause emergency.
o Procedure of major and special fire fighting rescue operations and First Aid.
o Emergency call out list of persons drafted for emergency control: key
personnel from fire, safety, First Aid, medical, personnel and industrial
relations, Security and Administrative Authorities - their addresses and
telephone numbers
o Full Rolls of employees – their addresses and telephone numbers
o Details of all contractors and their employees.
o Public address system
o Blown up area maps.
o District phone directories.
o Emergency lights.
o Wind direction and speed indicator.
o General stationery like Note pads, pens and pencils to record messages
received and any instructions for delivery by runners.
o A tape recorder with battery and cassettes on which the incident occurred,
actions being taken and progress can be recorded.
o Torches, explosimeters, personnel protective equipment, artificial respirators,
gas masks, emergency lights etc.

6.4.8 Evacuation and Assembly Points

In an emergency, it may be necessary to evacuate Personnel from affected areas
and as precautionary measure, non-essential workers from areas likely to be
affected should the emergency escalate. The evacuation will be effected on
getting necessary message from WIC.
The evacuation will be conducted in a well-coordinated and safe manner.
Evacuation shall include assigning tasks to evacuation assistance personnel,
informing potential evacuees, providing transportation, emergency medical care
and security for evacuated areas and sheltering evacuees as necessary. The
evacuation process shall include
 The specific area to evacuate
 Route of evacuation
 Protective gear to be worn
 Instructions to be given to evacuees
 Transportation of evacuees who are without private transportation.
 Assistance to specific population
 Shelter locations
 Traffic and pedestrian control
 Communication procedures
The progress of the evacuation efforts will be monitored by WIC who will also
provide continuous direction to evacuation assistance personnel.
On evacuation, all the persons shall assemble at pre-identified and notified
Assembly Points. Security forces dressed in appropriate protective gear will guard
the evacuated area to prevent looting and other unauthorized actions.
Before making the decision to authorize re-entry, data collected by the
monitoring crews will be verified and the advice of health officials shall be
considered.
6.4.9 Mutual Aid

The agencies located in Trincomalee area located at about 35 km. from the
project could give help to the project. Efforts shall be made to establish plans for
mutual aid.
6.4.10 Preparedness for Tsunami

Being a coastal project, Trincomalee TPP also needs to be geared up for any
occurrence of tsunami. The project shall have linkage with the Indian Ocean
Tsunami Warning System and other tsunami warning systems of Sri Lanka. The
risks of tsunami shall be kept in consideration during detailed design and
construction of the project and systems for emergency preparedness in case of
tsunami shall be provided.
It is also recommended that vulnerability checks of the full plant be conducted on an
annual basis. Evacuation drills should also be practiced to give high priority to
human security. These issues will be given high priority in final EMP.
6.4.11 Preparedness for Cyclonic Winds

Eastern province of Sri Lanka is subjected to cyclonic winds. Critical infrastructure
is adequately designed giving due considerations to the wind speeds
recommended by the available codes of practice. Cyclonic winds also generate

storm surges and the intake and outfall structures would be designed giving due
considerations to the expected wave heights and currents.
6.5 Off Site Disaster Management Plan

In Trincomalee TPP, major fire involving combustible materials like oil and other
facilities can ordinarily constitute an off-site emergency. :
In case of off-site emergencies, Government authorities have to play a greater
role as the affected area is not under the control of the project authorities and
dealing with the situation may require additional resources. TPCL will prepare a
conceptual Off-Site Disaster Management Plan and submit to Disaster
Management Center and Divisional Secretary of the Division. The same shall be
implemented in accordance with the rules and practices prevailing in Sri Lanka.
6.6 Post Emergency Relief to the Victims

Section 15 of the Sri Lanka Disaster Management Act (Act No. 13 of 2005) states
that any person who suffers loss or damage to his or its property by reason of
any act, omission or default in taking any action by an appropriate organization
shall be entitled to compensation in respect of any loss or damage caused, of an
amount determined by the Divisional Secretary of the Division within which such
property is situated. The amount of compensation paid for any loss or damage
caused to property shall, in case of dispute, be determined by the District Court
within the jurisdiction of which the property is situated, on application made in
that behalf by the person who suffered such loss or damage, by way of summary
procedure. Trincomalee Power Company Limited shall follow the above or any
other rule notified by Govt. of Sri Lanka.
6.7 Disaster Prevention and Reduction

The responsibility for establishing and maintaining a safe working environment for
all its employees and people in the surrounding area rests with Trincomalee
Power Company Limited (TPCL). This responsibility arises from:
a. Company’s moral responsibility to its employees, to provide the best
practicable conditions of work from the point of view of health and
safety.
b. The obligation to consult with its staff and their representative to
implement policies and procedures developed as a result of
discussions.
c. Statutory responsibility in respect of health, safety and welfare of
employees emanating from relevant legislations.
6.7.1 Company’s Responsibility

TPCL will take all such steps which are reasonably practicable to ensure best
possible conditions of work, and with this end in view the company shall do the
following:
o To allocate sufficient resources to provide and maintain safe and healthy
conditions of work

o To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in
the design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and
equipment.
o To ensure that adequate safety instructions are given to all employees.
o To provide wherever necessary protective equipment, safety appliances and
clothing, and to ensure their proper use.
o To inform employees about materials, equipment or processes used in their
work which are known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety.
o To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making
necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience
and up to date knowledge.
o To provide appropriate facilities for first aid prompt treatment of injuries and
illness at work.
o To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision in
health and safety and first aid and ensure that adequate publicity is given to
these matters.
o To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention and an appropriate fire
fighting service, together with training facilities for personnel involved in this
service.
o To ensure that professional advice is made available wherever potentially
hazardous situations exist or might arise.
o To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident, sickness
and incident involving personal injury or injury to health with a view to taking
corrective, remedial and preventive action.
o To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health
and safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees.
o To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common
language of employees.
o To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/process involved
in a project.
o To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable
intervals of all buildings, equipments, work places and operations.
o To co-ordinate the activities of the company and of its contractors working on
the Company’s premises for the implementation and maintenance of safe
systems of work, to comply with their legal obligations with regard to the
health, safety and welfare of their employees.
6.7.2 Responsibilities of the Employees

The establishment and maintenance of best possible conditions of work is, no
doubt, the responsibility of Management, it is also necessary that each employee
follows prescribed safe methods of work. He should take reasonable care for the
health and safety of himself, or his fellow employees and of other persons who
may be affected by his action at work. The responsibilities of the employees are

Table 6.5: Responsibilities of the Employees

REPORT Potential hazards
OBSERVE Safety rules, procedures and codes of practice.
USE With all reasonable care the tools, equipment,
safety equipment and protective clothing provided
by the Company; these items should be kept in
good condition.
PARTICIPATE In safety training courses when called upon to do
so.
MAKE USE Of safety suggestions schemes.
TAKE An active and personal interest in promoting health
and safety at work.
6.7.3 Responsibility for Implementation

o The ultimate responsibility for ensuring the implementation of the policy on
health and safety at work rests on Trincomalee Power Company Limited and
Head of Trincomalee Power Project. The Officers in charge of safety will be
functionally responsible for ensuring that the policy is promulgated,
interpreted and carried out in the manner expected.
o Immediate responsibility for safety at work is that of the
Management/Executives of each department/section who are primarily
responsible to prevent accidents involving members of their staff and other
persons. It is their responsibility to issue clear and explicit working
instructions, compliance with which will ensure safe working and to require
the effective use of approved equipment.
o Accepted rules, procedures and Codes of practice which are formulated with
proper regard to health and safety consideration must be strictly observed by
all concerned. Contracting Agencies executing works should be made
responsible, through various measures including appropriate provisions in the
contract, for discharging their safety obligations.
o In designated areas of particular hazard the appropriate Executives shall be
required to authorize, in writing, the commencement of any work and, before
doing so, personally to satisfy themselves that all necessary safety
precautions have been carried out. Such executives must themselves be
authorized, in writing as competent to perform these duties.
o Safety Officers shall be appointed to advise Management on questions of
safety at work including advice on the application in particular local situations
of the system of work, implementation of Company’s Rules and Relevant
Codes of Practices in consultation with Area Engineer. They will be consulted
in the interpretation of rules and codes being formulated by the Corporate
Management and shall advise Management in the investigation and analysis of
accidents and circulation of appropriate statistics.
6.7.4 Reporting of Accidents and Dangerous Occurrences

With a view to ensure prompt report of accidents and dangerous occurrences to
comply with requirements/obligations under different statutes; and to inform the
concerned authorities within the organization for keeping complete information of
accidents for record and analysis and to take necessary preventive actions, a
procedure for reporting of accidents dangerous occurrences shall be framed. All

accidents and dangerous occurrences will be reported immediately to the General

Manager who will implement an established procedure to ensure that an
investigation takes places and recommendations are made to prevent recurrence.
Separate procedures shall be formulated for accidents causing injuries/ fatalities
and for dangerous occurrences.
6.8 GENERAL PREVENTIVE MEASURES

For the safety of man and material, the following general preventive measures
are proposed to be taken:
(a) Periodical checking of electrical wiring, fittings, and equipment.
(b) Immediate removal of all combustible and flammable material from the
vicinity of sources of ignition.
(c) All welding/cutting operations will be carried out taking suitable
precautions under permit procedure in consultation with the office-in-
charge of the plant and the Fire and Safety division.
(d) All the pipelines and vessels will be clearly marked for its content and
quantity and will also be colour coded for easy identification.
(e) All plant equipment, lines, vessels and storages will be inspected in all
shifts for leakage and release of inflammable liquids. Any such leakage, if
found will be stopped and attended to at once.
(f) All the hazardous areas will be marked with prominent display symbols.
(g) Areas where spontaneous combustion is possible due to storage of
material or in scrap yard will be inspected regularly for immediate control
of fire on its outbreak.
(h) Stacked material, which can generate heat or can spontaneously ignite,
will be inspected regularly to detect any fire. Material will be stacked with
sufficient space in between the rows to permit free circulation of air and
remove any heat if generated.
(i) Plant and machinery will be operated under close supervision. Any
malfunction will be attended to at once before it can lead to breakdown,
fire or any such dangerous occurrence.
(j) Air-conditioning equipment will be inspected regularly and defects are to
be attended at once.
(k) Dry grass and vegetation will be cut as and when required.
(l) Smoking will be prohibited in the plant premises. It may be allowed in the
safe locations outside the plant area. All persons will be checked at plant
gate for matches, lighters, beedi, cigarettes and other smoking materials.
(m) Safety display boards should be provided wherever hazardous materials
are stored or hazardous activities are taking place.
(n) Tank farm housing the storage vessels containing hazardous chemicals like
fuel oils, chemicals would be provided with Plain Cement Concrete at
ground and dyked. The dyke volume will not be less than 1.1 times the
volume of the storage vessel.
(o) Presence of human beings in the hazardous storage areas will be
controlled and no unauthorized person will be allowed in these areas.
(p) Weeds, long grass, deciduous shrubs and trees and any combustible
material will be removed from hazardous storage areas from time to time.
(q) Windsocks will be provided at oil storage yard and chlorine storage area.

7. Monitoring
Programme
7. Monitoring Programme
7.1 General
This Chapter outlines the monitoring to be carried out during the Construction
and Operation phases of the Project. A Monitoring Plan has been developed on
the basis of the recommendations of this chapter, which shall be a part of the
wider Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
7.1.1 Types of Monitoring

There are two principal types of monitoring, namely:
 Compliance Monitoring; and
 Impact Confirmation Monitoring (Impact Monitoring)
7.1.1.1 Compliance Monitoring

The purpose of Compliance Monitoring is to confirm the effective implementation
of mitigation measures so as to ensure that the project activities are in
compliance with the regulatory standards as well as project specific conditions
stipulated by regulatory agencies at the time of accord of environmental
clearances.
The process of Compliance Monitoring essentially includes third party verification.
Therefore, Compliance Monitoring facilitates the audit of the Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) prepared by the Project Proponent / Contractor. The EMP
will form part of the relevant contract.
During construction, the implementation of the mitigation measures will be the
responsibility of the project proponent. During the works, Compliance Monitoring
should be facilitated by routine site inspections as part of the Contract to ensure
mitigation measures are implemented correctly and efficiently.
During operation, the implementation of the mitigation measures will be the
responsibility of the Project Proponent. The Project Proponent shall ensure that all
the mitigation measures are implemented correctly and efficiently.
7.1.1.2 Impact Confirmation Monitoring

The purpose of Impact Confirmation Monitoring is twofold;
 To ascertain the effectiveness of the mitigation measures proposed for
construction and operation and
 To validate and confirm the assumptions made in the EIA process.
Impact monitoring shall be carried out by TPCL and Contractor(s), with periodic
verification by an independent third party, taking into account all concurrent
works contracts. Impact Monitoring primarily includes measurements of
environmental media to determine the influence, if any, of the works.

7.2 Institutional Arrangements for Compliance Monitoring and Impact

Confirmation Monitoring
It is recommended that an Environmental Monitoring Committee (EMC) be
appointed to oversee the implementation of the Monitoring Plan. A well structured
monitoring programme has been proposed under Section 7.4 to ensure both
Compliance and Impact Confirmation Monitoring to high degree of efficiency.
However, the programme shall be further strengthened after accord of
environmental clearance to the project, to include project specific stipulations, if
any and also, during the course of construction and operation of the project,
based on actual experience/ impacts.
The EMC shall be chaired by a representative from the Central Environmental
Authority (CEA) or the Coast Conservation and Coastal Resource Management
Department (CC&CRMD), in view of the fact the project’s interaction with the
coastal zone. Appointees to the EMC shall be approved by the Central
Environmental Authority and include representatives from key stakeholders, such
as:
 Central Environmental Authority (CEA)
 Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department
(CC&CRMD)
 Marine Environment Protection Authority (MEPA)
 National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency (NARA)
 Department of Wildlife conservation (DWLC)
 Department of Forest Conservation (DFC)
 Representative of the District Secretary (Trincomalee)
 Representative of the Divisional Secretary(ies)
 Representative of the Local Authority(ies)
 Department of Archaeology
 Road Development Authority
 Sri Lanka Coast Guard
 Irrigation Department
 Sri Lanka Ports Authority
 Sri Lanka Navy
 Representative of the Medical Office of Health (MOH)
 Any other agency deemed necessary by EMC
The EMC will have regular meetings, once in every three months during
construction phase and once in very six months during operation phase, in order
to review the monitoring. In areas of potential conflict, the EMC will have
responsibility to resolve such issues.
Public Concern
It is recognised that Compliance Monitoring and Impact Confirmation Monitoring
are required to ensure that the project includes the satisfactory implementation
of the EIA recommendations and to confirm that no potential adverse impacts
have been excluded from the assessment process. The EIA team believes that the
wider participation of all stakeholders is important to achieve this objective. For

this purpose it is important to develop and implement a formal mechanism for
such participation and dissemination of information to the general public. If
necessary, technical assistance should be provided for adequate understanding of
project interactions with the environmental components and mitigation actions.
Arising from such activity, the EMC in consultation with the Project Proponent
shall develop a mechanism to manage, investigate, respond and act upon, any
issues raised by the public during construction and operation of the project. There
shall be a designated office/ person at the project proponent's office to receive
any specific complaints/ suggestions related to environmental pollution/ non-
compliance/ social issues. The project proponent shall respond to the same within
a reasonable time frame.
7.3 Environmental Management Plan

7.3.1 Purpose of an Environmental Management Plan
The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is prepared as part of the wider
Environmental Impact Assessment Process. The EMP is used as a tool for the
management of the environmental performance of the project and it is developed
and implemented as an important component of project activity. The EMP guides
the implementation of Mitigation Measures and Monitoring throughout the
implementation of the project and contributes to the overall process of Project
Monitoring and Auditing. The EMP therefore presents a consolidation of the
recommendations given in the EIA Report, including specific recommendations for
environmental mitigation, monitoring and management. In particular it specifies
the mechanisms for the implementation of the mitigation measures and for
monitoring.
The EMP shall be developed by TPCL as a part of project preparation activity.
However, prior to construction it shall be updated in consultation with the
Environmental Monitoring Committee (EMC) and the Contractors. Discussions
with the Contractors are critical because the EMP is part of the relevant contracts.
7.3.2 Implementation of Mitigation Measures

With respect to Mitigation Measures (as described in Chapter 5), the EMP will set
out the mechanisms for the implementation of such measures for which prior
agreement has to be reached between TPCL and the EMC. The agreement is
required in view of the EMP being part of the contract. Therefore the EMP will be
used as means by which TPCL and Contractors (and any Sub Contractors) will
implement the recommended mitigation measures and achieve the environmental
performance standards defined and recommended in Sri Lankan environmental
legislation, in the EIA and in the Contract. The primary reason for adopting the
EMP approach is to make all parties including the Contractors aware of
environmental responsibilities and to be proactive in his commitment to achieve
the standards specified. The EMP not only facilitates environmental audit of the
works but is also a useful tool by which the construction works can be readily
audited by the project proponent.
7.3.3 Implementation of Monitoring Procedures

With respect to Monitoring Procedures, the EMP will set out the relevant
mechanisms and institutional arrangements to achieve the objectives of
Compliance and Impact Confirmation Monitoring.

As the EMP will form part of the contract, there will be provisions to ensure that
TPCL fulfils his obligations regarding the implementation mitigation measures. It
is recommended that the CEA appoints specialist(s) from the EMC to
independently verify that the measures are implemented correctly and efficiently
as part of third party verification. This arrangement will fully satisfy the
requirement of Compliance Monitoring.
7.4 Monitoring Programme

Proposed environmental monitoring programmes are presented as follows:
Table 7.1: Monitoring Programme for physical environment during
Table 7.2: Monitoring Programme for terrestrial, coastal and marine
environment during construction and operation phases.
Table 7.3: Monitoring Programme for social environment during
construction and operation phases.
The monitoring parameters, locations and frequency given in the Tables
mentioned above are tentative and exact locations/ details shall be finalised after
accord on environmental clearance to the project, to include project specific
stipulations, if any. The programme may also be updated during the course of
operation of the project, based on actual experience/ impacts
The plant shall be equipped with necessary equipment and manpower for
ensuring effective monitoring. However, the services of external laboratories/
agencies/ experts approved by Central Environmental Authority shall be taken
wherever required.
7.5 ALLOCATION OF FUNDS

Adequate financial provisions have been made for establishment of environmental
laboratory and equipment including continuous online stack emission monitoring
system and automatic ambient air quality monitoring stations. During
construction and operation phases of the project, the cost of mitigation,
management and monitoring shall be met from the budget of the project.

Table: 7.1(a): Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme (Construction Phase) for Physical Environment
Area of Number of Sampling Frequency of Parameters to be Analyzed Agency Relevant

Monitoring Stations & Locations Sampling Standards
Meteorology One Continuous/ Daily Wind speed and direction, Max. and Min. -
(Inside the Project Area) Temperature, Humidity, Solar radiation,
Atmospheric Pressure, Rainfall
Ambient Air 5 Stations 8 Hourly, 3 Samples SO2:120µg/m3
Quality at each location Once SO2, NOx, CO and O3 Measure- NOx:150µgm3
Sensitive locations around a week ments by CO:10,000µg/m3
the construction site 1 Sample, 24 hourly External O3: 200 µg/m3
Once a week PM10 and PM2.5 Agency PM10 : 100 µg/m3
Engaged by PM2.5: 50 µg/m3
Noise 10 locations within the Once a month for 8 TPCL and Night 60 dB(A)
Equivalent continuous Sound Pressure approved by
project area (High Noise hours Day 75 dB(A)
Levels (Leq) CEA
Areas)
5 locations outside project Once a month for 24 Night 56 dB(A)
boundary hours Ambient Equivalent continuous Sound Review by Day 65 dB(A)
Pressure Levels (Leq) at day and Night CEA/ EMC
Sensitive locations around time.
the construction site
Ambient Surface Water: 2 Locations Monthly pH, Temperature, Conductivity, Dissolved -
Water (Sampu Kulam and Oxygen, Total Suspended Solids, Total
Quality Kaddaiparichan Lagoon) Dissolved Solids, Sulphates, Phosphates,
Oil & Grease, Phenolics
Ground Water: 2 locations Quarterly Heavy Metals (Mercury, Cadmium, Lead, -
(near construction camp Iron, Manganese, Copper, Zinc, Total
and Santhoshpuram) Chromium)

Effluents Treated Effluents from Monthly pH, Conductivity, Dissolved Oxygen, Tolerance Limits
Construction Activities Biochemical Oxygen Demand, Chemical for Discharge of
Oxygen Demand, Total Suspended Solids, Industrial and
Total Dissolved Solids, Sulphates, Domestic Waste
Phosphates, Chlorides, Oil & Grease, Water into Inland
Phenolics, Total Coliform, Faecal Coliform Same as Surface Waters’
above published under
Treated Sanitary Effluents Monthly pH, Conductivity, Dissolved Oxygen, National
(Construction camp) Biochemical Oxygen Demand, Chemical Environmental
Oxygen Demand, Total Suspended Solids, Act of Sri Lanka
Total Dissolved Solids, Sulphates,
Phosphates, Chlorides, Oil & Grease,
Phenolics, Total Coliform, Faecal Coliform

Table 7.1(b): Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme (Operational Phase) for Physical Environment
Area of Number of Sampling Frequency of Sampling Parameters to be Analyzed Agency Relevant

Monitoring Stations & Locations Standards
Meteorology One Continuous/ Daily Wind speed and direction, Max. and See Note-2 -
(Inside the Project Area) Min. Temperature, Humidity, Solar
radiation, Atmospheric Pressure, Rainfall
Ambient Air 5 Stations 8 Hourly, 3 Samples at See Note-1
Quality each location Once a SO2, NOx, CO and O3 SO2: 120 µg/m3
(Sampoor, week NOx: 150µg/m3
Santhoshpuram, Mutur, 1 Sample, 24 hourly See Note-1 CO: 10,000 µg/m3
Thoppur and Seruvilla) PM10 and PM2.5 O3: 200 µg/m3
Once a week
PM10 : 100 µg/m3
Ambient Air Four Continuous Automatic See Note-2
SO2, NOx, PM and CO2 PM2.5: 50 µg/m3
Quality Monitoring
Stack Both Flues in the stacks Continuous monitoring See Note-2 SPM:150 mg/Nm3
emissions SPM, SO2 and NOx SO2:850 mg/Nm3
NOx:650 mg/Nm3
Noise 10 locations within the Twice a year for 8 hours See Note-1 Night 60 dB(A)
Equivalent continuous Sound Pressure
project area (High Noise Day 75 dB(A)
Levels (Leq)
Areas)
5 locations outside Twice a year for 24 hours See Note-1 Night 56 dB(A)
project boundary in Ambient Equivalent continuous Sound Day 65 dB(A)
Sampoor and Pressure Levels (Leq) at day and Night
Santhoshpuram time.
Note 1: Measurements by External Agency Engaged by TPCL and approved by CEA and Review by CEA/ EMC
Note 2: Measurements by TPCL and approved by CEA and Review by CEA/ EMC

Area of Number of Sampling Frequency of Parameters to be Analyzed Agency Relevant

Monitoring Stations & Locations Sampling Standards
Ambient Surface Water: Covered Monthly pH, Temperature, Conductivity, Dissolved See Note-1 -
Water under Marine Oxygen, Total Suspended Solids, Total
Quality Environment Dissolved Solids, Sulphates, Phosphates,
Oil & Grease, Phenolics
Ground Water: 3 Quarterly Heavy Metals (Mercury, Cadmium, Lead, See Note-1 -
locations (Around Ash Iron, Manganese, Copper, Zinc, Total
Disposal Area) Chromium)
Liquid Main Plant Hourly Temperature at Condenser Outlet
Effluents Effluents (CW Discharge
including rejects from RO Monthly pH, Temperature, Conductivity, Dissolved See Note-1
and effluent from FGD Oxygen, Total Suspended Solids, Total
plant) Dissolved Solids, Sulphates, Phosphates,
Free Residual Chlorine, Oil & Grease, See Note-3
Phenolics
Quarterly Heavy Metals (Mercury, Cadmium, Lead, See Note-1
Iron, Manganese, Copper, Zinc, Total
Chromium)
Sanitary Effluents Monthly pH, Conductivity, Dissolved Oxygen, See Note-1
Biochemical Oxygen Demand, Chemical
Oxygen Demand, Total Suspended Solids, See Note-4
Total Dissolved Solids, Sulphates,
Phosphates, Chlorides, Oil & Grease,
Phenolics, Total Coliform, Faecal Coliform
Note 1: Measurements by External Agency Engaged by TPCL and approved by CEA and Review by CEA/ EMC
Note 2: Measurements by TPCL and approved by CEA and Review by CEA/ EMC
Note-3: Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial and Domestic Waste Water into Marine Coastal Areas published under National
Environmental Act of Sri Lanka
Note-4: Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial and Domestic Waste Water into Inland Surface Waters’ published under National
Environmental Act of Sri Lanka

Table: 7.2: Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme (Construction and Operation Phases) for Terrestrial,
Coastal and Marine Environments
A) Terrestrial Environment
Criteria Indicators Frequency Responsibility
Construction Phase
Tree Plantation  No. Of Trees Planted and Survived (No.) Once in six months TPCL
 Species composition of plants (List)
 Area covered under greenbelt (No.)
Impact on Water  Any sign of disturbance, waste disposal, Once a month TPCL
Body (Sampu sedimentation beyond the boundary of TTPP
Kulam) due to TPCL (Digital Photographs)
Operation Phase
Biodiversity  Species composition of flora and fauna (List) Once in a three years TPCL through an independent
Ecologist approved by CEA
B) Coastal and Marine Environment

Area of Number of Sampling Frequency of Parameters to be Analyzed Agency
Monitoring Stations & Locations Sampling
Construction Phase
Water quality 100 m on either side Every fortnight
of the construction Measurements by
area in offshore Turbidity, Oil and Grease,H2S External Agency
structures Engaged by TPCL and
approved by CEA
Biodiversity Selected sites Once Before Bottom and pelagic bio biodiversity,
Construction Species for transplantation, location for TPCL through an
transplantation and method. independent Ecologist
approved by CEA

Area of Number of Sampling Frequency of Parameters to be Analyzed Agency

Monitoring Stations & Locations Sampling
Operation Phase
Thermal regime Four locations at 200 Monthly for one year. Temperature Measurements by
(Spread and m and four locations Frequency/ locations Water quality analysis (TSS, Salinity, External Agency
temperature at 500 m in all four may be reviewed after Residual Chlorine, Oil and Grease, Engaged by TPCL and
pattern of the directions from the one year. Sulphate, E-coli) approved by CEA
outlet water) point of outfall
Beach profile of at 100 m intervals in a Bi Annual (before and Measurements by
Koddiyar and 3 km coastal stretch after monsoon External Agency
Shell Bays (1.5 km to the south Engaged by TPCL and
and 1.5 km to the Beach Profile Survey approved by CEA
north of the shoreline
location of the intake/
outfall structures
Biodiversity Selected sites along Annually Bottom and pelagic bio biodiversity TPCL through an
the Pipeline Route and independent Ecologist
Intake/ Outfall approved by CEA
Structures 100 m on
both the sides for pipe
corridor and 500 m
from the boundary of
intake/outfall
structure.

Table 7.3: Proposed Monitoring Programme for Construction and Operation Phases for
Socio-economic Environment
Criteria Indicators Data Responsibility
Construction Phase
Human  No. of complaints received about construction related Data from the Grievance Redress
settlements disturbances, construction site and Mechanism Reporting to
 No. and % of complaints attended /unattended, also from the local EMC for monitoring
community to have
 Reasons for not attending the complaints
values for the indicators
 No. of local persons requested for employments and
no. of employments offered
 No of requests rejected and the reasons for rejection,
 No. of persons able to initiate indirect income
generation activities due to project,
Fisheries activities  No. and nature of complaints received from fishermen Documented cases on Fisheries community
on any type of disturbances induced due to project incidents leaders, Fisheries
construction activities in the sea area Inspector in the areas.
 No. and % of complaints attended /unattended, Grievance Redress
 Reasons for not attending the complaints Mechanism Reporting to
EMC for monitoring
Other likelihood  No. and nature of complaints received from other Data on the details of Grievance Redress
disturbances institutions (religious institutions, schools etc.), the complaints and their Mechanism Reporting to
 No. and % of complaints attended /unattended, relevance to the project EMC for monitoring
activities
Other benefits  No. and nature of requests received from the Data on the cost of Grievance Redress
community to improve local infrastructure attending the requests Mechanism Reporting to
 No. and % of requests attended /unattended to the project and the EMC for monitoring
benefits for the local
 Reasons for not attending the requests
community

Operation Phase
Local communities  No. and nature of complaints received against project Detailed data on the Grievance Redress
induced disturbances (dust, smoke and other), complaints and Mechanism Reporting to
 No. and % of complaints attended /unattended, employment, income EMC for monitoring
generated through
project assisted sources
 No. of employment generated in the project
 No. of employment offered to the local communities,
 Indirect income generation opportunities and their
nature,
 Income generated to the local economy
Other sensitive  No. and nature of complaints received from religious Details on the Grievance Redress
institutions centres about project induced impacts, complaints and the Mechanism Reporting to
 No. and % of requests attended /unattended solutions offered EMC for monitoring
 Reasons for not attending the requests
Other project  No. and nature of complaints (disturbances to the Details on the Grievance Redress
induced access roads etc.) and requests for benefits complaints and the Mechanism Reporting to
implications (assistance to religious centres, schools etc.) solutions offered EMC for monitoring
received.
 No. and % of complaints/ requests attended
/unattended along with reasons for not attending
Overall socio-  Indicators on Health, Education, Sanitation and Periodic Survey (every 3 TPCL through a reputed
economic Hygiene, Income level, etc. years) institution under the
development overall guidance of EMC.
Capacity building  No. of Persons with additional Educational/ Technical/ Periodic Survey (every 3 TPCL through a reputed
and skill Professional Skills Acquired years) institution under the
upgradation  No. of Persons with additional Employment/ Improved overall guidance of EMC.
Status of Employment as a result of above and
 Role of TPCL in facilitating the skill upgradation (such
as organising the training, sponsoring the candidates,
providing financial incentives etc.). if any.

8. Conclusions and
Recommendations
8. Conclusions and Recommendations

8.1 ACCEPTABILITY OF THE PROJECT
In line with Trincomalee Metro Urban Area Development Plan (2007) prepared by
Urban Development Authority and Strategic Environmental Assessment Study
undertaken by Central Environmental Authority (2008), the present EIA Study
also concludes that the site for proposed Trincomalee Thermal Power Project is
ideally suited from techno-economic, environmental as well as socio-economic
considerations.
Eastern province of Sri Lanka is one of the less developed regions in the country.
Trincomalee area, despite its strategic location close to Trincomalee Harbour,
abundant natural resources and vast human resource available for employment;
has not seen the level of development it deserves. Implementation of
Trincomalee Thermal Power Project at the proposed site will initiate a new era of
economic development in the region.
The economic cost-benefit analysis of various alternatives of capacity addition for
power generation in Sri Lanka was undertaken by CEB in Long Term Generation
Expansion Plan while the economic cost-benefit analysis of the project has been
undertaken as a part of Feasibility Study. The implementation of Trincomalee
Thermal Power Project will have five distinct benefits:
 Improvement in Power Supply: The project will provide affordable and
reliable power to the country and help in reducing the electricity tariff.
 Improvement in Infrastructure: Implementation of the project will
improve the availability of the physical infrastructures (like approach roads,
drainage, communication and transportation facilities etc.) and social
infrastructures (like education and health care system) in the area.
 Improvement in Industries and Economy: The increased availability of
affordable and reliable power will help in establishment of new industries/
expansion of existing industries, leading to the economic development of the
country.
 Improvement in Employment Potential: The project shall provide
employment potential, apart from opportunities for self-employment and
employment in service sector.
 Improvement in Socio-economic Condition of the Area: The increased
flow of men, money and machines in the area shall boost the economic
activities in the area resulting in increased cash flow and over all improvement
in socio-economic conditions of the local population.
 Institutional Capacity Building: Being the second coal based thermal
power project in Sri Lanka, it will help in capacity building of local agencies for
construction and operation of thermal power projects.

8.2 FINDINGS OF THE EIA STUDY

The salient findings of the EIA study are summarized as follows:
(a) For control of air pollution, High efficiency electrostatic precipitators (ESPs),
Design of furnace/ burner to limit the emission of NOx, Flue Gas
Desulphurisation (FGD) system; tall stack for wider dispersal of stack
emissions; dust extraction/ suppression system in coal handling plant for
control of fugitive dust emissions and green belt development and
afforestation for overall improvement in environment etc. have already been
envisaged in the Project. The results of impact analysis based on
mathematical modeling indicate that the ambient air quality shall remain
within the National Standards for Ambient Air Quality (1994) after operation
of the project.
(b) Thermal power plants require substantial quantities of water for cooling and
other plant usages. Keeping in view the limited availability of fresh water for
drinking, irrigation and other requirements, the plant systems have been
designed based on the use of sea water for entire water requirement and
there will be no impacts on fresh water (surface and ground water) resources
and fresh water users in the area during operation phase.
(c) Once through cooling system using sea water from Koddiyar Bay shall be
used for condenser and auxiliary cooling for the project. The maximum rise of
temperature after passing through the cooling system would be 7o C. A part
of warm cooling water shall be used for removal of sulphur dioxide from the
flue gases, in a process known as sea water flue gas desulphurization (FGD).
Warm water after passing through the FGD shall be aerated, mixed with the
balance part of warm cooling water and discharged into Shell Bay area
through a submerged outfall.
(d) Detailed thermal dispersion modeling studies were undertaken through Lanka
Hydraulic Institute, which conclude that the discharge of warm cooling water
into Shell Bay shall restrict the spread of a temperature rise of 2-4oC within
20 m radius area of the discharge point, 2oC rise within an area of 100 m
(about 3.14 Ha) and a temperature rise of 1oC shall be restricted to 300-400
m area (about 50 Ha) during most of the time. Six alternate locations of
outfall in Shell Bay areas were surveyed with respect to oceanographic
conditions and marine ecology and the optimum location has been finalized,
which has very low coral diversity and cover as compared to the other
locations.
(e) Plant effluents and sanitary effluents shall be treated to meet the national
discharge standards. The treated effluents shall be recycled and reused to the
extent possible and unused treated effluents shall be discharged in Shell bay
area along with warm cooling water through a submerged outfall.
(f) The effects of noise pollution shall be felt in the close vicinity. In order to
control the noise pollution, equipment would be designed to restrict the noise
levels within the specified limits. Personnel protection shall be provided to the
workers. Green belt development and afforestation will also help in
attenuating the noise levels.
(g) Ash generated due to combustion of coal is a by-product of the thermal
power plants. A plan has been made for 100% utilization of ash in cement
and other construction materials/ construction activities. The ash
management system envisaged in project consists of dry collection of fly ash,
silo for storage of dry ash, facilities for supply of ash to entrepreneurs for

utilization and promoting ash utilization to maximum extent. However,

whenever the demand of ash is reduced or take-off is interrupted, system for
safe disposal of unused ash in a well designed ash disposal area using High
Concentration Slurry Disposal (HCSD) System has been envisaged. The ash
disposal area shall be provided with earthen dyke all around and impervious
lining of High Density Poly-Ethylene (HDPE).
(h) The project area comes within the low country dry zone of Sri Lanka.
Compared to the wet zone of Sri Lanka, the dry zone habitats do not support
critical elements of Sri Lanka’s biodiversity such as endemic and threatened
species with restricted ranges as was observed during the field study. The
only natural habitat present in the area is scrublands that are inhabited by
common species of fauna and flora. The project will result in the loss of
approximately 150 ha of scrublands permanently.
(i) As recommended, the project proponent shall develop a green belt of 50-100
m all around the project (except switch yard), undertake mass scale
afforestation in available spaces in and around the project, and take adequate
steps to prevent any impact on the adjacent wetlands and Foul point during
the construction or operational phase of the project.
(j) The project is not located within one mile from the boundary of any National
Reserve. The site does not function as a critical habitat or habitat of a critical
species and construction of project will not result in fragmentation of habitat
or obstruction of a known migratory pathway of terrestrial species. Therefore,
it will not have a significant impact on habitats or species present in the
project area.
(k) The land has already been legally assigned to the project developer to
establish the project. There has been no social or economic activities
performed in the project land since 2006. There is no single house located in
the land or in its 50m wide land belt adjacent to the project land. The intake
and outfall locations are not used by the fishing communities.
(l) The project will generate series of benefits to the local people and their
economy as whole. There will be job opportunities and other indirect income
generation avenues for the local community. The existing small town centers
in the vicinity of the project land will get significantly improved as a result of
the proposed industry. The local community members will have opportunities
to supply some construction material to the contractors of the project. Some
of the households will be able to provide food and accommodations to the
migrant labors of the project during construction and operation phases. The
farmers/ fishermen will be able to sell their products to the employees of the
industry. The local communities also have opportunities to use the access
roads developed by the project developer in the area.
(m) The project shall focus on capacity building (upgrading the skill) and
preferential treatment for employment opportunities to locals, specially the
10 families in the 250 m radius. Capacity building could be in the form of
organising training programmes, sponsoring the candidates to ongoing
training programmes, providing financial incentives like fees and scholarships
to the candidates etc.

8.3 RECOMMENDATIONS
Execution of the project is recommended with the proposed mitigation measures
and monitoring requirements. All necessary contractual provisions and
stipulations regarding mitigation measures shall be included in the contract
documents. An Environmental Management Plan shall be prepared based on
proposed environmental mitigation and monitoring plans and the conditions
stipulated in environmental clearance. Additional cost items for these shall be
specified in the bill of quantities for construction works. This EMP shall be an
integral part of the contract. The EMP shall also include programmes for
environmental awareness of workers and training on environmental related
matters.
It is recommended that environmental monitoring be undertaken by an
Environmental Monitoring Committee with representatives from different
agencies/ stakeholders. This monitoring Committee shall be put in place prior to
commencement of the construction works of the project.

Trincomalee EIA English Volume-I

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Trincomalee EIA English Volume-I

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Trincomalee EIA English Volume-I

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Environmental Impact Assessment Report

Trincomalee Thermal Power Project (2x250 MW)

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES-1

CHAPTER - 2: DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT AND REASONABLE

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-i

2.1.5 Other Services 2-11

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-ii

CHAPTER - 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE EXISTING ENVIRONMENT

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-iii

3.1.4.7 Water Quality of the Sea and Bay Area 3-48

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-iv

CHAPTER - 4: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-v

4.2.2 Liquid Effluent Disposal 4-18

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-vi

4.2.7.6 Employment and Income 4-88

CHAPTER - 5: MITIGATION ACTIONS

CHAPTER - 6: CONTINGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-vii

6.4.4 Emergency Power Supply 6-7

CHAPTER - 7: MONITORING PROGRAMME

CHAPTER - 8: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-viii

Table Title Page

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-ix

Table Title Page

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-x

Table Title Page

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xi

Table Title Page

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xii

Table Title Page

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xiii

Figure Title Page

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xiv

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xv

3.25 Thick scrublands 3-75

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xvi

4.5 Location of Archaeologically Important Sites Near 4-12

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xvii

(a) Overall view – 37 hours after initiation 4-35

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xviii

Project (2x250 MW) with FGD for First Inter-Monsoon

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xix

LIST OF ANNEXURES (Volume-II of EIA Report)

Annexure No. Title

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xx

a/c, ac Air Conditioned

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xxi

MEPA Marine Environment Protection Authority, Sri Lanka

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xxiv

P-G Stability Pasquill-Gifford Stability Classes

TIBL Thermal Internal Boundary Layer

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Table of Contents, Page-xxvi

2. Description of Proposed Project & Reasonable Alternatives

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Executive Summary, Page-1

3. Description of the Existing Environment, Probable Impacts

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Executive Summary, Page-2

MANTEC CONSULTANTS (P) LTD., NEW DELHI Executive Summary, Page-3